The URL can be used to link to this page

23A-039 (5) •PO w •e F. Furnish, install and wire a light fixture at every outlet as indicated on the plans. In the event a fixture type designation is omitted from the drawing, furnish and install the type as designated by the Owner or the Architect-Engineer. G. Lighting fixtures shall not be installed until finished coat of paint has been applied to ceilings and walls and allowed to dry thoroughly. H. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment, they must be in first-class operating condition and in perfect condition as to finish, etc. At time of final inspection, all fixtures and equipment must be complete with lamps, starters and required glassware or reflectors, which must be clean and free from defects . Any � fixtures , reflectors or glassware broken prior to the time of final inspection must be restored without cost to the Owner . I . Adjustable lighting fixtures shall be focused and adjusted as directed by the Owner or the Architect-Engineer. J. All lighting fixtures shall be independently supported +M apart from general ceiling construction in areas where ceiling construction will not accommodate weight or type of fixture to be installed. K. Verify all ceiling types and construction before ordering lighting fixtures to confirm that final ceilings approved for installation and lighting fixtures are compatible to each !' other in all respects. 3-08 BALANCING LOADS : A. Connected loads, in general, are indicated in circuit schedules . Circuits shall be so connected to the panelboards that the total load is distributed as nearly as possible, equally between each line and neutral. 10 percent will be considered a reasonable and allowable unbalance. Branch circuits shall be balanced on their own panelboards, and "* feeder loads shall be in turn, balanced on the main distribution panel. Reasonable load tests shall be arranged to verify load balance if requested by the Public Works 4" Department. 3-09 MEASUREMENTS: 4W A. Before ordering any materials or doing any work, all dimensions shall be field measured and this division shall be responsible for the correctness of same . No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of difference between actual dimensions and the measurements indicated on the drawings, any difference which may be found shall be submitted ,�. to the Architect-Engineer for consideration before proceeding with the work. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-37 NO Am and executed as a part of this contract . Verify all locations shown in accordance with the General Plans before installing work, correcting such discrepancies and they arise during the IM installation, without additional cost to the Owner . M. Dimensions shall be given by the Architect-Engineer where same are necessary to suit equipment layouts . Verify the we locations of work with all other trades previous to installation, and assign space requirements and locations so that there will be no conflicts in space requirements of each am trade. N. The accompanying plans indicate approximately the layout of the work to be done. Exact locations shall be, in all "" instances, as designed or as centered on the job from measurements given by the Architect-Engineer. 0. Installation and location of outlets in equipment rooms shall be made after other locations of piping and equipment have been established to avoid interferences. P. Any outlet or switch occurring in a partition or wall being demolished shall be relocated to the nearest suitable location by extending the wiring and reconnecting as required at no cost to the Owner . Exact location of such an outlet shall be determined by the Architect-Engineer . 3-06 ELEVATOR TRAIL CABLE OUTLETS: A. Furnish and install in each elevator shaft , at location as directed by the elevator manufacturer, outlets for elevator trail cables for car equipment; also for telephone equipment. 3-07 LIGHTING FIXTURES: "t A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures, lighting equipment and lamps and/or tubes for all lighting outlets as shown on am the plans and listed in the "Fixture Schedule" . B . Furnish and install all mounting accessories, brackets, we stems , etc. , required for the complete installation of the lighting fixtures. C. All joints in fixture wiring shall be made with solderless 4M connectors. D. Fixture wire shall be in strict compliance with the latest w, National Electrical Code . No fixture wiring shall be smaller than #16 AWG. Wiring shall be protected with tape or tubing at all points where abrasion is liable to occur . All wiring shall be concealed within fixture construction. " E . All fixture units, when installed, shall be free from warps , dents , etc. They shall be clean of dirt , smudges and .. all foreign matter , and shall be left highly polished. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-36 NO 3-05 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES: A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18 in . or 24 in . above the finished floor. Switch outlets shall be 4 ft. above finished floor, unless otherwise noted. The Electrical Subcontractor shall check with Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences. B . Junction and outlet boxes , where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket. 4-4 C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and type to accommodate ( 1) structural conditions, ( 2) size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering, and ( 3) device or fixture for which required. D. Boxes shall set plumb and true in building surface and furnished with suitable plaster rings where so required. uew E. All outlets installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4 in . in back of finished surface. 4 F. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit . Suitable means shall be provided to support the outlet box to 40 take the weight of the fixture. G. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with covers . H. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without excessive bending of the 4" conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation. I . Floor boxes where shown on plans shall be adjustable , watertight, cast iron, with brass cover and flange. Box shall be drilled and tapped to accommodate entering conduits and furnish with power or low tension outlets as indicated. Furnish in Steel City, National, or equal . J. Pull and splice boxes that are not indicated on drawings but shall be provided as required for splice and ease of pulling conductors. Boxes to be code gauge galvanized steel and sufficient size to pull , rack and splice cables contained therein. 40 K. Coordinate work with other trades involved so that exact locations may be obtained for all outlets, apparatus , appliances and wiring. L. The locations shown on the plans are subject to modification due to conditions arising as construction progresses , such as swing of doors, layout of furnishings . , MW locations of partitions, etc. Such changes shall be observed go 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-35 oft circuits are indicated, the circuit shall consist of separate "` phases and a common neutral. (Circuit numbers shown on drawings are for identification only. ) D. All wires and cables for power, lighting and control shall, as far as practicable, be continuous from origin to destination. At the end of these wires and cables a sufficient slack shall be left as may be required for making proper .� connections. E. Splices shall be kept to a minimum and made only when necessary and only in suitable boxes . F. Feeders shall be installed without splice except in long ,. runs where necessary to facilitate pulling. G. Feeders shall be identified by number and phase at terminal points and where passing through pull or junction box. Identification shall be stamped or permanently marked pressure tape on durable metal or plastic tag attached with cable tie. H. Branch wiring shall be color-coded with color for phase conductors, white for neutral conductors, and green for grounding conductor where required. I . Connectors, splice and tap fittings and other conductor hardware shall be compatible with the conductor metal. " Mechanical connectors, splice and tap fittings shall be of the proper size for the conductors and designed for the application. They shall be applied thereto according to the manufacturer' s directions using the proper tools . J. Splices and taps shall have a minimum equivalent mechanical strength and insulation as the conductors. " K. Joints, taps and splices in conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be made with solderless pressure connectors; #10 AWG and ON smaller shall be made with "wire nut" connectors. L. Where solid conductors are to be connected directly to the am devices without the use of lugs, such as occurs at lighting switches and plug receptacles, the wires shall be formed into a loop to fit around the screw. Oft M. Where wires and cables are connected to metallic surfaces, the coated surfaces of the metal shall be polished before installing the mechanical connector. The enamel coating of the conduits shall be removed where a ground clamp is to be .. installed. N. Armored cable shall be properly bushed at ends and securely fastened to outlet boxes and grounded with approved connectors . Armored cable shall be of the best quality with bond wire designed to offer a low resistance ground. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-34 P0 ON E . Conduits shall be in full lengths wherever possible. All conduits shall be plugged with approved discs during construction and be dry and clean before pulling wires . 00 F. Minimum size of conduit or EMT shall be 1/2 in . ON G. The inside and outside of all steel and flexible conduit , including factory-made elbows , and of all boxes and fittings , including bolts and screws , shall be protected against corrosion by an even coating of zinc applied by the 40 galvanizing process . H. For installation of raceways the Electrical Subcontractor under this Section shall keep himself fully informed as to the work of other trades being installed, and shall give full information to all other sections involved sufficiently in advance of the work and shall so arrange his/her work with the go, other trades so that there will be no delay in the progress of the project as a whole. e0 I . Where raceways are cut in the field , they shall be square cut using approval cutter. The cut ends shall be reamed to remove burrs and sharp edges. Threads cut on conduit in the 40 field shall have the same effective length and the same thread dimensions and taper as the factory cut conduit threads. In J. Raceways shall be joined by means of couplings or unions . Joints shall be set up tight . Runs shall be straight and true. Elbows , offsets, and bends shall be uniform and symmetrical . *. K. All raceways shall be cleaned prior to pulling in wiring and cable . This cleaning shall remove all foreign matter, including water from the raceways . All boxes in which the 40 raceway terminates shall be cleaned of all concrete, mortar or other foreign matter and all threads in boxes shall be left clean and true upon completion of the work. 40 L. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in a single run . Where more bends are an necessary, the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide suitable pull boxes . w. 3-04 CONDUCTORS: A. The installation of wires and cables includes all splicing of the wiring and cables to each other and connecting them to go panelboards, receptacles, switches, control boxes , lighting fixtures, motors and all other electrical apparatus . B . No wire shall be drawn into conduit until all work which may cause injury is completed. C. Branch circuits shall be arranged to balance the loads on the phases of the panelboard feeders . Where three or four wire 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-33 B . Except where specifically indicated otherwise , all exposed non-current carrying metallic parts of electrical equipment , metallic racement systems , metallic cable armor , grounding conductor of non-metallic sheathed cables , grounding conductor in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded . The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment and shall be extended to the point of entrance of the metallic water service or to driven rods on the exterior of the building. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all material required for the grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment , power , and lighting systems . D . The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connections . Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where required . E. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors , recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment components for continuity. Positive ground •• connections with the ground wire shall be made at each outlet box , lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each . F. All outdoor lighting fixtures and standards shall be grounded and bonded in common with the building system. 3-03 CONDUIT RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: A. All metal conduit , enclosures and raceways for conductors shall be mechanically joined together to form a continuous electrical continuity and bond and shall be grounded as required by the National Electrical Code. B. All conduit shall be concealed where possible and so installed so as not to damage or run through structural members . Exposed conduit shall be run parallel with or at *M* right angles to the walls of the building. C. All conduit shall be supported by approved hangers, racks, clamps or clips fastened to expansion inserts or lead anchors, in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Spacing of supports for conduits and raceways shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code. D. All conduit expansion fitting shall be installed in each run wherever it crosses an expansion joint in the structure . All conduit runs in slab shall be separated as much as possible . so 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-32 oft 40 ON 2 . Edwards #7641-lG5 dome light 24 VAC on 2 gang stainless steel plate. 4M 3 . Edwards #438-6G5 Bell 6" 24V weatherproof w/#449 box. 4 . Edwards #ECD1 pull cord station - 2 pole stainless am steel - nylon cord - engraved "Pull for Help" - single gang mounting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 GENERAL: w A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his/her work in such a manner as to cause no delay in the construction by other trades . B . The Electrical Subcontractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the correctness of same . No allowance will be made for differences between actual OR measurements and those shown on plans . C . If , in laying out his/her work, the Electrical Subcontractor finds that the work of other trades might interfere with him/her , the Architect-Engineer shall be notified at once . The right is hereby reserved by the Architect-Engineer to make reasonable changes in arrangement of equipment , piping, etc . prior to roughing in , if interference is found, without additional cost to the Owner . D . All work shall be installed in such a manner as to be readily accessible for maintenance , repair , and operation . Deviations from the plans must be approved by the Architect-Engineer without additional cost to the Owner . E. The locations of outlets , apparatus , and equipment are approximate only and the runs of feeders, mains and branches w are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the plans . The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the systems . The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the National Electrical Code and state and local inspection authorities . F. Electrical apparatus , such as junction and pull boxes , controls and apparatus , shall be made accessible . 3-02 GROUNDING: A. Requirements of the National Electrical Code relative to ;M the protective grounding of all equipment and services shall be followed, together with the rules and regulations of the local utility company, and other applicable codes and IM regulations . 40 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-31 no OR 3 . Signals : a . Edwards #128D-G1 apartment horn. 85dB mounts on two gang opening (stainless steel) . b. Edwards #100565 horn/strobe with 102387 plate .. for semi-flush mounting. c . Edwards #100565 horn/strobe weatherproof with 102413 w.p . box. 4 . Heat Detectors: Edwards #283A 135 degree FT low profile, #284 194 degree FT low profile. Plastic button type �** not acceptable . 5 . Smoke Detectors: Edwards #6392-135, 24 volt (system connected) and #6391-135, 120 volt (for apartments) photoelectric smoke detectors with Led Light Source , tamperproof, test switch, and visual alarm indicator . 6 . Magnetic Door Holder: Edwards #1504-N5 flush 120V. 7. City Connection: Furnish and install flush local energy master box connected to Northampton, MA fire department. Type model coding and timing as required by fire department. Light arrestors as required. 8. Final Check-Out Warranty: The contract shall provide for a direct factory service technician to assist the electrical contractor in final check-out of system and once accepted by approving authority a one year direct factory warranty for parts and labor for defective equipment shall be in effect. Prior to final acceptance, each station and signal circuit must be checked in the presence of an approving authority for operation and supervision of both AC and DC. 9. Wiring: The control panel shall be provided with operating power from fused 2 wire 129V single phase 60 Hz source. All wiring shall meet requirements of N.E.C. , state **� and local codes and N.F.P.A. System wired per manufacturer requirements for electrically supervised circuits . 2-24 EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM: A. Furnish and install where shown on plans complete 24 VAC emergency call system. Operating a pull cord station will light the dome light over door and ring common alert bells . B. Equipment: •• 1 . Edwards #88-50 transformer 50 watt 120 to 24 volts . go 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-30 sm No ' Trouble signal silence with ringback Auxiliary alarm and trouble contacts Lamp test switch DC standby battery and charger for 60 hours standby with 10 minute ringoff Local energy city connection module for City of Northampton, Massachusetts One ( 1) eight-zone 6500-1 Fire Alarm Control Panel to contain: 2 6501 alarm receiving panels ( 4 modules per zone) . 8 6501-42 alarm modules for pull station, heat detectors and 2 wire smoke detectors. (Seven active - one spare) . 4" 1 6513 signal panel with 4 signal circuits . 4 6513-2 signal modules . 1 6514-6 fire department local energy as connections modules . 1 6514-21 Master power and control panel with minimum 6 amp of signal power. wo 1 6522-1 program panel with 28 inputs and 20 outputs . 1 6525 auxiliary relay panel with 4 DPDT relays . a" 1 6525-2 auxiliary panel for city tie. 1 6514-22 signal control with 1 minute inhibit and 5 minute time limit cutout . ON 1 6513-31 sealed lead calcium battery pack and charger minimum of 27 AH. 1 6537-3 Box 48"H x 24"W x 6"D. am 1 6537-4 door extruded anodized aluminum with full viewing glass window, lock and key. 1 6538-2 flush trim. so F. ZONING: Buildings shall be zoned as shown on plans . In general - 2 zones for first floor, 2 zones for second floor , 1 zone for third floor, 1 zone for attic, and 1 zone for compactor room, sprinkler system flow and tamper switches. G. ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT: Electrical Contractor shall furnish w and install where shown: 1 . Manual Stations: Manual stations 270-SPO non-coded, breakglass - pull level, die cast aluminum for r mounting on signal gang opening. Plastic station not acceptable . 2 . Weatherproof Housing for Manual Stations: Edwards #WA-APS-36 flush or surface as required. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-29 2 . This is a programmed system. One fire alarm control panel and one master box. Only the signals in the building that initiated the alarm shall operate. D . SUPERVISION: All circuits including power supply shall be under constant electrical supervision both during normal power operation and battery operation. Whenever an open in initiating circuit or open or short in signal circuit develops, the system trouble buzzer shall sound and the zone and common trouble lamps shall illuminate and the auxiliary trouble contacts shall operate. Whenever a ground fault occurs or AC power is lost the system operates as above except a ground lamp or power trouble lamp illuminates . Wiring to master box and master box must be supervised. E . CONTROL PANEL: ..s 1. Shall meet requirements for power-limited fire protecting signaling circuits of part C of article 76 of NEC. (NFPA 70) . 2 . The eight ( 8 ) alarm zone flush Edwards 6500-1 control panel shall be suitable for multi-zone 24 VDC, non-coded, class B supervised initiating circuits with manual and +■• automatic devices having normally - open contacts. The control panel shall provide minimum of four ( 4) 24 VDC indicating signal circuits to power alarm devices in class B supervised .� circuit. Automatic protection against system damage caused by shorts in the 24 VDC signal circuits shall be provided. Panel to provide minimum of four (4 ) DPDT relays rated at 5 amps for release of magnetic door holders and future fan control. Panel to include one minute "Inhibit" circuit which prevents silencing of signals for one minute after alarm initiation and 5 minute time limit cutout . The control panel shall include the following features and function for present and future use: Alarm signal silence with subsequent alarm feature one minute inhibit and 5 minute time limit cutout. Dead Front Construction + Power on lamps Alarm and trouble indication by zone (separate lamp for each) Individual trouble lamp in signal circuits Integral alarm and trouble buzzer Common alarm and trouble lamps Ground fault detection 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-28 ~" C. The MATV Subcontractor shall receive the cable from the Continental Cable Vision and shall install same during construction, from entrance cabinet to all outlets, leaving sufficient slack as directed by Continental Cable Vision. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install outlet boxes at each outlet shown on the plans, sleeves thru masonry sM walls , conduit riser from entrance to each floor cabinet , and service entrance conduit. All conduit shall use long sweep elbows . 2-22 CEILING MOUNTED UNIT HEATER: A. In the Maintenance Building install ceiling mounted unit heaters where indicated and as described on the drawings . The heating unit shall contain a built-in thermal limit switch, fan delay switch and thermostat for automatic control. 2-23 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: A. GENERAL: The Contractor shall furnish and install all equipment and accessories for complete, electrically supervised, non-coded single stage city connected fire alarm system as described herein and as shown on the plans . OR Equipment and accessories furnished under the terms of this specification shall be the standard products of a single manufacturer regularly engaged five years and shall be equal in all respects to those manufactured by Edwards . Catalog ' numbers and model designations which appear herein indicate design, quality and type of material as well as required operating characteristics . All equipment shall be UL listed +w and UL file cards for control and accessory equipment must accompany submission material. Simplex, Autocall, Pyrotronics may be considered equals . B . CODES AND STANDARDS: The system shall comply with all local and state codes, with no exceptions . The system shall comply with the applicable provisions of the following current NFPA standards: 72A, B, C or D; 4! 72E ; 90A (when applicable) ; Life Safety Code #101. 40 C. SYSTEM OPERATION: 1 . The fire alarm system shall be an Edwards type 6500-1 40 as described herein and shown on the plans. Actuation of any alarm initiating device shall cause all audible and visual alarm devices to operate, trip city, release magnetic door holders and shall remain in alarm until problem is corrected and panel reset. Alarm initiating devices shall be grouped in zones . The zone of the fire shall be indicated on the control w panel . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-27 resistor shall be designed to cover the frequency range from 5 MHz to 890 MHz with minimum return loss of 25 dB at UHF and 30 dB across the VHF band. Jerrold Model TR-75F ( "F" connector) or approved equal. Jerrold Model TR-72 ( "C" connector) or approved equivalent . P. Equipment housing shall be provided as required to protect �a and mount headend and directional coupler equipment. The housing shall be manufactured from heavy gauge steel and be finished in silver gray hammertone. The removable cover shall be equipped with a louvered metal front for ventilation, handles for removal and provisions for locking the housing with a padlock. The housing shall provide 28 in . vertical space for mounting standard 19 in . rack width equipment. Mounting rails shall be drilled and tapped and shall be in a position to provide 5 in . of front and rear clearance for equipment. Knock-outs shall be provided for power entrance and coaxial cables . Overall dimensions shall be 29-1/4 in . deep. Jerrold Model EH-40 or approved equivalent. Q. Four-way directional coupler type taps shall be provided in headend housing cabinet as required for signal distribution. The taps shall be fully shielded and in compliance with FCC rules pertaining to radiation. All connections to the unit shall be by standard type "F" connectors . Taps shall be available in isolation values of 10, 14 , 19, 24, and 30 dB. Frequency responses for all models shall be from 5 MHz to 806 MHz . Return loss at any port shall be no less than 14 dB. Isolation between any two tap outlets shall be no less than 30 dB from 5 MHz to 300 MHz , and no less than 15 dB from 470 MHz to 806 MHz . The tap shall be housed in a rugged cast aluminum housing provided with flanged to permit mounting on any flat surface. Four taps shall be mounted on a common mounting plate to provide up to 16 outputs . The plate shall be equipped with labels to identify each outlet. Jerrold Model DCT4-Multitap or approved equivalent. 2-21 CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM: A. Furnish and install a complete and operable cable television system. Installation shall be performed under the .. supervision of the representative of Continental Cable Vision Company, Inc . B . Continental Cable Vision shall furnish all cable, and �« furnish and install all outlet fittings, splitters, amplifiers, and other required accessories and shall furnish and install cable from street to entrance cabinet. Continental Cable Vision shall make all final connections of wiring to terminals, and shall furnish and install all hardware and make all adjustments required to provide a minimum signal strength of +6 dBmV on all channels at all outlets. Conformance with this requirement shall be demonstrated with a field strength meter . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-26 ON K. UHF-to-VHF converter( s ) shall be provided on channels as specified. Converters shall be solid state, one piece, and designed for indoor use . Input and output impedance shall be 75 ohms . Noise figure shall be 14 dB maximum, 10 dB typical. Conversion gain shall be 7 dB low bank and 5 dB high band. Bandwidth shall be 8 MHz with a flatness of response of plus or minus 0 .75 dB. Unit shall be housed in corrosion resistant aluminum housing and shall be powered from 117 VAC . Jerrold Model UVC or approved equivalent. L. Channels 22 to 5, 40 to 10 , 5 to 7. Band mixing filter shall be LHS 76 . Band splitting filters shall be supplied when necessary. Input and output impedance shall be 75 ohms and units shall be available with crossover frequencies of 50 MHz , 130 MHz and 375 MHz isolation between output terminals shall be 25 dB minimum for all models . Typical insertion loss shall not exceed 1 dB . The match of all terminals shall be 14 dB or better. The unit with 50 MHz crossover frequency shall be a low pass response from DC to 47 MHz, and a high pass response �w from 54 MHz to 890 MHz . The unit with 130 MHz crossover frequency shall have a low pass response from DC to 300 MHz , and a high pass response from 470 MHz to 890 MHz . M. Broadband mixing/splitting devices shall be used in the system as required. These units shall be housed in a rugged cast aluminum housing, equipped with flanges to permit 40 mounting on any flat surface . The units shall meet FCC specifications on radiation. All units shall have a frequency response from 5 MHz to 300 MHz , or from 5 MHz to 806 MHz . Two-way splitters shall have a maximum splitting loss of 3.8 dB . Four way splitters shall have a maximum splitting loss of 7 .7 dB. Directional couplers shall be available in nominal tap w loss values of 8 , 12 and 16 dB . Return loss at any terminal shall be 18 dB or better. Jerrold Model 1596B, 2 way, 1597 for 4 way, or approved equivalent . an N. VHF BROADBAND AMPLIFIER: VHF broadband amplifier shall be installed in the system as specified and as shown on the drawings. The amplifier shall have a minimum full gain of 55 „R dB with a maximum output capability of +60 dBmV for 7 channels with less than -46 dB crossmodulation on any channel . Input and output impedance shall be 75 ohms with a return loss of 14 On dB minimum. Noise figure at full gain shall be 8 dB or better. Separate gain controls with a range of 10 dB shall be provided for low band and high band. Frequency response shall be 54 MHz to 108 MHz and 174 MHz to 216 MHz with a flatness of plus or e minus 0 . 5 dB. A tunable FM trap shall be provided with a notch depth of at least 10 dB. The unit shall be designed for either rack mounting or surface mounting. The amplifier shall be designed to operate from 117 volts AC . Amplifier to be Jerrold Model 3880 or approved equivalent. 0. Terminating resistors with 75 ohm impedance shall be installed at unused ports and feeder line ends . Terminating 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-25 elements for channel 3 . The output impedance shall be 75 ohms ' with a VSWR of 1.5: maximum. The antenna output connector shall be type "F" female. Elements on all antennas shall be constructed of 1/2 in . seamless high strength aluminum allow with a wall thickness of at least .049 in . The boom shall be of 1: 1/4 in . square welded seam construction of the same material with a wall thickness of at least .062 in . The entire antenna shall be protected by a conductive anti-corrosion finish . The antenna shall be capable of survival in winds of up to 125 m.p.h . Jerrold J-55 series and J-105 series, or approved equivalent . H. UHF antenna shall meet the following specification: The antenna shall be comprised of a slot fed 12 element log periodic drive and an array of 13 directors. The antenna shall be designed to cover the UHF ban (channels 14-83 ) in eight models . It shall be capable of use as a single channel antenna or a broadband antenna. The gain shall be 12 dB with a minimum front to back ratio of 20 dB. The output impedance shall be 75 ohms with a VSWR or 1 .5: 1 or less. The output connector shall be a type "F" female. Elements shall be constructed of 1/2 in. seamless high strength aluminum alloy with a wall thickness of at least .049 in . The boom shall be 1-1/4 in . square welded construction of the same material with a wall thickness of •• .062 in . The entire antenna shall be protected by a conductive anti-corrosion finish. Mounting hardware shall be galvanized steel or stainless steel. The antenna shall be capable of survival in winds of up to 125 m.p.h. Jerrold J-275 series or approved equivalent. I . Each local origination channel shall be provided with a RF '* modulator to produce standard television signals from audio and video inputs . The modulator shall contain a meter to adjust video inputs . The modulator shall contain a meter to adjust video and audio modification without the requirement of additional test equipment. The RF output shall be adequately filtered to permit use in adjacent channel systems . Video input impedance shall be plus or minus 0 .5 dB to 4.2 MHz and differential phase and differential gain shall not exceed 2 dB and 5 degrees respectively. Audio impedance shall be 600 ohms and accept a minimum audio level of 50 mV RMS for full * + modulation. Audio frequency response shall be from 100 Hz to 15 kHz within plus or minus 1 dB of the standard 75 uSEC preamphasis curve. Audio distortion shall not exceed 3 percent. Video carrier frequency shall be crystal controlled with an accuracy of 0.005 percent. The audio carrier shall be AFC controlled with an accuracy of 3 kHz . The audio carrier level shall be adjustable from 10 to 15 dB below the visual "* carrier . Spurious outputs shall be less than 60 dB down except -52 dB at the lower adjacent channel. Unit shall meet or exceed FCC standards for radiation. Jerrold Model UM-12 or .,. approved equivalent. Channel 12 . J. VHF amp shall be Jerrold THPM or approved equivalent for Channels 3 , 5, 10 and 7 . 15 7 6(NHA)/dmd 16A-24 no 5 . Each cable feeder line shall be inspected for proper termination. a 6. Using a field strength meter, measure the signal level at the last outlet on each feeder line and other randomly selected outlets totalling not less than five percent of the total number of outlets. The signal level on each channel shall not read less than 0 dBmV, nor more than plus or minus 10 dBmV, unless specified otherwise. 7. Using a standard TV receiver connected to randomly selected outlets, not less than one per feeder, observe picture quality. No visible components of crossmodulation (windshield wiper effect) ghosting or beat interference shall appear on the screen of a receiver tuned to any normal signal . 8 . Carrier-to-noise test shall employ a Jerrold Model 727 Field Strength Meter or equivalent. Measurements shall be made at the output of the last amplifier in the system. With the normal levels in the system the field strength meter shall be tuned to the picture carrier of each channel in turn and the reading obtained on the meter noted. The signal shall then be removed and the input to the headend amplifier shall be terminated in ohms . With the field strength meter read the level of remaining noise in the absence of the signal and add a meter bandwidth correction factor of 4 dB to the reading. The difference between the two readings will give the system' s signal-to-noise ration, and shall not be less than 43 dB, - - unless otherwise specified. 9 . Crossmodulation test shall employ a standard TV receiver and an RF carrier generator. Insert and unmodulated CW carrier at the system headend in lieu of one of the channels normally carried by the system. With the TV receiver connected at the most remote outlet in the system and tuned to the CW signal, observe that there are no visible components of crossmodulation (windshield wiper effect) . F . All basic equipment for which there are Underwriters' Standard requirements shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories and be so labeled, or shall conform to their requirements, in which case certified statements to the effect shall be furnished by the manufacturer with copy of an examination report by a recognized independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner . All basic equipment exclusive of cable shall be the latest product of a single manufacturer of established reputation and experience in engineering achievements and development of equality electronic equipment. The equipment of Jerrold or approved equal shall be considered as meeting these specifications . All equipment shall be new materials . G. VHF master antennas shall be of the single channel yogi type, or where signal conditions permit, of either a low band broadband or a high band broadband type , with at least five 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-23 to cornices or copings and any penetration of the roof surface shall be sealed according to accepted building methods. All outdoor connections shall be weatherproofed through the use of weather boots or other approved method. Cables from the antennas to the headend shall be suitably supported and secured. Cable entrances to the building shall be done in an approved manner. D . Upon completion of the system installation, it shall be the responsibility of the MATV Subcontractor to perform the necessary adjustments and balancing of all signals and amplifier level controls to insure proper system operation. The system shall be physically inspected by an authorized representative of the Architect-Engineer. The MATV w* Subcontractor shall furnish all equipment and personnel required for the tests. Should such a demonstration of performance show that the MATV Subcontractor has not properly a� balanced the system and that picture degration is present or that output is not as specified, the MATV Subcontractor shall make all necessary changes or adjustments and a second performance demonstration will be arranged. Should a second performance demonstration fail, the MATV Subcontractor agrees to correct the system deficiencies under the supervision of the Owner' s technical staff at no cost to the Owner. +•• E. System balance test shall employ a Jerrold Model 727 Field Strength Meter or approved equivalent. Measurements shall be �. made at the combined output of the headend system. The level of each channel' s picture and sound carrier shall be measured and recorded. 1 . All levels shall be within plus or minus 0 dB from design levels specified. In no case shall the levels measured exceed the maximum output rating for the headend amplifier( s ) .. employed. 2 . The level difference between channel picture carriers shall not exceed 2 dB for adjacent channels nor 12 dB between " the strongest and weakest channel normally carried. 3 . In systems carrying adjacent channels (Note: Channels 4 and 5 or 6 and 7 are not considered to be adjacent) the picture carrier to sound carrier level ratio of any lower adjacent channel shall not be less than 12 dB nor more than 18 dB . 4 . Systems containing individual channel strip amplifiers with AGC shall be tested for AGC operation. The measured field strength level at the output of AGC type amplifier shall not vary more than plus or minus 0 .5 dB with the insertion of 6 dB of attenuation in the amplifier input signal. , (The following proof of performance tests are considered as minimum requirements for all systems , regardless of size . ) 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-22 ,, 4w 40 components. One ( 1) complete set of as-built drawings of the system shall be supplied. These drawings shall include all pertinent signal levels throughout the system as they were at No the system acceptance date. All basic electronic equipment shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc . and shall be products of a single manufacturer of established reputation and experience. The manufacturer shall have supplied similar apparatus to comparable installation rendering satisfactory service for at least three ( 3 ) years. The installation shall be in accordance with the latest requirements of the National Electrical Code , State and Local codes, ordinances and regulations of any other governing body having jurisdiction. The MATV Subcontractor shall furnish all necessary equipment , „ labor and installation materials whether specified or not to provide a complete system. Manufacturer and model numbers are specified throughout these specifications with the intention of establishing a standard of quality and operation. B . The system shall provide for reception of monochrome (black and white) and color TV transmission and FM ( at every outlet) equal to or superior to that obtainable on a single standard receiver connected directly to the system antennas . Specific channels to be received and distributed are as follows: Channels 22, 40, 57 and 3 . The system design minimums shall be 43 dB carrier to noise ratio and 43 dB cross modulation level at output of the latest amplifier in the distribution system. The outlets located as shown on the ' drawings shall provide minimum signal levels as follows : +6 dBmV, VHF-TV (channels 2-13 ) 0 dBmV, UHF-TV (channels 14-83) -6 dBmV, FM ( 88-108 MHz ) The system shall be designed such that subsequent expansion to additional VHF or UHF channels shall require modification of headend equipment only. All equipment shall be designed and rated for 117 V, 60 HZ , AC operation and shall be U.L. listed. Camera input channels shall be 12 using video cameras with Jerrold UM Modulator UM12 . C. All equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of an authorized representative. All equipment power wiring and grounding shall conform to the National Electrical Code and applicable local codes. Electronic equipment , antennas and antenna supports shall be grounded using a No . 6 solid copper wire. Wire shall be adequately supported, and connectors specifically designed for the type of wire shall be installed. Amplifier input cables shall not be bundled with output cables . Physical separation between input and output cables shall be maintained „ as much as practical. All equipment except in-line pads shall be suitably mounted in cabinets. Equipment suspended by its coaxial connection is not acceptable . Antennas shall be supported by heavy gauge steel mast or towers. Appropriate guying shall be used as required. No attachment shall be made 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-21 sulfuric acid electrolyte, a sealed top and plastic case . Battery will have an unconditional one-year warranty with an additional five year pro-rata warranty. D . Battery cabinet shall be steel with a beige baked enamel finish and with an electrolyte resistance undercoat . Front panel has a decorative wood grain finish. .. E . Controls will include an AC/DC terminal block, push-to-test switch, high/low charge light , load relay and two ( 2) fused DC distribution circuits. 2-19 TELEPHONE SYSTEM: A. Provide , as indicated on plans and described, a complete empty raceway system for installation of telephone wiring. B . This system shall include service conduit from riser pole, main entrance backboard with ground connection conduit , main trunk and branch raceways, junction and pull boxes as necessary, extension raceways to each outlet as indicated, wall or floor boxes at each outlet as required and all work necessary to provide a complete raceway system ready for installation of wiring. Wall boxes shall have bushed telephone type flush plates. C . The complete conduit system shall be installed as herein .� specified and/or shown on drawings to provide a complete telephone system. Conduit location as shown are diagrammatic. Junction boxes to be sized as required. Provide pull wires in all empty conduits. 2-20 MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION SYSTEM: A. The work to be provided under these specifications consists of furnishing and installing a complete and operable RF reception and distribution system. The Master Antenna Television System SubContractor (hereinafter called the MATV Subcontractor) shall show evidence of having successfully completed at least three similar projects. Installation shall be performed by, or under the supervision of the factory �* authorized organization. The MATV Subcontractor shall provide evidence upon request that he/she maintains a fully equipped inspection and service to the system, including replacement parts. The MATV Subcontractor shall be prepared to offer a service contract for the maintenance of the system after the guarantee period. The system in its entirety shall be guaranteed for a period of one ( 1) year from date of acceptance to meet all performance requirements outlined herein . The installer shall respond to a trouble call within twenty-four ( 24) hours after receipt of such a call . After completion of the work under this contract, the MATV Subcontractor shall furnish one ( 1) complete set of operating instructions including circuit diagrams and other information necessary for proper operation and maintenance of system 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-20 ■* 2-17 MAIN SERVICE DISCONNECT WITH C/T COMPARTMENT: A. SERVICE ENTRANCE BOARD shall be a dead front , completely enclosed, wall mounted structure, incorporating a main breaker and current transformer compartment for power company metering. B . BOARD shall be completely factory built and bussed for 120/208 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60 hertz , full size neutral 44 and labeled for service entrance equipment. C. BOARD' S MAIN BUS AND CONNECTIONS to switching devices 4" shall be tin plated aluminum bars of sufficient size to limit rated continuous current and braced for space symmetrical amps . D . MAIN BREAKER shall be molded case type of size as shown on drawings. E. CURRENT TRANSFORMER COMPARTMENT shall be hinged sealable door with arrangement for bar-type current transformers. F. BOX shall be code gauge galvanized sheet metal, with 8 in . gutters, 38 in . wide by 9 in. deep and height as required. G. FACTORY ASSEMBLED BOARD shall be wired and tested before A delivery and shall conform to UL and National Electrical Code standards. an H. BOARD shall be as manufactured by Square "D" , General Electric, or Westinghouse . aP 2-18 EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM: A. Furnish and install a 6 volt emergency lighting system constructed in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories, " Inc . and shall be installed in accordance with Article 700 of the National Electrical Code in locations as shown on the plans. 40 B. Charger for battery shall incorporate a two-rate, fully automatic, voltage regulated, solid state charger provides a ,a high charge rate immediately and automatically upon restoration of AC electrical service after a power failure . When the battery floating voltage has been reached, the high charge ends and the charger reverts to its normal function of 4W providing a continuous floating rate charge to maintain the battery at its floating voltage. Recharging to rated voltage will be accomplished in 12 hours or less after discharge to 87-1/2 percent of system voltage under rated load as per the National Electrical Code Article 700. C. The system batteries shall be a rechargeable , no maintenance, 6-volt acid battery with lead calcium plates, • 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-19 20 amp unless otherwise noted and have an interrupting capacity of 5, 000 ( 10,000) asymmetrical amps . 5 . Panelboards shall be as manufactured by Square D, " Westinghouse, General Electric, or approved equal . 2-16 METER/BREAKER EQUIPMENT: ,,, A. MULTI-METERING EQUIPMENT shall be Square D wall mounted EL Meter-Pak or approved equal by General Electric or Westinghouse. All components shall have been tested and MW Underwriters Laboratories listed for use as an integral part of the multi-metering system. Installation shall be made herein specified and shown on the associated electrical �•• drawings. B . ENCLOSURES shall be constructed of formed and welded code gauge steel, finished with gray baked enamel over a corrosion-inhibiting phosphate treatment and suitable for indoor or outdoor surface mounting. No device disassembly is to be required before mounting. Mounting shall be accomplished by using a separate mounting channel in conjunction with enclosure embossments for vertical support. Final mounting shall be by the use of external mounting feet for attaching to walls . All devices must be bonded together with bolted connections . Meter units shall be provided with individual removable covers for each meter position. All compartments ... containing unmetered circuits shall be provided with a sealing means . C . All components shall be factory assembled and all current-carrying parts shall be plated bus bars. Individual units shall be constructed with an integral sliding one bolt joint assembly for a completely bussed meter center. This single bolt is to be a VISI-TITS bolt for tightening without a torque wrench. D . METER SOCKETS shall be 4 jaw non-circuit closing type with fifth jaw provisions when used on network systems . Sockets shall be rated 200 ampere continuous duty. Meter socket jaws must be spring reinforced and front removable. E . CIRCUIT BREAKERS for 125 ampere devices shall be Square D, two pole, plug-on type QO of size as indicated in panelboard schedule . F. METER-BREAKER COMPONENTS must be of such design to permit arrangement to allow wiring at the top or bottom in the same assembly. Equipment shall be so arranged as to permit the installation of units with different branch ratings in the same meter center. G. The meter center shall be UL listed with an integrated equipment rating equal to or greater than the available current at the meter center . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-18 ... ! " sequence down the left-hand side and even numbers shall be used in sequence down the right-hand side. 6 . Cabinets and Fronts: The panelboard bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. The size of the wiring gutters and the gauge of steel shall be in accordance with NEMA Standard Publication No . PBI-1971 and U .L. Standards No . 67 for panelboards. The box shall be fabricated from galvanized steel or equivalent rust-resistant steel. Fronts shall include doors and have flush, brushed stainless steel, cylinder tumbler-type locks with catches and spring loaded door pulls . The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim clamps which shall be completely concealed when the doors are closed. Doors shall be mounted by completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with door in the locked position. A circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door. The directory shall be typed to identify the load fed by each circuit . Fronts shall be of code gauge, full finished steel with rust-inhibiting primer and baked-enamel finish. 7 . Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and bear the U .L. label. Panelboards shall be Square D Type "NQOB Bolt-On" or equal by General Electric or Westinghouse. Im B . APARTMENT LOAD CENTERS : 1 . Provide , where indicated on the plans in the apartments, load centers of the type and voltage class as scheduled on the Drawings and described herein . 2 . Load centers shall be 1-phase, 3-wire , 120/208 volts rated as scheduled, be UL listed for aluminum and/or copper wire, have insulated groundable neutral , provisions for single and double pole breakers and isolated panel grounding lug . 3 . Load center cabinets shall be constructed as outlined 4" under distribution panels and shall be of sufficient size to mount flush in a 3-5/8 in . stud wall. 4 . Circuit breakers shall be plug-in , thermal magnetic, 40 manually operated, fully temperature compensated, molded case-type which shall provide positive trip-free operation on abnormal overloads with quick-make and quick-break contact on under both manual and automatic operation. Stationary and movable contacts shall be of non-welding silver alloy and shall be adequately protected with effective and rapid arc go interruption facilities . Each pole of the breakers shall be equipped with an inverse time delay thermal overcurrent trip element and magnetic instantaneous overcurrent elements for common trip of all poles . Tie handles on breakers will not be 40 acceptable . Generally, branch circuit breakers shall be rated Im 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-17 F. Consult plans , riser diagrams , etc. Provide conduits, primary conductors, secondary conductors, grounding as required by the Utility Company as well as the National and Massachusetts Electrical Codes, etc . , so as to provide a complete service installation as described herein and shown on drawings . 2-15 PANELBOARDS: A. CIRCUIT BREAKER LIGHTING PANELBOARDS - 240 V. MAX. AC : 1 . Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting panelboard as indicated in the panelboard schedule and where shown on the plans. Panelboards shall be of a dead-front .� safety type, equipped with thermal magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as shown on the schedule . 2 . Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating, and have common trip on all multipole breakers . (Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle position between ON and OFF when the breaker is tripped and by VISI-TRIP indication. The VISI-TRIP indication will consist of a luminous, tripped-circuit indicator. The indicator is to be protected by a window which seals the breaker case. The VISI-TRIP indicator shall not be visible when breaker is ON or OFF. ) Branch circuit breakers feeding convenience outlets shall have sensitive instantaneous .� trip settings of not more than 10 times the trip rating of the breaker to prevent repeated arcing shorts resulting from frayed appliance cords. Connections to the bus shall be bolt-on . 3 . Panelboard Bus Assembly: Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breakers shall be the "distributed phase" or "phase sequence" type. Single-phase, three-wire panelboard bussing shall be such that any two adjacent single-pole breakers are connected to opposite polarities in such a manner that two-pole breakers can be installed in any location. Three-phase, four-wire bussing shall be such that any three adjacent single-pole breakers are individually connected to each of the three different phases in such a manner that two or three-pole breakers can be installed at any location. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated. Mains ratings shall be as shown in the panelboard schedule on the plans. 4 . Wiring Terminals : Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be U .L. listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified . Terminals for branch circuit wiring, both breaker and neutral shall be U .L. listed as suitable for the type of conductor specified . 5 . Circuit Numbering: Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top, odd numbers shall be used in 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-16 po ON 13 . Fixture ' SA' - Post light with cast aluminum housinq in dark bronze finish, one piece clear acrylic enclosure fully gasketed, suitable for wet locations and 1-250W E-28 metal halide lamp. Luminaire to be mounted on a 12 ft . round dole finished in dark bronze similar to Luminaire. To be McPhilben Cat . #5E-454-T/L412T. 14. Fixture ' SB' - Bollard type fixture with aluminum column , cast aluminum luminaire housing in dark bronze finish, one piece clear acrylic enclosure fully gasketed, suitable for wet locations and 1-175W E-28 metal halide lamp. To be McPhilben Cat . #5E-4533 or approved equal . 15. Fixture ' EM' - Emergency light fixture with two heads mounted on unit and capable of supplying additional heads . To be Sure-Lite #XR-9 or approved equal. 16 . Fixture ' EM1' - Emergency light fixture similar to type ' EM' except it shall have only one ( 1) head mounted on unit. 17. Fixture ' EM2' - Emergency remote light fixture. To be Sure-Lite Cat . #GX-36PAR or approved equal. 2-14 ELECTRIC SERVICE: A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install entire primary supply system from Pole #9 to transformer including 15kv cable , pole top and transformer terminators . w4 B . Pole top terminators shall be furnished and installed as per the requirements of the Massachusetts Electric Company. Final connections shall be made by the Utility Company. C . Furnish and install 15kv cables in service lateral as shown on plans . Primary cables shall be single conductor #2, 7 strand aluminum, shielded with extruded cross-linked polyethylene, 10 #4 AWG solid annealed coated copper concentric neutral and unfilled cross-linked polyethylene insulation as manufactured by General Cable Company or approved equal . The Electrical Subcontractor shall perform required tests after installation of cable in the presence of a representative from the Utility Company. ' D. Furnish and install transformer loadbreak connectors with test points on transformer for connection of primary cables by the Utility Company. E. Secondary service laterals, cables and connectors shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor. Final connections at the transformer shall be made by the Utility Company. Service characteristics shall be 120/208 Volt , 3 Phase , 4 Wire. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-15 OR 1 . Fixture ' A' - Surface mounted incandescent with white acrylic, twist-tite diffuser and 22 watt circline lamp. To be Lightolier Cat . #6789 or equal. 2 . Fixture 'B ' - Surface mounted fluorescent wrap around with prismatic acrylic diffuser and 2-F40/CW/RS/SS/30 lamps . To be Metalux Cat. #CPF-240A or approved equal with energy efficient type ballasts . 3 . Fixture ' C' - Wall mounted fluorescent with white acrylic diffuser and 1-FC6T9/CW lamp. To be Prescolite Cat . #9427 or approved equal. 4 . Fixture ' D' - Surface mounted fluorescent ceiling fixture with white textured glass lens, oak finish and 1-32, 1-40 watt circline lamps . To be Progress Cat . #P7367 or approved equal. 5 . Fixture ' E' - Universal mounted fluorescent exit light with stencil face , universal arrows , DC emergency operation option and 1-8 watt fluorescent lamp. 6 . Fixture ' F' - 2 x 2 surface mounted fluorescent •• fixture with acrylic lens and 1 - FB40/CW/6/SS lamp. To be Lightolier Catalog #13548 with energy efficient ballasts or approved equal . 7 . Fixture ' G' - 2 x 4 surface mounted fluorescent fixture with prismatic acrylic lens, 4-F40/CW/RS/SS/30 lamps . To be Metalux Cat . #2M-440A with energy efficient ballasts or approved equal. 8 . Fixture ' H ' - 4 ft. fluorescent striplight with 2-F40/CW/RS/SS/30 lamps . To be Metalux Cat . #SS-240-ACL2 with energy efficient ballasts or approved equal. 9. Fixture ' K' - Shall be similar to Fixture Type 'A' except it shall be provided with 1-22 and 1-32 watt circline lamps . To be Progress Cat . #6791 or approved equal. 10. Fixture ' L' - 2 x 4 surface mounted fluorescent .. fixture with prismatic acrylic lens and 2-F40/CW/RS/SS/30 lamps . To be Metalux Catalog #2M-240A with energy efficient ballasts or approved equal . 11 . Fixture 'M' - Shall be a surface mounted porcelain lampholder with a 60W A-19 lamp . To be Leviton Catalog #9875-2 or approved equal . 12 . Fixture ' N' - 2 x 2 surface mounted fluorescent ., fixture with prismatic acrylic lens and 2-FB40/CW/6/SS lamps . To be Metalux Catalog #2M-2U6A with energy efficient ballasts or approved equal . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-14 on 2-11 FUSES: A. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer , and shall have a coordinated time-curve, supplied as required for all safety switches and panels as indicated on plans . Furnish to the Owner one ( 1) spare set of fuses for each fused switch or device installed in entire project . 2-12 YARD LIGHTING: A. Furnish and install a complete yard lighting system as indicated on plans. Excavation for conduits and concrete bases to be by General Contractor. B. Yard lights to be as indicated in fixture schedule on 4 drawings and as specified herein. C. All wiring to be type THHN stranded and shall be installed in rigid nonmetallic conduit, Schedule 40 . 2-13 LIGHTING FIXTURES: A. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc . Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all required glassware and lamps . All lamps to be new. Furnish and install all required hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise M defective material is to be replaced. B . Fluorescent fixtures shall be provided with Class P, rapid OR start, energy efficient type ballasts . They shall be high power factor , complete with automatic reset thermal protector , and shall meet ETL-CMB specifications. Ballasts shall be ' A' sound rated. H.I .D . ballasts shall be high power factor type and be UL approved. C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the type and size indicated in the fixture schedule. Fluorescent lamps to be cool white energy efficient type. Incandescent lamps to be extended service type. D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure. E . The following is the schedule of lighting fixtures to be furnished and installed. Fixtures are identified by letter herein and corresponding letter on drawings . Manufacturers name and catalogue numbers are listed to show type and standard of quality. Equivalent fixtures by other manufacturers will be considered. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect-Engineer prior to ordering. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-13 indicated. To be as manufactured by Tork, #2100 series or approved equal . 2-10 MOTORS, STARTERS, AND SWITCHES: A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall connect, ready for operation, all motors and control apparatus unless ..,, specifically mentioned as being connected under other divisions. B . Motors that are not part of a completely assembled unit ®' shall be properly aligned and checked for rotation. C . A sufficient length of flexible seal-tite conduit shall be •• installed at all motor connections to prevent transmission of noise and vibration. D. Starters and controls shall be rigidly secured and installed plumb and level. E. Manually operated devices such as pushbuttons and manual starters shall be provided under this Section and shall be located to permit convenient operation and be readily accessible and shall have pilot light for "on" operation. Furnish nameplates for each control station as called for in these specifications . F. Combination starters shall be NEMA sized and horsepower .� rated with enclosure as indicated on plans and of the line voltage fused disconnect type. Starters shall have overload protection in each phase, shall be of the magnetic type , shall have auxiliary control contacts and accessories as required for the applicable wiring of motors and control circuitry and shall have pushbutton and pilot lights on the enclosure door. G. Furnish and install over-current protection for motors . Motor nameplates shall be checked for current rating to determine correct overload elements. H. Manual motor controls shall be flush mounted and shall be horsepower and voltage rating as required. I . Disconnect devices when not included with equipment furnished under other divisions of the specifications shall be s„ provided and installed under this Section of the specifications to comply with all requirements of the National Electrical Code . Disconnects shall be horsepower rated, heavy duty type, positive action, quick-make, quick-break mechanisms with provisions for locking the operating handle in the open position and with interlocking cover that prevents opening door when external handle is in the "on" position. J . Motor starters and switches shall be manufactured by Square "D" , or approved equal by General Electric or Westinghouse . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-12 MW on isolation barriers are provided. This shall apply to all boxes , cabinets, pull boxes , cable support boxes , etc . E. RECEPTACLES shall be flush mounted rated for 15 or 20 AMP at 125 volts, composition base suitable for side wiring having polarized slots and U-shaped grounding slot and break-off lug for two circuit installation. F. HEAVY DUTY RECEPTACLES shall be polarized with composition base and pressure type terminals, three or four-pole as required for service as indicated by symbol. G. PLATES for switches, receptacles, telephone or blank +e•i outlets shall be stainless steel, satin finish, or phenolic Ivory. Plates over grouped devices shall be suitably ganged. Telephone plates shall have insulated bushed hole. H . DEVICES shall be furnished by Hubbell, Leviton, or equal to the following Slater numbers: 1 . Light Switches, single pole - #790-AG, 20 amp. 120/277 volts, Ivory. in 2 . Light Switches, 3 way - #793-AG, 20 amp . 120/277 volts, Ivory. 3 . Light Switches, 4 way - #794-AG, 20 amp . 120/277 volts , Ivory. 4 . Switch and Pilot Lamp - #711-LH. Key switches to be same quality as specified above. 5 . Duplex Receptacles - #5340-AG, 20 amp . 3 wire , 125 volts , Ivory. 6 . G.F.I . Receptacles - #GFIR-15 . 7 . Weatherproof Receptacles - Receptacles to be as specified above with #3710 plate. 8 . Range Outlets - #3854 with matching 3 ft . power supply cord and plug #3867. 9. Dryer Outlets - #3860 with matching 3 ft . power supply cord and plug #3861. 10. Telephone Outlet Plates - #S-92181. •w I. Provide foam draft barriers in all receptacles and switches to prevent cold air to enter thru devices . 2-09 PHOTOELECTRIC CELLS: A. Furnish and install photoelectric cells where so noted on plans . To be of type, size , and rating to suit application 4" 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-11 H . FLOOR BOXES shall be cast iron boxes trim and devices as listed. I . OUTSIDE LIGHTING OUTLETS shall have galvanized or cadmium *" plated cast iron boxes with gaskets, drilled and tapped to accept fixture specified for these locations. J . PULL AND SPLICE BOXES not indicated on drawings shall be provided as required by the National Electrical and the Massachusetts Electrical Codes . K. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS shall be as manufactured by Steel City Electrical Company, General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal. ... 2-06 TIMECLOCKS: A. Furnish and install timeclocks where so noted on plans . Clocks to be seven day clocks with holiday and weekend skip features, manual bypass switch, and with 36 hour reserve power feature. Clocks to be type and rating suited to application. Timeclocks to be manufactured by Tork, Paragon, Intermatic, or approved equal . 2-07 NAMEPLATES: A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall label all cabinets, panels , disconnect switches, motor starters, controls, pull boxes , etc. in the electrical system which shall follow the designation shown on plans . B . The nameplates shall be applied and firmly anchored laminated black phenolic plates with engraved white lettering. 2-08 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES: .. A. SWITCHES shall be flush mounted, specification grade, 20 AMP, 120/277 volt AC with side connection screw terminals and toggle handle. B . SWITCHES shall be single pole, double pole, 3-way, 4-way • or key operated as indicated by the symbol . Where more than one switch is shown at one outlet, they shall be installed under one plate in an order appropriate to the location of the outlets being controlled. C. Precaution shall be taken in the running of switch legs, on the 277 volt lighting system, so that wires of different "w phases are isolated in separate conduit and separate outlet box sections . D. FEEDER CABLES, originating from different takeoff am services , shall be completely isolated from one another and shall not be placed in same enclosure unless suitable so 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-10 .m 4M 44 D . FIRE ALARM AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEMS WIRING shall be in a continuous conduit system and of type and size as ++ * instructed by the manufacturer of equipment. E . FEEDERS from distribution panels to apartment load centers shall be non-metallic sheathed cable , Type SEU, with three copper conductors plus concentric neutral. F . BRANCH CIRCUITS feeding ranges and built-in cooking equipment in dwelling units shall be Type SE service entrance cable, with three copper conductors plus concentric neutral. G. CONCEALED BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING may be non-metallic sheathed cable , Type NM, unless indicated otherwise on the plans. H . WIRE AND CABLE to be by General Electric, Okonite, or approved equal. 2-04 CONTACTORS: A. Furnish and install mechanically held contactors of size and capacity as noted on Plans, in NEMA 1 enclosures . B . To be as manufactured by Square D, Westinghouse , or General Electric. 2-05 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES : A. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS shall be pressed galvanized steel unless otherwise noted or required by the National Electrical Code and shall be as required for their use . B . OUTLET BOXES shall be of sizes and types to accommodate ( 1) structural conditions, ( 2) size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering, and ( 3) device or fixture for which required. C. BOXES which are to support fixtures shall include a 3/8 in . fixture stud. D. BOXES occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed. E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used. F. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES, whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge. G. PULL BOXES AND WIREWAYS shall be standard NEMA-1 enclosures with cover plates and screws , bonderized paint finish . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-9 so or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. �• D . COUPLINGS, CONNECTORS AND FITTINGS for electrical metallic tubing shall be of the watertight compression type. E. FLEXIBLE STEEL SEAL-TITE CONDUIT shall be used for flexible connections to all motors or other removable equipment to facilitate removal and connections. F. RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT, PVC Schedule 40 , shall be used for site lighting raceways as detailed on the drawings . ..� 2-02 WIREWAYS : A. Where indicated on the plans, approved metal wireways shall be furnished and installed complete with the necessary complement of fittings, connectors and accessory parts . Wireways shall be of the "lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with hinged or screw covers for full channel access. Wireway cross-sectional dimensions shall be of size noted on the plans. All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust .. inhibitor and finished in grey baked enamel. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion. B . WIREWAYS shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with applicable rules of the National Electrical Code . C. WIREWAYS shall be securely supported by approved methods at 5 ft . intervals . D. WIREWAYS AND FITTINGS shall be as manufactured by Keystone .. Company, or approved equal. 2-03 CONDUCTORS: A. CONDUCTORS shall be 98 percent conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types indicated below •■ unless otherwise shown on plans . Aluminum conductors shall not be used. B . The minimum sizes of wire for light or power shall be #12 THHN stranded, control circuits shall be #14 THHN unless otherwise noted. All lighting branch circuits more than 100 ft . in length to the first outlet, shall be at least #10 for the entire distance",up to the first outlet. Wire sizes #10 and larger shall be stranded. All sizes called for in the specifications or on the plans are American Wire Gauge (AWG) sizes . C. LIGHTING CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS in fixture raceways shall be #12 AWG minimum, Type AVA, AVB, AWM, FE, or equal as approved. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-8 ,�, ' 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule 1576-A-22 Window Details No. 1 1576-A-23 Window Details No . 2 1576-A-24 Maintenance Building STRUCTURAL 1576-S-1 Roof Framing Plan 1576-S-2 Third Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-3 Second Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-4 Sections & Details HEATING AND VENTILATING 1576-HV-1 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-2 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-3 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-4 Heating & Ventilating PLUMBING 1576-P-1 Plumbing 1576-P-2 Plumbing 1576-P-3 Plumbing 1576-P-4 Enlarged Plans & Details ON ELECTRICAL 1576-E-1 First Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-2 Second Floor Electrical Plan OR 1576-E-3 Third Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-4 Typical Unit Plans - Electrical 1576-E-5 Typical Non-Residential Space - ! Lighting 1576-E-6 Typical Non-Residential Space - Power 1576-E-7 Schedules & Details C. The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14 , 1985. �r PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 CONDUIT: A. RIGID CONDUIT shall be used for all raceway runs concealed in concrete, run under slabs , run in trenches or pits, run exposed within 6 ft . of floor or outside building. Rigid steel conduit shall comply with the latest applicable Federal Specifications. Conduit to be galvanized rigid steel . B . ALUMINUM CONDUIT will not be permitted where buried in concrete , masonry, or in the ground. C. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING shall be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run exposed inside the building, +•• 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-7 .., 00 D. ALTERNATE BID PRICE N0. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. ..� 1-14 FILED SUB-BID: A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 441, inclusive, as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . *► B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications. C . The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings : NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-X-1 Site Survey 1576-X-2 Site Preparation Plan 1576-X-3 Site Development Plan 1576-X-4 Landscaping Plan *+� 1576-X-5 Site Details 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-2 Foundation Details 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-6 Roof Plan 1576-A-7 Roof Details 1576-A-8 Exterior Elevations No . 1 1576-A-9 Exterior Elevations No . 2 1576-A-10 Courtyard Elevations 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-15 Typical Kitchen Plans & Elevations 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elevations * 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details 1576-A-19 Stair Details No . 1 1576-A-20 Stair Details No . 2 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-6 WP A. At the time of final acceptance, the Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish three ( 3) sets of operating instructions for all equipment for delivery to Owner . B . The Electrical Subcontractor shall instruct Owner' s representative in operation of all electrical apparatus and systems . 1-10 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. RECORD DRAWINGS for this section of work to be as specified in the provisions of the contract as described in the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General 4 Requirements" . B . RECORD DRAWINGS shall reflect all electrical changes from contract drawings whether by change order or by field conditions . 1-11 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER: A. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER to be furnished by the General Contractor as described in provisions of the Contract. 1-12 GUARANTEE-WARRANTY: A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant that all work executed and all equipment furnished, under this Section shall be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one ( 1) year from date of final acceptance of this work. The Electrical Subcontractor further agrees that he/she will, at his/her own expense, repair and replace all such defective work and all other work damaged thereby, which becomes defective during the term of the Guarantee-Warranty. 1-13 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work w. specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2. C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections , and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-5 .w, D . The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at all times, have a foreman on the project authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Contractor himself/herself were present . The foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer after construction work begins . 1-05 SUBMITTALS : A . Within thirty ( 30 ) days of award of contract, the .. Electrical Subcontractor shall submit for the Architect-Engineer' s approval, six ( 6 ) copies of the manufacturer' s shop drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following items : 1 . Lighting fixtures. 2 . Panelboards. .. 3 . Switchboard. 4. Emergency lighting. 5 . Timeclock and photoelectric controls . 6 . Fire alarm system and wiring diagrams . 7. Starters and disconnects. 8 . Transformers. 9 . Wire . 10. Wiring devices. 1-06 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his/her materials to the building site when required, so as to carry out his/her work efficiently and to avoid delaying his/her work and that of other trades . 1-07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: *�* A. TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING, ETC. : All necessary tools , machinery, scaffolding and transportation for completion of this contract shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor . B . WASTE MATERIAL: All rubbish created by the Electrical Subcontractor shall be removed by the Electrical Subcontractor. 1-08 PROTECTION: .. A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall at all times fully protect his work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner . He/she shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his/her material until the building is accepted by the Owner . *�* 1-09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-4 '" A. Obtain all permits, pay all fees, give all proper authorities all required notices, and comply with all rules and regulations affecting his/her work. e B . All wiring materials shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code, National Electric Code, local codes, OSHA and all other applicable codes. C. Materials and workmanship shall be the best of their respective kinds and in full accordance with the most modern construction methods. Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard 0" requirements, listings or labels of the Underwriters Laboratories, shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled. D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall comply with the Northampton Electrical Inspector' s and Fire Chief' s instructions and requirements. 1-04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT other than those named or described in this Section shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" , "Division 1 , General Requirements" , and as specified further herein. B . The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the drawings enumerated at the end of this section for a full comprehension of the work to be done, and for conditions affecting the location and placement of his/her equipment and materials. These drawings are intended to be supplementary to the Specifications, and any work indicated, mentioned or implied in either is to be considered as specified by other . Should the character of the work herein contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not sufficiently explained in the Specifications or Drawings, the Electrical Subcontractor may apply to the Architect-Engineer for further information, and +�w shall conform to such when given, as it may be consistent with the original intent. The Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in location prior to installation at no expense to the Owner . All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. C. Before submitting his/her bid , the Electrical Subcontractor shall visit the site with the plans and specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affect his/her work, since he/she will be held responsible for any assumption he/she may make in regard thereto. 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-3 8 . Furnish and install all branch power ( 120 VAC ) wiring to Automatic Temperature Control equipment as shown on the drawings and specified herein . 9 . Furnishing and installing a complete fire alarm system. 10. Furnishing and installing a complete emergency lighting system. 11. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit system for telephone system. 12 . Furnishing and installing a complete MATV and CATV ,. system. 13. Furnishing and installing a complete communi- cation and sound reinforcement system. 14. Site lighting. C . WORK NOT INCLUDED: The following work in conjunction with the work done under this section of the specifications shall be done under sections of the specifications by the Contractor .. so designated. This work shall be done at no expense to the Electrical Subcontractor. 1 . All cutting, patching, preparation, and painting of finish work will be done by the General Contractor. 2 . Excavation and backfilling for all underground electric, fire alarm, communication, and yard lighting conduits to be by General Contractor. 3 . Yard light bases, and transformer pad to be provided by General Contractor. 4 . All thermostats, aquastats, float switches, etc. for the mechanical systems , will be provided by others for the installation and wiring under this Section, who shall furnish safety line switches where required by the Electrical Code. • For exact location of thermostats and other heating devices see heating and ventilating plans. 5. The local telephone company will provide all wire, cable, instruments, and make connections complete for telephone service. +w 6 . All openings in beams , walls , etc. , necessary for electrical installation will be provided under another Division. ow 1-03 RULES AND REGULATIONS: 1576 (NHA)/dmd 16A-2 �„ SECTION 16A ELECTRICAL w PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of this specification. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: Work to be performed under this section of these specifications shall include furnishing all labor , materials , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental for the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and as indicated on the drawings . B . WORK INCLUDED: The following is a list of principal items of work under this section that shall be furnished and installed. It is not intended to be complete or specific and is only listed as a guide: 1. Primary and secondary distribution systems , complete, including all work required by the local utility company. w 2 . Complete distribution system for secondary power, including feeders, main switchboard, panelboards , motor control centers, etc. 3 . Complete distribution system for lighting and power , including necessary feeders, distribution panelboards, branch circuits, lighting fixtures, control switches and outlets. 4 . Complete distribution system for power , including all final connections to utility motors, motor controls , and power receptacles as shown on plans. 5 . Branch lighting and receptacle wiring, plates, wiring devices with connections complete. 6 . All conduits, conduit fittings , outlet boxes , wireways , metal mold, wiring devices, hangers, supports, fuses, and such other items required for a complete installation. 7 . All lighting fixtures , lighting standards complete with lamps, ballasts and starters as indicated in fixture schedule herein and shown on the drawings . 1576(NHA)/dmd 16A-1 w F . Where freezing temperature may occur , all concealed piping must be tested with water at 100 lbs . pressure before insulation is applied. G. Water pressure must be maintained in all concealed risers and mains at ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION except when temperatures are likely to go below freezing. During freezing weather tests shall be made with air . H. Water heating mains and radiation shall be thoroughly flushed before final connections are made to circulating pumps .� and boiler . After installation of pumps and boiler, the entire system shall be tested under operating conditions, for a period of four hours to check for leaks . During this test , the �. Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall make such adjustments to the balancing, regulating and automatic accessories to insure proper functioning. I . The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall furnish fuel, water, lights and attendance and other labor , materials, and equipment required for the tests and the blowing out hereinbefore mentioned. END OF SECTION w. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-44 B . After initial flushing with compressed air or cold water to remove chips and scale, the hot water heating system shall be brought up to a temperature of 200 degrees to 210 degrees F. and water circulated through all piping and heating elements for not less than 2 hours , then completely drained and flushed out while water is still hot (not less than 170 degrees F. ) . Repeat this step and take a sample of the water OF before draining. C. These samples shall be checked for oil, sediment, and pH. This shall be repeated until water sample shows oil and sediment is reduced to a trace acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . If the pH shows any acid ( 7 or lower ) the water shall be treated with sufficient trisodium phosphate to bring water to an alkalinity of 8 to 10 pH. D . Immediately before final acceptance by the Owner, the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall inspect and clean all water system strainers and low point drains, check all water system vents, and see that the system is free of air and that the expansion tanks are properly charged. 3-13 TESTING AND BALANCING OF HYDRONIC SYSTEMS : A. All tests shall be completed and accepted before any covering is applied. Tests will not be acceptable unless witnessed by the Architect-Engineer. 4M B. Furnish labor , fuel and all other items necessary for tests required under this section. Instruments required under this contract for permanent installation may be used for testing if readjusted and recalibrated and the service for which intended. Tests stipulated under other sections of this Division may be run concurrently with tests stipulated under this Division. C . Subject all hot water heating piping to a minimum � hydrostatic pressure of 25 PSIG at the highest point or 50 percent higher than the proposed maximum operating pressure, whichever is greater , maintain test pressure until entire system has been inspected by the Architect-Engineer; make 4W system drip-tight at test pressure. No caulking will be permitted. D. Run operating tests, after completion of hydrostatic tests and after system blow-down, to insure equalized or balanced heat distribution; continue tests to conform with the �. requirements stipulated under temperature control. Heating medium shall circulate without noise. E . Make alterations, additions, or adjustments necessary for compliance with the contract requirements, and repair damage done to work of other trades without additional expense to the Owner . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-43 B . Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling units and plenums shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc. before the units are turned on . 3-11 HEATING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT: A . INTRODUCTION: 1 . The final adjustments and balancing of the air systems , chilled and hot water systems and the temperature rt control system shall be performed by an independent balancing contractor under the supervision of the Architect-Engineer. All labor and instruments necessary to complete this work shall be provided by the balancing contractor. The temperature control manufacturer shall provide labor and technical assistance as required by the balancing contractor. The balancing contractor shall also be responsible for removing a ceiling bar blank as required for return air to ceiling plenum. 2 . Prior to this final adjusting and balancing, the Subcontractor shall have thoroughly checked and tested all parts of the system for complete and proper piping connections, proper electrical connections, proper lubrication of all parts and equipment, proper direction of rotating for equipment, water piping and control all piping, and otherwise see that all systems are mechanically and electrically complete. 3 . Immediately following the completion of the adjusting and balancing of the systems , final readings shall be taken and recorded of all electrical loads for motors and heating equipment, final CFM' s for all systems, fan speeds, fan system total CFM' s operating static pressures at various points in the system. After all data is recorded, a final functional test of all systems will be performed to verify their operation and demonstrate to the Owner the performance and operating procedures for the systems . B . BOILER EFFICIENCY: 1 . The boiler/burner shall be tested by the manufacturer in the presence of the Architect-Engineer. 2 . Boiler/burner shall be tested on start-up and at 20 minute intervals for a one hour period. The test results shall be documented and submitted with the warranty instruction • booklet submittals . 3-12 CLEANING OUT HOT WATER PIPING: A. The following steps are to be taken to assure that the piping systems are clean . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-42 ,,, on B . Fire dampers shall possess a one hour or two hour standard fire protection rating as required in accordance with NFPA No . 252, continuing inspection service and bear U . L. Label . 3-06 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: A. Install flexible materials as specified on the inlet and outlet sheet metal connections to air moving apparatus , and where indicated on the plans . Clip ends with galvanized iron collars . When moulded the complete flexible connection shall have a minimum width of 5 in. including 1 in . slack. 3-07 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Support piping on hangers not more than 8 ft . apart up to 1 in . size or not more than 10 ft. apart on 1-1/4 in . size or larger, clevis hangers, rod and beam clamp or sidewall OR brackets. Support drops from overhead main at top and bottom of drop and ends of horizontal runs and elsewhere as required with split clamps and protecting saddles anchored to building steel or wall to prevent sway. B . DUCT SUPPORT: Galvanized steel angles securely fastened to duct and suspended from building structural framing. C . EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS: All equipment shall be firmly supported on, or suspended from the building structure. Steel 4P angles, fasteners, rods and vibration eliminator units required to support the equipment without undue transmission of vibration through the building shall be furnished and so installed by this Contractor. 3-08 VALVES: A. VALVES shall be full size of piping in which they are installed, and shall not be reduced to pump, coil, or temperature control valve size unless specifically noted on 40 drawings. 3-09 EQUIPMENT: A . All items of heating and ventilating equipment shall be carefully installed where indicated on the drawings so as to present a neat finished appearance. Any item which does not , in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer, conform to the above will be removed, replaced and refitted at no expense to the Owner. go 3-10 CLEANING OUT THE AIR SYSTEM: A. No supply fans or air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing or otherwise without filters in place . g W_ 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-41 I . Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush and drain until all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other sections for additional requirements. J . All pipes passing through floors, ceilings, walls or partitions, exposed in the building shall be fitted with nickel or chrome plated plates at ceiling, floor and each side of walls or partitions . These plates shall be securely fastened to pipe sleeves or ceiling construction. K . Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system. 3-03 INSULATION: A. INSULATION shall not be omitted on ducts and piping behind masonry walls . Covering shall be applied before masonry proceeds . Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering . B . Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips . Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length . All pipes over 2 in . in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket. Protection saddle shall be equal to Grinnell Co . Figure 160 to Figure 165A insulation shield protection saddles . C . All fittings, valves, etc . shall be insulated with the proper factory precut insulation . The ends of the insulation shall be tucked into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting. The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends to the adjacent pipe covering . 3-04 ACCESS DOORS: A. Install access doors at each volume damper, splitter or fire damper in sizes and with accessories as specified herein . 3-05 DAMPERS : A . Install volume dampers and splitter dampers one gauge heavier than the duct where shown on drawings for balancing w the air flow. Equip all dampers with accessories on specified herein. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-40 ,�, galvanized ducts shall be as specified and must be rigid so as not to rattle or vibrate in the air stream. G. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall be "' responsible for the coordination of the sheet metal installation with the work of all other trades . Work shall be so installed that headroom is maximum possible and coordination with other trades in accomplishing this is mandatory. M 3-02 PIPING: A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be firmly supported throughout . Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made with offsets or expansion loops . All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with sharp dies , reamed and burrs removed. B . Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used for branch connections or reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tapplings . Reductions in the run of pipe shall be made with eccentric reducers. C . All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces, shafts, chases, or above hung ceilings . D . Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms , vertical pipe shafts, above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum headroom and NO clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with the electrical conduits, lighting fixtures , other piping, ducts, and equipment of other trades . ! ! E . All piping shall be installed with proper provisions to allow for expansion and contraction of lines without placing undue strain on pipes, fittings, and equipment. Piping shall 40 be installed to provide proper pitch for drainage and venting without trapping any lines, and the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall rectify, at his own expense, any improperly installed pipe including the expense of cutting and repairing the building structure or work of other trades incident to making the required corrections. F . Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made only by use of reducing fittings . No bushings permitted. M G. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future replacement, removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where required to isolate movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system No from equipment, shall be as specified . H. All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed or filed out to full size of bore of pipe and all chips removed . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-39 Am intake . They shall be of vertical louver design and equipped am with extruded aluminum channels for precise fit and include bird screen. J. All units shall be provided with the necessary accessories as per drawings, but shall include motor starters, aluminum wall boxes , transformers , tamperproof access doors, tamperproof front panel, extended motor oilers, and crossover piping. PART 3 EXECUTION ow 3-01 SHEET METAL WORK: ow A . Work shall be erected in a first-class and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the "Low Velocity Duct Standard" and "High Velocity Duct Standard" , latest editions, published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National an Association, Inc . and shall be approved by the Architect-Engineer. All ducts, unless otherwise approved, shall be true to the dimensions indicated on the plans and MW shall be straight and smooth on the inside, with neatly finished joints. .. B . The ducts shall be securely anchored to the building construction in an approved manner, and shall be so installed as to be completely free from vibration under all conditions of operation. The Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall furnish and erect all necessary supports and cross-framing required for ducts and equipment . C . All slip joints shall be made in direction of air flow. Branches to and from the main trunk shall be made at an angle approved by the Architect-Engineer, but shall in no case exceed 45 degrees to the line of air flow. D . All notches for connecting sections of duct and all grooving seam notches shall not be cut any deeper than •�• necessary to insure tight corner . Any notched corners not meeting with the approval of the Architect-Engineer shall be removed and reinstalled or sealed with solder, subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer . E. Where galvanized sheet metal ducts connect to bronze or copper louvers or other apparatus of dissimilar materials , the connections shall be fitted with lead gaskets . F. Elbows , where space permits, shall be fabricated with .,�. inside radius no less than the dimension of the duct in the plane of the elbow. Turning vanes shall be used where short radius or square elbows are used. Vanes in square elbows shall be spaced on 3 in . radius on the diagonal for ducts up to 24 in . wide , 6 in . radius for ducts 25 in . to 36 in . wide, and 7 in . radius for ducts 37 in . to 48 in . wide. All vanes in 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-38 �, 40 unit shall have large pipe access openings in the bottom of both end pockets and large knockouts for piping or electrical connection in the back of both ends . Pipe chase across the back of the unit for factory installed crossover piping. 2. Leveling legs shall be provided at both ends of the unit to facilitate alignment and leveling. D. DAMPERS: 1 . Unit ventilator shall be equipped with dual blade type mixing dampers to ensure proper modulation and mixing of return and outdoor air . A continuous divider shall be placed between the damper blades to separate the fresh air and return air compartments and ositivel p y prevent blow-through . 2 . Bypass dampers shall be aluminum and insulated for sound attenuation and to prevent formation of condensation. Dampers shall be tight sealing and designed to minimize heat pick up in bypass. E . FAN BOARD ASSEMBLY: 1 . The unit ventilator fan board assembly shall be a single, rigid assembly and include the fans , fan housings , bearings, fan shaft and motor . The fan motor shall be mounted on the fan board. 2 . The wrap-around portion of the fan housings shall be constructed of six lb . density molded fiberglass , at least 3/4 in . thick, and vinyl coated on the exterior surface. F. MOTORS: Motors shall be permanent split capacitor type with two speeds. A multiple tap auto transformer shall be wired to the motor to insure rated capacity with all coil combinations . Motor speed shall not be affected by damper positions or filter loading. The motor shall be easily removable without removing the fan board. G. COILS: 1 . All hydronic coils shall be plate-fin type and manufactured by the unit ventilator manufacturer. Fins shall be heavy gauge aluminum and have crank-free, continuous fin collars. Tubes shall be 5/8 in . by .020 in . wall copper . 2. Units shall be designed so a different type coil can be easily exchanged in the same basic unit . H. FILTERS: Each unit shall be equipped with a single 1 in . thick throwaway filter accessible without removal of the unit front panel . I . OUTDOOR AIR INLETS: The unit ventilator manufacturer shall provide weatherproof wall louvers for outside air 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-37 AM D . Motor and fan shall be designed for unit heater service am and shall be tested for continuous duty. The entire assembly shall be resilient mounted. Heater design shall incorporate means of adequately cooling the motor when the water is on and 00 fan is not operating. E . Coil shall be constructed of copper tubes , aluminum fins and steel headers. The complete assembly shall be tested at 500 lbs . hydrostatic pressure. Capacities as noted on the drawings . F. Unit shall be furnished with individually adjustable louvers . 2-40 UNIT VENTILATOR: A. Furnish and install in accordance with the manufacturer' s instructions, Trane Classroom Air Conditioners, or equal by *'* American Airfilter , Nesbitt , or equal, of the type and size indicated on the plans. These unit ventilators shall be operated with automatic controls provided by the control contractor as described in the appropriate section of this specification. B . GENERAL: "" 1 . Unit ventilator shall be 30 in . high and 15-1/4 in . deep or as indicated on the drawings . They shall be am constructed of 16 gauge furniture quality steel, with exposed edges rounded. Precise panel fit-up is required. 2 . Front panels shall be retained by a minimum of three .. Allen wrench operated camlocks . The camlock heads shall be surrounded by a plastic inset to prevent paint damage. 3 . All steel unit ventilator surfaces shall be cleaned, phosphatized , and flow coated with baked prime paint before application of final finish coat . Unit shall be supplied in ... one of seven decorator colors as selected by the Architect-Engineer. The baked enamel coating shall be even and smooth with no visible run marks . 4. Unit ventilator discharge grilles shall be constructed of heavy steel bars welded in place as an integral part of the unit structure. Easily cleaned sight blockoffs shall be installed below the grille in the end pockets. 5 . Unit inlet grilles shall be easily removable for easy filter access by loosening two camlocks . C . INSTALLATION: 1 . Unit ventilator end pockets shall be at least 13 in . wide and provided with removable outside ends to allow fullest access for easy field installation of valves and piping. The •• 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-36 manufacturer ' s instructions , shall be furnished with a performance guarantee . 2-37 KICK SPACE HEATER : A. Furnish and install a twin flow hydronic heater manufactured by Beacon-Morris Corp. Model No. K-41 or equal . +?! The heat exchanger shall be made entirely of copper and aluminum. The blower shall have resilient mountings to eliminate noise and vibration and double oiled bronze bearings . B . The kick space heaters shall be installed as per details on the drawings . The blower motor shall be 115 volt , single phase with a reverse acting aquastat that prevents operation until hot water is circulating. The heater shall be installed complete with aquastat, thermostat and three speed switch. 2-38 FANS: A. All fans shall be AMCA rating seal. Refer to drawing for arrangement of fans and fan schedule . See subsequent articles of this section for motors, drives and vibration isolators . B . EXHAUST FAN (EF-1) shall be Nutone "Through-The-Wall" Fan Model 8870 with grille, spring operated back draft damper balanced one-piece fan blade. Fan shall deliver 180 CFM. ON C . EXHAUST FAN (EF-2 ) shall be Nutone Wall Fan with sculptured grille Model 8832 with grille, spring operated backdraft damper. Fan shall deliver 80 CFM. D . EXHAUST FAN (EF-3 ) shall be Powerline Ceiling Room Ventilator Model No . CF 1000 with solid state speed control mounted in fan housing (Model No. DS-2 ) and wall cap Model No . 639 with spring loaded backdraft damper. E. All fan submittals shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer with fan operating curves and sound data. Fan selections shall be plotted on operating curves and sound 40 levels shall be noted on sound data for each fan . 2-39 UNIT HEATER: A. Furnish and install where shown on drawings , unit heaters as manufactured by The Trane Company, Airtherm, American Air Filter Company, or equal . Heater shall be equal to The Trane 40 Company as follows : B . Model "S" horizontal discharge hot water unit heater and shall be size 18 . 4. C . Casing shall be of not less than 20 gauge steel phosphatized and finished with a baked enamel finish . ON 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-35 A. Five ( 5 ) of the boiler/burner units are used for comfort heating and shall be controlled by Weil-McLain control option No. 4 , "solid-state indoor-outdoor reset and sequencer control cabinet" . The control shall be complete with a control cabinet with a Penn Johnson Actrol Sequencer system. The control cabinet shall include the following: signal center with a built-in set point adjuster , staging control (Penn-Johnson R-23ACG-1 for 5 boilers) , control transformer , power on switch, power on lamp, boiler on lamps for each stage , cabinet fuse and fuse holder, all prewired. In addition to the above, furnish and install the following: outdoor temperature sensor (Penn-Johnson A41QA-1 ) , immersion water temperature sensor (Penn-Johnson A41BA-2 ) and system starter thermostat . B. Two ( 2 ) of the boiler/burner units are used for domestic hot water heating and shall be controlled by Weil-McLain control option 1 "multiple aquastats in the return piping" . • On a cold start, both boilers fire . As aquastats reach set points the boilers shut off . Furnish and install two aquastats, (one for each boiler) (Honeywell L4006A) . 2-36 HOT WATER SPECIALTIES: A. AIR SEPARATOR: This Subcontractor shall furnish and 4M install as shown on the plans an external combination air separator-system strainer B&G Model No. R-2-1/2 Rolairtrol for 90 GPM. The unit to be constructed ( and nameplated) for 125 .ft psi working pressure , stamped with the "U" symbol and supplied with National Board Form U-1 denoting compliance with ASME boiler and pressure vessel code . The removable galvanized am system strainer to have 3/16 in . diameter perforations and a free area of not less than five times the cross sectional area of the connecting pipe . Installer shall remove and clean system strainer after 24 hours operation and after 30 days o operation. A blowdown connection shall be provided to facilitate routine cleaning of the unit . The air separator, when installed and operated in accordance with manufacturer ' s r„ instructions , shall be furnished with a performance guarantee . B . EXPANSION TANK: Compression Tanks - This Subcontractor shall furnish and install compression tanks as shown on the " plans , B&G Model No. 40 for 40 gallon . Compression tanks are to be constructed (and nameplated ) for 125 psi working pressure , stamped with the "U" symbol and supplied with •• National Board Form U-1 denoting compliance with ASME boiler and pressure vessel code . C . EXPANSION TANK FITTING: This Subcontractor shall furnish .,.► and install as shown on the plans B&G Model No. ATF-16 Airtrol Tank Fitting( s ) for proper air control of the compression tank. Unit to be constructed for 125 psi working pressure and shall include a manual vent for establishing the proper air volume in the compression tank on initial fill . Each unit , when installed and operated in accordance with the 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-34 No ( 3 ) Hot water reset system controller. ( 4 ) W/C SPA on panel door for reset system. ( 5 ) Outdoor air temperature indicator on panel door. wo ( 6 ) Hot water supply temperature indicator on panel door . on ( 7) Hot water return temperature indicator on panel door. ( 8 ) Time clock for office occupied/unoccupied setting with weekend and holiday skip features . 2-34 BOILER/BURNER PACKAGE UNITS: A. Furnish and install. seven ( 7) prewired, prepiped, packaged boiler/burner units equal to Weil-McLain Series VHE modular boilers, Model No. P-VHE-6 . B . The boilers shall be of the cast iron sectional type capable of developing full A.G.A. design certified gross output capacity at 100 percent firing rate . All boiler ratings shall be A.G.A. and I-B-R approved and have a DOE seasonal efficiency (AFUE) of at least 87 percent . C . The gas burner shall be factory wired and controlled as an specified. The burner shall have a minimum FM combustion control with two solenoid shut off valves . Each package shall deliver 127. 8 MBH net I-B-R output with a 167,000 MBH input of natural gas . D . The package boiler/burner shall be complete with the following: insulated jacket, stainless steel flue gas collector assembly with close-off, stainless steel heat extractor, blower and motor assembly, aluminized steel burners, combination gas control valves ( including main valve , redundant valve , pressure regulator, pilot filter, and manual main shut off valve ) for 24 volt, intermittent electronic ignition pilot system, pressure switch, 30 second pre-purge timer, electrical junction box, combination relay receptacle and 40 VA transformer, plug-in circulator relay, high limit temperature control, 1 inch, 1/12 horsepower circulator, 3 in. stainless steel vent tee and cap, drain traps , silastic sealant, built-in air eliminator 35 psi ASME safety relief valve, combination pressure/temperature gauge, drain valve , and fill-trol system ( including: compression tank, fill and check valve , automatic air vent and fittings , Model No . 110) . 2-35 BOILER/BURNER CONTROLS: 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-33 C . In the unoccupied mode, the room stat shall cycle the unit on 100 percent return air, so as to maintain the lower night temperature . d . All units shall be equipped with a discharge low limit, to override the control valve and dampers , to prevent the discharge air temperature from falling below the low limit setting. ••► e. A freeze stat shall also be provided, to shut the unit down on sensing a temperature below its setting. 3 . Apartments : The ATC Subcontractor shall furnish and install all thermostats and final connect as required for each apartment . 4 . The remaining rooms , corridors, stairs, etc . shall be controlled as shown on drawings. • K. BOILER ROOM: 1 . Boilers: (a ) Install an outdoor thermostat to prevent boiler operation when outdoor temperatures are above an adjustable level. (b) Install all interlocks required between boiler �• and automatic temperature control system (See Item No . 2-35 ) . 2 . Reset Water : ( a) Install an outdoor and supply water sensor to have signals coordinated through a panel mounted control to , in turn, modulate the boilers to set up supply water temperature as outdoor temperature falls . The hot water pump shall be energized below an adjustable outdoor temperature ( 65 degrees ) subject to demand from room thermostats (end switch) . , Below 40 degrees ambient pump shall run continuously. (See Item No. 2-35 for factory supplied controls. ) ( b) A warmer/cooler SPA will be provided on the panel door for manually raising or lowering of the hot water supply temperature . 3 . Automatic Temperature Control Panel : (a) A prefabricated control panel will be provided in the Boiler Room to house the following: ( 1) Switches or relays to accomplish above D/N sequence. .., ( 2) D/N override switch on panel door for each of the above D/N systems . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-32 ®w ON 4. Thermometers shall be flush mounted on local panels . These thermometers shall be of the dial type, minimum 3 in . diameter . am H . GAUGES: Air pressure indicating gauges of at least 2 in . in diameter shall be provided for the indication of supply and control pressures at all controllers, relays , electric pneumatic switches, pneumatic electric switches, duct controller , valves, damper operators, switches and other points throughout the system where the visual indication of air pressure is required or will prove beneficial to operating personnel in the operation of their control system. Air gauges will not be required on room type thermostats . I . ELECTRICAL WIRING: Electrical wiring to electric pneumatic (E.P . ) switches and from pneumatic electric (P.E. ) switches from high and low temperature safety thermostats to controlled motor , relay and other devices and for air compressor motor controls , shall be furnished and installed under this section of the specifications . All wiring shall be in accordance with all authorities and codes having jurisdiction. J. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: 1 . Office Area - Shall be controlled by a day/night thermostat set by a time clock with a 60-minute override ww switch at thermostat . The night setting shall provide a lower (adjustable) temperature. "M 2 . Neighborhood Facility - Shall be controlled by a thermostat with a 0-3 hour timer switch at the thermostat. The regular setting shall be a reduced night set back temperature until the timer switch is engaged. a . The occupied/unoccupied cycle will be determined by a 0-3 hour timer switch. The unit ventilator shall be in 40 the unoccupied position until the timer is activated, then automatically returned to unoccupied when the timer runs out . b. When the units are indexed to occupied, they shall go run on 100 percent recirculated air , and full heat , until warm up temperature has been reached as sensed by the room stat . Once warm-up has been reached, the O.A. and R.A. damper will ?! go to their minimum position, and the associated exhaust fans will start on low speed. On an increase in space temperature , the bypass dampers shall modulate toward full bypass (when full bypass has been achieved) the two position heating valve shall shut . On a continued increase, the O.A. and R.A. damper will modulate towards the 100 percent O.A. position and the associated fans shall switch to full speed . On a decrease in temperature, the reverse shall occur . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-31 .4 pressure involved. where required for sequencing or when no controlled media pressure changes can cause improper positioning, provide pilot positioners . oft 6 . Dampers and Operators : a . Automatic dampers to be furnished by control manufacturer , unless specified to be supplied with unit, opposed blade type with maximum blade length of 48 in . , maximum blade width of 8 in. , and nonferrous sleeve bearings . The frame shall be not less than 2 in . wide with corner • stiffening members to form a rigid assembly blades and frames galvanized solid stops, and edges of the blades to have replaceable interlocking seals to prevent leakage when dampers are closed. Maximum permissible leakage, 2 percent of full flow with 4 in. water pressure difference. Number of operators to be installed as required to move dampers smoothly even after normal use. .� b. Damper operators to be molded rubber diaphragm, piston type, proportioning unless otherwise specified, quiet ., in operation and have ample power to overcome friction of damper linkage and air pressure acting on louvers. Operator mounting arrangement to be outside the air stream wherever .� possible . C . Operators to be capable of positioning at varying rates of speed to correspond to the dictates of the controllers and variable load requirements, operating in sequence when required by the sequence of the operation, have external adjustable stops to limit the stroke in either , direction and linkage arrangement to permit normally open or normally closed positions of the damper . d . Damper operators mounted on modulating dampers are to have pilot positioners with mechanical feedback to provide accurate positioning and control . G. LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (BOILER ROOM) : I -- 1 . All controllers, thermometers, relays, switches, etc. .. in the boiler room shall be mounted on an enclosed control panel, with hinged door . Temperature settings , adjustments, and calibrations shall be made at the system control panel. 2 . Details of the panel to be submitted for approval prior to fabrication. Locations of panel is to be convenient for adjustment and service. All manual switches and thermometers shall be flush mounted on the hinged door . 3 . All electrical devices within the panels shall be factory prewired to a numbered terminal strip. wiring within the panels shall be in accordance with NEMA and UL standards and shall meet all local codes . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-30 �,,,, and material is to be adjusted, repaired, or replaced free of charge. Guarantee becomes effective from the date of acceptance by the Owner. When the Owner receives beneficial w use of the system or part, the guarantee shall start for that portion only, also subject to acceptance by the Owner. F. EQUIPMENT: 1 . Room Type Instruments : Room thermostats and transmitters shall be two pipe with pneumatic relay, pneumatic feedback, adjustable sensitivity and calibrated dial . Provide bland cover in public and multi-occupancy areas . 2 . Pneumatic Transmission: Pneumatic duct and immersion "' temperature transmitters to have rod and tube or liquid filled capillary as required, and pneumatic feedback signal to insure relationship between the measured temperature and the transmitted signal. Where the transmittal is used for sensing of mixed air temperatures or coil discharge temperature, and/or the duct area is in excess of 8 sq . ft. , the instrument shall incorporate an averaging element, a minimum of 96 in . long. 3 . Receiver Controllers and Pneumatic Indicators: a . Located in local control panels . Receiver controllers to be fully proportioned with adjustable control point, at least 50 percent greater than operating range for application, adjustable sensitivity, and capable of controlling with an accuracy of 1 percent of scale range. Field adjustment of sensitivity shall not require recalibration of controller. b . Pneumatic thermometers to be dial type, a minimum of 3 in . in diameter, in 25, 50, 100 or 200 unit ranges to match the range of the transmitter . The pneumatic thermometers and indicators shall be flush panel mounted and furnished for all controllers, transmitters, and other points where specified. 4 . Low Temperature Safety Thermostat: Electric low temperature warning thermostats to have low point sensitive element (not averaging type) , minimum 16 ft. installed to cover the entire duct area and be two-positioned manual reset type. Where coils are two ( 2) banks , provide two ( 2) freezestats, wired in series, to shut down the supply fan . on 5 . Automatic Control Valves: Automatic control valves to be fully proportioning with modulating plug or V-port inner guides , unless otherwise specified. Valves to be quiet in operation, and fail-safe in normally open position in the event of control air failure, be capable of operating in sequence when required by the sequence of operation. Valves to be sized by control manufacturer and guaranteed to meet the heating and cooling loads specified, be suitable for the 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-29 .o 1 . The following incidental work shall be furnished by .o the designated contractor under the supervision of the ATC Subcontractor . am 2 . The HVAC Subcontractor shall: a . Install automatic valves and separable wells , etc. as directed by the ATC Subcontractor. b . Furnish and install all necessary valves , pressure taps , steam, water , drain and overflow connections and piping. no C . Furnish to the General Contractor all access doors required for access to mechanical and control equipment. W„ 3 . The Electrical Subcontractor shall: a . For all magnetic starters supplied, provide all am necessary auxiliary contacts . 4 . The Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall: an a . Install all automatic dampers. b . Assemble multiple section dampers with required go interconnecting linkage and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper motors . an C . Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification. .. d . Provide access doors or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment. 5 . The General Contractor shall: 4W a . Provide patching, painting, and all necessary cutting of existing structures . "" b . Provide access doors or other approved means of access through ceilings and walls for service to control No equipment. E . GUARANTEE AND INSTRUCTION: 0M 1 . After completion of the control system installation, regulate and adjust all thermostats, control valves, damper motors, etc. and place them in complete operating condition am subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer . Instruct operating personnel , one day for winter cycle, and one day for summer cycle. am 2 . The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service . Any equipment proved to be defective in workmanship ow 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-28 I" data necessary for the Architect-Engineer to check use and function of each device and its intended application. �. 3 . At the completion of the job final corrected "As-Installed" shop drawings shall be furnished with additional information to indicate all final pressure settings, spring ranges, temperature ranges, throttling ranges, and temperature control settings. These to be sent to the Architect-Engineer for review prior to submitting them to the Owner. C. ADJUSTMENTS, CALIBRATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES: 1 . On completion of the job , the ATC Subcontractor shall completely adjust , ready for use, all thermostats, valves, damper motors and relays provided under his/her contract and be present for functional tests of systems . The ATC Subcontractor shall provide a complete instruction manual covering the function and operation of all control components on the job which shall include a troubleshooting and operating procedure . This manual shall be furnished to the Owner and shall show the total integrated control system. A competent technician shall be provided for instruction purposes . The ATC Subcontractor shall furnish framed schematic control diagrams to be located in their appropriate Mechanical Room adjacent to the Temperature Control Panel . Refer to Section 15A, Part 3 , for "Testing, Adjusting and Balancing" , and cooperate with other contractors in this phase of the work. 2 . Before the Architect-Engineer is asked to supervise and/or witness the adjustments called for in this specification, the Control Manufacturer through the HVAC Subcontractor shall state in writing that the entire system is complete, that the controls have been calibrated and that the controlled devices and/or equipment have been physically inspected and checked to assure that these terminal devices 40 are in fact under proper control and working smoothly over their entire range of operation. 3. Control system shall neither be considered complete nor acceptable until all conditions of the sequence of operations have been attached and all temperatures are maintained within specified limits at all operating * conditions. 4. Provide coordination with equipment manufacturer, HVAC Subcontractor and Electrical Subcontractor for proper sequence of operation and for interlock required with smoke and fire alarm systems , etc. (See Section 16A, Electrical . ) D . WORK BY OTHER TRADES: 00 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-27 tees, support assembly and draft closure ( 7 required) with , wall guide assemblies and all other accessories as required. 2-33 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL: A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 1 . All components of the system shall be as manufactured by Barber Coleman Company, Johnson Service Company, Powers Regulator Company, Honeywell or Robert Shaw Company . 2. The system shall be a properly integrated system installed by competent mechanics regularly employed by the manufacturer of the control equipment. Unless specified to the contrary, all equipment shall be fully proportioning. The w` control system shall be complete in all respects, including room thermostats, immersion thermostats, PE and EP switches, relays , valves, cabinets, and other accessory equipment, and a w* complete system control wiring. 3 . The temperature control system may be pneumatic. The ,m ATC Subcontractor will fully be responsible for the installation, be it pneumatic or electric or both . 4 . All wiring, conduit , junction boxes, fittings, etc . MR necessary for the temperature control system shall be furnished and installed by the ATC Subcontractor and shall conform to all standards and codes as described under Section am 16A, Electrical. All control circuits shall be 120 volts or 24 volts . 5 . Provide nameplates for all control devices . Devices on .o panels to have "Lamicoid" nameplates; isolated control valves, relays , etc. to be marked with stamped tape. B . CONTROL SHOP DRAWINGS: 1 . The Temperature Control Manufacturer shall submit one set of preliminary drawings to the Architect-Engineer for review before any drawings are submitted through normal channels . On this preliminary submittal the temperature control ranges, pressure ranges, method of control and selection of control devices, description of operation, etc. will be reviewed and established. 2 . The shop drawings are to be complete with all devices identified by numbers and letters and those same identifying numbers used in the description of operation for positive ease in cross-referencing. Descriptive bulletins shall be included for all devices, these bulletins identified by the same key numbers and letters used on the control layout . Descriptive bulletins and/or control layout shall include data on sensitivity, pressure ranges, temperature ranges, means of adjustment, means of calibration, spring ranges and all other 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-26 +0 valve in inlet to automatic valve . Bypass to be 1 in . size with globe valve and one check valve in series . Strainer shall be as specified in other paragraphs of this section of the 0% specifications . 2-31 CIRCULATING PUMPS: A. HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMPS: 1 . Circulating pumps for hot water heating systems shall OR be Taco, Armstrong, or Bell & Gossett, quiet operating equal to Bell & Gossett 1510 series or 60 series, single stage, base mounted of bronze fitted cast iron construction. The pump internals shall be capable of being serviced without disturbing piping connections. Pump shall be fitted with a mechanical seal . The impellers shall be of the enclosed type, hydraulically and dynamically balanced and keyed to the shaft and secured by a suitable locking cap-screw. The motors shall meet NEMA specifications and be up to standards required for industrial use. 2 . Each pump shall have capacities as scheduled on drawings . Motors shall be 1750 rpm 208 V, 3 P. Shop drawings shall include pump impeller diameter, system curve, and pump operating curves for both single pump and parallel pump operation. 2-32 FLUE, CHIMNEY AND SMOKEPIPE: A. This fabricated flue shall be tested for use with building heating equipment burning gas , as described in NFPA 211, Section 60 . B . The stainless steel (Type 316) metal flue shall have fluid tight joints. C. The chimney shall be installed according to its limitations of its listing as it will comply with national safety standards and building codes . 4ft D. For positive internal pressure systems , pipe joints shall be sealed with a paste of Savereisen #33 ceramic joint cement or equal . E. Flue pipe extending above roof surfaces must terminate as required by local code, or as required in Appendix D of NFPA 211 . g F. All exposed metal parts shall be protected by a minimum of one base coat and one finish coat of paint , such as Rust-O-Crylic TM as manufactured by Rust-Oleum Corporation, or equal . G. The flue pipe shall include all fittings including roof_ thimble , exit cone, drain sections, drained tee cap, manifold 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-25 an leakage . Cabinet fronts shall be flanged top and bottom for Am rigidity. All exposed edges of cabinets shall be smoothly formed with 3/8 in . inside radius . Air outlet louvers (and inlet louvers where required) shall be the venetian type. #16 go gauge cold rolled steel heating element support brackets shall be spot welded to inside ends of all convector cabinets except the plaster front. All cabinets 48 in . 'long or 32 in . high and greater shall have stiffening channel spot-welded to inside "" front. 1 . After fabrication, all cabinets shall be thoroughly *o cleaned, phosphatized and provided with a high quality baked gray prime coat . Knock-outs shall be provided on sides of cabinets for piping connections, where required. The cabinets no shall be constructed from not less than #18 gauge CRS front and top and #20 gauge CRS back and sides. The front shall .wrap around the sides of the cabinet and shall fasten at sides with Phillips head screws . Air outlet louvers of venetian type wo shall be in slope top. Type SH air inlet shall be through open bottom. Back shall be provided with holes for mounting on wall . Type SFH air inlet shall be through arched opening. 2 . Free Standing Cabinets - Type FH : Type FH Convectors shall be constructed from not less than #18 gauge CRS fronts and tops and #20 gauge CRS back, sides . The front shall wrap around the sides of the cabinet and shall fasten at sides with slotted head screws . Air outlet louvers of venetian type shall be in top face of front panel. Air inlet shall be through (arched opening) (venetian type louvers stamped in lower section of front panel - same length and height as air outlet louvers) . �* 3 . Type FH Semi-Recessed Convectors shall be free standing floor mounted and set in wall recess (to project at least 1-1/4 in . ) . Space between cabinet and recess opening to be trimmed off with type CM moulding. E. ACCESS DOORS: Convectors shall be provided with one access door. Access door shall be 3 in . high by 4-1/8 in . wide and shall be located in the end pocket to provide access to valves . Access door shall be hinged on side with straight shaft type hinge and shall fasten with cam-type locking device with slotted head operator. F. END POCKETS: Convectors shall be provided with 4 in . end pockets . End pocket shall consist of the cabinet extended in length with #20 gauge CRS baffle spot welded to back of cabinet extending from heating element to air outlet louvers . 2-30 AUTO/MANUAL MAKE-UP WATER VALVES: A. Provide with three valve bypass for hot water system shall be Bell & Gossett, Cash, Taco , or Watts , equal to Bell & Gossett #B-3 Reducing Valve set for approximately 60 PSIG inlet and 30 PSIG outlet , field adjustable . Install check 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-24 ON o , 2-28A FINNED RADIATION: (TYPE B & D) A. Furnish and install where shown on plans Sterling Radiator Company Versa-Line hydronic perimeter baseboard radiation. B. BARE ELEMENT shall be Versa-Line C 3/4 33; 3/4 in . copper tube size , 3-1/4 in . by 3-1/4 in fin size of .020 in . thick aluminum, 32 fins per foot. (Note: Lengths listed on drawings are finned length. ) C. ENCLOSURES shall be heavy gauge cold rolled steel furnished with a baked enamel finish Style "S" 14 in . high . Enclosure shall include back plate, snap-in brackets , "silent glide" shoe, damper and access panels at valves . All enclosures shall be wall to wall unless otherwise noted on the drawings . Furnish all ends, corners, trim strips, joiners, etc . as required. Brackets shall be furnished and installed at a maximum of 3 ft. 0 in . on centers . D. RADIATOR B shall be 3/4 in . tube with temperature control valve . E. RADIATOR D shall be 3/4 in . tube with self contained control valve . 2-29 CONVECTORS: A. CONVECTOR RADIATORS: Furnish and install where shown on plans Sterling Type H Convectors with Type SH or SFH cabinet or equal by Trane or Dunham Bush; as scheduled on drawings . B . HEATING ELEMENTS: Convector heating element shall be non-ferrous consisting of 1/2 in . diameter copper tubing and . 012 in . thick aluminum plate fins with full-flanged collars . The tubes shall be expanded mechanically into fin collars to form a permanent thermal bond. Fins shall be protected from and back by formed shield plates fitted to each fin and ON running entire length of element. Headers shall be cast brass provided with top and bottom threaded piping connections. Connections not used shall be plugged by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor. Heating elements shall be tested by manufacturer at 200 psi air pressure under water. Elements shall be supported from support brackets on sides of cabinets by means of threaded bolts which shall allow for proper t pitching of the element . C. CAPACITIES: Convector shall be tested and rated in conformance with Commercial Standard CS 140-147 as developed cooperatively by the trade and the National Bureau of Standards, U .S . Department of Commerce and shall have been approved by the Convector Rating Committee. D. CABINETS: Cabinets shall be formed from cold rolled steel and shall be suitably braced and reinforced where necessary to provide stiffness, and accurately fitted to prevent air 1576(NHA)/dmd 158-23 I" of sufficient size to start and bring equipment up to speed 4 without slipping or squealing . Drives for motors 1-1/2 HP and larger shall have a minimum of two ( 2 ) belts . .ft B . Sheeves shall be cast iron and dynamically balanced. All motor sheeves on air handling unit fans and centrifugal fans shall be adjustable pitch type . Sheeves for motor and fan shafts on drives of 3 HP and larger shall have bronze shaft bushings . Multi-belt drives shall have matched sets of belts to assure equal tension and equal wear on all belts. C . All V-belt drives not enclosed within equipment cabinets or casings shall be provided with belt guards for easy removal yet supported to prevent rattling or other noise. Holes shall be provided on the guard, opposite all shafts so that speeds may be checked without removing the guard. 2-27 AIR VENTS: A. AIR VENTS shall be provided where shown and at all other high points, whether shown or not. Vents shall be of the manual type and shall be full line size , but in no case shall they be less than 2 in . steel pipe. Chambers shall be a minimum of 12 in . high . Drain tubing shall be extended in such a manner that the globe valve and end of drainline are readily accessible . Air vents for radiation shall be installed in the return side of each loop of radiation before piping drops down to return main . These vents to be key or screw type equal to Dole or Taco. 2-28 FINNED RADIATION: (TYPE A & C) .�. A. Furnish and install where shown on plans Sterling Radiator Company "Kom-Pak" hydronic perimeter baseboard radiation. B . BARE ELEMENT shall be "Kom-Pak" Model KPl/2-50-2 , 3/4 in . copper tube size , 2-1/4 in . by 2-1/2 in fin size of .011 in . thick aluminum, 50 fins per foot . (Note: Lengths listed on -* drawings are finned length. ) C. ENCLOSURES shall be heavy gauge cold rolled steel furnished with a baked enamel finish. Enclosure shall include back plate, snap-in brackets, "silent glide" shoe, damper and access panels at valves . All enclosures shall be wall to wall unless otherwise noted on the drawings . Furnish all ends, corners, trim strips, joiners, etc. as required. Brackets shall be furnished and installed at a maximum of 3 ft. 0 in . on centers . D . RADIATOR A shall be 3/4 in . tube with temperature control valve. .. E. RADIATOR C shall be 3/4 in . tube with self contained control valve . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-22 „� Zurn Industries, Inc . Z-1460-4 or Z-1460-5 "Inspector" , 12 in . by 12 in . minimum, or as required to service valves . Access panels to be of steel, prime coated with rust inhibitor paint, concealed hinges, with screwdriver operated cam lock. Door shall swing open a complete 175 degrees . B . Above access panels shall be furnished by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor to the General Contractor; the General Contractor shall install said panels under the supervision of the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor. All painting of panels shall be accomplished by the Painting Subcontractor. 2-24 TRIPLE DUTY VALVES: A. Furnish and install as shown on plans a triple duty valve of the size and type required. The triple duty valve shall be Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Taco, or approved equal . B . Valves shall be a non-slam check valve with a 4w spring-loaded weighted contoured disc and a calibrated adjustment feature permitting regulation of pump discharge flow and positive shut-off. Valves shall be designed to permit repacking under full line pressure. Units shall be installed on the discharge side of the pump in a horizontal or vertical position with stem up. This unit shall be cast iron body construction suitable for maximum working pressure of 175 PSIG and maximum operating temperature of 300 degrees F. 2-25 MOTORS : A. MOTORS shall be those of a quality manufacturer with nationwide distribution and service organization, and shall be furnished and installed by the HVAC Subcontractor ready for wiring by the Electrical Subcontractor . B . Unless otherwise called for under specific equipment , motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be single-phase 115 volt 60 hertz; motors 1/2 HP and larger shall be 3-phase 480 volt 60 hertz . 40 C. Fractional horsepower motors shall be split phase or capacitor start; and integral horsepower motors shall be standard torque induction motors; drip proof construction, *® Class B, insulation 40 degrees C. rise with permanently sealed grease lubricated ball bearings . Nominal motor speed to be 1750 RPM unless otherwise called for under specific equipment. D . Motors used on V-belt drives shall have adjustable slide rail bases, or other positive means of adjustment. 2-26 V-BELT DRIVES: A. V-BELT DRIVES shall have drive horsepower ratings no less than 150 percent of motor horsepower and in all cases shall be 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-21 D . Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor and approved by the Architect-Engineer. E . Where vapor barrier is called for, it shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer' s instructions to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier. F. Attention is called to the fact that on all cold water and chilled water piping oversized pipe hangers are to be furnished and pipe insulation is to be applied continuous along the pipe, passing inside the hanger. G. Pipe insulation shall be rigid preformed glass fiber insulation as manufactured by Baldwin-Hill-Bhret, Gustin-Bacon, Johns-Manville, PPG, Owens-Corning or other approved equal . H . All hot water and make up water piping shall be insulated with Johns-Manville FLAMESAFE fiberglass pipe insulation, Owens-Corning fiberglass 25, or approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed . 25 BTU in . per sq. ft . per F. per hour at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be as scheduled below. Jacket shall be FLAME-SAFE AP. The insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt ** strips shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. I . Insulation thickness shall be as follows : MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION REQUIRED: 1. Hot Water Piping: a) Runouts up to 2 in . : 1/2 in . ., b ) Mains and branches 1 in . and less : 1 in . c) Mains and branches 1-1/4 in . to 4 in . : 1 in . 2-22 SELF-CONTAINED CONTROL VALVES: A. Furnish and install where called for on the drawings, a self-contained non-electric valve as manufactured by Danfoss, ** Braukman, Honeywell, or approved equal, equal to Danfoss type RA-6 with dial mounted directly onto valve, and remote bulb mounted below the radiation cover . 2-23 ACCESS PANELS : A. Access panels for all concealed valves , balancing fittings , etc. , above ceilings or behind walls , shall be Birmingham Ornamental Iron Company, Inland-Ryerson Construction Products Company "Milcor" , Style M Standard or 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-20 shrouds factory assembled and connections, for screw joints . Hose shall have a minimum design working pressure of 175 PSIG and shall be Anaconda, Jonson, Atlantic, Flexonics , Universal or the Packless Metal Hose Company. -- 2-19 STRAINERS: A. Provide "Y" pattern strainer in each water pump discharge and suction as shown on the drawings . Strainers shall be Yarway, Sarco, Strong, or Webster , equal to Muessco #751, iron body with 150 pound ANSI flanges, and removable brackets . Provide a blow-off valve on each strainer . B. Pump suction strainers shall have 3/16 in . perforated baskets and shall be kept in the system until the system has been completed, pumps tested, water circulated for 24 hours and system flashed, after which the pump section strainer baskets shall be removed and stored in the room for future use. C. Pump discharge strainers shall have .057 in . perforated Monel or stainless steel baskets and are for permanent use to protect terminal units and control valves . The HVAC Subcontractor shall also remove, clean and reinstall these baskets at the same time the suction strainer baskets are removed. 2-20 SOUND AND VIBRATION ISOLATION: A. All piping within the Mechanical Equipment Room which is hung from overhead from structural steel and from floor deck shall be installed using isolator units in all hanger rods . Isolators shall be Korfund, Mason, or Vibration Eliminator Company, equal to Mason Type DNHS , and shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to suit the weights of the various suspended pipe sizes and contacts . 2-21 PIPE INSULATION: A. Provide insulation and covering for all new work as described below. B . All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and shall have a flame spread rating not t exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not exceeding 50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or UL 723. Adhesives used for applying and sealing jackets shall also conform to these same 4W fire retardant and smoke ratings . C . On exposed insulation all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the pipe and circumferential joints shall be we kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall be concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets . Fittings, valve bodies and flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket materials used on adjoining insulation . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-19 .m body, stainless steel trim and spring, renewable seat , 150 PSIG ASME rated. 2-16 THERMOMETERS: A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice or Weiss, equal to Taylor 30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass, mercury 9 in . scale length, 2 degrees F. subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and fast response but in no case less than 3-1/2 in . nor less than one-third of pipe diameter in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass model or stainless steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extensions when installed in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as required to be easily seen and read from normal operator' s position. B . Ranges shall be manufacturer' s standard closest to the following: 1 . Hot water heating system: 25 degrees - 300 degrees F. 2-17 PRESSURE GAUGES : A. Gauges shall be Ashcroft, Marsh, U .S . Gauge Company, or Trerice equal to Ashcroft "Quality" line gauges , Grade A, 1 percent accuracy. Each gauge shall be installed with a �* pulsation dampener (Ashcroft #1106B) and a brass lever handle gauge cock (Ashcroft #1095 ) . B . Model number, size and range to be as follows : 1 . Ashcroft - #1018, 6 in . dial, red 'set pointer, dual scale, 0 - 100 PSIG, 0 - 230 ft. C. Provide gauge piping where shown on drawings . Pressure taps shall be provided for pressure readings at pump suction • discharge, strainer discharge. Pressure piping shall be 1/4 in . copper with compression fittings . Provide gauge cocks at existing manifold on each pressure tap line. Extension of manifold to be red brass pipe and fittings. 2-18 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS (PIPING) : A. Provide a flexible connection at each pump discharge and suction connection. These shall be Mercer Rubber Company, Korfund Company, Metraflex or other approved equal to Metraflex type T-2, spool type , complete with molded Teflon bellows , rated for 125 PSIG working pressure at 40 degrees to 200 degrees F. , limit rods with rubber grommets, and ductile iron 125 pound ANSI flanges . **� B . Flexible connectors for use at air handling unit coils shall have bronze , helical bellows with woven copper wire 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-18 2 . Globe: 2-1/2 in . and smaller - Jenkins Figure 750 or 752 3 in . and larger - Jenkins Figure 613 or 615 3 . Check: 2-1/2 in . and smaller - Jenkins Figure 352 3 in . and larger - Jenkins Figure 624 R E. In lieu of either of above valves and only for shut-off duty the HVAC Subcontractor may use the following butterfly valves for 2-1/2 in . and larger sizes . Butterfly valves shall IM be Center Line , Rockwell, DeZurik, Posi-Seal, or Lunkenheimer, equal to Center Line Series A or AA 175-PSIG working pressure, Mechanite or ductile iron body, 316, steel disc and shaft, Nordel EPT seat, designed for bubbletight shutoff . Valves to be fitted with lever operators for two position operation. F. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes for the following valves when used as balance valves . G. Balance and/or shut-off valves 4 in . and larger - DeZurik Series 100, gear operated, "Hy-Car" faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body, with stainless steel or bronze top and bottom bushings, 150 PSIG working pressure, 125 pound ANSI flanges, ON Figure 101F or 118F, G6-HI2. Provide open position stop on all valves . Provide chain operators for all valves which are 6 ft. or more above the floor. H. Balance and/or shut-off valves 2-1/2 in . and 3 in . sizes - DeZurik Series 100 , lever operated, "Hy-Car" faced plug, neoprene seat, semi-steel body with stainless steel or bronze " top and bottom bushings , 150 PSIG working pressure, Figure 118. Provide open position stops for all valves . I . For 2 in . and smaller, DeZurik Figure 499, semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze top and bottom bushings, complete with lever . Provide open position stop and plastic cap on all valves which are labeled "Balance Valves" on the drawings. J. Provide Barco or approved equal flow measurement Venturi for taking test pressure readings. Venturi are to be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations, and shall be of a size recommended by manufacturer for flow rate and pipe size as required. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall also provide to the Owner upon acceptance of the systems , a Barco or equal portable master meter complete with carrying case, Venturi connectors, and standard gauge with a range from 0 - 50 in . of water . K . Pump discharge check valves shall be Muessco, Williams & w Hager or Smolensky, equal to Muessco 105-DT silent type, steel 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-17 no A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes larger than line size . On insulated piping, sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve without gouging. Within continuous vertical enclosed pipe chases, sleeves through floors may be 24 gauge galvanized sheet steel in lieu of iron pipe. B . Iron pipe sleeves shall be provided through "wet" floors .., ( such as kitchens, toilets, janitor' s closets) and shall be extended 1 in . above finished floors. Sheet metal sleeves may be used in other locations and shall be cut flush with floor. Pipe sleeves in walls shall be flush with face of wall both sides . Pipe sleeves through outside walls must be caulked watertight, or installed with Eclipse flanged service entrance sets. C . Provide escutcheons equal to Grinnell Figure 10 or Figure 13 , chrome plated, at all locations (except inside unfinished mechanical equipment rooms and enclosed pipe chases) wherever exposed bare pipes 4 in . or smaller pass through walls , floors, or ceilings . an 2-15 VALVES: A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below no for special valves and shall be Crane, Fairbanks , Walworth or Jenkins manufacture, based on the following Jenkins valves . B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, so in general, solder end pattern, all bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 pounds non-shock water pressure. In general, all line service valves are to be gate no valves, manual vents are to be globe type. C. Solder end valves are as follows: No 1. Gate Valves - Jenkins Figure 1242. 2 . Globe Valves - Jenkins 1200, 1201 or 1202 with #110 disc. 3 . Check Valves - Jenkins 1222. ** 4 . Drain Valves - Jenkins Figure 32A ball valve with hose adapter . D . Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows : 1 . Gate: • 2-1/2 in . and smaller - Jenkins Figure 47-U 3 in . and larger - Jenkins Figure 650-A or 651-A • 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-16 M 1. To concrete structure - use inserts, Grinnell Figure 28, galvanized steel. Where additional supports are needed after concrete work is completed or where required in solid masonry, use self-drilling inserts equal to Phillips "Red Head" or expansion shields equal to Grinnell Figure 117. Cadmium plated piping 10 in . and larger is to be supported from wall, floor, or steel structure. OR 2 . To overhead steel deck - use Grinnell Figure 209 toggle bolt with washers and Figure 209 rod coupling; or weld rod to 1/4 in . thick by 4 in. by 4 in. fish plate laid across top of steel deck; or bolt and weld Grinnell Figure GS-100H channels not less than 12 in . long to underside of steel deck at right angle to ribs and attach hanger rods with GS-40 nuts . 3 . To structural steel beams for pipes 2-1/2 in . to 5 in . - by beam clamps , Grinnell Figure 229, 265, or 267; 6 in . to 10 in . by bolted and welded beam attachments - Grinnell Figure 66 or 252. For pipes 2 in . and smaller use malleable iron C-type beam clamps with retaining clip, Grinnell Figure 87. F. Pipes running along walls or close to floor shall be supported as follows : 1. Piping along walls may have hanger rods supported from welded steel brackets, Grinnell Figure 195, or in lieu of the above for 4 in . and larger may rest on adjustable roll stands supported by welded channel or I-beam wall brackets . 2 . 2 in . and smaller - supported from floor on legs of_ angle iron, channels or pipe legs . 3 . 2-1/2 in . to 4 in . - adjustable pipe saddles , Grinnell Figure 264, supported from floor to pipe legs . M 4 . 4 in . and larger - pipe roll and plate , Grinnell Figure 277 supported as masonry piers and shimmed to provide 1, proper pitch as required, or Grinnell Figure 276 adjustable pipe roll stands supported on masonry piers, welded steel channels or I-beams . PM G. Groups of horizontal pipes 3 in . and smaller, running at the same elevation, may be supported by means of vertical hangers and horizontal angles, channels, or "Unistrut" on which pipes shall rest, and be held in alignment with suitable pipe clamps . Building attachments must be sized for total load of all pipes. Details of such hangers must first be approved by the Architect-Engineer. No contact between dissimilar metals is permitted. H. The use of wood or fiber plugs, cold bent hanger loops , chains, wires , perforated metal bands or horizontal pieces of pipe will not be permitted. 2-14 PIPE SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS : 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-15 ft. 0 in . of elbows , and spacing shall be reduced where �* required to support heavy groups of fittings and valves. Grinnell Figure numbers are used to establish the desired style and quality. Other equal manufacturer , as approved by the Architect-Engineer, will be acceptable. All hangers shall be U.L. or F.M. approved for the application and use. B . Maximum spacing of hangers and supports shall be as follows : 1 . Steel Pipe: 1-1/2 in . and smaller - 6 ft . 0 in. .w 2 . Steel Pipe: 2 in . to 5 in . - 8 ft. 0 in . 3 . Copper Tube: 1-1/4 in . and smaller - 5 ft. 0 in . 4 . Copper Tube: 1-1/2 in . and larger - 8 ft. 0 in. .w C. Pipe attachments shall be as follows : 1 . All systems 1-1/2 in . to 6 in . pipe sizes and larger, ., and insulated pipe 1-1/2 in . and smaller - Grinnell Figure 260 adjustable clevis type. 2 . All systems , bare or insulated pipe 6 in . and larger - Grinnell Figure 174 or 181 adjustable swivel roll type. 3 . All systems , insulated pipe 6 in . and larger - Grinnell Figure 174 or 181 adjustable swivel roll type . 4 . All systems , where overhead space is limited and pipes are close to underside of beams or slabs - Grinnell Figure 171 double rod roll hanger. Pipe installed on rack supports shall be supported on pipe roll chairs or stands equal to Grinnell Figure 175 or Figure 271. 5 . Pipe attachments in metal to metal contact with copper and brass pipe shall be copper plated or PVC coated. D. Supporting rods for hangers shall be adjustable, threaded with locknuts sized as follows: ., 1 . Pipe: 2 in . and smaller - 3/8 in . 2-1/2 in . to 3-1/2 in . - 1/2 in . 4 in . and 5 in. - 5/8 in . 6 in . - 3/4 in . 8 in . to 12 in. - 7/8 in . 2 . Where double rod hangers are used the rod sized may be reduced one size below the above sizes . E. Hanger rods shall be secured to building by one of the following approved structural attachments: no 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-14 M„ so comply with latest ASA "Code for Pressure Piping" requirements . D. Any pipe 1-1/4 in . and larger may be welded, no pipe larger than 3 in . shall be screwed. E . Coil connections are to be made so the coil can be removed without cutting pipe. 2-09 COPPER TUBE PIPE: A. PIPE: Type L, hard drawn , conforming to ANSI H23 . 1-1970. B . FITTINGS : Wrought copper solder pattern conforming to ANSI B16 .22-1963 . IM C . JOINTS: Made with 95-5 tin-antimony solder using non-corrosive flux. 2-10 BRASS PIPE: (For short connections , gauge board piping, etc . ) A. PIPE: IPS seamless semi-annealed 85 percent red brass conforming to ANSI H27 .1-1967 . B . FITTINGS : Screwed cast brass stem pattern conforming to ANSI B16 .15-1971 . C. JOINTS: Screwed made up with Teflon pipe thread tape or approved pipe joint compound. 2-11 PIPE NIPPLES : A. PIPE NIPPLES shall be the same quality, material and class as the pipe system in which they are installed. Close nipples are not permitted in pressure systems . 4" 2-12 UNIONS : A. UNIONS shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the system in which they are installed . In black steel piping systems they shall be 200 lbs , black malleable iron with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, 0836 or 0838. In copper and brass piping, they shall be 125 lb . bronze or brass with ground joint . B . Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb . raised face . Flanged joints shall be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt circle with graphite applied to both faces . 2-13 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS : A. All horizontal piping shall be supported for its entire length . Suspended piping shall have hangers located within 2 M 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-13 an tied 18 in . o.c . with 18 gauge aluminum or copper wire where ..t ducts exceed 24 in . in width . B . All exposed fresh air ducts from the fresh air intakes to "` the air handling units shall be insulated with 1 in . thick, 6 pound density, rigid glass fiberboard with Johns-Manville Type EAF vaporseal facing . Attach board to ducts with double prong on stick clips . Seal at joints to maintain vapor barrier . All edges and angles shall be reinforced with corner beads . Finish shall consist of tackboard of Benjamin Foster #30-36 Sealfas , embedded Johns-Manville Duramesh 205, and a heavy finish coat "°' of Benjamin Foster #30-35 Sealfas , all applied according to manufacturer ' s recommendations . ..t C. ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: Duct lining acoustical insulation shall be shop installed by the Sheet Metal Subcontractor . Liner shall be 1 in . thick, 3 pound density, non-combustible OR glass fiber with UL approved neoprene coating on air side . Acoustical lining shall be installed as shown on drawings . 2-07 PIPING MATERIALS - GENERAL: ow A. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish quality. Latest edition of their so publications at time of bidding shall be in force. B . All piping shall have manufacturer' s name or trade mark rolled into each and every length of pipe. so C. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread conforming to ANSI B2 .1-1968 . OR 2-08 STEEL PIPE: HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY AND RETURN: A. PIPE - Black, Schedule 40 conforming to ANSI B125. 2-1970 or B125 . 1-1970. Pipe to be used for welding shall be furnished with beveled ends . B . FITTINGS : 1 . 2 in . and smaller, screwed, 125 lb . cast iron *� conforming to ANSI B16 .4-1971 . 2 . 2-1/2 in . and larger , screwed, 150 lb . malleable iron conforming to ANSI B16 .3-1971. 3 . For welded pipe, all sizes , standard weight black steel welding pattern conforming to ANSI B16 .5-1968 , B16 . 9-1971 and B16 . 25-1964. C. JOINTS: Screwed joints shall be made up with Teflon pipe om thread tape , Teflon liquid or other approved non-hardening joint compound applied to male thread only . Welded joints shall be made by oxyacetylene or electric arc process , and 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-12 2-04 VOLUME DAMPERS : A. Duct system shall have sufficient volume dampers , whether or not shown , to control and adjust the total volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and at each diffuser or grille . Volume dampers shall be of the butterfly type with 18 gauge galvanized iron blade . All dampers shall be equipped with Duro-Dyne Type UNXLD locking quadrant . Dampers 25 in . in width and longer shall be provided with damper bearings on each end of shaft . Bearings shall extend through ducts with the one opposite quadrant mounted on a 2 in . by 3 in , by 1/8 in . plate held to duct with sheet metal screws . Maximum width of single blades shall be 14 in . Splitter dampers shall not be used. 2-05 FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS : A. Provide where shown or indicated on the drawings fire and/or smoke dampers with a U.L. Label for not less than 1-1/2 hour fire protection rating in accordance with UL-555 continuing inspection service . Blades and frame shall be galvanized steel construction with blades of an interlocking design, having two folded guides which serve as stops . Fusible links shall be equal to Grinnell Figure 1351, 20 pounds , issue A. B . Dampers shall be installed according to latest edition of NFPA-90A, mounted with 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/2 in . by 1/8 in . returning angles on both sides of partition wall or floor and sleeves as per the U .L. test under which the damper fire rating was obtained. Angles shall completely close the wall opening and provide anchorage to the dampers . C. Dampers shall be as manufactured by Air Balance , Inc . , Phillips , A.F.F. Co. , United Sheet Metal , Inc . or other equal as approved by the Architect-Engineer, equal to Air Balance , Inc . UL-119. Damper style shall be Air Balance, Inc . horizontal or vertical Type A, B, or C as directed by the location and duct shape (rectangular, square, round, or flat oval) in which the dampers are installed. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer , no open damper shall decrease the net free area of the duct by more than 15 percent . 2-06 DUCTWORK INSULATION: A. All concealed air supply ducts from air handling units shall be insulated . Insulation shall be 1 in . thick, 1 pound density glass fiber (flexible) duct insulation with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil jacket equal to Johns-Manville Type FSK. Secure to duct with Benjamin Foster #85-20 adhesive . Lap jacket 2 in . at all seams and secure flaps with staples and adhesive to provide complete vapor barrier . In addition, this concealed duct insulation shall be 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B--11 ends bent on top of duct and bolted . Hangers at supply diffusers shall be similar but separated at bottom and riveted to ductwork as required for adequate support . M. Hangers for the round ductwork shall be 1 in . by 1/8 in . black strap iron bolted to supports and lagged into the ceiling construction . Hangers over 24 in . long shall be 3/8 .�► in . rod type with bolted and threaded ends and angle bracket at ceiling. N. Hangers are to be placed on not greater than 8 ft . 0 in . centers or closer where required so that the ductwork can support the weight of a man at any point . 0. Wherever sound insulation lining is called for , the sheet metal duct size shown on the drawings must be increased to provide the clear inside dimensions or cross sectional area shown on the drawings . P. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing , flanges , etc . for square sheet metal ducts shall be based on maintaining airtight ducts at 2 in . WG maximum static pressure with maximum of 5 percent leakage of total fan capacity, 1/2 of one percent for round and oval ducts . All joints in round and rectangular ductwork •* shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer . Q. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all plenums shall be vacuum cleaned . When unit is first turned on, open duct access doors and blow out all foreign matter . Do not run fan without filter . 2-02 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT: A. Flexible air duct shall be Wiremold , Thermoflex, •• Cleveflex, or equal and shall be equal to Wiremold Type CRK Vanguard Duct . B . Flexible duct shall be manufactured from fully annealed aluminum and formed into a multi-ply corrugated construction, then encased with 1 in . 3/4 pound density fiberglass blanket and sheathed with a vinyl vapor barrier. The duct shall have an inside bending radius of not more than 3/4 its I .D . It must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed as Class 1 air duct, UL Standard 181 . Duct shall have published pressure ratings of not less than 10 ft . S.A. Positive pressure .5 in . W.A. negative pressure. Duct shall also be UL rated for velocities up to 6500 F.P.M.E. 2-03 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS : A. Provide in each duct connection to every air handling unit • and fan 30 ounce double neoprene coated woven glass fabric flexible connection not less than 4 in . long securely held to retaining clamps . .� 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-10 "" so on be used in any supply air ducts where acoustical insulation is included and in the return air ducts. G. Duct sections 1 ft . 6 in . wide or less shall be butted together and jointed with flat drive cleats 2-1/8 in . wide. Top and bottom cleats shall be cut flush with duct and side cleats bent over to make a tight joint. Standing bar slips as specified for ducts over 18 in . may be used at the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor' s option. H. Ducts from 18 in . to 30 in . wide shall be jointed with 1/2 in . standard bar slips made of metal the same as or heavier than duct sheets. Joints in ducts with either dimension over 40 30 in . shall have 1 in . standing bar slips on those sides over 30 in . Where sides are over 42 in . , the standing bar slips will be reinforced with 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/2 in . by 1/8 in . angles . Additional angle stiffeners not over 60 in . apart shall be provided between joints . Ducts over 60 in . in width shall be jointed with 1-1/2 in . by 1/8 in . angle irons riveted to ductwork on all sides with 1/8 in . rivets at not more than 4-1/2 in . on centers , sections bolted with 3/16 in . stove bolts at not over 6 in . centers, sheets turned over angles into joint at least 1/4 in . I. Sheet metal screws 3/4 in . #10 may be used to attach stiffener angles to ductwork to secure seams , spaced not over ON 12 in . on centers and not less than two per side of 12 in . or more, except where specified otherwise . Button punching shall not be used except for pre-erection attachment of fittings . MR J. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual damper , at each fire damper , and at every duct mounted control device . Doors shall be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast type rotary latches . Where space limitations do not allow full swing of the access door two rotary type latches shall be so used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation . Insulate doors located in insulated ductwork . All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 10 in . by 12 in . minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for access to fire damper fusible links or other devices . K. Hangers for all rectangular ducts 4 sq . ft . in area or above shall be round bar type fastened to 1-1/4 in . by 1-1/4 in . by 1/8 in . angles under the ducts . 1 . Ducts less than 4 sq . ft . in area shall be hung with black 1 in . by 1/8 in . strap iron bent 1 in . under bottom side of the duct and fastened to the duct with sheet metal screws , �u► using not less than two screws per side and as many more so that they are not greater than 6 in . centers . L. Supports for round and oval ductwork shall be 1 in . by 1/8 in . black strap iron rolled to the perimeter of the duct with 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B--9 so go 1576-E-1 First Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-2 Second Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-3 Third Floor Electrical Plan "" 1576-E-4 Typical Unit Plans - Electrical 1576-E-5 Typical Non-Residential Space - Lighting ■w 1576-E-6 Typical Non-Residential Space - Power 1576-E-7 Schedules & Details C . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14 , 1985 . PART 2 PRODUCTS .w 2-01 SHEET METAL: A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before installation of any ductwork. Above hung ceilings , duct locations and elevations must be coordinated with work of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure , piping, conduit and light fixtures . B . All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized *• iron sheet of bend forming quality. C . Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and the latest ASHRAE requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing and supports. All exposed ductwork shall be constructed and 'hafig to provide a neat , smooth, finished appearance . Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed ductwork. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are turned on or off . Duct for elevator shaft ventilation shall be #14 gauge. D. Round and oval ductwork shall be spiral formed galvanized steel of standard gauge as manufactured by United Sheet Metal, Spiramatic or Semco. E . Duct sizes shall be strictly followed and no changes in shape or dimensions shall be made by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor without first obtaining approval from the Architect-Engineer, except that duct shall be offset as required to clear structural members and to coordinate with other trades and any duct changes made must meet the latest ASHRAE and SMACNA standards . F. The centerline radius of all duct elbows where shown on drawings shall be at least 1-1/2 the width of the duct . Where building conditions do not allow for this radius or where square turns are shown, manufactured double walled duct turns �+ equal to Aero-Dyne or Tuttle & Bailey shall be used in the supply or exhaust air ducts and Sonotru acoustical attenuating turns as manufactured by South Control Products Company shall 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-8 "'" 0" ARCHITECTURAL 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-X-1 Site Survey 1576-X-2 Site Preparation Plan 1576-X-3 Site Development Plan 1576-X-4 Landscaping Plan 1576-X-5 Site Details 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-2 Foundation Details 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan �. 1576-A-6 Roof Plan 1576-A-7 Roof Details 1576-A-8 Exterior Elevations No . 1 W 1576-A-9 Exterior Elevations No . 2 1576-A-10 Courtyard Elevations 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-15 Typical Kitchen Plans & Elevations 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elevations 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details 1576-A-19 Stair Details No. 1 1576-A-20 Stair Details No . 2 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule 1576-A-22 Window Details No . 1 w 1576-A-23 Window Details No . 2 1576-A-24 Maintenance Building 40 STRUCTURAL 1576-S-1 Roof Framing Plan 1576-S-2 Third Floor Framing Plan 40 1576-S-3 Second Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-4 Sections & Details 40 HEATING AND VENTILATING 1576-HV-1 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-2 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-3 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-4 Heating & Ventilating IN PLUMBING 1576-P-1 Plumbing 1576-P-2 Plumbing 1576-P-3 Plumbing 1576-P-4 Enlarged Plans & Details w ELECTRICAL 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-7 .w A. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall and hereby does warrant that all work executed and all equipment furnished under this section shall be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one ( 1) year from date of final acceptance of this work. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor further agrees that he/she will, at his/her own expense , repair and replace all such defective work and all other work damaged thereby which becomes defective during the term of the Guarantee Warranty. 1-12 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B. BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof * projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1-13 FILED SUB-BID: A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44I , inclusive, as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications . C. The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is .. shown on the following drawings : NUMBER TITLE .s. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-6 '" w A. TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING, ETC . : All necessary tools, machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this Contract shall be provided by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor . B . ELECTRICITY: The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall provide his/her own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his/her machines and light his/her work. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall provide his/her own light bulbs , plugs and sockets, etc . C . RUBBISH REMOVAL: All broken or waste material, rags , packing, etc . resulting from this work shall be removed by the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor. go 1-08 PROTECTION: A. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall, at all times , fully protect his/her work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his/her materials until the building is accepted by the Owner. 1-09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: A. At the time of final acceptance, the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall furnish three ( 3 ) sets of 40 complete instructions for the repair , maintenance and operation of all systems . W B . The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or persons as the Architect-Engineer may designate, regarding the care and use of heating and ventilating systems and all apparatus pertaining thereto. 1-10 RECORD DRAWINGS : 40 A. RECORD DRAWINGS for this section shall be as specified in the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements. B . RECORD DRAWINGS shall reflect all changes from the contract drawings whether by change order or by Field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire dampers, volume dampers, and control valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added as soon as established. 1-11 GUARANTEE WARRANTY: 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-5 owl I III ,m wee 2 . Equality of material or equipment other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the No Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" , and as specified further herein. no 3 . All work installed under these plans and specifications must be installed in strict accordance with the requirements of all local, state, and other departments having 0M jurisdiction, the utility companies and with the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories, National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code , and/or similar codes applied hereto. ow, 1-05 SUBMITTALS: ■.s A. Within thirty ( 30) days of award of contract, the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall submit for approval, six ( 6 ) copies of a complete list of manufacturers' shop drawings, detail prints, and data sheets for the following items . ` Air separators Sheet metal components " Air handling units Grilles, registers and diffuser Make-up air units Louvers Fans Fire dampers ( standard and electric) Pumps Radiation Pressure reducing valves Unit heaters Expansion tanks Insulation ( sheet metal and piping) Valves Temperature controls Control dampers Chimney, flue , etc. Do not release for shipment, deliver, or install any equipment or material without the prior approval of the Architect-Engineer. .�. 1-06 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall provide " for the delivery of all his/her materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his/her work efficiently and to avoid delaying his/her work and that of other trades . 1-07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS : Im 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-4 **! ON and regulations , the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes , rules and regulations , the Contract provisions shall govern. 1-04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EXECUTION: 1 . The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall refer to the drawings enumerated at the end of this section for a full comprehension of the work to be done , and for conditions affecting the location and placement of his/her equipment and materials . These drawings are intended to be supplementary to 40 the specifications and any work indicated, mentioned or implied in either is to be considered as specified by both . Should the character of the work herein contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not sufficiently explained in the specifications or drawings, the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor may apply to the Architect-Engineer for further information, and shall conform to such when given, as it may be consistent with the original intent . The Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in location prior to installation at no expense to the Owner. All lines Po are diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. w 2 . Before submitting his/her bid, the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall visit the site with the plans and specifications , and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his/her work, since the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor will be held responsible for any assumption he/she may make in regard thereto. 3 . The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall, at all times , have a foreman or superintendent on the project authorized to make decisions and receive instructions as if eM the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor himself/herself were present. The foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer after construction work begins . The Heating 40 and Ventilating Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job . The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall also exercise care and supervision of his/her employees in regard to proper and expeditious layout of his/her work. 40 B. PRODUCTS: 1 . All materials used in this heating and ventilating 40 section shall be U .S . made, new, full weight and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-3 .w exhaust , all duct connection to equipment, all cleaning, testing, balancing and adjustment of air systems , and such other standard accessories and services necessary for a complete approved system. 3 . Automatic temperature control system installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system. �. The system shall include all equipment necessary to provide fully automated and manual control of all environmental systems as shown on drawings and described in this specification. The system shall be complete in all respects, including space thermostats, immersion thermostats, PE and EP switches, relays, control valves for hot water, control dampers for all air moving systems , a complete control air system. Provide all interlocks between all systems as required, and such other standard accessories and services necessary for a complete approved system. C . WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1 . Cutting, patching and drilling, except drilling for installation of pipe supports and fastenings . 2 . Painting. .� 3 . Concrete work. 4 . Electric wiring (power wiring) . 5 . Excavation and backfill. 1-03 RULES AND REGULATIONS: A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may be required by Local and State Ordinances. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall secure all permits required for installation of his/her materials and shall pay all fees required for such permits. The Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor and his/her sub-subcontractor shall inform themselves of all State and Federal work safety rules and .. regulations, including the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971. All workmen employed on the project shall be instructed in the requirements and shall observe same at all times . B . All work installed under these plans and specifications must be installed in strict accordance with the requirements .� of all local, state, and other departments having jurisdiction, the utility companies and with the requirements of the Underwriters' Laboratories , National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code , Fire Protection Regulations, N.F .P.A. , Factory Mutual , and/or similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes , or rules 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15B-2 SECTION 15B HEATING AND VENTILATING (Filed Sub-Bid Required ) PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of r this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes all labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the proper and complete installation of all pumps , piping, hot water specialties, fin tube radiation, cabinet type unit heaters, unit heater; air handling units, exhaust fans, sheet metal ductwork, grilles, registers and diffusers; insulation of ductwork and piping; complete gas fired package boiler burner units, exhaust air roof mounted penthouses; automatic temperature control system and all other materials, equipment, and labor necessary to complete the heating and ventilating systems in all respects MW ready for continuous and trouble free operation. B . WORK INCLUDED: The principal items of the heating and ventilating work shall conform to the Massachusetts State Building Code , Massachusetts Fire Protection Regulations, N.F.P .A. , and Factory Mutual , and shall include but are not limited to the following: 1 . Heating hot water piping system installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system. The on system shall include all hot water supply and return piping, valves, strainers, pumps , hot water specialties (expansion tanks, air eliminators, tank troll, air vents, etc. ) , package boiler/burner units ( including all boiler trim controls, etc. ) , structural supports (hangers, carriers, etc. ) , final connection to all terminal heating equipment, all cleaning, testing, and calibration of piping system and such other *0 standard accessories and services necessary for a complete approved system. 2 . Air handling systems installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system. The system shall include all air moving equipment (air handling unit , exhaust fans, etc . ) , sheet metal ductwork, all grilles, registers, diffusers, fire dampers, volume dampers, air intakes , and air 1576(NHA)/dmd 15B-1 4" E. DEFECTIVE WORK: If inspection or tests indicate defects, such defective work or material shall be replaced or repaired as necessary and inspection and tests repeated. Repairs to piping shall be made with new materials . No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. 3-08 SERVICES: A. WATER SERVICE: 40 1 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall arrange, order and provide all labor and materials for the installation of the new water service. 2 . The Plumbing Subcontractor will install a 8 in . water service from the 10 in . water main in Maple Street and a 3 in . up to the meter located just inside the building. 3 . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install the water service piping up to the meter and shall set water meter as required . 4. All work done and all material used shall first be approved by the Northampton Water Department. B. GAS SERVICE: 1 . This Subcontractor shall arrange and order from the Baystate Gas Company, an underground gas service into the building. 2. The Baystate Gas Company shall furnish and install the gas service piping up to the meter and shall furnish and set gas meters as required. 3 . The Baystate Gas Company shall bill the Owner for this service. 40 END OF SECTION 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-23 2 . Furnish complete chart listing the valve number , fluid controlled and reference location for all valves corresponding to the tag numbers . The chart shall be framed under glass and hung in the Mechanical Equipment Room where directed. Furnish two extra copies of the chart to the Architect-Engineer. 3-07 TESTS: •� A. TESTS FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS : Soil, waste, vent , and water piping shall be tested by this Subcontractor and approved before acceptance. Underground soil and waste piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by the Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and approved by the Plumbing Inspector. B . DRAINAGE AND VENTING SYSTEM PIPING: Shall be tested with water or air before the fixtures are installed. 1 . Water Test : Shall be applied to the drainage and „ venting systems in their entirety or in sections. If the entire system is tested, all openings in the pipe shall be tightly closed except the highest opening, and the system shall be filled with water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each opening except the highest opening of the section under test shall be tightly plugged, and each section shall be filled with water and tested with at least a 10 ft. head of water . In testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 ft . of the next preceding section shall be tested so that each joint of pipe in the building except the uppermost 10 ft . of the system has been submitted to a test of at least 10 ft . head of water. The water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test for at least 15 minutes before the inspection starts . The system shall be tight at all joints . 2 . Air Tests: If tests are made with air, a pressure of not less than 5 lbs , per sq. in . shall be applied with a force pump and maintained at least 15 minutes without leakage. A mercury column gauge shall be used in making the air test. C. WATER SYSTEM: When the roughing-in is complete, and before fixtures are set, the entire hot and cold water piping system shall be tested at a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 125 psi gauge and proved tight at this pressure for not less than 4 hours in order to permit inspection of all joints. Where a portion of the water piping system is to be concealed before completion, this portion shall be tested separately as specified for the entire system. D. GAS SYSTEMS: Shall be tested with air at a pressure of 125 lbs , per sq. in . and maintained at least 30 minutes without leakage. VW 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-22 4W A. Insulation shall be applied over clean dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers and sleeves and have an 18 gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length, on all pipes over 2 in . in diameter. Piping shall be supported through installation by fitting a 1 in . wide x 6 in . long wood block to the thickness of the insulation, inside the vapor barrier jacket. B . All fittings, valves and exposed supply and waste piping to the handicapped lavatories, etc . , shall be insulated with the proper factory precut insulation. The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked in fully insulating the pipe fitting. The one-piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends to the adjacent covering. 3-04 FIXTURES: A. FIXTURES shall be the best product of the manufacturer and shall be without defects in construction or appearance, shall be set true and level, firmly supported in place without rocking or strain. Fixtures shall be adjusted for proper operation and shall be tested in the presence of the Architect-Engineer. All fixtures shall be thoroughly cleaned and all labels, stickers, and dirt marks shall be removed. 3-05 ADJUSTMENTS: A. ADJUST all flush valves pressure reducing valve, hot water distribution fixture supply fittings for proper operation, and water temperature controllers for proper outlet temperatures . 3-06 IDENTIFICATION: A. LABELS, DECALS, ETC. : 1 . All piping including sanitary, storm and vents shall have a flow direction arrow decal and a label stating the fluid carried in 2 in . high black letters on a background of the same color as the color coding. 2 . Spacing of decals shall be on a maximum of 12 ft . 0 in . centers. All decals and labels shall be coated with a clear vinyl finish after installation. (In Boiler Room and Attic Space only. ) B. VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS: 1 . Furnish and install brass tags with S-hooks stamped with letters and numbers attached to the stem of each valve throughout all the systems . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-21 M 2 . After the pipe is laid , the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled, leaving the joints exposed for examination, the newly laid piping or any valved section of piping shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected to a ,„ pressure test of 50 pounds per square inch in excess of what static pressure at the points of reading will be when the system has been put in operation. All exposed pipe, joints, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully examined during the open trench test. Lead joints showing visible leakage shall be caulked until tight. Cracked or defective pipe, fittings, valves, or hydrants disclosed in the pressure r, test shall be replaced by contractor with sound material, and the test shall be repeated until the test results are satisfactory to the Architect-Engineer. 3 . Valves and valve boxes shall be installed in the lines as shown on the drawings. Valves and boxes shall be set plumb , and centered, with valve boxes placed directly over the valves . Earth fill shall be carefully tamped around the valve box to a distance of 4 ft . on all sides of the box, or to the undisturbed trench face if less than 4 ft . All water lines, valves , etc. to have a minimum of 5 ft . 6 in. of cover. C . Cast iron soil, vent, drainage and waste lines shall be carefully graded, fitted and joined together with neoprene gaskets and 300 series stainless steel clamps, conforming to CISPI 307-71 or caulked together with oakum and lead , using 12 ounces of new pig lead per inch of diameter of pipe below grade . Joints shall be made gas and water tight . Horizontal drainage piping shall be installed in practical alignment within the building at a uniform grade of not less than 1/8 in . fall per foot and not more than 3/4 in . fall per foot. Pipe to be installed without undue strain or stresses and provisions made for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. Every fixture, floor drain and item of equipment shall be provided with cleanouts at every change in direction and at the foot of vertical stacks . Changes in direction shall be made with Y' s or 45-degree elbows . All offsets in vertical lines shall be made at a minimum angle of 45 degrees. D . All exposed piping to all toilet fixtures, sinks and items S„ of equipment shall be chrome plated. All connections to branches and fixtures shall be taken from top of mains. 3-02 VALVES: rM A. Drains shall be installed at all low points of the water distribution systems . Stop valves shall be installed at each 4M fixture and hydrant. Valves shall be so placed as to be readily accessible , and shall not be installed with the stem inclined at more than 90 degrees from the upright position. The stuffing boxes of all valves shall be packed with new so wicking and drips eliminated. 3-03 INSULATION: IM 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-20 g. OR A. TIMECLOCK shall be of the program type, capable of programming at 15-minute intervals of the day. Program tabs shall be captive on the dial, and shall be easily set by hand without the use of a special tool. Motor to be 120 V, 1 phase . Timeclock to be equal to Tork Time Control, Inc. Model No . 8001. Timeclock shall be set so as to circulate the hot water for a period of 15 minutes (maximum) , every hour of every day. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PIPING: A. The arrangement of all piping indicated on the drawings is w generally diagrammatic. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets , etc . ; conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements. The layout of all work shall be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer, but the Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the necessary coordination of the work under this contract . Whenever practicable , as determined by the Architect-Engineer, piping shall be installed concealed. B. Pipes passing through floors, concrete or masonry walls, shall be centered in sleeves of pipe set in the concrete before pouring or grouted in ; masonry walls . Sleeves in the floor slab shall extend 2 in . above the finished floor. Sleeves shall be of the first possible pipe size larger than the pipe or insulated pipe overall diameter to yield a clearance of not less than 1/2 in . between the sleeve and the pipe or insulation. 1 . Piping for outside water mains and building water shall be of the types and materials specified. The full length of each section of pipe shall rest solidly upon the pipe bed, with recesses excavated to accommodate the joints. Any pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and relaid . The interior of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being lowered into the trench, and shall be kept clean during laying w operations by means of plugs or other approved methods. The pipe shall not be laid in water or when trench or weather conditions are unsuitable for the work. Water shall be kept out of the trench until the material in the joints has hardened, or until caulking is completed. When work is not in progress, open ends of pipe and fittings shall be securely closed so that no trench water, earth or other substance will enter the pipes or fittings . Any section of pipe found to be defective before or after laying shall be replaced with new pipe . Fittings at bends in the pipe lines shall be firmly wedged against the vertical face of the trench and shall have bridle rods and collars to prevent the fittings from being blown off the lines when under pressure. Where pipe ends are left for future connections they shall be plugged or capped . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-19 ■. 1 . Full length steel base legs . so 2 . Strainer. go 3 . Hot water temperature control valve, pneumatic with air kit, providing fail-safe operation. 4. Pump strainer. no 5 . Gate valve ahead of and after control valve. am 6 . Check valve ahead of control valve. 7 . Air vent. am 8 . Water thermometer and pressure gauge (both 3-1/2 in . dia . dial minimum) . am 9 . Thermometer installed with separable thermowell. 10. Drain valve assembly. an 11 . Bronze pressure and temperature relief valve (ASME certified) to comply with State and local codes . Ow 12. insulation: The storage section shall be factory insulated and covered with a heavy gauge, anodic zinc-coated sheet metal jacket, finished with blue hammertone enamel. The no insulation shall meet the latest ASHRAE 90-75 requirements . 13 . All bronze circulator pump designed for top-to-bottom „v circulation operation. The pump shall be mounted and wired on the water heater with copper piping and fittings, copper alloy valves and adjustable differential thermostat with time delay for intermittent operation at 115/1/60 . am 14. A descriptive dimensional outline drawing shall be submitted showing all instrumentation, controls and design am details as specified herein. 15 . The entire heater shall be factory assembled and tested, requiring only connection to services . 16. The heater manufacturer shall guarantee all components and workmanship for one year from date of start-up . Tank go liner shall be guaranteed for ten (10) years . 17. Storage water heater shall be 42 in . dia . by 84 in . no high and have a storage capacity of 443 gallons . Heating section shall heat 400 gph from 40 degrees F. to 140 degrees F. using 180 degree F. inlet water and 160 degree F. outlet boiler water . 2-19 TIMECLOCK: 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-18 standard apartments and 18 in . long 18 gauge type 304 stainless steel Bobrick #B-530 in all handicapped apartments. 5 . SHOWER CURTAIN RODS : Shower curtain rods to be 20 gauge 1 in . dia . , type 304 stainless steel Bobrick #B-210 or equal. To be 78 in . long in handicapped units and 60 in . long in all other units . 6 . PAPER TOWER DISPENSERS : Dispenser to be type 304 stainless steel with tumble lock and piano hinge door. Bobrick #B-262 or equal ; one in each public toilet room. 7 . TOILET PAPER HOLDER: Holder to be type 304 stainless 40 steel , two roll dispenser, recessed Bobrick #B-388; one in each public toilet room. 8 . SOAP DISPENSERS: Dispenser shall be type 304 +" stainless steel with unbreakable refill window and concealed wall fasteners. To be equal to Bobrick #B-12; one in each public toilet room. NOTE: Height of all bathroom accessories in handicapped units are to conform to all Massachusetts and Federal Regulations. 9 . SOAP DISH: Soap dish shall be one piece with drain holes, bright polish stainless steel finish equal to Bobrick #B-680; one in all toilet rooms . 10. TOOTHBRUSH AND TUMBLER HOLDER: Toothbrush and tumbler holder shall accommodate four toothbrushes and one tumbler . Bobrick #B-679 or equal , one in all toilet rooms . 2-18 HOT WATER HEATING SYSTEM: A. Furnish and install as shown on the plans and specified one ( 1 ) Series ;200 vertical storage water heater as manufactured by Patterson-Kelley Company, or equal . B . Heater shall be a factory assembled package with a heating capacity as shown on Schedule and shall be constructed and stamped in accordance with Section VIII of the ASME Code for a working pressure of 150 psig and shall have National Board Registration. Form U-1 , Manufacturer' s Data Report for Unfired Pressure Vessels , shall be provided. C. Series 200 water heater shall be comprised of the following components completely factory assembled so it needs only be connected to services. D . Series 200 water heater with carbon steel shell lined with Formula G-8 Pre-Krete; copper tubes ; copper-lined tube sheet and nozzle; non-ferrous shell connections; cast iron steam 40 chamber and steel lifting lugs . E. Other installed and pre-piped components include : go la 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-17 e . Garbage Disposal: Same as specified for P-5 . 11 . WATER CLOSET (P-13) : a . Closet: A.S . #2109. 395 "Cadet" vitreous china siphon jet type with elongated bowl, close-coupled tank with water saving trim, 2 bolt caps . b . Seat : White Olsonite #95 with concealed check hinge. C . Supply: Brasscraft #CS-401-DL 3/8 in . C.P . supply assembly with wheel handle stops , flexible tube riser. 12. SILLCOCK (P-14 ) : a . Shall be Chicago Faucet Company #952 smooth chrome plated faucet with hose end, vacuum breaker , with #293-6 removable tee handle . 13 . WASHING MACHINE CONNECTION (P-15 ) : +�! a . Washing machine connection shall be Symmons "Laundry-Mate" #W-602 with 1/2 in . hot and cold water connection and 2 in . standpipe connection . 2-17 TOILET ACCESSORIES: A. SURFACE MOUNTED ACCESSORIES: Except as hereinafter specified, surface-mounted accessories shall be installed with wood screws into wood blocking in wood stud walls , or as required by the construction. Back plates for surface mounted accessories shall be installed in the same manner. Accessories shall be installed in a symmetrical arrangement in all locations . Surfaces of fastening devices exposed after installation shall have a chromium-plated finish. Exposed screw heads shall be oval. Specified heights above floor are to center of the accessory and are approximate, and shall be �+• as specifically directed at the time of installation. 1 . MIRRORS: Stainless steel framed mirror 18 in . by 36 in . with 20 gauge stainless steel frame with mitered corners . To be equal to Bobrick #3020. One in all handicapped bathrooms . 2 . GRAB BARS: Grab bar to be 1-1/4 in . dia. , 18 gauge, type 304 stainless steel with concealed mounts in all apartments, equal to Bobrick #B-550 with peened finish. • 3 . TOILET PAPER HOLDERS: Holder to be type 304 stainless steel with concealed stainless steel mounting brackets, equal ,. to Bobrick #B-685 . One at each toilet. 4 . TOWEL BARS: Towel bars to be 18 in . long, 1 in . dia . , 20 gauge, type 304 stainless steel Bobrick #B-205 in all "M 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-16 „� ON b. Tub and Shower Unit: Symmons #S-96-2-X-V pressure balancing valve unit with integral diverter, volume control, maximum temperature limit stop, wall mounted shower unit, tub spout, shower head, and flow restrictor ( 2 gpm) .NOTE: All bath tubs shall be non slip type. 8 . HANDICAPPED SHOWER (P-8 ) : a . Shower Unit: Symmons #S-96-401-X pressure balancing valve unit with integral diverter, volume control, maximum temperature limit stop, wall mounted shower unit with 59 in . flexible metal hose, wall connection with flange, 48 in . C.P. adjustable slide bar , tub spout angle stops, in-line vacuum breaker, #1560-135 trip lever, and flow restrictor ( 2 gpm) . b . Shower Drain: Shall be Zurn Company #Z-415-3 with type "B" nickel bronze adjustable 6 .in . drain strainer. 9 . KITCHEN SINK (P-9) : a . Sink: Elkay "Dayton" #GE-12521-R-4 25 in . by 21-1/4 in . , 20 gauge single bowl strainer steel sink with !" sound deadened bowl 4 1-1/2 in . faucet holes 1 3-1/2 in . drain punching at right rear corners. b . Supply Fitting: Delta #420 single lever handle faucet assembly with 1/2 in . supplies, swing spout with aerator and spray hose. c . Trap: Flagg Company #300 cast brass "P" trap, 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/2 in . , with cleanout plug. d . Drain: Elkay #LK-18 chrome plated grid strainer and 1-1/2 in . tail piece . e . Garbage Disposal: Same as specified for P-5 . 10 . KITCHEN SINK (P-12) : a. Sink: Elkay "Dayton" #D23321-4, 20 gauge double bowl stainless steel sink with sound deadened bowl 4-1/2 in . in faucet holes 2 3-1/2 in . drain punchings . b . Supply Fitting: Delta #420 single lever handle faucet assembly with 1/2 in . supplies, swing spout with aerator and spray hose . c . Trap: Flagg Company #300 cast brass "P" trap, 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/2 in . with cleanout plug. 4M d . Drain: Elkay #LK-18 chrome plated grid strainer and 1-1/2 in . tail piece. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-15 Ma ... a . Lavatory: Kohler #2250 Roxylyn 25 in . by 22 in . vitreous china unit front overflow, self rimming. •1� b . Supply Fitting: Delta #520 lever handle faucet assembly with left rod and pop-up drain, and 2 gpm water saving flow restrictor. c . Trap: A.S . 4402.012 - 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C .P. "P" trap with cleanout plug escutcheon. d . Supplies : Brasscraft #R-1512-A and 3/8 in . C .P. Supply assembly with wheel handle stop, flexible tube riser . NOTE: To be mounted as indicated on plans . 5 . KITCHEN SINK (P-5) : a. Sink: Elkay "Dayton" #D-12522-4 25 in . by 22 in . , 20 gauge single bowl stainless steel sink with sound deadened bowl 4 1-1/2 in . faucet holes 1 3-1/2 in . drain punching at center of sink. b . Supply Fitting: Delta #420 single lever handle faucet assembly with 1/2 in . supplies, swing spout with aerator and spray hose. c . Drain: Elkay #LK-18 chrome plated, grid strainer and 1-1/2 in . tail piece. d . Garbage Disposal: Waste King 2600 stainless steel continuous feed disposer, jam free . e . Trap: Flagg Co . #300 cast brass "P" trap, 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/2 in . with cleanout plug . 6 . SERVICE SINK (P-6 ) : a . Sink: A.S . #7696.016 Akron 24 in . by 20 in . enameled cast iron service sink with rim guard, wall hanger . b . Supply: A.S . #8343. 015 service sink faucet with �. 9-3/4 in . hose and spout , wall brace , pail hook, cast brass lever handles, stops in shanks , rough chrome finish. c . Strainer : A.S . #8301 .012 enameled service sink strainer . d . Trap: A.S . #7798 .176 trap standard with 3 in . threaded outlet . 7 . BATH AND SHOWER (P-7) : a. Bath: A.S . #0135 .137 (RH) and #0137.133 (LH) 5 ft . 0 in . long 14 in . high enameled steel recessed tub with 1-1/2 in . tailpiece and pop-up drain assembly . 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-14 �,,, with hinge and key lock. Hydrant shall be equipped with a tapped drain port in valve housing. 2-16 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A. CATALOGUE NUMBERS of American Standard, Elkay, Bradley, Halsey Taylor , and Zurn are used to denote type and quality of fixtures . Similar fixtures by Kohler, Eljer , Just , Alcoa, Josam, Wade or Smith are acceptable. 1 . WATER CLOSET (P-1 ) : a . Closet: American Standard #2122-. 448 "Cadet" vitreous china siphon jet type with round bowl, close coupled tank, floor mounted with china bolt caps . b . Seat : White Olsonite #30 closed front seat with cover. C . Supply: Brasscraft #CS-401-DL 3/8 in . C .P . supply so assembly with wheel handle stop, flexible tube riser . 2 . LAVATORY (P-2 ) : an a . Lavatory: A.S . #0321 .026 "Declyn" 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung vitreous china unit with front overflow, soap depression, wall hanger. 4• b . Supply Fitting: Wolverine Brass #52441 lever handle faucet assembly with lift rod and pop-up drain and 2 gpm water saving flow restrictor. c . Trap: A.S . 4402.012 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C.P. "P" trap with cleanout plug escutcheon. d . Supplies: Brasscraft #R-1512-A and 3/8 in . C.P . Supply assembly with wheel handle stop, flexible tube riser . 3 . LAVATORY (P-3) : a . Lavatory: A.S . #3001.013 Highlyn 20 in . by 18 in . self-rimming enameled cast iron unit with front overflow, soap depressions and fitting ledge. b . Supply Fitting: Delta #520 single control lever handle faucet assembly with lift rod and pop-up drain and 2 gpm water saving flow restrictor. c . Trap: A.S . #4402 .012 - 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C.P. "P" trap with cleanout plug, escutcheon. a d . Supplies : Brasscraft #R-1512-A, 3/8 in . C.P. supply assembly with wheel handle stops , flexible tube riser . 40 4 . LAVATORY (P-4 ) : 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-13 A. FLOOR DRAIN shall be Zurn Company #Z415-3 , with type "B" nickel bronze adjustable 6 in . dia . strainer (with Z-414 funnel assembly where so noted on the drawings) . 2-11 BACKFLOW PREVENTER: A. Connections to hot water heating system shall have code approved backflow prevention. B. All backflow prevention in general shall be accomplished with Watts Series No . 900, reduced pressure, double seated wo primary and secondary check valves . Sizes as shown on the drawings . C. Watts No. 9D backflow preventer may be used on the hot water system only, if allowed by the state and local plumbing inspectors . 2-12 TEMPERATURE CONTROL VALVE: A. THERMOSTATIC WATER CONTROLLERS shall be Leonard type TM or equal by Lawler or Powers regulator with union ends, loose key angle stops , strainers, checks and dial thermometer on outlet. Controller shall be supported on chrome plated brackets. Capacities noted on drawings. 4" 2-13 SHOCK ABSORBERS: ow A. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. No . PPP, Josam Co. No. 1485, Zurn No . Z-1700 shock absorbers on sizes and capacities as required. so 2-14 FIRE DEPARTMENT PUMPER CONNECTIONS: A. FIRE DEPARTMENT PUMPER CONNECTIONS shall be provided in we accordance with the requirement set forth in NFPA. Standard No . 13 and shall include an automatic drip. Hose threads shall be National Standard Fire Hose Threads (ANSI B26-1925 ) , complete an with standard caps . Each pump connection shall have three 2-1/2 in . hose outlets each equipped with a check valve or "flapper" valve . Where fire department hose threads are not NST, suitable adapters shall be provided. All hose connections shall be approved by the Northampton Fire Department. B . FIRE DEPARTMENT PUMPER CONNECTIONS shall be flush-type ®" with body plate, brass plugs with chains , all with polished brass finish. Hose connection sizes and threads shall be as standard with the Northampton Fire Department. oft 2-15 BOX HYDRANT (P-16 ) : A. BOX HYDRANT shall be the non-freeze flush type equal to AM Zurn Z-1360, complete with 3/4 in . connection, bronze casing and all bronze interior parts . Cover shall be flush with grade .w 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-12 on C. ACCESS COVERS shall be flush with finished floors and walls , and in carpeted floor areas , they shall be below carpet . 40 D . ACCESS PANELS: Furnish and install access panels where shown and required. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall go be Karp type DSC-214 PL ( 12 in . by 12 in . ) ; clean out access panels in walls shall be Zurn "Supremo" #Z-1445-1 round smooth cleanout cover and tee. OR 2-06 INSULATION: A. All hot, cold, and return water piping shall be insulated on with Johns-Manville FLAME-SAFE fiberglass pipe insulation, Owens-Corning fiberglass 25, or approved equal. The insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed . 25 BTU in . per sq. ft. per F. per hr . at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the insulation shall be 1/2 in . for cold water, 1 in . for hot water , and 1 in . for return hot water. Jacket shall be FLAME-SAFE AP. The insulation shall be ° applied over clean dry pipe with all joints butted firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. B . All fittings, valves and exposed piping ( supplies and waste) to handicapped lavatories shall be insulated with the proper factory precut fiberglass insulation and covered using the factory, premolded, one piece PVC fitting covers, secured with a flexible off-white 10 mil polyvinyl chloride film bonded with a specially formulated adhesive that can be installed indoors and out with a strong permanent bond conforming to MIL Spec. No. 7798A. 2-07 THERMOMETERS: A. STRAIGHT STEM THERMOMETERS with separable stainless steel sockets. To be Taylor or approved equal . 2-08 PRESSURE GAUGES: !' A. 4-1/2 in . dial, double-spring with soft copper tubing loop and pet cock. Operating range is to be in the center of the scale. To be U .S . Gage Company or approved equal. 2-09 WALL HYDRANTS (P-10) : A. WALL HYDRANT: Zurn Company #2-1310-3/4 in . , Wade #8621, 40 Josam #1400N, anti-siphon non-freeze wall hydrant with bronze casing, nickel bronze face, loose key handle. 40 2-10 FLOOR DRAIN (P-11) : 40 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15A-11 F. STOP VALVES - At fixtures and wall hydrants, except as otherwise specified, 125 pound SWP bronze compression stops with composition disc. G. VALVES shall be as manufactured by Chapman, Jenkins, Grinnell, or Lunkenheimer, or equal . 2-03 HANGERS: A. All cast iron pipe shall be supported by heavy steel pipe hangers, brackets or clamps, one to each 8 ft . 0 in . of pipe. •� Hangers and straps shall be securely fastened with lag screws or with screws and expansion shields to masonry construction as required. B . Water piping shall be supported with adjustable steel copper plated hangers of adequate size to include insulation at least every 10 ft . in length. Provision shall be made to allow for expansion and contraction of all piping. C . Where piping is supported from ceiling beams , support parallel pipes from different beams . D. Support pipes sufficiently clear of all parts of structure to allow for full thickness of insulation.E. Hangers to be of adequate size to include insulation. Furnish and install galvanized steel covers over insulation on pipe sizes 2 in . and larger to prevent indenting of insulation by hangers. ** 2-04 TRAPS: A. TRAPS at fixtures shall be as listed in the fixture �. schedule . Exposed traps shall be chrome plated. B . TRAPS AND RUNNING TRAPS shall be extra heavy cast iron where buried in floors or serving floor drains . Where traps are not connected directly under the drain they serve in the floor, they shall be fitted with top cleanouts and extensions •• to the floor with access covers and plates. C. Furnish and install traps as required for all items of equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications and/or by the Owner . 2-05 CLEANOUTS AND ACCESS PANELS : A. FLOOR CLEANOUTS shall be Zurn 1400 series level-trol supreme cleanouts type ZN-1400-10 in terrazzo floors, type .. ZN-1400-6 in tiled floors, type ZN-1400-14 in carpeted floors and type ZN-1400-2 in all other locations. Cleanouts shall be set flush and level with top of finished floor surface except in carpeted areas where they shall be flush with concrete. B . WALL CLEANOUTS shall be brass recessed head plugs with Zurn Z-1440-1 access frame and cover . *• 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-10 on 1. All gas piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with malleable pattern fitting. 2 . All venting shall be done according to code and the Bay State Gas Company requirements. 3 . The gas sleeve through the wall shall be sealed tight a-0 and vented to atmosphere. F. STAND PIPES: 1 . Pipe above ground and within the building shall be black, standard weight, screw-jointed steel pipe, conforming with Federal Specification WW-P-406 . Screw-jointed fittings shall be cast iron Type 1, Class A, conforming to Federal Specification WIV-P-501. Flanged fittings, where required, shall be cast iron, Class 125, conforming to Federal Specifications WW-F-406 . Pipe and fittings shall be designed for at least 175 pounds water working pressure, and shall conform to all requirements of NFPA 13 . 2 . All water service piping below ground shall be class 22 cement lined centrifugal cast iron conforming to AWWA specification C-106 and C-104. Joints shall be push-on type conforming to AWWA specification C-111 . Fittings and specials shall be cast iron cement lined, conforming to the latest American Water Works Association, Specification C-111 , mechanical joint. All gate valves shall be provided with extension service boxes of the lengths required by the depths of service lines ( 5 ft . 0 in . minimum) . 2-02 VALVES: A. GATE VALVES 4 in . and larger shall be iron body, bronze stem and trim, flanged rate 200 pounds WWP, gate valves 3 in . and smaller to be all bronze rated 200 pounds WWP. so B . POST INDICATOR VALVES with extension yokes shall be Grinnell indicator post figure 1432, open right , complete with gate valve and box. C. BALL VALVES to be end entry type , rated 150 psi Contromatics, with brass body chrome plated and teflon seats . 4M D. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE to be Spence Engineering Company type D-34 with flanged ends, cast-iron body, A.S .A. , 125 pounds, bronze trim. Valve shall be installed complete with by-passes and pressure gauges as shown on plans . E. CHECK VALVES - 125 pound SWP 200 pound WWP horizontal swing check valves , body patterns as for gate valves above , bronze trimmed. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-9 1576-E-6 Typical Non-Residential Space - Power *+ 1576-E-7 Schedules & Details C . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14, 1985 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 PIPING : A. All soil , waste , and storm drain lines above ground 2 in . and larger shall be cast iron "no-hub" . ASA group 022 pipe and fittings , joined with neoprene gaskets and 300 series stainless steel clamps, conforming to C. I .S .P. I . 307-71 . All soil , waste, and drain lines below ground shall be standard weight , cast iron pipe with all fittings carefully fitted and caulked together with oakum and lead, sealed gas and water tight . Minimum size of piping below ground shall be 3 in . Where it is impractical to install cast iron pipe, as in tight partition work or where the sizes of lines are smaller than 2 in . , type DWV copper tubing shall be used conforming to ASTM „ Specification B-88 with sweat type fittings using 50-50 solder and non-corrosive flux, "Non-Korrode" or equal conforming to ASTM Specification B-32 alloy 50A. B. All vent lines and stacks 2 in . and larger shall be the same as specified for soil, waste and storm drain lines except minimum size below ground shall be 2 in . All vent lines . smaller than 2 in . shall be copper type DWV. Minimum vent terminal through roof shall be 4 in . Vent flashings at the roof shall be by the Roofing Subcontractor . C . All hot , cold and .return water piping within the building shall be hard copper type L seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings . All solder used shall be 95-5 tin antimony conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specification B-32 alloy 95TA and subsequent amendments or revisions thereof. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be chrome plated. D . All water service piping outside the building shall be Class 22 cement lined centrifugal cast iron conforming to AWWA Specification C-106 and C-104. Joints shall be push-on type conforming to AWWA Specification C-111 . Fittings and specials shall be cast iron cement lined, conforming to the latest American Water Works Association, Specification C-111 , mechanical joint . All gate valves shall be provided with extension service boxes of the lengths required by the depths of service lines ( 5 ft . 6 in . minimum) . All bends and dimensional changes shall be firmly anchored using 1/2 diameter rods . E . GAS PIPING: 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-8 OR 1576-X-5 Site Details 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-2 Foundation Details 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-6 Roof Plan 1576-A-7 Roof Details 1576-A-8 Exterior Elevations No . 1 1576-A-9 Exterior Elevations No . 2 1576-A-10 Courtyard Elevations 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans " 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-15 Typical Kitchen Plans & Elevations 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elevations 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details 1576-A-19 Stair Details No . 1 1576-A-20 Stair Details No . 2 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule 1576-A-22 Window Details No . 1 1576-A-23 Window Details No . 2 40 1576-A-24 Maintenance Building STRUCTURAL 1576-S-1 Roof Framing Plan 1576-S-2 Third Floor Framing Plan ■w 1576-S-3 Second Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-4 Sections & Details HEATING AND VENTILATING 1576-HV-1 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-2 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-3 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-4 Heating & Ventilating PLUMBING 1576-P-1 Plumbing 1576-P-2 Plumbing 1576-P-3 Plumbing 1576-P-4 Enlarged Plans & Details ELECTRICAL 1576-E-1 First Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-2 Second Floor Electrical Plan 40 1576-E-3 Third Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-4 Typical Unit Plans - Electrical 1576-E-5 Typical Non-Residential Space - ,,, Lighting 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15A-7 1W thereby which becomes defective during the term of the oft Guarantee. 1-12 ALTERNATES: am A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid •w Price No . 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02, is the ... reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in. wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1-13 FILED SUB-BIDS : A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 441 , inclusive , as most recently amended . The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . *■ B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications. C . The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings: NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-X-1 Site Survey 1576-X-2 Site Preparation Plan 1576-X-3 Site Development Plan 1576-X-4 Landscaping Plan 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15A-6 B . ELECTRICITY: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide his/her own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his/her machines and light his/her work. He/she shall provide his/her own light bulbs , plugs , and sockets, etc . C . WASTE MATERIAL: All broken or waste material, rags , packing, etc. resulting from this work shall be removed by the Plumbing Subcontractor. 1-08 PROTECTION: A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all times , fully protect his/her work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good without expense to the Owner . He/she shall be responsible for the proper protection of all his/her materials until the building is accepted by the Owner . 4* 1-09 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: A. At the time of final acceptance, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish three sets of complete instructions for the repair, maintenance , and operation of all systems . B . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or persons as the w Architect-Engineer and/or Owner may designate, regarding the care and use of all mechanical systems and all apparatus pertaining thereto. " ! 1-10 RECORD DRAWINGS: A. RECORD DRAWINGS for this section shall be as specified in the provisions of the Contract and Division 1 . B . RECORD DRAWINGS shall reflect all changes from the contract drawings whether by change order or by field conditions . Principal dimensions of concealed work and, for piping installation, valve numbers shall be added as soon as established. 1-11 GUARANTEE WARRANTY: A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall and hereby does guarantee that all work executed and all equipment furnished under this section shall be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one year from the date of final 40 acceptance of this work. The Plumbing Subcontractor further agrees that he/she will, at his/her own expense, repair and replace all such defective work and all other work damaged 40 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15A-5 A% and supervision of his/her employees in regard to proper and expeditious layout of his/her work. F . PRODUCTS: w.► 1 . All materials used in this Plumbing section shall be U .S . made , new, full weight and first class in every respect, without defects , and designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. " 2 . All work installed under these plans and specifications must be installed in strict accordance with the requirements of all local, state, and other departments having jurisdiction, the utility companies, and with the requirements of the Underwriters' Labs , National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Plumbing Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code , and/or similar codes applied thereto. 1-05 SUBMITTALS: dw A. Within thirty ( 30) days of award of the contract, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall submit for approval, six ( 6) copies of a complete list of manufacturers' shop drawings, " detail prints, and data sheets for the following items : 1 . Plumbing fixtures . 2 . Water meter . 3 . Piping specialties . 4 . Water heater . „ 5 . Valves , hydrants, cocks . 6 . Water storage tank. 7 . Insulation . 8 . Recirculating pumps . 9 . Toilet Accessories . 10. Garbage disposal units . 11 . Hose valves . Do not release for shipment, delivery, or set in place any equipment or material without the prior approval of the �.. Architect-Engineer . 1-06 PRODUCT HANDLING: A . The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his/her materials and fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his/her work and that of other trades. 1-07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS : A. TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING, ETC. : All necessary tools , machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of this contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Subcontractor. 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-4 .» 0" of the Underwriters' Labs , National Bureau of Fire Underwriters, Massachusetts State Plumbing Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code, and/or similar codes applied thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, or rules and regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes , rules and regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern. �r 1-04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 , General Requirements . B . TESTS: The Plumbing Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 , General Requirements. C . DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to the drawings enumerated at the end of this section for a full comprehension of the work to be done, and for conditions affecting the location and placement of his equipment and materials . The drawings are intended to be supplementary to the specifications, and any work indicated, +! mentioned or implied in either is to be considered as specified by both . Should the character of the work herein contemplated or any matter pertaining thereto be not �,. sufficiently explained in the specifications or drawings , the Plumbing Subcontractor may apply to the Architect-Engineer for further information and shall conform to such when given, as it may be consistent with the original intent. The Architect-Engineer reserves the right to make any reasonable changes in location prior to installation at no expense to the Owner. All lines are diagrammatic and exact locations are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer . D . SITE VISITATION: Before submitting his/her bid , the 40 Plumbing Subcontractor shall visit the site with the plans and specifications, and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work, since he/she will be held responsible for any assumption he/she may make in regard go thereto. E . SUPERVISION: The Plumbing Subcontractor shall, at all 4, times , have a foreman on the project authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the Plumbing Subcontractor himself/herself were present. The foreman or superintendent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect-Engineer after construction work begins . He/she shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the 40 other tradesmen on the job . He/she shall also exercise care 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-3 complete operational system and shall include all piping, • pressure reducing valve , insulation, valves, structural supports (hangers, etc . ) , water hammer arrestors, water meters, and such other standard or specified accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved system. 4 . Hot water system connecting each and every fixture, device , and item of equipment requiring hot water within the building including all connections for domestic water to the gas fired water heater and storage tank as specified. The system shall be installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system and shall include all piping, insulation, valves , stops, back flow preventers, vacuum breakers, gauges, structural supports (hangers, etc. ) , water .� hammer arrestors, and such other standard or specified accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved system. 5 . Gas service connecting each and every device requiring gas, including gas service entrance. 6 . All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring water, gas , drain, and waste connections. C . WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1 . Cutting, patching, and drilling, except drilling for installation of pipe, supports and fastenings . *� 2 . Painting . 3 . Concrete work. 4 . Electric power wiring. 5 . Excavation and backfill. 1-03 RULES AND REGULATIONS: A. The work shall be performed in such a manner as to conform to the codes and regulations governing such work, as may be .� required by Local and State Ordinances. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall secure all permits required for installation of his materials and shall pay all fees required for such permits. The Plumbing Subcontractor and his ** sub-subcontractors shall inform themselves of all State and Federal work safety rules and regulations, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1971 . All workmen employed on the project shall be instructed in the requirements and shall observe same at all times . B . All work installed under these plans and specifications must be installed in strict accordance with the requirements of all local , state , and other departments having jurisdiction, the utility companies and with the requirements 1576 (NHA)/dmd 15A-2 SECTION 15A PLUMBING ( Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: so A. NOTE: Attention is directed to the Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Documents, the Conditions of the Contract, and Division 1 , General Requirements. All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the proper and complete installation of all sanitary sewer, storm drainage, vent lines, hot, cold, and return hot water piping, pipe insulation, gas piping, sprinkler lines , and the furnishing and installation of all fixtures as set forth or reasonably w implied on the drawings and in these specifications, notwithstanding, that each and every item necessarily involved may not be specifically mentioned. B . WORK INCLUDED: The principal items of plumbing work shall conform to the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and shall include but are not limited to the following: 1. New sanitary waste and vent system within the building, to 10 ft. 0 in . outside the building, installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system. The system shall include all piping, traps, flanges, seals , cleanouts , structural supports (carriers , hangers , etc . ) , roof terminals , fixtures, floor drains, and such other standard accessories as are necessary for a complete , approved system. 2. New storm drainage system within the building to 10 ft. 0 in . outside the building, installed with all incidentals necessary for a complete operational system. The system shall include all piping, traps, flanges, seals, cleanouts, 40 structural supports (hangers, etc. ) , insulation, and such other standard accessories as are necessary for a complete, approved system. 40 3 . Cold water system, connecting each and every fixture , device, and item of equipment requiring cold water , within the building including water service as specified. The system 40 shall be installed with all incidentals necessary for a 1576(NHA)/dmd 15A-1 Nil I MW operation; except such parts made necessary by misuse, am accidents, or negligence not caused by the Elevator Subcontractor. No 3-05 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: The Elevator Subcontractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. -` .W END OF SECTION WA wb 1W .o we ow *W ow 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-16 Im ow wr normal lighting power fails . The power system shall be capable of maintaining the above light intensity for a period of four ( 4 ) hours . 2 . Not less than two ( 2) lamps approximately of equal wattage shall be used. 3 . The emergency lighting system shall be kept in workable condition so that it will perform the functions for which it is intended. 40 Z . EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM: If the ball and/or the means of two-way conversation are normally connected to the building power supply, then shall automatically transfer to a source of emergency power within ten seconds after the normal supply fails . The power shall be capable of providing for the operation of the bell for one hour and the mans of two-way OR conversation for four hours . PART 3 EXECUTION �n 3-01 INSPECTION: A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3-02 INSTALLATION: A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings, the original design, and all pertinent regulations and codes, anchoring all components firmly into position for long life under hard use. 3-03 TESTS: A. In addition to the other requirements, inspections, and tests herein required, upon completion of the elevator installation and before final approval of final payment , the Contractor shall make, in the presence of the Architect-Engineer, a running speed test with full maximum load on the elevator car to determine whether the elevator equipment, as installed, meets the speed, capacity and all other requirements of the specifications. 3-04 MAINTENANCE: A. The Elevator Subcontractor shall furnish maintenance and call-back service of the equipment provided by him for a period of one ( 1 ) year after completion of his work. This service shall include regular examinations of the installation by competent and trained employees of this Subcontractor; and shall include all necessary adjustments, greasing, oiling, cleaning, supplies , and parts to keep the equipment in good 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-15 4W National Electrical Code, to connect the operations buttons and switches to the control board in the power unit. All wiring shall be done in rigid conduit or electric metallic tubing except to movable apparatus which shall be connected by short lengths of flexible conduit. All necessary pipe and fittings to connect the power unit to the jack unit, and oil of the proper grade shall be adequately protected against corrosion. w. T . MAIN LINE STRAINER: A main line strainer and shut-off cock assembly of the self-cleaning type, equipped with a 60 mesh element, and a magnetic drain plug, shall be furnished and installed in the oil line. The unit shall be designed for 300 psi working pressure, shall be compact in design with easy access for cleaning. U . AUTOMATIC GUIDE LUBRICATORS : Lubricators shall be provided and mounted on top of upper guide shoes . Wood felt wiper shall apply an even, uniform flow of oil which shall thoroughly lubricate faces of guide rail , form a leakproof reservoir . V. PAINTING: All exposed metal work furnished under these specifications, except as otherwise specified, shall be painted properly after installation by the elevator ' subcontractor. W. CAR TOP INSPECTION STATION: A car top inspection station *� with an "emergency stop" switch and with constant pressure "up-down" direction buttons shall make the normal operating devices inoperative and give the inspector complete control of the elevator. X. FAILURE PROTECTION: The electrical control circuit shall be designed so that if a malfunction should occur , due to motor starter failure, oil becoming low in the system, or the car failing to reach a landing in the up direction within a pre-determined time, the elevator car will automatically descend to the lowest terminal landing. If power operated doors are used, the doors will automatically open when the car reaches that landing to allow passengers to depart. The doors will then automatically close and all control buttons, except the "door open" button in the car station shall be made inoperative. mot Y. EMERGENCY LIGHTING: Passenger elevator cabs shall be provided with emergency electric lighting conforming to the following: 1 . The emergency system shall provide some general illumination for the car . The intensity of illumination four ( 4 ) feet above the car floor and approximately one ( 1) foot in front of a car station shall be no less than two tenths ( .2 ) of a foot candle . Lights shall be automatically turned on in all elevators in service not more than ten (10) seconds after �* 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-14 �r d . Up-stop valve ( when used ) shall be externally adjustable , and shall be designed to by-pass the oil flow to insure smooth up-stops and to compensate the fly-wheel action. �lAr e . Lowering valve and leveling valve shall be adjustable for drop away speed, lowering speed, leveling speed and stopping speed to insure smooth down starts and stops . f . Manual lowering valve shall be designed for manual lowering of the elevator car in the event of power failure and for use in servicing and adjusting in the elevator mechanism. g . Tank shut-off valve shall be designed for isolating oil in the power unit tank to insure ease of servicing and adjusting the elevator mechanism without removing the oil. from the tank. h . Self-cleaning strainers shall be provided to prevent foreign materials lodging in control system. 6 . Electrical controller shall be of the full magnetic type, with silver to silver contacts on all relays and contactors . Thermal overload relays shall be provided to protect the motor against overloading. All components required for ro er p p performance of the elevator as specified under "operation" section herein, shall be neatly mounted and wired completely enclosed in a cabinet with a mechanically latched door. Control cabinet shall be designed for mounting on power unit, on wall or floor stand. The electric control apparatus shall be completely isolated from the oil reservoir. 7 . Hydraulic muffler device to be blow-out proof designed to reduce hydraulic pulsations, shall be installed in the oil line near the power unit. The power unit assembly shall be mounted on vibration absorbing materials to isolate the unit from the building structure. 8. Sound insulation panels manufactured of reinforced 16 gauge steel with a 1 in . thick 1-1/2# core of fiberglass affixed to interior shall be mounted on all four open sides of the power unit frame. 9. Sound isolating couplings, a minimum of two, shall be installed in the oil line in the machine room between pump and jack and shall be of an approved flexible hose. 10. Vibration pads shall be mounted under the power unit assembly to isolate the unit from the building structure. R. BUFFERS: Suitable buffers shall be provided and installed in the elevator hoistway pit . Buffers shall comply with ANSI A-17.1 Code requirements. S . WIRING, PIPING, AND OIL: All necessary wiring shall be furnished and installed in the hoistway in accordance with the 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-13 Q. POWER UNIT: 1 . Power Unit (oil pumping and control mechanism) shall be compactly and neatly designed with all of the components listed below combined in a self-contained floating inner base for mounting motor-pump assembly; overhead oil reservoir with tank cover and controller compartment with cover; metal drip pan; an oil-hydraulic pump ; an electric motor; an oil control �► unit with the following components built into a single housing; a high pressure relief valve; a check valve; an automatic unloading up-start valve; a lowering and leveling valve ; and a magnetic controller . 2. Pump shall be especially designed and manufactured for oil-hydraulic elevator service. It shall be of the rotary positive displacement type, inherently designed for steady discharge with minimum pulsations to give smooth and quiet operation. Output of pump shall not vary more than 10% . •� Efficiency shall be at least 85% under full rated load . 3 . Motor shall be especially designed for oilhydraulic elevator service, shall be of standard manufacture, and of .w duty rating to comply with herein specified speeds and loads . Motor to have maximum rating of 20 horsepower and shall have a voltage reduced starter . + 4 . Drive shall be by multiple V-belts and sheaves of number and size for duty involved and to insure maximum .. factory of safety. 5 . Oil Control Unit shall consist of the following components, all built into a single assembly . A high pressure relief valve, a safety check, an automatic unloading up-start valve, an automatic unloading up-stop valve, a lowering valve, a leveling valve, a manual lowering valve, and tank shutoff ** valve . All adjustments shall be accessible and shall be made without removing the assembly from the oil line. a . Relief valve (hydraulic overload protection) shall be externally adjusta}21e and shall be capable of by-passing the total oil flow without increasing back pressure more than 10% above that required to barely open the valve . b . Safety check valve shall be designed to close quietly without permitting any perceptable reverse flow. It •*• shall be designed to support the elevator on a positive locked column of oil when car is at rest . C . Up-start valve shall be externally adjustable , and shall be designed to by-pass oil flow during initial start of the motor-pump assembly . The valve shall close slowly, gradually diverting oil to the jack unit, insuring smooth up starts, and to relieve load on the motor during starting. X0 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-12 �r w button colored red, and a door open button. Three floor buttons marked "B" and "1" and "2" . (Note: "B" button to be key operated) . 2 . A push button fixture , with satin finish stainless cover plate fused onto a phenolic base which provides thin black vertical borders, with top and bottom edges rounded shall be installed at each corridor entrance to the elevator . Terminal fixtures shall contain single light up hall buttons. 3 . Car Position Indicator: An electric position indicator shall be provided in each car . Indicator will consist of a finished face plate with numerals , behind each of which shall be a small shielded light bulb, so arranged that as the car travels through the hoistwa its g y position shall be indicated by the illumination of the numeral corresponding to the landing at which the car is stopped or passing. 0. CAR DOOR SAFETY EDGE: An electro-mechanical safety edge shall be provided on the leading edge of the car door . P . JACK UNIT: 1 . The jack unit shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the applicable requirements of Part III of the American Standard Safety Code for Elevators #A17.1 . It shall be of sufficient size to lift the gross load the height specified and shall be factory tested to insure adequate strength and freedom from leakage. No brittle material, such as grey cast iron, shall be used in the jack construction. 2 . The jack unit shall consist of the following parts: a plunger of heavy seamless steel tubing accurately turned and polished; a stop ring shall be electrically welded to the plunger to positively prevent plunger leaving its casing; and internal, babbet-lined, guide bearing; packing or seal or suitable design and quality; a drip ring around casing top; and outer casing made of steel tubing and provided with a pipe connection and air bleeder . Brackets shall be welded to the jack casing for supporting the elevator on pit channels . 3 . Included in the scope of work of this section is all material and labor for the sinking of the jack hole to sufficient depth for proper operation to the elevator. Same to be partially filled with sand. 4. Jack Unit Protection: The casing shall be double 40 wrapped with an approved coating designed to protect it from electrolytic and chemical corr(SO) 5 . Elevator Pit Protection: Install 1/4 in . steel plate +0 closure and other seals at the upper position of the casing as required to prevent any water from entering the pit from the casing. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 14A-11 MOMM 4 . An adjustable time delay will be provided after the car has stopped in response to a hall button, to allow the entering passenger to register his car button before the car will reverse to answer calls in the opposite direction . The car station will contain an emergency switch for stopping the car at any point in its travel . Opening of this switch shall not cancel registered calls , and when the switch is closed , *w the car will continue to answer calls that have been registered . 5 . Car station shall contain an emergency alarm bell button connected to an alarm bell in the hoistway . Car station shall also contain a toggle switch for the cab light . A fan switch and a door open button for stopping the closing motion of the doors and causing them to return automatically to their open position. K. MULTI-SPEED LEVELING: An automatic two-way leveling device shall be incorporated so that the elevator car shall approach landing stops at reduced speed from either direction of the travel either up or down and shall automatically level landings with an accuracy of 1/4 in . plus or minus under varying loads . Landing level shall be maintained as long as the car is within the leveling zone . One way leveling, augmented with an anticreep device , will not be accepted . L. ALARM BELL: Alarm bell shall be installed and located in conformance with ANSI A-17. 1 and all other code requirements . It shall be connected to the buttons marked "bell" in the car , and shall be connected to operate from the car lighting circuit . M. EMERGENCY TERMINAL STOPPING DEVICE AND AUTOMATIC TERMINAL LIMITS : 1 . An Emergency Terminal Stopping Device shall be provided which shall operate independently of the normal terminal stopping device should it fail to slow down the car at the terminal as intended . They shall be so designed and installed that a single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds, or by other conditions , shall not prevent their functioning. 2 . Automatic Terminal Limits: Electric light switches �- shall be placed in the hatchway near the terminal landings and be designed to cut off the electric current and stop the car should it run beyond either terminal landing. N. SIGNAL FIXTURES : 1 . The coverless car station shall also contain an .. emergency safety stop toggle switch, which shall render elevator inoperative when thrown to "stop position" , a key operated light switch, a fan toggle switch, and alarm bell 1576 (NHA)/dmd 14A-10 door operating mechanism shall be arranged for manual operation in event of power failure. The leading edge of the car door shall be provided with a retractable reversal edge, arranged to automatically return car and hoistway doors to the open position in even the doors are obstructed during closing cycle. Door shall automatically close after an adjustable time interval or when the car is dispatched to another landing . AC controlled units with oil checks or other deviations from the above are not acceptable. Door shall remain in the closed Position with the elevator car at rest . H. INTERLOCKS: Each hoistway entrance shall be equipped with an approved type interlock tested as required by code. The interlock shall prevent operation of the car away from the landing until the doors are locked in the closed position, as defined by the code, and shall prevent opening the doors at any landing from the corridor side unless the car is at rest at that landing or is in the leveling zone and stopping at that landing. Interlocks shall bear Underwriters' Laboratories "B" label . I . HOIST WAY DOOR UNLOCKING DEVICE: Hoistway door unlocking devices conforming to the requirements of the ANSI A-17. 1 Code shall be provided to permit authorized persons to gain access IM shall hoistway when elevator car is away from the landing. J. OPERATION: 1 . Operator shall be three stop selective collective automatic push-button operation without attendant . 2 . Control of the elevator shall be automatic in operation by means of pushbuttons in the cab numbered to correspond to floors served, for registering car stops, and "call" pushbuttons at terminal landings . The momentary pressing of one or more buttons shall dispatch the car to the designated landings in the order in which the landings are reached by the car, irrespective of the sequence in which the buttons are pressed. Each landing call will be cancelled when answered. When the car is traveling in the up direction, it shall stop at all floors which car buttons or "up" hall buttons have been pressed; it shall not stop at floors where "down" buttons only have been pressed, unless the stop for that floor has been registered by a car button, or unless the down call is at the highest floor for which any buttons have been pressed . Likewise , the pressing of an "up" button when the car is traveling in the down direction will not intercept the travel unless the stop for that floor has been registered by a car button, or unless the up call is the lowest floor for which any button has been pressed. 3 . When the car has responded to its highest or lowest stop, and stops are registered for the opposite direction , its travel will reverse automatically, and it will then clear the calls registered for that direction . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 14A-9 12. Emergency Exits: Provide unobstructed hinged emergency exit in the top of the cab . The exit shall be equipped with a mechanical stop arranged to open from the outside of the cab without the use of tools . 13 . provide pad hooks and pads . 14 . The cab enclosure should be sound proofed. E. CAR DOORS: A horizontal sliding door of the single speed type shall be furnished and installed on one entrance of the elevator car and equipped with a safety edge to prevent operation of the elevator unless the door is closed. Panel rigidity to be obtained by suitable steel reinforcements. Doors shall be hung on sheave hangers with polyurethane tires " running on a polished steel track and guided at the bottom by non-metallic shoes sliding in an extruded aluminum threshold groove. F. HOISTWAY ENTRANCES (DOORS) : 1 . Hoistway entrances of the hollow metal, horizontal .� sliding side opening single speed type shall be furnished and installed complete at each of the hoistway openings . 2 . Entrances shall consist of doors, frames, sills , hangers, hanger supports, and hanger covers, fascia plates, struts, and all necessary hardware. Finish to be solid color ** baked enamel as selected by the Architect-Engineer. 3 . The entire front wall of the hoistway is to be left open until entrances are installed. After elevator guide rails ., are set and aligned, the entrance frames shall be installed in perfect alignment with the guiderails . Finished walls will then be completed. 4 . Hoistway doors shall be 1-1/2 hour fire resistive construction, bearing a U .L. label . 5 . All door jambs to be equipped with door jamb markings as required under Section 1-03 E. of this specification. 6 . Door Hangers and Tracks : For each hoistway sliding door, furnish and install sheave type , two point suspension hangers and tracks complete. Sheaves shall be 3-1/4 in . in diameter and have polyurethane tires with ball bearings properly sealed to retain grease. Hangers shall be provided with an adjustable slide to take the up-thrust of the doors . Tracks are to be formed steel shapes, smooth surface and shaped to conform to the hanger sheaves . G. DOOR OPERATION: A direct current motor driven heavy duty operator shall be furnished and installed, designed to operate the car and hoistway doors simultaneously. Door movement shall be electrically cushioned at both limits of travel and the 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-8 w 1 . An elevator cab of ornamental design, with appurtenances and appointments as selected, shall be furnished and installed. Cab to be of particleboard construction with formica as selected, stainless steel front return and swing panel, false ceiling with metal frame supporting white enameled aluminum grid diffuser, fluorescent tubes above, stainless steel handrail at rear , and extruded aluminum sill. To be Dover DLP-1 cab design or approved equal . 2 . Canopy: 14 gauge steel substantially reinforced to hold the weight of two working men. Emergency exits provided. Finish to be baked enamel color as selected by the Architect-Engineer. 3 . wall Panels : To be sound deadened, seams and joints lightproofed, all necessary cutouts and reinforcements for hardware, equipment and accessories provided. 4 . Doors: Stainless steel, hollow metal, flush design . Vertical stiffeners and packed with sound deadening material. Doors reinforced to accept all required operating mechanism and hardware. Each door supplied with two removable phenolic door guides . go 5 . Hardware: Include all hardware. 6. Sills shall be extruded aluminum, precision grooved go for door guides . 7 . Entrance columns, head and base shall be finished with PR 16 gauge satin finish stainless steel . 8 . Provide a 3/8 in . by 2 in . stainless steel handrail on the rear wall with 1-1/2 in . clearance from wall . 9. Provide blocking and reinforcements for mounting interlocks , door protective devices, and door operating accessories as required. Hangers and guides shall be as described for hoistway doors . Lead edges of doors shall be equipped with a protective device. 10. The cab lighting shall be a minimum of two separate 34 watt fixtures above the suspended white enameled aluminum eggcrate ceiling. The fluorescent tubes shall be arranged to provide uniform distribution of light over the entire ceiling and produce a light intensity of not les than 5 footcandles at a level of 3 ft. 6 in . above the cab floor. The lighting iw arrangement shall be as approved by the Architect-Engineer . 11 . Ventilation shall be by means of a single speed exhaust blower isolated from the cab to reduce noise and vibration. Blower shall be of sufficient capacity to produce a minimum of two changes per minute . 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-7 .W 2-02 MATERIALS : .. A. EXPOSED METAL PANELS : Stretcher-leveled, cold-rolled, commercial quality carbon steel , complying with ASTM A 366 , Type E, matte finish . B . UNEXPOSED METAL: Hot-rolled, commercial quality carbon steel , pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569. C . STAINLESS STEEL: AISI Type 302/304. D. FLOORING: Removable rubber backed carpeting. E . SILLS: Extruded aluminum. F . HANDRAIL: Stainless steel. 2-03 FABRICATION: ., A. WORKMANSHIP: All work shall be produced to conform to the best accepted standards established by the hollow metal industry. All finished work shall be smooth and free from warps and buckles . All miters shall be well formed and in true alignment. All exposed welded joints shall be smooth, no weld marks to show when finished. B . CAR PLATFORM AND SLING: 1. The dimensions of the car platform shall be as indicated on the drawings . 2 . The platform shall have a fabricated frame of formed and structural steel shapes , gusseted and rigidly welded . Flooring shall be wood . Top floor laid over double layer of wood sub-floor . Carpet floor covering, of color and design as selected, shall be installed on top of cab floor. The underside of the platform shall be protected with a metal fire shield of not less than 26 gauge . , 3 . The sling shall consist of heavy steel channel stiles properly affixed to a steel crosshead and bolster, with adequate bracing members, to remove all strain from the car enclosure. Steel bumper plates shall be affixed to bottom of bolster channels and a platen plate with clamps and cap screws shall be furnished for fastening sling to plunger. C . GUIDES AND GUIDE SHOES: Guides for the elevator car shall be planed steel elevator guide rails, properly fastened to the .,. buildng structure with steel brackets. The lifting frame shall be fitted at top and bottom with swivel guide shoes and nylon gibs . am D . CAR ENCLOSURE (ELEVATOR CAB) : 4W 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-6 Im Lighting Plan 1576-E-6 Typical Non-Residential - Power Plan 1576-E-7 Schedules & Details D . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P.M. Thursday, FEBRUARY 14, 1985 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: A. MANUFACTURERS: All materials , unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of the following manufacturers: Dover Company, Otis , Westinghouse . B . ATTRIBUTES: 1 . Elevator shall be pre-engineered, oildraulic, across the line starting at 2100 lbs , capacity. Speed shall be 100 f .p.m. up and 150 f .p.m, down . Operation shall be simplex selective collective automatic without attendant and with two-way leveling. Travel of car shall be first floor to second floor, second floor to third, or any sequence therein, stopping at three landings and serving three openings, with a total rise of approximately 17 ft . 7 in . Cab shall be 5 ft . 8 in . wide by 4 ft . 3 in . deep clear inside. Inspection shall be from top of cab. Doors shall be 3 ft. 0 in . wide by 7 ft . 0 in . high, single panel, right hand, single slide. Door jamb markings to be provided at each floor. Car and hoistway doors to be D.C. power operated. Cab enclosure shall be all steel with stainless steel door, stainless steel swing return panel and stainless steel handrail. 2 . Walls and back panel finished in formica. To have audible signals with one audible signal for up and two audible signals for down; and light up car buttons with raised numerals and letters. Provide emergency lighting and alarm for cab, a telephone cabinet in the cab, and hoistway access switches at top and bottom landings . Elevator shall be Dover , Fleetwork 21-H model or approved equal by manufacturers listed above. The power supply for the elevator apparatus will be 3 phase, 60 cycles, alternating current. The lighting supply will be 120 volts, 60 cycles, alternating current. C . QUANTITY: In all cases where a device or parts of the equipment is herein referred to in the singular number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete the installation. 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-5 projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad �* windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE N0. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. .. 1-08 FILED SUB-BID : A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44I, inclusive, as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications. C . The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings: NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-2 Foundation Details 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan .■ 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-7 Roof Details 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details STRUCTURAL 1576-S-1 Roof Framing Plan 1576-S-2 Third Floor Framing Plan ., 1576-S-3 Second Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-4 Sections & Details ELECTRICAL ... 1576-E-2 Second Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-5 Typical Non-Residential Space - �• 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-4 loss of power. Construction and operation shall meet Massachusetts Department of Public Safety Elevator Code ELV-2 as revised. OF 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery u of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: The Elevator Subcontractor shall prepare shop and erection drawings showing the general arrangement and loads of the elevator equipment. The drawings shall be approved and the hoistway size verified before proceeding with fabrication and installation of the elevator. C. SAMPLES: Submit samples of all items of interior finish to the Architect-Engineer for approval. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. PROTECT: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. !+ B . REPLACEMENTS: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner . 1-06 GUARANTEE: A. The Elevator Subcontractor shall guarantee that the materials and workmanship of the apparatus installed by him, under these specifications, shall be first class in every respect; and that he will make good any defects, not due to ordinary wear and tear of improper use, which may develop within one year from the date of completion of the installation. 1-07 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2. C. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-3 C . Extend the electrical service from the power panels furnished under Section BE. d . Adequate supports for guide rail brackets and installation of inserts, if used. e . The grouting of door sills and hoistway frames MW after installation of elevator equipment. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: The Elevator Subcontractor shall : ..� 1 . Be regularly engaged in the installation of elevators of the type specified herein, and shall be able to demonstrate at least three installations of this type made by him within the State , which have provided satisfactory operation for a period of at least two years to the date of receipt of his proposal . 2 . Furnish controller, signal fixtures, cab , landing entrances, power unit and jack which are the product of one elevator manufacturer who has been engaged in the manufacture of elevator equipment of the type specified for a period of at least five years prior to the date of his proposal. 3 . Be able to demonstrate that he has provided satisfactory maintenance service for elevators of the type specified and that he has maintained a complete maintenance organization comprised of regularly employed inspectors and mechanics, within the State, for a period of at least five years prior to the date of his proposal. D . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revisions of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and .. Material (ASTM) . E. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: All work shall be performed in accordance with the National Electrical Code, American National Standard Safety Code, and such state and local codes as may be applicable including codes for physically handicapped and emergency lighting provisions for 1576 (NHA)/dmd 14A-2 �, MR SECTION 14A ELEVATOR (Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. Note written notices required under "Article 7 , Payments to Subcontractors" . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of one complete oildraulic elevator as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : 1 . One elevator; three landings. 2 . All permits, inspection fees, and licenses necessary for the execution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Elevator Subcontractor . Assessments and sales tax shall also be paid for by the Elevator Subcontractor. 3 . All exposed metal work furnished under these specifications, except as otherwise specified, shall be 40 painted properly after installation by the Elevator Subcontractor . 40 4 . Sinking of jack hole to sufficient depth for proper operation of the elevator. No extras will be allowed for unusual soil conditions. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . The following work shall be performed under another WA section of the specifications: a . Complete and legal hoistway, pit and machine room of dimensions and specifications required. b . An Underwriters' approved light outlet in the center of the side of the hoistway as shown on the drawings . ww 1576(NHA)/dmd 14A-1 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval **� by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for prefabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions. PART 2 PRODUCTS """ 2-01 COMPACTOR: an A. Model 990 refuse compactor by International Dynetics . 1 . Compaction Force: 4500 lbs . with standard 1/2 HP. on 2 . Construction: Cold-rolled steel panels bonded with stain and scuff resistant vinyl . Stainless steel trim. Corrosion resistant aluminized steel interior . Size shall be 31 in . by 25-5/8 in . by 52-1/4 in . high with a total weight of 600 lbs . 3 . Electrical : 1/2 HP motor , 1750 rpm, 1 PH, 30 second cycle time , 110V, 8 . 6 amps . 4 . Automatic safety door and stop button: When hatch is open machine shall not run. Ram will be able to stop immediately if stop button is pushed. 5 . Finish: Selected by the Architect-Engineer . PART 3 EXECUTION .. 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: Install compactor in all rooms as called for on the drawings . Furnish and install all supports and anchorage required for proper installation of all the work. B . CHECK AND ADJUST all operating items . The compactor shall be installed complete with all required items , controls , and safety devices, all connected. Compactor shall be left in proper operating condition meeting the requirements of the specifications, applicable standards, and recommendations of the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 1576 (NHA)/dmd 11C-2 OR SECTION 11C TRASH COMPACTOR PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of a compactor unit, supports , photoelectric sensor , insecticide and deodorizer dispenser, and all devices and safety controls requisite for fully automatic operation. Also included are roller trays . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General 04 Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: Manufacturer: Products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly ON engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . on D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . E. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or 40 exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety and all Federal and local codes and ordinances . 1576(NHA)/dmd llC-1 disposal , undersink storage compartment, upper cabinet and backsplash. To be E42 EC with integral ends for recessed installation, by Dwyer Products Corp. , or equal by Davis Products Corp. or Acme National Refrigerator Co . , Inc . PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSTALLATION: A . All appliances shall be delivered to the site crated, and shall be then uncrated, installed, test operated and left in • perfect running order . B . Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION ..p 1576(NHA)/dmd 11A-4 ,�„ so B . TYPE "B" CONGREGATE APARTMENTS: 1 . Range shall be electric, 30 in . nominal width with front mounted controls, four ( 4 ) plug-in surface heating elements, individual "ON" indicator lights, oven with bake element and broil element, two oven shelves, broiler pan and chrome rack, oven light; Model RGE 3010 by Whirlpool, or approved equal by Hotpoint or General Electric . 2 . Refrigerator shall be 14 cu . ft. nominal total capacity, two door, top freezer refrigerators, frost-free, storage bins, adjustable shelves , ice trays, egg storage , dual temperature controls, automatic interior lights; Model CTF15CC ON by Hotpoint, or approved equal by General Electric or Frigidaire . Provide two refrigerators at each congregate apartment kitchen. C . TYPE "H" UNITS (HANDICAPPED) : 1. Cooktop shall be 30 in . nominal width with front mounted controls, four ( 4 ) plug-in surface heating elements; Model RU36T by Hotpoint , JP661 by General Electric, TMH34 by Thermador, or approved equal . 2 . Oven shall be built-in single oven 24 in . nominal width with bake element and broil element, two oven shelves , broiler pan and chrome rack, oven light , self-cleaning, automatic oven timer; Model RJ742T by Hotpoint , JRP03 by General Electric, 42201 by Sears, or approved equal . 3 . Refrigerator shall be a nominal 12 cu . ft . total capacity two door freezer-refrigerator frost-free, 2 slide out shelves, two storage bins, 2 door shelves, ice trays, egg storage, power miser switch. Freezer shall not be higher than !" 43 in . above finish floor. To be Model 63231 by Sears or approved equal . D . NEIGHBORHOOD FACILITY KITCHEN: 1. Range shall be electric, 21 in . nominal width with front mounted controls, four ( 4 ) plug-in surface heating elements, individual "on" indicator lights, oven with bake and broil elements, 2 oven shelves, broiler pan and chrome rack, oven light; Model RA513 by Hotpoint, JA S03 by General Electric, 64511 by Sears or approved equal . 2 . Refrigerator shall be same as specified for Type "B" so Congregate Apartment. E. UNIT KITCHEN: 1 . Provide one 39 in . wide unit kitchenette at Community Room No. 1, complete with two ( 2) 6 in . electric surface units, 6 . 2 cu . ft . electric refrigerator , one piece seamless 14 gauge porcelain steel sink and countertop, garbage 1576(NHA)/dmd 11A-3 go 1-04 SUBMITTALS : we A . GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of ., the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: Submit samples of finish showing complete range of colors for each manufacturer submitted. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: Deliver appliances only after wet operations in building are completed. B . STORAGE: Store appliances in a ventilated place, protected from the weather, with relative humidity therein of 50 percent or less and at 70 degrees F. C . PROTECTION: Protect finished surfaces from soiling and *�+ damage during handling and installation. Keep covered with polyethylene film or other protective covering. no PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: „m A. COLOR of appliances to be Almond. B . All appliances to be complete including all levellers, am hold down clips, lamps, anchorage items , fittings , hoses, closures and electrical connections required for operation as per manufacturer' s recommendations. Doors shall be hinged so as to open towards available counter space or as otherwise "� indicated on the drawings . 2-02 APPLIANCES: "* A. TYPE "A" UNITS: 1 . Range shall be gas, 21 in . nominal width with front mounted controls, four 9,000 BTUH cooktop burners, standard 16 ,000 BTUH porcelain enameled oven with removable door, racks , and pull out broiler; Model 70321 by Sears or approved " equal. 2 . Refrigerator shall be 12 cu . ft. nominal total •*� capacity, two door, top freezer , cycle defrost at fresh food compartment, manual defrost at freezer compartment , fruit/vegetable bins , door shelves, refrigerator shelves, ice .. trays, egg storage , adjustable temperature control, automatic interior light; Model CTA 12CC by Hotpoint, TB 12 SC by General Electric, FCD 12TM by Frigidaire , or approved equal . 1576(NHA)/dmd 11A-2 „� SECTION 11A APPLIANCES PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 4W 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all items of appliances as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnishing and installing built-in wall ovens, cooktop units, and refrigerators in the three handicapped apartments . 2 . Furnishing and installing all refrigerators and ranges in 44 apartments . e�w 3 . Furnishing and installing all refrigerators and ranges in 2 congregate apartments. 4 . Furnishing and installing one refrigerator and one range in the Neighborhood Facility Kitchen. 5 . Furnishing and installing one unit kitchen in Community Room No. 1 . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . g B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 1576(NHA)/dmd 11A-1 40 40 perforations . Size and shape as shown on the drawings . Color shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer. Mat shall be No . 1M-15 by Musson or approved equal by American Floor Aft Products or Pawling Rubber Company. J. APARTMENT NUMBERS: Furnish and install 3 in . high cast brass, machine polished house numbers. Provide a total of 175 No individual numbers. Apartment door numbering shall begin with 101 on first floor, 201 on second floor and 301 on third floor. Numbers shall be screw fastened to doors . ON K . MIRRORS: 1. Furnish and install 18 in . by 36 in . mirrors where indicated on the drawings and where specified herein . 2. All mirrors shall be 1/4 in . polished plate glass with two coats of silver, electro-copper clad . Frame to be 20 gauge stainless steel with welded, ground, and polished corners, complete with 24 gauge galvanized steel backs . 3. Mirrors to be No . 541 as manufactured by American Dispenser Company or approved equal by Charles Parker or Bradley Corp. 4. Mountings of mirrors are to be rigid, inconspicuous , securely anchored to walls , and as approved by the Architect-Engineer. 5 . The specified heights above the floor are to the center of the accessory and are approximate , and as shall be specifically directed at the time of installation. L. GRILLE: Furnish and install 16 in . by 8 in . aluminum grille at wall between work room and elevator shaft . Grille shall be .060 in . aluminum with 3/8 in . square perforations . Mount one grille on each face of 12 concrete block wall . Provide 1 in . by 1 in . by .060 in . aluminum and frame at each opening to mount grille. M. DOOR CHIMES: Furnish and install non-electric door chimes at the front entrance door to all the individual housing units. Chime shall be two-tone push-button operated chime with room for name plate at the outside. Chime shall be MCN-304 by Nutone or approved equal . N. CLOTHESLINES: Furnish and install at each type "A" apartment one retractable clothesline at bathtub . To be 6 ft . nylon cord, chrome plated brass housing with concealed wall plate . Clothesline shall be as manufactured by Accessory Specialties, Ketham or equal by Bradley. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 1OA-7 1 . Furnish and install 10 lb . nominal capacity Class ABC * Underwriters' approved multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguishers, as manufactured by the Larsen Mfg . Co . , W.D . Allen Mfg . Co . , Randolph Industries , General Fire .,. Extinguisher, J.H. Johnson Co . , or approved equal . All containers to be filled. 2 . Provide surface mounted fire extinguishers as shown on the drawings . Drawing symbols are as follows : SFE = Surface fire extinguisher without cabinet + + (provide hanger) . G. SIGNS FOR HANDICAPPED: Furnish and install the following: 1 . At Public Toilets provide recessed letter plastic signs 4 in . by 14 in . by 1/16 in . , color to be white on blue , 2 in . letters, drilled and countersunk with wood screws to '* wood door. Provide one sign to read: "MEN" and one sign to read "WOMEN" . 2 . Recessed letter plastic signs 4 in . by 14 in . by 1/16 in . red on white, 2 in . letters marked "EXIT" , drilled and countersunk for self-tapping screws at hollow metal frames and doors. Provide one for each EXIT and additionally wherever indicated on the drawings. 3 . Furnish and install international symbol of access for handicapped, blue and white plastic plaque 4 in . by 4 in . by 1/16 in . with screws to doors at public toilets and one 9 in . by 9 in . by 3/16 in . cast aluminum plaque screwed to wall at designated entry. 4 . All signs to be mounted at a height of 5 ft . 0 in . or as otherwise required by the Architectural Barriers Board. 5 . Signs to be Seton Name Plate Corp. , Best Mfg. Co. , Matthews, Massachusetts Bureau of Corrections or equal . ■* H . FOLDING PARTITION: 1 . Folding partition at Neighborhood Facility shall be Modernfold Model 1200 accordian partition or approved equal by Hufcor or Richards-Wilcox. 2 . Partition shall be manually operated, top supported from standard C-channel track connected to structural support. Outer covering shall be heavy-duty vinyl fabric, with woven fiber backing. Submit color samples for selection by the Architect-Engineer. I . ENTRANCE MATS: Furnish and install pyramid top, pebble base , perforated rubber entrance mats of prime quality rubber compound, free of calendaring and curing defects . Mats shall be 1/2 in . thick with square edges and standard slot 1576 (NHA)/dmd 10A-6 „� 10 . Installation: Mail box units and accessories shall be installed in accurately framed openings, with units plumb and adequately secured in position. C. MAIL COLLECTION BOX: 1. Furnish and install horizontal type, front collection mail box, Type 462 by Bommer or approved equal by Auth or Cutler-Federal. 2 . Box shall have extruded aluminum door and frame with sheet aluminum compartment 16 in . high by 12-1/2 in . wide by 15 in . deep. Box shall be prepared for Postal Service Lock. 3 . Finish shall match that of mail boxes . D . KEY KEEPER: At Vestibule 124 furnish and install Loose Key type Key Keeper, Type 5620 by Bommer or approved equal by Auth or Cutler-Federal. Box shall be of aluminum construction. Door shall be prepared for Postal Service Lock. Finish shall match that of mail boxes . E. EXTERIOR WALL LOUVERS (F.A.I . ) : 1 . Where indicated on plans, furnish and install stationary extruded aluminum louvers as manufactured by Airolite Co . , Air Balance, Inc. , Airline Products Co . , or ow approved equal . 2 . Louver shall be equal to an Airolite Model K638 , 4 in . thick stationary louver . Size of louvers shall be as indicated on the drawings. 3 . Blades and frames shall be constructed of 12 gauge extruded aluminum. Louvers shall be completely assembled by welding at the factory. Louvers shall be provided with 18 by 14 mesh aluminum insect screen attached to the interior face of louver. Louvers shall be color anodized; submit color charts for color section by the Architect-Engineer. 4 . Louver shall be installed straight and plumb and caulked around louver frame to assure adequate sealing to exterior wall surface. r 5 . Furnish all exterior wall louvers except those which are specified under Section 15B, Heating and Ventilating . 40 6 . At elevator shaft furnish louver and glass combination as detailed on the drawings. Louver shall be constructed as described above. Glass shall be 1/8 in . single strength set in aluminum glazing stops . go F. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS: 1576(NHA)/dmd 1OA-5 1 . Furnish and install horizontal type front loading mail �* boxes and accessories at locations indicated on the drawings . Units shall be series 6200 by Bommer or approved equal by Auth Electric Company or Cutler-Federal. Materials , sizes, construction, and installation shall comply with all current Postal Service regulations. Submit shop drawings before fabrication of mail boxes . 2 . Mail boxes shall be 5 in . high by 6 in . wide by 15 in . deep and shall be arranged in units 5 high by 11 wide for a total of 52 operational boxes . 3 . Construction: Mail compartments shall be double-wall type, made of sheet aluminum. Frame members shall be heavy gauge extruded aluminum sections. Compartment doors shall be extruded aluminum not less than .156 in . thick, reinforced at each edge with integral ribs . Doors shall swing on concealed pivots. 4 . Mail Box Type: Mail boxes shall be horizontal type. Units shall be front loading. The master door shall be hinged to the units with a continuous stainless steel hinge. A spring-actuated latch at top and bottom shall be provided for master doors to provide 3-point locking. Access to latch shall be through one compartment door, reserved for and designed to accommodate a lock supplied by the Postal Service. 5 . Locks : Each mail compartment door shall be provided with a lock, keyed different from all other locks supplied for the project . A minimum of 1,000 key changes shall be available for the type lock supplied. Locks shall be 5-pin tumbler cam type and shall be supplied with two ( 2) change keys per lock. 6 . Mail Compartment Identification: Each receptacle shall be equipped with a channel type holder to accommodate a name card for identifying the tenant using the box. Each door shall be provided with a slot 5/8 in . high by 2 in . wide, fitted with a transparent plastic cover and steel back plate, ., and supplied with a standard cardboard strip on which room or apartment number can be printed by Owner . 7 . Trim: Peripheral trim 9/16 in . by 1-1/2 in . , snap-on type extruded aluminum to match mail boxes, shall be supplied with mail box units. 8 . Directories : Shall be Bommer 6800 series or equal by Auth or Cutler-Federal designed to match horizontal mail boxes . Units shall be side mounted type 6821 of configuration as shown on the drawings. 9. Finish: Fronts of units shall be dark bronze ( 313) anodized aluminum. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 10A-4 A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of NO the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions, orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned elevations, grounds, 4" reinforcements, accessories, etc. C. SAMPLES: Submit samples, when directed under PART 3 - EXECUTION, for items so specified. D. COLORS: Submit manufacturer' s complete color range when directed under PART 3 - EXECUTION, for items so specified. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. PROTECTION: Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades. B . REPLACEMENTS: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the 40 Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner . PART 2 PRODUCTS go 2-01 GENERAL: A. The related provisions of Section 5D, Miscellaneous Metals (PART 2 PRODUCTS) shall apply to the work of this section. 2-02 FABRICATED ITEMS : A. MEDICINE CABINETS: 1 . Furnish and install in all Type "H" handicapped baths and Type "B" congregate bedrooms , recessed 14 in . by 24 in . medicine cabinets as indicated on plans. Cabinet shall have three adjustable glass shelves and frame and cover to be finished in baked white enamel paint . To be Nu-Tone #28H Hide-Away Model or approved equal by Ketchum or Lawson. OR 2. Furnish and install in all Type "A" bathrooms , 24 in . by 20 in . surface-mounted medicine cabinets as indicated on plans . Cabinet shall have two adjustable glass shelves with two 12 in . by 18 in . mirror doors. To be Nu-Tone D 924 P with stainless steel trim or approved equal by Ketchum or Lawson. B . MAIL BOXES: 1576(NHA)/dmd 1OA-3 2 . Toilet accessories - See Section 15A. "' 3 . Louvers and grilles in the scope of work of this section are those specifically called for. Grilles and no diffusers required for heating and ventilating work are specified in Section 15B, Heating and Ventilating. 09 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . ..� B. TESTS: 1 . The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 2 . The Awarding Authority shall test samples obtained .. from the job site at its convenience and discretion. C. QUALIFICATIONS: 1 . Manufacturer: Products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture..Qf.. similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect-Engineer. 2 . Installers: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. D . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard ,111e specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . E. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: 1 . The design, construction, and installation of all work for the handicapped shall conform to the latest rules and am regulations of the Architectural Barriers Board. 2 . The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : 1576(NHA)/dmd 10A-2 , SECTION l 0A MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: 40 A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete furnishing of all miscellaneous specialties as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : (SEE PARAGRAPH 3-01 INSTALLATION) 1. Medicine cabinets and mirrors. o 2 . Mail boxes. 3 . Mail collection box. 4 . Key keeper . " 5 . Exterior wall louvers and elevator shaft grille and louver . xx 6 . Fire extinguishers . 7 . Signs for handicapped. 8 . Folding partition. 9 . Entrance mats. 10 . Apartment numbers. 4F 11 . Door chimes . 12 . Clotheslines at bathtubs. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Handrails - See Section 5D. ON MR 1576(NHA)/dmd 1OA-1 40 PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. Before commencing acoustic tile work, all drywall, concrete and ceramic tile work shall be complete and dry. All windows and doors shall be in place and glazed . Area shall be broom cleaned and uninterrupted for free movement of rolling scaffold. 3-02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. The permanent heating and cooling equipment shall be in operation to insure normal building operating temperature . The building shall be free of abnormal moisture. 3-03 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: The suspension system shall be installed to permit border units of greatest possible size . All members shall be aligned for true level surface and straight lines . The acoustical units shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations, and in a manner so as to achieve any specified fire-resistive rating. Install in pattern as shown on the drawings and coordinated with spacing of light fixtures . B. EXPOSED GRID SYSTEM shall have main tees, spaced at 48 in . on center, hung from structure with minimum #12 gauge galvanized wire at 48 in . on center. Interlocking cross tees shall be spaced at 24 in. on center with lower flange providing a flush level intersection. Install extra hanger wires at each corner of light fixtures. Install matching wall moldings around entire perimeter and shims as required for proper runner height . Indicate start panel in each area . C . LAY-IN PANELS shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations. 3-04 CLEANING: A. Following installation, clean soiled or discolored surfaces of units , tees, and moldings . Remove and replace units which are damaged or improperly installed. B . REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 9F-3 MIR by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery �* of materials to the site. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing grid layouts and details of plane changes . C. SAMPLES: Submit samples of the following materials to the Architect-Engineer for approval : 1 . Acoustical ceiling tile. 2 . Exposed suspension system. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in their original unopened containers bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand. B. STORAGE: Store all materials in an enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from the site. 1-06 EXTRA STOCK: A. Furnish approximately two percent of additional tile to the Owner of every type used on this installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: A. All materials , unless otherwise indicated on the drawings , or as specified herein, or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of the following manufacturers: Armstrong; Celotex, U.S . Gypsum; National Gypsum; Conwed; Eastern Products Corp. ; Donn Products, Inc . ; or approved equal . 2-02 MATERIALS: A. ACOUSTIC TILE: Lay-in panels shall be mineral fiberboard tile 24 in . by 48 in . by 3/4 in . tegular edge, Class A, Flame Spread 0-25, U .L. labeled. Tile shall be SECOND LOOK by Armstrong or equal by specified manufacturers. NRC range shall be from . 45 to .55 . B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM: Exposed grid system shall have .. components formed from cold rolled steel, electro-zinc coated and pre-painted. Exposed finish shall have special color, coordinated grid finish to match tile panels . System shall be .� composed of inverted main and cross tees with wall moldings . wre 1576(NHA)/dmd 9F-2 AN SECTION 9F ACOUSTICAL TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all acoustical tile of all types specified throughout the building as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . No B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnishing and installing lay-in acoustic tile ceilings composed of fire-rated lay-in acoustic tile and exposed metal tee grid suspension system in all areas where called for on the drawings and Room Finish Schedule . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B. TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . D . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ; Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association (AIWA) ; and Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval 1576(NHA)/dmd 9F-1 ,No wr 3-06 CLEANING: A. During the progress of the work, remove from the site all so discarded paint materials , rubbish, cans and .rags at the end of each work day. 40 END OF SECTION O w 4M 4 no No 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-13 go 5 . Wood: Softwood doors, windows, and trim shall receive one coat of Pratt and Lambert Interior Trim Primer and two coats of Pratt and Lambert Cellu-Tone . 6 . Sheetrock, Wallboard, or Drywall: Shall be given one •. coat of Vapex wall primer by Pratt and Lambert and one coat of Vapex wall finish. Kitchens and baths shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert wall primer and one coat Pratt and Lambert Aqua-Satin. 7 . Gypsum Wallboard (Drywall) Ceilings : Kitchens and baths to be Pratt and Lambert Semi-Gloss Latex Aqua Satin. All other drywall ceilings shall be given one spray applied coating of Hide-A-Spray Fine Texture Ceiling Paint 91-20 by Pittsburgh Paints. Dry film thickness shall be 2 .3-3 . 9 mils . 8 . Heating Equipment Covers: All convectors, cabinet heaters, enclosures, supports and exposed heating piping in those areas to be painted shall be painted one coat of Pratt ' and Lambert enamel undercoater and one coat of "cellutone satin" in addition to the primer. 9 . Exposed Shelving in Storage Rooms or Closets: Shall be given one coat of primer and one coat of Pratt and Lambert Cellu-Tone . Sanding shall be required between coats. 10 . Pipe covering in finished spaces shall be given a heavy coat of glue size, followed by two coats of interior paint to match adjacent wall or ceiling surfaces. There shall be added to the glue size and to each coat of paint a sufficient amount of fungicidal agent to render the fabric mildewproof. The fungicidal agent shall be of a type which •R will not adversely affect the color, texture , or durability of the paint. Do not paint pipe covering in Mechanical Room 129, Electrical Room 217, and Machine Room 117. 12 . Miscellaneous: Paint walls behind and prime coat the backs of all movable shelving, movable cabinet work and cabinet doors. .. a . Paint walls behind and prime coat the backs of all movable shelving. F. PROTECTION: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by the painting and finishing work. Level all such work undamaged. Correct any damages by cleaning, repairing, or replacing and repainting, as acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . 3-05 PATCHING: A. At the completion of the work of other trades, touch up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces . 1576 (NHA) /dind 9E-12 oil op 40 2 . All galvanized metal shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert Noxide galvanized primer ; two coats Pratt and Lambert r Ef f ecto Enamel. 3 . All non-prefinished trim at windows , soffits , and miscellaneous woodwork shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert Permalize Exterior Primer; two coats Pratt and Lambert Permalize House and Trim. 4. All gallery columns, framing, underside of decking, railings and benches, bumpers, etc. to be stained with two coats Pratt and Lambert penetrating rustic stain. Top surface of deck to receive two coats Pratt and Lambert clear penetrating stain . 5 . Roof Items : a . All fan hoods and other mechanical equipment items and supports for same, above the roof, shall be painted with paint materials as specified for steel above. b . Aluminum structures shall not be painted. E. APPLICATION - INTERIOR: (See Room Finish Schedule) 1 . Concrete: All miscellaneous exposed concrete shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert Vapex Wall Primer; one coat Pratt and Lambert Pro-Hide Alkyd Semi-Gloss . Do not paint concrete floors . 2. Concrete Block Masonry Units at Trombe Wall : Shall receive one coat Pro-Hide block filler and two coats Flat finish. 3 . Ferrous Metal: All miscellaneous ferrous metal work shall receive one coat Interior Trim Primer; two coats Pratt and Lambert Effecto Enamel ( semi-gloss) , all in addition to any shop primer, except as otherwise specified. Included herein are metal doors and frames, handrails, metal work, r metal trim, metal ducts, wire mesh partitions, apartment loadcenter panels, louvers and grilles, access panels, exposed piping, exposed ductwork, metal ceilings or deck, joists, 4" angles, lintels, and all other metal items except as otherwise specified. 4 . Wood: Hardwood doors, trim, handrails , veneers, !' paneling, hardwood, plywood, and other hardwood millwork - Natural: All exposed wood shall receive one coat sanding sealer and two coats of polyurethane with last coat of satin or approved equal . Paint all edges, including tops and bottoms of all doors, a minimum of two coats of varnish after fitting. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-11 am 9. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying A" succeeding coats. All suction spots or "hot spots" after the application of the first coat shall be touched up before applying the second coat. sm 10. Provide "wet paint" signs as required to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings no provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. 11. Each coat of paint shall be a slightly darker color no than preceding coat, unless otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer to prevent skipping. All prime coats shall approximate the finished color, as directed by the Oft Architect-Engineer. B . WORKMANSHIP FOR EXTERIOR PAINTING: 40 1 . Exterior painting shall not be done when the surface temperature is below 50 degrees F. , while the surface is damp, or during cold , rainy or frosty weather. Avoid painting surfaces while then are exposed to hot sun . 2 . All exterior wood trim except vinyl clad trim shall be back-primed before installation with exterior wood primer . 3 . Exterior doors shall have tops , bottoms , and side edges finished the same as the exterior faces of these doors. ". C . WORKMANSHIP FOR INTERIOR PAINTING: 1 . All interior wood trim shall be back-primed before installation with undercoat or penetrating sealer, as required. 2 . Enamel shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between coats to produce an even smooth finish. 3 . Closets shall be finished the same as adjoining rooms , unless otherwise specified. All other surfaces shall be finished the same as nearest adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise specified or directed by the Architect-Engineer. 4 . Paste wood filler applied on open grained wood, after commencing to flatten, shall be wiped across the grain of the .. wood, then with a circular motion to secure a smooth, filled, clean surface with filler remaining in open grain only . After overnight dry, sand surface until smooth before applying specified coat . D . APPLICATION - EXTERIOR: 4W 1 . All ferrous metal, trim, railings, pipes, metal doors and frames, etc. shall receive one coat Pratt and Lambert Noxide primer; two coats Pratt and Lambert Effecto Enamel. am 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-10 a, 1 . Only skilled mechanics shall be employed. Application may be by brush, roller, or spray, upon approval from the Architect-Engineer. 2 . Equipment and tools shall be kept clean and in proper on condition to provide a job commensurate with the intent of this specification. 3 . Do not use same tools for application of paint on smooth surfaces that were originally used to paint concrete block. 4. All materials shall be mixed, thinned, modified and applied only as specified by the manufacturers directions. All priming coats and undercoats shall be tinted to the approximate shade of the final coat. 5. The Painting Subcontractor shall furnish the Architect-Engineer with a schedule showing when he expects to OF have completed the respective coats of paint for the various areas and surfaces. This schedule shall be kept current as job progress dictates. If the Architect-Engineer so directs, the succeeding coats shall not be applied until he has inspected the previous coats. 6 . The Painting Subcontractor not only shall protect his work at all times, but shall also protect all adjacent work and materials by suitable covering or other method during progress of his work. Upon completion of the work, he shall remove all paint and varnish spots from the floors, glass and other surfaces . He shall remove from the premises all rubbish and accumulated materials of whatever nature not caused by " " others and shall leave his part of the work in clean, orderly and acceptable condition. 7. Remove and protect hardware, accessories, device plates, lighting fixtures, factory finished work, and similar items; or provide ample inplace protection. Upon completion of each space, carefully replace all removed items . Remove ,W electrical panel box covers and doors before painting wall. Paint separately and re-install after all paint is dry. 8 . All materials shall be applied under adequate 4" illumination, evenly spread and smoothly flowed-on to avoid runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air bubbles, and excessive roller stipple. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When color , stain, dirt, or undercoats show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional coats until the paint film is uniform in finish, color, appearance, and 4W coverage, at no additional cost to the Owner . Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping. OR 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-9 u 3 . After priming coat has dried P g putty all nail holes, cracks, open joints, and other defects. Putty shall be colored to paint . C . CONCRETE - MASONRY: 1 . Patch large openings and holes and finish flush with adjacent surface. After priming, fill any remaining small holes with swedish putty made by mixing spackle with prime coat of paint. 2. Remove form oil from poured-in-place concrete by washing concrete with xylol or as required for complete removal . 3 . These surfaces shall be dry. No painting shall be done until surfaces are tested by moisture meter and shown to be WX within the acceptable limits of the specified manufacturer and safe to paint, or below 15 percent moisture content. D . FERROUS METAL SURFACES: 1 . Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths. 2 . Remove rust, mill scale, and defective paint down to sound surfaces or bare metal, using scraper, sandpaper or wire brush, as necessary, grind, if necessary, to remove shoulders at edge of sound paint to prevent from photographing finish coats . Rust caused by muriatic acid shall be removed and the surface shall be neutralized. .• 3 . Touch up all bare metal and damaged shop coats with specified rust inhibitive primer. d, 4. For ferrous surfaces with shop coats touch up, as above required, the first coat as listed in the following schedule, may be omitted. 0* E. GALVANIZED METAL SURFACES: Remove dirt and grease with mineral spirits and wipe dry with clean cloths . Do not paint on interior galvanized metal in unless exposed to view. F. DRYWALL SURFACES: Fill all holes and cracks. Sandpaper „,X smooth all joint compound. Before painting any drywall, the surface shall first be tested with a moisture-testing device especially designed for this purpose. No paint or sealer shall be applied on drywall when the moisture content exceeds 5 .5 Am percent as determined by the testing device; test sufficient areas in each space and as often as necessary to determine the proper moisture content for painting. am 3-04 INSTALLATION: A. WORKMANSHIP: am 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-8 so C. The commencing of work in a specific area shall be construed as acceptance of the surfaces , and thereafter the 4• Painting Subcontractor shall be fully responsible for satisfactory work as required herein . 3-02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. Maintain temperature in building at constant 65 degrees F. or above during drying of plaster and masonry, and provide adequate ventilation for escape of moisture from building, in order to prevent mildew, damage to other work and improper drying. Once painting has commenced, provide constant temperature of 65 degrees F. or above, and prevent wide variation in temperature which might result in condensation on freshly painted surfaces. B . Before painting is started in any area, the area shall be broom cleaned and all dust shall be removed by vacuum. C . After painting operations begin in a given area, broom cleaning will not be allowed; cleaning shall then be done only with commercial vacuum cleaning equipment. D. Adequate illumination shall be provided in all areas where painting operations are in progress . 3-03 PREPARATION: A. GENERAL: 1 . This work shall be scheduled and coordinated with other trades and shall not proceed until other work and/or job conditions are as required to achieve satisfactory results . 2 . Surfaces shall be clean, dry and adequately protected from dampness. 3 . Surface shall be free of any foreign materials which will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied coating. 4. Mildew shall be removed and the surfaces neutralized . 5 . Efflorescence on any area shall be corrected by the General Contractor or Masonry Subcontractor before application of paint materials . +�w B . WOOD: 1 . Sandpaper to smooth and even surface , then dust off . 2 . After priming coat has dried, apply shellac , four pounds cut , to all knots, pitch and resinous sapwood . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9E-7 ON .w: A. Except as otherwise specified, proprietary names used hereinafter refer to products manufactured by Pratt and Lambert or Hillyard. B . All paints, varnishes, enamels, lacquers, stains, paste fillers and similar materials must be delivered in the original containers with the seals unbroken and labels intact, . ► and with the manufacturer' s instructions printed thereon. C. All accessory materials , such as linseed oil, shellac and turpentine shall be pure and of highest quality, and shall be approved by the Architect-Engineer. They shall bear identifying labels on the containers, with the manufacturer ' s instructions printed thereon. D. Paint shall be well ground, shall not settle, cake or thicken in the container , shall be readily broken with paddle to a smooth consistency and shall have easy brushing properties . E . Paint shall arrive on the job ready-mixed. Job mixing or job tinting, except for tinting of undercoats, shall not be done except when specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer . F. All thinning and tinting materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular material thinned or tinted. G . No dry pigments shall be mixed with oil on the premises . 2-02 EQUIPMENT: A. Equipment is not required to be new, but shall be adequately commensurate for the work and workmanship required herein . B . Equipment shall include all required ladders , scaffolding, staging , drop cloths, markings , scrapers, tools , sandpaper , dusters , and cleaning solvents as required to perform the work and achieve the results herein specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION OF SURFACES: A. Before starting any work, surfaces to receive paint finishes shall be examined carefully for defects which cannot ` be corrected by the procedures specified herein under "Preparation of Surfaces" and which might prevent satisfactory painting results. Work shall not proceed until such damages are corrected. B . Surfaces shall be clean, dry, smooth, and at the proper temperature. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-6 'w 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-15 Typical Kitchen Plans & Elevations 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elevations „ 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details 1576-A-19 Stair Details No . 1 1576-A-20 Stair Details No. 2 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule 1576-A-22 Window Details No . 1 1576-A-23 Window Details No . 2 1576-A-24 Maintenance Building STRUCTURAL 1576-S-1 Roof Framing Plan 1576-S-2 Third Floor Framing Plan 1576-S-3 Second Floor Framing Plan " 1576-S-4 Sections & Details HEATING AND VENTILATING 1576-HV-1 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-2 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-3 Heating & Ventilating 1576-HV-4 Heating & Ventilating PLUMBING 1576-P-1 Plumbing 1576-P-2 Plumbing 1576-P-3 Plumbing 1576-P-4 Enlarged Plans & Details ELECTRICAL po 1576-E-1 First Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-2 Second Floor Electrical Plan 0w 1576-E-3 Third Floor Electrical Plan 1576-E-4 Typical Unit Plans - Electrical 1576-E-5 Typical Non-Residential Space - Lighting 1576-E-6 Typical Non-Residential Space - Power C . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14, 1985 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS : 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-5 .o B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03, is the �* reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . .. 1-09 FILED SUB-BIDS: A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44I, inclusive , as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications. C . The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings : NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-x-3 Site Development Plan 1576-x-5 Site Details 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-2 Foundation Details 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-6 Roof Plan 1576-A-7 Roof Details 1576-A-8 Exterior Elevations No. 1 1576-A-9 Exterior Elevations No . 2 1576-A-10 Courtyard Elevations 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-4 ,,„ by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: Submit samples to the Architect-Engineer for approval not less than two months before any painting will start. Rejected samples shall be submitted until approved. Obtain approval in writing before delivering materials . 1 . Woodwork: Prepare specimens at least 12 in . square on the wood specified of each natural, stained, or painted finish, in colors shown in the color schedule . 2 . Metals : Prepare specimens at least 12 in. square on sheet metal of each type of finish, applying prime coat, intermediate, and finish coats, in accordance with the color schedule. OR 3 . Approval: Material furnished shall match in color and sheen the approved sample. 40 C. COLORS of all finishes will be set forth in the color schedule to be furnished by the Architect-Engineer . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. All materials used on the job shall be stored in a single place designated by the Owner or the Architect-Engineer. Such storage place shall be kept neat and clean, and all damage thereto or its surroundings shall be made good. Any soiled or used rags, waste and trash must be removed from the building every night, and every precaution taken to avoid the danger of fire. 1-06 GUARANTEE: A. All original paint materials shall be maintained for one year; during this period there shall be no evidence of blisters, streaks, peeling, scalping, running, chalking or staining. r 1-07 EXTRA STOCK: A. Under the scope of work of this section, furnish to the Owner one sealed gallon of each color paint used on the project, with correct identification (both manufacturer' s and Architect-Engineer' s designations) . B . A receipt signed by the Owner will be required as evidence of delivery. 1-08 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-3 requirements of other sections shall be painted or finished as part of the work covered by this section. D. WORK NOT INCLUDED: DO NOT PAINT: *� 1 . Vinyl covered, metal covered or factory prefinished windows and sash, and glazing compounds . 2 . Acoustic tile. 3 . Prefinished radiation enclosures and unit heaters. 4 . Galvanized pipe at clothes pole and antenna and non-ferrous metal such as exterior copper and aluminum work. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the .. results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: 1 . Manufacturer : Products of the following manufacturers will be acceptable, subject to compliance with specification requirements: Pratt and Lambert, Pittsburgh, Benjamin Moore, California Products Company, Glidden or Hillyard. 2 . Subcontractor : a . The Painting Subcontractor shall either verify in writing that he intends to apply the proprietary products listed in the paint schedules, or submit for approval a list of comparable materials of another listed approved manufacturer. This submittal shall include full identifying product names and catalog numbers. b. A competent foreman with a wide background of experience in the work contemplated shall be in charge of the work at all times. .., 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and .. materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9E-2 ON 10 SECTION 9E PAINTING ON (Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all painting and related items as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as noted in the Schedule of Room Finishes . B . The terms "paint" or "painting" as used in this section in a general sense has reference to sealers, varnishes, primers, stains, oils , alkyd-latex-epoxy and enamel-type paints, and the application of these materials . C . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to the painting of : 4M 1 . All surfaces of interior and exterior work which is not indicated as prefinished. 2 . All interior surfaces of masonry, wood, concrete, plaster, gypsum board, and ferrous metal. See Room Finish Schedule. 3 . All exterior surfaces of wood trim. 4. All exposed surfaces of exterior metal work, including galvanizing steel, which are not painted under other sections of the specifications. 5 . All exposed pipes, ducts, hangers, steel and iron, and 4" 5 . surfaces of equipment installed under the "Plumbing" , "Heating and Ventilating" , and "Electrical" sections of this Contract. 6 . The Painting Subcontractor shall examine the specifications for the various other trades and shall thoroughly familiarize himself with their provisions regarding painting. All surfaces that are left unfinished by the 1576(NHA)/dmd 9E-1 ON ON 3-07 ADJUSTING: A. CARPETING shall be checked six months and one year after installation and stretched as necessary, re-cemented as necessary. Repair shall be assessed at this time also . END OF SECTION W 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-7 2 . Apply seaming cement on cut edges of carpet at seams, without being in evidence of face of carpet but securing base of pile at cut . 3 . Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without gaps . Roll lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform total-area bond of carpet to substrate. Remove adhesive (if any appears) promptly from face of installed carpet. 3-04 INSTALLATION: ( With Cushion) A. At all dwelling unit floors, except at kitchens, bathrooms , and handicap apartments, install carpet over carpet cushion. 1 . Install carpet cushion, where indicated above . Use 40 oz . hair and jute cushion. Spot cement in place to adequately secure prior to carpet installation. Use type which complies with flame spread rating required for carpet and cushion. Use large, continuous areas of full roll dimension. Piercing of cushion is not permitted except occasionally and only in minor locations . Layout cushion seam at right angles to carpet seaming without carpet seams occurring directly over cushion seams . Remove bubbles and slightly-stretch cushion. 2 . Install carpet over cushion. Secure firmly and securely over cushion with tackless nailing strips at either wall perimeter . Install as described under 3-03 A. , B . , and C . above. 3 . Trim seams . Sew and tape seams . 4. Stretch carpet drum tight in length and breadth by use of power stretchers. 3-05 CLEANING AND CARE: A. At completion of the work, the carpet shall be thoroughly cleaned and vacuumed. Remove spots, and replace carpet where *' spots can not be removed. This Contractor shall instruct the Owner on proper care and maintenance. B . REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. 3-06 PROTECTION: A. Provide a heavy non-staining paper or plastic walkway as required over carpeting in direction of foot traffic, maintaining intact until carpeted space is acceptable to the Owner . 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-6 A. EXAMINE the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. CLEANING: Immediately prior to installation of the work of this section, thoroughly clean all substrata and remove all oil, grease, paint, varnish, hardeners, and other items which would adversely affect the bond of adhesive. B . LEVELING: Make all substrata level and free from irregularities . Assure one constant floor height after carpet is installed, by grinding or sanding high spots and filling low spots with levelastic as required. 3-03 INSTALLATION: (Direct Cemented) A. GENERAL: Carpeting shall be installed in all locations, wall to wall, in strict accordance with manufacturer' s specifications and cemented direct to underlayment or concrete floors with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. Installation shall conform to the "Standard for Installation of Textile Floor Covering Materials" of the Carpet and Rug Institute, 1982 Edition. Install full-length OR strips of carpeting all in the same direction. Fit neatly at walls and at permanently built-in floor objects, floor electrical outlets, and all intersections and door openings . Align the lines of carpet as woven using no filler strips unless otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer . Carpeting shall continue uninterrupted under all movable furnishings and equipment . Install with pile inclination in one direction. B . PERIMETERS: At all perimeters between carpeted areas and other floor finishes , and at all doors where floor materials change, install metal edge trim. Edging shall be nailed securely into concrete or subfloor. C. SEAMS : Minimize seams where practicable. Locate seams only where shown on the approved shop drawings or where specifically otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer. Locate seams , to the maximum practicable , out of traffic . Where seams relate to doors, center seams under door thickness . Do not place seams parallel to traffic direction or thru doorways . No "T" or diagonal seams will be permitted. D . APPLICATION: 1 . Fit sections of carpet into each room or space prior to application of adhesive. Trim off mill edges unless carpet has been pretrimmed. Maintain straight seams , true with lines of building. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-5 Colors: To be Architect-Engineer' s choice of manufacturer' s complete color range of 12 minimum. Two different colors will be selected. .A b . Dwelling Unit Interiors: Install over cushion. To be Faculty by Lees or approved equal by Bigelow or Mohawk . Moderate traffic standards FHA Bulletin UM44C. Weave - Tufted multi-level loop. Gauge - 1/8 per inch. Stitches per Inch - 8.0 to 9 .3 . Pile Height - .16 to .22. Pile Fiber - Antron III . Dye Method - Yarn dyed or solution dyed. Yarn Ply - 2 ply to 4 ply. Face Weight - 26 oz . Primary Back - Polypropylene. Secondary Back - Polypropylene. Total Weight - 64 oz . sq. yd . min. �. Colors: To be Architect-Engineer' s choice of manufacturer' s complete color range of 12 colors minimum. Three different colors will be selected. B . CUSHION shall be 40 oz . India fiber with rubberized surface as manufactured by General Felt Industries, Dayco, no Ludlow Corp. , or approved equal . It must meet the Hill-Burton requirements for U .S . Public Health Department and ASTM E 84 for flammability. C . ADHESIVE shall be as recommended for the purpose by the manufacturer of the approved carpet and as approved by the Architect-Engineer. am D. METAL TRIM shall be Trimedge A593 or Kintrim #1540. am E . EDGE STRIPS shall be Roberts Smoothedge Carpet Gripper 22/33 Standard with 7/32 pin with height type three with three rows of pins on 9/32 in . backer. so PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION: no 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-4 no PP installation and to protect the work and materials of all other trades. No 1-06 EXTRA STOCK: A . CARPETING: Furnish five percent of each color carpet selected to the Owner for future patching and to assure matching color run. It shall be delivered before commencement of work and turned over to the Owner for proper storage. Job wastes and remnants will not be accepted or considered a part of the five percent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS : A. CARPETING shall be constructed of yarn dyed or solution dyed 4 ply Antron III nylon or 100 percent Anso IV nylon yarns with built-in antistatic control which meets or exceeds the following specification and the minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety for Class III Interior Finish, as manufactured by Lees, Mohawk Carpet, Bigelow Carpet Company, or approved equal . 1. Attributes/Locations: a . Corridors, Lobbies, Administrative, Meeting Rooms , Vestibules, and Handicap Apartments. Adhesive apply direct to concrete slabs or wood underlayment. (No cushion required. ) To be "Investment" by Bigelow or equal by Lees or Mohawk . Standards - Type 3 Class 1 FHA Bulletin UM-44C. Weave - Woven thru the back. Gauge - 1/8 to 1/10 per inch. Stitches Per Inch - 8. 25 to 11.00 . Pile Height - .16 to .20 . ox Pile Fiber - Zeftron 500. Dye Method - Solution dyed. Yarn Ply - 2 ply to 4 ply. Face Weight - 26 oz . Primary Back - 100% polypropylene. Secondary Back - Polypropylene. Total Weight - 56. 00 oz . sq. yd . min. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9D-3 1 . Manufacturer : Products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect-Engineer. • Entire carpet shall be produced by a single manufacturer. Carpet components shall not be " jobbed out" . 2 . Installers: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. D. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: Carpeting shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety. 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. .� B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing location of all seams and location and types of all carpet metal and accessories. " C . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Submit the following: 1 . Complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this section. 2 . Manufacturer' s specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. 3 . Manufacturer' s recommended installation procedures . D. SAMPLES : Submit samples of the full range of colors and patterns of carpet and of exposed accessories available from ..� the proposed manufacturer in the specified qualities . E. AFFIDAVITS: Furnish affidavits certifying that the materials delivered conform to the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety minimum requirements for Flame Spread, Fuel Contributed, and Smoke Density. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: .� A. DELIVERY: Deliver carpeting materials in protective wrapping. B . PROTECTION: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-2 SECTION 9D CARPETS MR PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" am and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials , services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all carpeting. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Installation of all carpet in the building in accordance with the Schedule of Room Finishes and details on the drawings. 2 . The preparation of all floors (including leveling with Levelastic) at all areas to receive new carpet. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A„ A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: 1 . The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by 40 the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 2 . The Awarding Authority shall test samples obtained from the job site upon delivery of the carpet. No installation of carpet shall occur until test results have 4-0 been approved. C. QUALIFICATIONS: 40 to 1576(NHA)/dmd 9D-1 OR 0" C. Materials showing broken corners or fracture lines across their surfaces shall be warmed and removed. Substitute new materials of same color and thickness of reasonable size to eliminate the defect. END OF SECTION 40 aw 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-9 w 5 . Use tapered edge strips, with long lengths at all exposed edges of inlaid vinyl flooring, shall be complementary color . To be vinyl or rubber and of a complementary color . 6 . Install protective edgings with flush screws spaced 6 in . apart; use expansion shields for screws in concrete. Edgings to be installed wherever resilient tile abuts other ,. floor finish. D. RUBBER SAFETY STAIR TREADS: .red 1 . Install at stairs and wherever indicated on the drawings . 2 . The treads and risers shall be carefully fitted in a workmanlike manner, securely bonded with an appropriate epoxy adhesive. The nose of the rubber tread shall fit tightly against the face of the stair riser or nosing. Any voids at the nosing between the stair and the rubber tread shall be filled with an appropriate epoxy stair caulk . All treads and risers shall be t-hor oughly rolled until a firm bond has been obtained. 3-06 FINISHING AND CLEANING: A. Upon completion of the installation of floor covering, adjacent work and after materials have set, clean surfaces with a neutral cleaner as recommended by the manufacturer for the type of floor covering material installed. Remove all cement, dirt and other foreign substances . B . On vinyl composition tile, apply one heavy coat of water emulsion wax and buff to produce well-polished finish. C . Do not permit traffic on finished floors unless they are protected with heavy papers. D. Instruct Owner' s designated representative on proper floor washings and maintenance for tile. E. This Subcontractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. 3-07 ADJUSTMENT: ., A. Inspect and make necessary adjustment within two months of the time that heat is supplied continuously in each finished area. B . Tiles that have not "seated" in a level plane shall have heat applied locally, be quickly rolled to surrounding floor .. tile level. Replace tile material showing minor breaks and fractures with heat and quick rolling. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-8 .. 2. Lay tiles with the grain parallel or reverse, as directed by the Architect-Engineer . 3 . Cut tile to and around permanently built in cabinets of all types, heating and ventilating units, or excessively ON heavy fixed objects . 4. Install protective edgings with flush screws spaced 6 in . apart; use expansion shields for screws in concrete. Edgings to be installed wherever resilient tile abuts other floor finish. B . BASE: Do not apply base until backing material is thoroughly dried out . 1 . Cement base firmly to wall using waterproof cement adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. 2 . Scribe accurately to trim at doors, frames, and other items . 3 . Base throughout shall have top and bottom edges in firm contact with walls and floors. 4. Set premolded inside corners neatly and firmly. C. SHEET VINYL: 1 . Cut sheet vinyl accurately to fit rooms with a minimum of seams . Install in one piece (no intermediate joints) in each space where smaller plan dimension does not exceed 72 in . Bathrooms shall be laid seamless . Achieve minimum seaming in spaces where smaller plan dimension exceeds 72 in . Match edges for color, shading, and pattern at seams . Reverse alternate sheets when pattern permits. Seams shall be at least 6 in . away from underlayment joints. All seams to be welded. ON 2 . Adhere sheet vinyl to substrate according to manufacturer' s recommendation for adhesive and application method. Roll flooring in two directions using a 100 lb . three section roller. 3 . Seams shall be double cut in center of overlap. Weld seams , according to manufacturer' s recommendations to provide "seamless" installation. Lap fully under water closet bases. Scribe tightly to bases of tubs . Meet flush with other contiguous flooring materials . 4 . Caulk joints at bases of tubs with Pecora, DAP or ON Tremco, acrylic polymeric, one part permanently elastic sealant, full depth of finish flooring after tile grout is completely dry. Material shall be certified satisfactory for this use by manufacturer . Match tile grout color . 4P 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-7 C . Immediately prior to installation of resilient flooring materials , subflooring shall be thoroughly dry, broom clean, free of springiness, grease, oil, paint, varnish, curing compound, hardeners, sprinkled cement, mortar, or plaster droppings, dirt, crumbly or scaly surfaces, etc. D . Prime surfaces other than wood if recommended by floor covering manufacturer . E. Coat concrete subfloor with full coatings of cement of brushing and spreading consistency. F . Do not begin work under this section until work of other trades , including painting has been completed. Coordinate with other trades . 3-04 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVES: A. Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions . B . Provide safety precautions during mixing and applications as recommended by adhesive manufacturer . C. Apply uniformly over surfaces and proceed as follows : 1 . Cover only that amount of area which can be covered by flooring materials within the recommended working time of the adhesive. 2 . Remove any adhesive which dries or films over . 3 . Prevent soiling of walls, bases, and adjacent areas by ,■ providing proper protection with approved materials . 4 . Promptly remove any spillage. D. Apply adhesives with notched trowel or other approved tools . E . Clean trowels and rework notches as necessary to insure proper application of adhesive throughout the work period . 3-05 INSTALLATION OF FLOORING MATERIALS : A. TILES: 1 . Use only experienced workmen . Lay tiles so as to insure good contact with close, even joints and with finished surfaces in true plane and smooth field, lay tile square with ••� room axis, with border width varying slightly to accurately aligned manner , and shall fit into breaks and recesses, against base, around pipes , and under saddles . Cut , fit , and scribe border tiles to walls after application of field tile. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-6 **� of Akron, Ohio , Johnson Rubber Co. , or R.C.A. Rubber Co . Stair treads shall have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 . 2 . Materials : Molded rubber stair treads shall be made of a properly cured rubber compound, homogenous from front to so back, free from embedded foreign material. The stair treads shall have a minimum of 80 percent of the back and the nose sanded by the manufacturer to help assure proper adhesion and installation. The coloring matter shall be of good quality, insoluble to water and resistant to alkali , cleaning agents and light. 40 F. UNDERLAYMENT: Fillers shall be mastic type and latex or resin based. To be Levelastic or as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION OF SURFACES: A. EXAMINE substrate for excessive moisture content and unevenness which would prevent execution and quality of resilient flooring as specified. Notify the Architect-Engineer in writing of any defects in the subfloor. B . MOISTURE CONTENT shall not exceed 3 percent by weight as determined by moisture content. C. Do not proceed with installation of work of this section until defects have been corrected except where correction is indicated under preparation of this section. Starting work of this section shall mean the acceptance of the condition of the substrate by the Subcontractor performing the work of this section. 3-02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE in space to receive tile between 70 degrees F. and 90 degrees F. for not less than 24 hours before and 48 hours after installation. B. MAINTAIN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE of 55 degrees F. after flooring is installed except as specified in Paragraph A. above. 3-03 PREPARATION: A. Remove dirt, oil, grease, incompatible curing compounds , or other foreign matter from surfaces to receive floor covering materials . B . Fill substrate cracks which are less than 1/16 in . wide and depressions which are less than 1/8 in . deep with approved type cementitious permanent fillers . W, 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-5 W* no 1576-A-22 Window Details No. 1 C . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2: 00 P .M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14 , 1985 . OR PART 2 PRODUCTS ow 2-01 MATERIALS: A. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: All vinyl composition tile shall .� be 1/8 in . by 12 in . by 12 in . in marbleized color as selected from the manufacturer ' s entire color range of 18 colors, as listed on the Asphalt Tile Institute' s color classifications chart of 1968 for vinyl composition tile. Tile to be as manufactured by Flintkote, Kentile, GAF, or approved equal . Terrazzo and cork patterns are not to be used. Vinyl composition tile shall be first-quality material and composed of thoroughly blended composition of vinyl plastic resins, mineral fibers , alkali-resisting pigments and filters, formed under pressure while hot and cut to size . It shall be dimensionally stable , fire retardant , and thoroughly resistant to alkali , grease and oils; it shall have a smooth, tough wearing face, free from cracks, blisters, and other physical defects affecting its appearance or serviceability. Tile shall be uniform in thickness and accurately cut with square edges . B . VINYL FLOOR COVERING (SHEET VINYL) : Shall be .090 in . „ thick inlaid sheet vinyl Corlon with .050 in . vinyl wear layer in 6-ft , rolls . Load limit to be 100 lbs . per square inch. To have vinyl resin surface with Hydro Corp. back. To be Santa Cruz Aropahoe by Armstrong or approved equal by GAF or Congoleum. Four different colors shall be selected by the Architect-Engineer from the manufacturer ' s full range of colors. Adhesive and installation shall be in accordance with .. manufacturer' s recommendations . C . ADHESIVES: Adhesives shall be waterproofed cement as recommended by the manufacturer of the tile. D . PLASTIC BASES : Cove base shall be vinyl plastic "top set" type, . 08 in . thick, with premolded smooth round top and cove base , 4 in . high or 2-1/2 in . high as indicated on the drawings, and shall be in colors as selected by the Architect-Engineer from the full range of colors by Burke, Kencove , or V.P . I . Asphalt and rubber base shall not be used. All outside corners shall be job cut by V-cut on back in strict accordance with manufacturer' s specifications. Inside corners shall be premolded. Straight base to be similar as applicable. E . RUBBER SAFETY STAIR TREADS: 1 . Molded rubber stair treads shall be #225 heavy duty long nose treads with two full length, grit strips embedded in tread, all as manufactured by the R.C. Mussen Rubber Company 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-4 40 ON specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1-08 FILED SUB-BIDS: A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44I, inclusive, as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements No for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications . C. The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings : NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL ! " 1576-T-1 Title Sheet 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan as 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-11 Typical Building Section 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans 1576-A-14 Typical Non-Residential Spaces 1576-A-15 Typical Kitchen Plans & Elevations 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elevations 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-18 Miscellaneous Details 1576-A-19 Stair Details No. 1 1576-A-20 Stair Details No. 2 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-3 r : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and .. materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Furnish two copies of a list of recommended maintenance products and procedures . C . SAMPLES : Submit samples of each item, color , and pattern available in the specified products from the proposed manufacturer . Quality, color , and mottlings of installed materials shall match approved samples held by the Architect-Engineer. D. COLORS: All colors shall be selected by the Architect-Engineer . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: Deliver materials to the project site in manufacturer' s original, unopened containers with labels indicating brand names, colors, and patterns, and quality designations legible and intact. "! B . STORAGE: Store and protect all materials in accordance with manufacturer' s directions and recommendations and unless otherwise directed, store materials in original containers at not less than 70 degrees F. for not less than 24 hours immediately before installation. 1-06 EXTRA MATERIALS: A. At the start of the work, the following quantities of full sealed boxes of tile shall be delivered to the Owner . Sufficient tile shall be ordered initially so that all tile shall exactly match the tile used. 1. Vinyl Composition Tile: Three boxes of each of four different colors for a total of 12 boxes is required, or the equivalent of a total of 12 boxes as determined by the *" Architect-Engineer . 2 . Sheet Vinyl : Five percent of each color . B . A receipt signed by the Owner will be required as evidence of delivery. 1-07 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid .�► Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates. B . BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work ' 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-2 *+ oft SECTION 9C RESILIENT FLOORS (Filed Sub-Bid Required) PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of 40 all labor , materials, services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all resilient flooring and related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Vinyl composition tile, vinyl bases, vinyl reducers, and underlayments. 2 . Vinyl floor covering. 3 . Safety stair treads. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Carpeting. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the "' results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 1-04 SUBMITTALS : 1576(NHA)/dmd 9C-1 «o B . Remove all grout haze , observing grout manufacturer' s recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. C . Rinse tilework thoroughly with clean water before and after using chemical cleaners. D. Polish surface of tilework with soft cloths. E . This Subcontractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. .. END OF SECTION we 'to- go am .r. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-10 •■ on b. Build-in tile with a rubber-faced beating block to obtain maximum contact between the tile backs and adhesive . Average contact area of adhesive on tile removed for inspection shall be 75 percent or more except that for tile on floors and in wet areas it shall be 95 percent . 40 6 . Remove paper and glue from paper-mounted ceramic tile before the adhesive is firmly set and align individual tile . C. GROUTING OF TILE: Tile on concrete floors shall be firmly set before grouting. This requires at least 48 hours . At adhesive applied floor and wall tiles, carefully and completely remove all adhesive from front of edge and face of tile. Allow 24 hours for solvent to evaporate before grouting. Remove any spacers or ropes before grouting. Remove all glue from face mounted tile before grouting. Using a Portland cement grout of mix a hereinbefore specified, force maximum amount of grout into joints. Clean the joints of cushion edge tile to depth of cushion. Fill joints of square-edge tile flush with surface. Fill all gaps and skips . Do not permit mortar to show through joints. Finished grout shall be uniform in color, smooth, and without voids , pin holes or low spots, and tile shall be clean . Use white silicone rubber grout at all pre-grouted wall tile. D. SEALANT: Seal joints between tile and bathroom fixtures, cutouts around plumbing services, grab bars, tub to floor joint, etc. , with white silicone rubber . E . CURING: 1 . Keep installation at a relatively even temperature during the first 8 hours of cure . Use ventilation, if necessary. Shade areas completely from sun during this period . 2. Damp cure all non-adhesive applied tile installations, including Portland cement grouts , for 72 hours . 3-06 PROTECTION: + A. PROHIBIT all foot and wheel traffic from using newly tiled floors for at least three days; preferably seven days . B . Before traffic is permitted over finished floors, cover floors with building paper and lay board walkways on floors that are to be continuously used as passageways by workmen. Floor areas to be trucked over shall have suitably constructed continuous plank runways of required width installed over building paper . Remove cracked, broken or damaged tile; replace with new. 3-07 CLEANING: A. Clean tile surfaces as thoroughly as possible on completion of grouting. 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-9 OR c . When mixed with water, the mortar shall be of such a consistency and workability that will allow maximum compaction during tamping of the mortar bed. d . Place reinforcement in the center of the mortar bed. �► e . Minimum thickness of the mortar bed: 1-1/4 in. minimum pitch to drain: 1/2 in . per ft. for receptors 10 sq. ft . or less in area and 1/4 in . per ft . for receptors over 10 sq. ft . area . 3 . Laying Floor Tiles : After setting bed has set •• sufficiently to be worked over , sprinkle dry cement over surface; begin tile laying. set straight edges to established lines; reset at suitable intervals to keep joints parallel .� over entire area . Lay tile to straight edges with joints equal throughout tile, after which tamp tile solidly onto bed; use wood blocks of such size as to insure solid bedding, free from depressions, laying out tile to eliminate cut tile to greatest extent possible . Fractional changes in dimensions without varying uniformity of joint widths permitted where required; set tile with suitable cutting tool; rub rough edges, smooth . .� Replace cut tile misfits with properly cut tile. Cut and fit neatly at all corners, recesses, curbs , walls , pipes, floor drains and depressed areas . „ B . ADHESIVE APPLIED CERAMIC TILE (At Wood, Gypsum and Cement Board Substrates ) : 1 . All wall tile shall be applied with organic adhesive. 2 . Floor tile on wood floors shall be applied with organic adhesive over waterproof membrane (except shower receptor area) . 3 . Prime surface of gypsum board and cement board substrate before applying adhesive when recommended by adhesive manufacturer . 4 . Adhesive Application: Spread adhesive on surface to be tiled with notched trowel of type recommended by the manufacturer for the surface and type of tile. Cover surface uniformly without bare spots . Apply adhesive only in areas which can be covered with tile before the adhesive films over . Remove any adhesive that films over and refloat with fresh adhesive . 5 . Setting Tile: a . Press individual tile or sheets of tile into the adhesive , maintaining accurate joint alignment and spacing . 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-8 G. Thoroughly back-up with thin-set bonding material all thin-set trim units, molded or shaped pieces and secure firmly in place . H. Thoroughly back-up with mortar bed mix and secure firmly in place all thick-bed nosings , coves , curbing, gutters, flat .w tile and trimmers, molded or shaped pieces . I . Bond coat mix shall not be used to back-up thick-bed trim and angles . Coat all thick-bed trim shapes with 1/32 to 1/16 40 in . of bond coat mix. J. Finish floor and wall areas level and plumb with no 00 variations exceeding 1/8 in . in 8 ft. from the required plane. K. Finished tiework shall be clean and free of pits, chipped, cracked or scratched tile. 3-05 INSTALLATION: A. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BED (At Concrete Substrates) : 1 . Concrete Floor Slabs : Unless otherwise specified, place and bond the mortar bed to concrete slabs as follows : saturate clean, smooth concrete surface with water immediately prior to placing the bonded mortar bed . Concrete surface to be completely free of standing water . Before placing mortar bed, spread a very thin continuous coating of pure portland cement paste on the concrete surface or dust a thin layer of dry portland cement on the concrete and wet it . Broom the pure portland cement slurry or the wetted portland cement dust to completely coat the concrete surface with a thin and uniform coating. Immediately apply mortar bed. Mortar bed thickness shall be approximately 2 in . 2 . Wood Floors at Shower Receptors: Install waterproof membrane shower pan as a single sheet without any joints, laps, or interruptions. Turn up membrane at least 6 in . at walls and curbs. Corners shall be coated with a 1/16 in . minimum thickness asphalt mastic. 3 . At wood floors outside of the shower areas install a fiberglass reinforced liquid rubber latex and powder waterproof membrane in strict accordance to the manufacturer' s instructions . 4 . MORTAR BED: go a . Mortar bed mix; 1 part portland cement and 4 parts damp sand, by volume . b . Make the mortar bed water resistant by using a waterproof portland cement or an admixture . Mix and use these materials in strict accordance with their manufacturer ' s directions . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9B-7 W oft mortar bed-floor - 1/4 in . in 10 ft . adhesive applied tile-wall - 1/8 in . in 8 ft . 2. Do not proceed with installation work until an unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. B . CONDITION OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE TILE: ..w 1 . Surfaces shall be firm, dry, clean, and free of oily or waxy films . 2 . Grounds, anchors, plugs , hangers, bucks, electrical and mechanical work in or behind tile shall be installed prior to proceeding with tile work. 3-02 PREPARATION: A . ROUGHEN concrete floors which are glossy, painted, or effloresced, or which have loose surface material by sandblasting, chipping, or scarifying . B . CLEAN surface thoroughly to remove all sealers, coatings, oil, wax, dirt, and dust to expose concrete. 3-03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. TEMPERATURE shall be 50 degrees F. minimum during tilework and for seven days after completion. B . HEATERS shall be vented to outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new ti lework. C . LIGHTING shall be adequate for good grouting and cleanup. 3-04 LAYOUT AND WORKMANSHIP: A. CENTER AND BALANCE areas of tile, if possible . ..w B . An excess amount of cuts shall not be made . Usually, no cuts smaller than half size shall be made . Make all cuts on the outer edges of the field . **" C. Smooth cut edges. Install tile without jagged or flaked edges . D . Fit tile closely where edges will be covered by trim, escutcheons, or other similar devices . E . The splitting of tile is expressly prohibited except where no alternate is possible. WAM F. Keep all joint lines straight and of even width, including miters . sm 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9B-6 ,R G. HYDRATED LIME shall conform to ASTM C 206 or C 207, Type S . H. WALL GROUTING MATERIAL shall be Laticrete Dry Bond Grout and Joint Filler gauged with Laticrete 3701 latex or white silicone as recommended by the manufacturer. I . ORGANIC ADHESIVE: Conforming to ANSI A136 .1 , Type I . J. LATEX MORTAR shall conform to ANSI A118 . 4 ( L&M Polycrete, Laticrete) . K . SEALANT shall be white, fungicidal, one-part silicone, w Dow-Corning 784 or equal by General Electric. L. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT SHOWER shall be 5 oz . per sq . ft . , copper sheet bonded between two layers asphalt impregnated cotton fabric. Fabric as manufactured by AFCO, WASCO, or approved equal. #" M. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE AT WOOD FLOORS (NOT AT SHOWER) shall be a fiberglass reinforced liquid rubber latex and powder mix. To be Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane or approved equal . N. REINFORCING: 2 in . by 2 in . by 16/16 gauge welded wire mesh. 2-02 MIXES: A. PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR FOR FLOORS: Portland cement , 1: damp sand; 6 (four at shower receptor ) : hydrated lime; up to 1/10 . B. PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT: Portland cement, 1; sand, 2 . (floors only) . C . LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT: Mix shall be manufacturer' s go prepackaged mix or a latex used with manufacturer' s specified prepacked dry mortar mix. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION OF SURFACES: A. INSPECTION: 1 . Examine surfaces to receive ceramic tile , setting + beds , or accessories before tile installation begins for : a . Defects or conditions adversely affecting quality and execution of tile installation. b . Deviations beyond allowable tolerance of surfaces to receive tile . Maximum variations are: Portland cement 15 76(NHA)/dmd 9B-5 am w� PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. CERAMIC GLAZED WALL TILE: 1 . Conforming to ANSI A137.1-1980 ceramic tile, standard ... grade . Wall tile shall be supplied in back mounted pre-grouted sheets such as REDI-SET System 100 by American Olean or FLEXI-SET by Dal Tile. .. 2 . Edges : Cushion. 3 . Finish: Colored bright glaze , and dull glazed. 4. Nominal Face Sizes : 4-1/4 in. by 4-1/4 in . by 5/16 in . .. 5. Provide spacer lugs on edge of tile. B . TRIM SHAPES AND BASES: 1 . Same type as wall tile - Section 4.2, ANSI A137. 1-1980, ceramic tile. 2. Include bases, bullnose caps, stops, returns, trimmers, and other shapes to finish installation. 3 . Soap holders at tubs and showers shall be #591 by American Olean or approved equal by Cambridge or Dal-Tile. 4 . Color and Finish: Match wall tile. C . CERAMIC MOSAIC FLOOR TILES shall be unglazed ceramic .. mosaic tile block, random patterns in sizes as approved. To be Master-Set as manufactured by American Olean, E-Z Bond by Dal Tile , or approved equal. Special shapes to be as required for gutters, curbs, bases, etc. Ceramic tile shall conform to TCA 137. 1-1976. D . PORTLAND CEMENTS shall be waterproof, white, of approved manufacture , and conforming to ASTM C 150, Type II . E . SAND shall be clean, washed, sharp, durable , fine aggregate, free from silt , loam, clay, soluble salts, organic impurities. Sand for floor setting beds and wall base coats shall be well graded, pass 8 sieve, with not over five percent passing 100-mesh screen. Sand for grout shall pass 30 mesh sieve, with not over five percent passing 100 mesh screen . Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144. F. WATER shall be clean, potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, acids , soluble salts , and organic impurities . 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-4 Pw connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 1-08 FILED SUB-BIDS : A. SUB-BIDS shall be submitted for the work of this section in accordance with the provisions of the General Laws , Chapter 149, Sections 44A through 44I, inclusive, as most recently amended. The time and place for submission of sub-bids are set forth in the "Advertisement" . The procedures and requirements for submitting sub-bids are set for in the "Instructions to Bidders" . B . Required of this Subcontractor is the installation of all materials to be furnished by him under this section of the specifications. C . The work to be done by Subcontractor under this section is shown on the following drawings: NUMBER TITLE ARCHITECTURAL 1576-A-1 Foundation Plan 1576-A-3 First Floor Plan 1576-A-4 Second Floor Plan 1576-A-5 Third Floor Plan 1576-A-12 Typical Wall Sections xx 1576-A-13 Typical Unit Plans 1576-A-16 Typical Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-17 Congregate Bathroom Plans & Elev. 1576-A-21 Room Finish & Door Schedule PLUMBING 1576-P-1 Plumbing 1576-P-2 Plumbing 1576-P-3 Plumbing 1576-P-4 Enlarged Plans & Details C . The time limit for filing sub-bids with the Awarding Authority is 2:00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14 , 1985 . so 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-3 . A. specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ; the Tile Council of American, Inc . (TCA) ; and the American National Standards Institute (ANSI ) A137.1. 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B. SAMPLES: Submit samples of the following materials to the Architect-Engineer for approval. 1 . Glazed ceramic wall tiles. M 2 . Ceramic mosaic tiles. 3 . Ceramic floor tiles. ow C . COLORS: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer from the standard color ranges of each manufacturer from samples submitted as per above. Ceramic tile *■ colors for floors shall be ceramic mosaic standard pattern from manufacturer' s lower two color groups . ON D. CERTIFICATE: Furnish Master Grade Certificate signed by both tile manufacturer and tile subcontractor. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: no A. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site ready for use in their original unopened containers bearing ,n the name of the manufacturer, brand, and grade seals . B . Keep tile cartons dry. no 1-06 EXTRA STOCK: A. Supply the Owner with an extra two percent of each tile in *" clean marked cartons . 1-07 ALTERNATES: 00 A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates. 4W B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid 1W Price No. 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9B-2 •o PW PM SECTION 9B CERAMIC TILE (Filed Sub-Bid Required) 40 PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: '00 A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of w� this section and division and are a part of these specifications . so 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section , without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all ceramic tile work as indicated on the drawings or as specified herein . See Schedule of Room Finishes on the plans for locations of tile . B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : 1 . Glazed ceramic tile wall in toilet rooms and other designated areas. 2 . Ceramic mosaic tile floor. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B. TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: 1 . Manufacturers: Glazed ceramic wall tiles and ceramic 4W mosaic floor tiles to be as manufactured by American Olean, Dal Tile, or approved equal. D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the "" requirements of the latest revision of the standard 4", 1576(NHA)/dmd 9B-1 on 6. Flanges of corners bead and trim shall be concealed by at least two coats of compound. First coat shall be joint compound and second coat may be joint or topping compound feathered out approximately 9 in . from metal bead . 7 . Sand between coats, if necessary, and following the final application of compound. Avoid roughing surface of wallboard. All wallboard and treated seams shall be smooth and uniform and ready for decoration. F. SHOWER WALLS: Install cement board, floor to ceiling, at all shower enclosure walls at type "H" and "B" units . G. BUILT-IN ITEMS : 1 . Frame around all items to be built in such as medicine , cabinets, access panels , etc . with steel studs or cold rolled channels as appropriate. 2 . Where such items have drywall flanges finish as .w described above under Joint Finishing System. 3-05 PATCHING: A. After trim has been applied and prior to decoration, correct all surface damage and defects as required to leave work smooth and without observable blemishes which will show through the decoration. All damaged or defective work will be removed and replaced with new work, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3-06 CLEANING: A. Remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. Do all cleaning required in a manner to avoid scratching, staining, or otherwise damaging any finish work. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 9A-8 5 . Gypsum drywall panels 1/2 in . by 4 ft . shall be screw attached 12 in . on center to all furring runners, furring tees, cross tees and wall track or as shown on design L525, with the long dimension parallel to the furring runners and joints staggered. Loading of any suspension component may not cause deflection of more than 1/360 of the span . Drywall shall be Firecode C. 6 . Floor ceiling system shall be one hour fire rated and shall conform to U .L. Design L525 . 7 . Provide ceiling access panels at all top floor units under attic space. Finish edges of openings and panels as detailed on the drawings. D. ACCESSORY APPLICATION: 1 . Apply corner beads to all external corners of drywall construction. Fasten with wallboard screws spaced 9 in . maximum o.c . on each flange of the bead with the screws opposite. 2 . Apply casing beads at all exposed intersections of wallboard and dissimilar materials . Fasten with wallboard screws spaced 8 in . maximum. E. JOINT FINISHING SYSTEM: Finish all joints of exposed drywall ceilings and walls as follows : 1 . Apply reinforcing tapes to all wallboard joints including internal corners. 2. Apply taping or embedding compound in a thin layer, approximately 4 in . wide, to all joints and angles to be reinforced. Center the tape over the joint and embed in the compound leaving sufficient joint compound under tape to provide a proper bond and leaving a thin skin coat over tape. Reinforce ceiling and inside corner wall angles with tape folded to conform to angle and embedded in compound. 3 . Allow compound to dry thoroughly ( approximately 24 hours) . Apply second coat of joint compound over tape, spread out 3 in . on each side of tape and feather out edges. After thoroughly dry, another coat of joint compound or topping compound shall be applied with a slight uniform crown over the joint. This coat must be smooth with the edges feathered out 3 in . beyond preceding joint. 4. All inside corners shall be coated with at least one coat of joint or topping compound with the edges feathered out . 5 . All screw head dimples shall receive three coats of compound. Apply as each coat is applied to joints , allowing at least 24 hours between each coat . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9A-7 in . of external corners of such openings . Fit wallboards closely but not forcibly together. End joint shall not be more than 1/4 in . wide. Hold wallboard in firm contact with framing .� while driving fasteners. Begin fastening from center of wallboard and slightly below the surface of the wallboard. Screws shall be seated in a simple without breaking face paper . Fasteners shall be located 3/8 in . minimum to 1/2 in . maximum, from edges and ends of panels . Screws shall be a maximum of 12 in . o.c . on ceilings and walls . B . CEILING FURRING SYSTEM: 1. Floor-ceiling system shall be one hour fire-rated and �.. shall conform to U .L. Design L515 . 2 . Screw fasten resilient furring channels , spaced 24 in . o.c . perpendicular to joists, with S type screws to each joist . 3 . Install 1/2 in . fire code gypsum wallboard with long dimension perpendicular to furring channels and the side edges of the board located between joists. Fasten to furring channels with one inch S type screws spaced 12 in . o.c . End .. joints of wallboard similarly fastened to additional pieces of furring channel which extend a minimum of 2-1/2 in . beyond ends of each butt joint and with the channel not extending more than 2-1/2 in . beyond ,the last location at which the channel is nailed to the joists. Screws located one in . minimum distance form side edges and 1/2 in . minimum from butt ends of wallboard sheets. Wallboard on each side of the butt ..R end joint attached to the 2-1/2 in . overlap of furring channel with one additional screw. C. CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM: 1 . Furring runners shall be installed 48 inches on center and be directly suspended by not less than 12 gauge galvanized steel wire spaced 48 inches on center along the turning runners . Hanger wires shall be wrapped tightly at least 3 full turns . 2 . Furring runners shall be interconnected by furring tees 48 inches long spaced 24 in . on center, and also 8 in . MW from the ends of each gypsum drywall panel. 3 . Wall track shall be installed wherever suspension components shall meet vertical surfaces , and the suspension ., component ends shall be butt cut to fit into the wall track. 4 . Pay particular attention to the number and placement ..� of hanger wires around light fixtures as marked on the design plans . Hanger wires shall be wrapped tightly at least 3 full turns . .A ON 1576(NHA)/dmd 9A-6 on MR F. ADHESIVE: Use only adhesives specifically recommended by the manufacturer of drywall for normal or fire-rated assembly as applicable. To be DURABOND Joint Compound 210, or 90 by U . ow S . Gypsum or equivalent by approved manufacturers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITION OF SURFACES: A. EXAMINE all surfaces and supports to which gypsum panels are to be applied. Remedy all defects prior to installation of drywall. Commencement of work under this section constitutes acceptance of responsibility for correction of any defects in the finish work due to faulty sub-surface conditions. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. Care shall be exercised to avoid soiling or spattering of the work of other trades, using cover cloths or other approved means of protection if necessary. B . WALLBOARD shall be cut by scoring and breaking, or by sawing, working from the face side. Openings cut in wallboard to fit electrical outlets, plumbing, piping, etc . shall fit snugly and shall be small enough to be covered by plates and escutcheons. Both face and back paper shall be cut for all cutouts which are not made by sawing. Scribe wallboards neatly where they meet projecting surfaces . C . MIX all adhesives and joint finishing compounds in strict accordance with manufacturer' s directions. Mix only enough at one time to be used up during recommended pot life of compound. 3-03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. In cold weather and during installation of gypsum panels, joint finishing, underlayment compound, and until completely dry, temperatures within the building shall be maintained within the range of 55 degrees F. to 70 degrees F. Adequate a • ventilation shall be provided to carry off excess moisture. 3-04 INSTALLATION: A. SINGLE-LAYER DRYWALL SYSTEM: Apply 1 gypsum wallboard first to ceilings with long dimension at right angles to framing members. Then apply to walls with long dimension running *0 horizontally. Use maximum practical lengths to reduce end joints to an absolute minimum. If end joints do occur , stagger joints and locate as far as possible from center of ceilings on or walls . Support end joints on framing members unless "back blocking system" is used. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall not occur on the same stud . Vertical joints shall be located so as not to align with edges of any windows , ON doors , or other similar openings nor shall they occur within 8 Mw 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9A-5 .gin 2 . At designated areas provide Firecode "C" wallboard, am complying with ASTM C 36 . To be Type III , Grade X, Class 1 . 3 . Moisture Resistant Application: Where gypsum ON wallboard is used in bathrooms , at bath tub walls, and where shown on the drawings, provide moisture resistant gypsum backing board with core and paper facings treated to resist on moisture to comply with ASTM C 630. C . CEMENT BOARD: Provide fiberglass reinforced Portland Cement boards at shower enclosures . Board to be WONDERBOARD or an LATIPANEL by Laticrete. D. DRYWALL ACCESSORIES: no 1 . Fasteners : Provide bugle head type S, with rust resistant finish in sizes recommended by the drywall manufacturer for the application shown . 2 . Acoustical Sealant: At tops, bottoms and sides of all drywall partywall partitions, provide non-drying, non-shrinking, non-migrating acoustical sealant recommended by the drywall manufacturer and conforming to ASTM D 217. 3 . Metal Trim Accessories: Provide trim accessories of .. the sizes required for the drywall applications as shown and specified, fabricated from galvanized steel, and of the following types : " a . At external corners provide corner bead with smooth , rigid metal nose bonded to paper tape flanges . b . For protection of exposed wallboard edges around openings , provide #200-A metal casing bead trim ( joint compound treatment required) . C . Where drywall abuts or intersects dissimilar construction, provide square edge #200-B casing bead ( joint " compound treatment required) . d . Tie wire to be galvanized annealed wire, 16 gauge �** minimum. Hangers for ceilings to be 9 gauge galvanized annealed wire. E. JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS : .. 1 . Joint Tapes : Plain or perforated complying with ASTM C 474. 2 . Joint Compound: Adhesive with or without fillers complying with ASTM C 475 provide in dry powder form of •® pre-mixed ready for application and as follows: Single-Component Treatment: Provide manufacturer' s single component compound for both bedding and finishing joints . 1576(NHA)/dmd 9A-4 ,�, wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 LIGHT GAUGE STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS: A. SUSPENSION SYSTEM (Fire rated) : The gypsum drywall fire rated furring suspension system shall be the FIRE FRONT 650 System as manufactured by Chicago Metallic Corporation or approved equal. 1. All furring runners and furring tees shall be 1-1/2 in . high double web .020 electrogalvanized steel with a 1-3/8 in . wide capped flange face. 2 . All cross tees shall be 1-1/2 in. high double web .020 No electrogalvanized steel with a 15/16 in . wide capped flange face. 3 . Wall track shall be 1-1/2 - 1-5/8 in . inside diameter .020 electrogalvanized steel with a 15/16 - 1 in . wide top and bottom flange face. 4. The system shall provide one hour assembly protection as listed in the Underwriters Laboratories' Fire Resistance 40 Index for Design L525 and all furring runners, furring tees and cross tees shall carry the U .L. label . B . RIGID FURRING CHANNELS: Screw type furring channels +" complying with ASTM C 645, fabricated from 18 gauge steel with manufacturer' s standard zinc protective coating. To be 2 in . , 1-1/2 in . , and 7/8 in . screwable type. C . MANUFACTURER: Miscellaneous light-gauge framing materials produced by one of the following: U .S . Gypsum, Dale Industries, Inc . , or National Rolling Mills/Bundy Corporation. 2-02 GYPSUM DRYWALL MATERIALS: wAr A. MANUFACTURER: For all gypsum work throughout the project , provide drywall materials, including wallboard, accessories , fasteners, and finishing materials produced by one manufacturer. Manufacturer to be U .S . Gypsum, National Gypsum, Celotex, or approved equal. B . GYPSUM WALLBOARD: 1 . Exposed Drywall Surfaces : Provide gypsum wallboard complying with ASTM C 36 with paper-face surface suitable to ON receive decorated finish and with long edges tapered to receive manufacturer ' s standard joint treatment , unless otherwise shown . To be Type III , Grade R, Class 1 . Or ON 1576(NHA)/dmd 9A-3 ow .m Materials (ASTM) . Fire rated assemblies shall conform to Underwriters Laboratories' published standards. .,, 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of so the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: Submit samples of the following materials to the Architect-Engineer for approval: 1 . Fasteners 2 . Furring suspension system 3 . Moldings and trim 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in their original, unopened containers bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand. B . STORAGE: Store all materials in an enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. Damages of deteriorated materials shall be removed from the site. 1-06 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid �* Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire „ project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous *�► projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as .� indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . 1576(NHA)/dmd 9A-2 """ SECTION 9A GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all gypsum drywall work as described in the specifications and indicated on the drawings . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All finish drywall walls and ceilings. 2 . All light-gauge metal framing and accessories. 3 . Draft stops in attic space . 4. Attic access panels. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: Products shall be first quality as manufactured by United States Gypsum, National Gypsum Co . , Milcor , Dale Industries, Chicago Metallic Corp. , or approved equal . D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revisions of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and 1576 (NHA)/dmd 9A-1 so 8 . Glazier shall leave the work free from excess glazing compounds, with all glazing compound surfaces left smooth, uniform in line, with corners neatly struck, and with no defective or broken lights of glass . *�+ 3-05 CLEANING: A. CLEANING of all interior and exterior glass is included in the scope of work of this section and shall be done by professional window cleaners . B . WASH, RINSE, AND DRY GLASS at frequent intervals , particularly during construction . Use soft, clean, grit-free cloths, mild soap, detergent, or a slightly acidic cleaning solution; follow immediately with clean rinse water, and prompt removal of excess rinse water with a clean squeegee. Remove grease and glazing materials with commercial solvents �.. such as Xylene, Toluene, mineral spirits or Naptha and follow with normal wash and rinse. Be careful not to damage glazing seals by overgenerous application of strong solvents . C. DO NOT use harsh cleaners, abrasives, or alkaline materials . Care must be taken to be sure that gritty dirt particles picked up by soft, clean cloths do not scratch glass . D. GLASS which has been damaged by scratches, welding pits, sandblasting, etching and/or damaged edges shall be replaced .s by the General Contractor. E. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-6 „�, e. All glass that is broken, scratched or damaged shall be removed and replaced before acceptance at no expense to the Owner . f . Remove and reset glazing beads with care to avoid marking or defacing any portion of sash, door and beads . g . All lights of glass at exterior metal frames or doors are to be glazed as follows : ( 1) Units of glass on setting blocks shall be bedded in tape on the exterior flange. 00 ( 2 ) Install a heel bead bridging lap between glass , frame member , and glazing stop. ( 3) Before glazing stop is installed, a continuous shim or spacer rod shall be applied in such a way as to bridge the joint between the glass and the stop. ( 4 ) Apply glazing stop. ( 5 ) Remainder of interior space shall be amply filled with a cap bed, and struck off smooth in a neat, uniform manner . ( 6 ) All units of glass are to have spacer shims as recommended by the glass manufacturer and blocking at sills at quarter points from each edge. Lead spacer shims shall not be required where a tape is used for bedding of sash . Spacer shims shall be lead or approved equal. Sash lengths over 30 in . shall have two shims at quarter points from each corner . 4 . Glaze interior sash and doors with 1/4 in . clear tempered glass as shown on the drawings . 5. Glazing for interior sash and doors to be done with approved channel glazing compound. Amply fill interior space and strike off in a smooth, uniform manner. , ► 6. Glazing of glass in wood doors: a . Prime wood sash as required. b . Bed glass in tape. c . Apply heel bead . d . Apply exterior wood stop and fill remainder of space with face glazing compound and strike off smoothly. 7. All larger units of glass to be held in place with spring wire clips spaced 18 in . o.c . around perimeter of frame . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-5 o. General Contractor any conditions which, in his opinion, will prevent the proper execution of his work or endanger its permanency . This Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of his work until such conditions are corrected or adjusted to the satisfaction of this Contractor and the Architect-Engineer. .A 3-02 PREPARATION: A. The sizes of glass indicated on drawings are approximate ow only, determine the actual sizes required by measuring frames to receive glass at the project site, or from guaranteed dimensions provided by the frame, door, or window supplier. ow 3-03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: A. Do no outside glazing in damp or dusty weather or when ow temperature is lower than 40 degrees F. 3-04 INSTALLATION: A. GLASS: 1 . General: All glazing of doors, windows , borrowed lites , sloped glazing and reglazing of existing openings shall be as indicated on the drawings . B . GLAZING: 1 . All glazing shall be in accordance with the procedures recommended in the Glazing Manual of the Flat Glass Jobbers Association unless otherwise specified. 2 . All glass set in entrances, vestibules and architectural metal frames shall be glazed with bulb type gaskets as recommended by the manufacturer . 3 . All glass to be set in metal frames and door shall be glazed as follows : a . Windows are being furnished for inside glazing. *� b . Rebates shall be clean, free from oil and dust, and dry before glazing. Remove all temporary protective coatings . c. Use sealants and glazing compounds as they come from the containers without adulteration. d . Bed glass completely in compounds as specified herein. Apply compound with sufficient pressure to insure complete adhesion to glass and to frame. Cut off immediately after the glass is bedded with full , smooth, accurately formed cuts . Leave clean-cut miters . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-4 ^ No 00 construction techniques may deposit materials of any kind on a glass surface. Provide 2 to 6 in . air space clearance between glass and impervious screen to prevent heat trap. Remove +.0 temporary screens as soon as practical to minimize heat trap condition. go PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: A. All materials shall be the products of PPG, Libbey-Owens-Ford, Combustion Engineering, Tremco , Pecora, DAP, Sonneborn, or Woodmont , Guardian Industries , and +A Mississippi or approved equal. B . GLASS: Manufacturer' s label showing strength and quality will be required on all glass . 2-02 MATERIALS : !' A. GLASS: 1 . 1/4 in . polished clear wire glass to be "Polished Baroque" by Combustion Engineering or approved equal. 2 . 1/4 in . thick tempered safety glass, "Herculite" by PPG or approved equal. B . GLAZING MATERIALS: Glazing tapes , compounds, spacers, accessories , and adapters shall be as manufactured by Tremco, Pecora, Martin Marietta, or approved equal and shall include: 1 . Tape: Pre-shimmmed 440 by Tremco; Pre-shimmed BB-50 Extruseal by Pecora, or Pre-shimmed Chem-Tape 60 by Woodmont. 2 . Heel Bead: Mono by Tremco; Unicrylic 60+ by Pecora or Chemcaulk 800 by Woodmont. 3 . Cap Bead: Lastomeric by Tremco; GC-5 Synthacaulk by Pecora or Sonolastic two-part by Sonneborn. 4 . Channel Glazing Compound: Tremglaze by Tremco; M-251 by Pecora, or approved equal. 5 . Face Glazing Compound: 1012 by DAP; M-242 by Pecora, or approved equal. we PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITION OF CONSTRUCTION: OR A. PRIOR INSPECTION: Before glazing materials are delivered to the site, this Contractor shall examine the parts of the building adjacent to or affecting the installation of his work 00 and shall report in writing to the Architect-Engineer and the 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-3 ww 1 . Manufacturer : All glass shall be made in the United States , and shall be the products of PPG, Libbey-Owens-Ford, Combustion Engineering, Guardian Industries, or equal . D . STANDARDS: All materials, construction, and installation shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications and recommendations of NAAMM and the Flat Glass Jobbers Association. E. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: Glass used in doors shall be etched to identify the labels in accordance with Section 857 . 5 of the Massachusetts Basic Building Code 1980 Edition and with ANSI 297 .1 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and ..e materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: Submit samples of the following materials to the Architect-Engineer for approval : 1 . Each type of glass specified. C. AFFIDAVITS: If requested by the Architect-Engineer, furnish affidavits from manufacturers certifying that materials delivered conform to requirements herein specified. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. STORAGE: Glass shall be stored under cover, in dry spaces as close as possible to the point of installation and protected from damage by adjacent work. Store materials neatly, properly stacked on dunnage off the floor or ground. B . IDENTIFY glassed openings with a colorful flag, festoon or tape suspended near, but not in contact with, the glass. Tapes or banners may be attached to the sash or head, jambs or sill * ► with a non-staining adhesive or by any convenient mechanical means . DO NOT mark or coat glass partially or completely with "X' s" or other symbols with any material whatsoever. C . PROTECTION AND CLEANING: 1 . The General Contractor shall protect the glass against damage from construction activities and harmful substances . The General Contractor shall remove any protective coatings as directed by the Architect-Engineer and shall clean surfaces as ." recommended for the type of finish applied. 2 . Impervious temporary screens of plywood or plastic will be required if welding, sandblasting , or other 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-2 "'" SECTION 8G GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of exterior and interior glazing as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All glass and glazing, throughout the building, of ob metal and wood doors and borrowed lights in metal frames . 2 . Cleaning of all glass. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Glazing of clad windows, Section 8E. 2. Caulking, Section 7A. 3 . Glazing of insulated metal entry doors and sidelights, and aluminum storm doors under Section 8C. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be 40 determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance wM with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 General Requirements" . w C . QUALIFICATIONS: 1576(NHA)/dmd 8G-1 HW-24 Pr . Doors in Maintenance Building 3 pr , butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 lockset Sargent 7704 x KH x removable core " cylinder 1 flush bolt Ives 258 x 18 in . 2 wall stops Ives 401 series END OF SECTION ..ef 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-14 .�„ HW-18 Lobby to Community Room #2; Community Room #1 to Elevator Lobby 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 latchset Sargent 8115 x lever LNG 1 wall or floor stop Ives 463 or 401 series HW-19 Community Room to Community Room 3 pr , butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 latchset Sargent 8115 x lever LNG 2 wall stops Ives 401 series 1 flush bolt Ives 258 x 18 in . HW-20 Gallery to Storage; all levels 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB191 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 lockset Sargent 7704x KH x removable core cylinder HW-21 Laundry to Exterior 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB193 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 closer SArgent 1251 series x stop x hold open x bracket 1 lockset Sargent 8137 x lever LNG 1 threshold Pemko 253 series weatherstripping HW-22 Stairs No. 3 to Exterior Pre-engineered door assembly - See Section 8C, Special Doors. Provide the following accessories: 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6915 x PRK x lever x removable core cylinder 1 thermal barrier threshold Pemko 253 series 1-1/2 pr . butts Stanley FBB191 4=1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 closer Sargent 1251 x stop x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6915 x PRK x lever x removable core cylinder 1 threshold Pemko 253 series weatherstripping HW-23 Overhead Door 1 cylinder - Balance of hardware by others 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-13 go am HW-13 Hall to Vestibule 131; Hall to Laundry Same as HW-12 except add: am 1 wall or floor stop Ives 436 or 401 series HW-14 Exterior Door to Vestibule 131; Exterior to Stair w* No. 3 - Second and Third Floors Pre-engineered door assembly - See Section 8C, Special Doors. Provide the following accessories: 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6913 x PRK x lever x removable core cylinder 1 thermal barrier �* threshold Pemko 253 series HW-14A Doors at Stairs No. 2 and No . 4 Same as HW-14 except omit threshold and weatherstripping HW-15 Neighborhood to Vestibule; Elevator Lobby to Stair No. 3 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D ., 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6904 x PRK x lever x removable core cylinder 1 wall or floor stop' Ives 463 or 401 series HW-16 Neighborhood to Exterior Pre-engineered door assembly - See Section 8C, Special Doors . Provide the following accessories: 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x hold open x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6910 1 thermal barrier threshold Pemko 253 series HW-17 Neighborhood to Storage; Community Room No. 1 to Conference 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 lockset Sargent 7737 x KH x removable core cylinder 1 wall or floor stop Ives 463 or 401 series 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-12 """ W WO HW-7 Folding Doors at Closets Hardware Package Johnson "1800" No HW-8 Sliding Doors (By-Passing) Hardware Package Johnson "2200F" HW-9 Exterior to Vestibule 124 Hall 218 to Exterior as Pre-Engineered Door Assembly - See Section 8C, Special Doors. Provide the following accessories : 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x bracket 1 exit device Sargent 6915 x PRK x lever 1 thermal barrier Pemko 253 series threshold 1 kickplate " HW-10 Vestibule to Lobby 1-1/2 pr , butts Stanley FBB168 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 closer Sargent 1251 series x stop x bracket 1 wall or floor bumper Ives 436 or 401 series 1 exit device Sargent 6913 x PRK x lever x removable core cylinder 1 kicplate 10 in . plstic HW-11 Hall to Mechanical; Hall to Electrical; Mechanical to Exterior; Lobby to Attic Space; Exterior to Maintenance Building; Hall to Machine Room 1-1/2 pr . butts Stanley FBB179 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D Stanley FBB199 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D at doors #17 and #15 1 closer Sargent 1250 series x stop x bracket 1 lockset Sargent 7704 X KH x removable core cylinder x knurled knob Weatherstripping or sound control 40 HW-11A Laundry to Custodial Same as HW-11 except omit weatherstripping and sound control. HW-12 Hall to Toilets; Elevator Lobby to Compactor; First , Second, and Third Floors 1-1/2 pr . butts Stanley FBB168 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 US32D 1 pull Cipco 652N x 43 1 push plate Cipco 752 x 409 1 closer Sargent 125 series x bracket 1 kickplate 10 in . plastic 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-11 M MO B. Labels are required where specifically indicated on plans, door schedule or hardware set by the appropriate suffix above. am C . HARDWARE SCHEDULE: HW-1 Exterior "A" and "B" Apartment Entrance Doors: .. Pre-engineered door assembly - See Section 8C, Special Doors . Provide the following: 1 lever lockset Sargent 7725 x lever ing x removable core cylinder 1 thermal barrier Pemko 253 series threshold Note: Provide threshold at first floor doors only. HW-2 Entry or Hall to Bathroom or Shower ("A" Apartments) ( "B" Congregate) 1 pr , butts Stanley FBB191 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 US10 1 latchset Sargent 2U65 US10 ( "A" Apartments) MW 1 lever latchset Sargent 3U65 US10 ( "B" Congregate) 1 floor or wall bumper Ives 436 x B10 or 401 series x B10 w, HW-3 Entry or Hall to Bedroom ( "A" Apartments) 1 pr butts Stanley FBB191 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 US10 1 latchset Sargent 2U15 US10 1 floor or wall bumper Ives 436 x B10 or 401 series x B10 WA HW-4 Entry to Bedroom ( "H" Apartments) Hall to Bedroom ( "B" Congregate) 1 pr . butts Stanley FBB191 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 US10 1 lever lockset Sargent 3U15 US10 1 floor or wall bumper Ives 436 x B10or 410 series x B10 HW-5 Closet Doors from Bedroom or Entry ( "B" Congregate) Door from Hall to Entry 1 pr , butts Stanley FBB191 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 US10 1 lever lockset Sargent 3U15 US10 1 floor or wall bumper Ives 436 x B10 or 401 series x B10 HW-6 Single Pocket Doors ( "H" Apartments) Pocket door frame Jonso " 1700 113 ** pckage 1576(NHA)/ker_ 8F-10 '" instruct the Owner in the proper use of this system at a pre-arranged meeting prior to occupancy. H . Basic keying will follow these lines : 1 . All exterior apartment doors are to be keyed different subject to MKAA. 2 . All keyed-alike groups where used advisedly will be keyed different from other groups subject to MKAA or MKAB . 3 . All interior doors shall be keyed different subject to MKAB . 4. All cylinders furnished under this section to other equipment suppliers shall be masterkeyed, and shall be of proper type as required for the equipment furnished. I . Submit five (5 ) copies of the keying schedule to the Architect-Engineer for approval. J. Furnish and install Lund 1202 Key cabinet 130 key capacity, furnish two tier system, or approved equal by P.O. Moore. 3-02 KNURLED KNOBS OR PANIC BARS: A. Hardware requirements for the handicapped are included in Section 8F, "Finish Hardware" and no other place. !' B . KNURLED KNOBS: Furnish knobs and knurled panic bars where designated by the letter "K" on the Hardware Schedule . 3-03 SPECIAL NOTES: A. Check backset requirements on "W" doors and exit devices . B . Closer brackets which are used on "W" doors are to be mounted away from the face of the stop toward the inside of the frame to avoid interferences with weatherstripping and shall be furnished with 3/8 in . thick shims, and the correct closer arms . C . Special shim pads are required on closer arms to clear surface-mounted weatherstripping as in B . above. D . At the time of substantial completion and before occupancy takes place, all door closers, exit devices , and locksets shall be inspected and adjusted by the factory representative and a written report shall be submitted to the 4W Architect-Engineer . 3-04 HARDWARE SET NUMBERS AND SCHEDULE: A. A 1 in . latch throw will be required on all locksets. 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-9 on A. At all doors and openings designated "W" on the floor plan, furnish and install the following described weatherstripping equipment as applicable to the condition. B . EQUIPMENT: 1 . Swinging Doors : .� Head and Jambs -- metal or wood Interior -- Pemko 303 AV Exterior -- Pemko 303 ACV 2. Door Bottoms : Interior -- Wood/metal Pemko 315AN Exterior -- Wood/metal Pemko 434A C . Suppliers and contractor shall be responsible for furnishing a schedule of openings showing equipment proposed fore each: the responsibility for quantities and dimensional requirements shall be coordinated with the suppliers of all types of doors being furnished as part of the overall project i .e. , spacing, 'templating,e etc. so as to avoid delays and substitutions as a means of compliance. 40 PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 KEYING (Proprietary Keway) A. Provide for a construction masterkey system and removable core cylinders as specified herein. B . No locks shall be ordered until a keying schedule has been submitted to the Architect-Engineer and Owner for approval . C. All locks shall be masterkeyed to an existing system as later directed during the conference with Owner and Architect-Engineer. D. All locks shall be keyed at the factory to insure a key system of record, and shall provide for 100 additional changes under each masterkey. E. Furnish 3 masterkeys, 3 grandmasterkeys, and 100 key blanks . F. All keys and blanks are to be stamped DO NOT DUPLICATE, and shall be stamped with the change number of each key. Furnish 3 keys per lock. G. This hardware supplier shall tag all keys, complete the ... key gathering and control system using the Owner' s room designations and numbers, as well as the plan designation and 1576(NHA)/ker gF-g �► 2-09 KICKPLATES AND MOP PLATES: A. KICKPLATES shall be 1/8 in . brown plastic 10 in . high x 2 in . less than width of door of all single doors and 1 in . less than each leaf or pair of doors. Furnished with self-tapping screws . Mount top 14 in . above finished floor . B. Where kickplates are specified for use on doors with exit devices, they shall be mounted on adjacent to exit device. C. MOP PLATES shall be 6 in . high by 2 in . less than the width of all single doors and 1 in . less than each leaf of pair of doors. Furnished with self-tapping screws. 2-10 DOOR STOPS: A. DOOR STOPS shall be cast brass or bronze not cast aluminum. Dull chrome plated, with the proper fastening as manufactured by Ives . B. Wherever a door strikes a wall or any other part of the building, furnish a wall-type door stop, Ives 403 or 403-1/3 . C . Wherever a door opens against a wall or any other part of the building, furnish a wall-type door stop, Ives 436 or 438 except corridors where a Baldwin 504 is required. D. Wherever a door opens against another door in converging walls, furnish a Baldwin roller door stop, type 534 or 537. E. See schedule for other special cases, such as stop holders and heavy duty floor stops. 2-11 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SOUNDPROOFING ( "W) : A. Certain doors marked "W" will required weatherstripping or sound control, in accordance with paragraph 2-16 . 2-12 DOOR PULLS : A. DOOR PULLS shall be cast bronze mounted on a wrought stainless steel plate by Cipco or equal by Baldwin or Lindstrom. Center lined door pulls shall be 42 in . above finished floor. 2-13 MUTES: A. Furnish three mutes DM3s for all single doors and two mutes for all pairs of doors in pressed steel frames , except at exterior doors where no mutes are required. 4W 2-14 WEATHERSTRIPPING AND/OR SOUNDPROOFING: "W" go 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-7 fire-rated walls. Where indicated by a suffix "B" or "C" on the hardware set number , the device shall be furnished less dogging. D. The contractor, the supplier, and the device manufacturer' s representative ' shall inspect all devices for the proper installation and function. They shall instruct Owner or its representative in the proper use and maintenance of equipment . E. The height of the horizontal bar shall be placed at 38 in . above the finished floor. The location of the vertical rod at the door stile shall be 3 in . Coordination is mandatory. F. Unless otherwise noted, the left hand reverse bevel door ( LHR) of all pairs of doors shall be the active door, except where multiple pairs are used, then only one leaf is required to be active, that being the extreme left hand door . G . Note paragraph above re: "dogging devices" and U .L. approved devices . 2-07 THRESHOLDS AND SADDLES: A. THRESHOLDS shall be Federal type 833A of aluminum and where used in conjunction with exit devices, must be furnished by the exit device manufacture to insure proper latching. B . Ail thresholds and saddles shall be of sufficient length to cover the entire jamb opening plus "Trim-Face" dimension, and shall be furnished with tamp in type anchors . Wood screw-type anchors will not be accepted and only steel shims shall be used. C . SADDLES shall be Federal type of aluminum smooth top no higher than 1/2 in . 2-08 PUSH PLATES: (See Drawings "Doors and Frames" ) A . PUSH PLATES, except where otherwise specified, shall be 1/8 in . brown plastic and furnished with self-tapping screws. Mounting heights to be as shown . Sizes as required. See schedule, paragraph 3-05 . B . When used in conjunction with exit devices, thP11 chnuld be mounted under the exit devices . (Note: "M.U .P" on set schedule . ) Push plates shall be punched for mounting under latch and lock cases; for cylinders and flush pulls and shall extend to the leading edge of the door. C. Check door details for locations and heights prior to mounting the push plates and/or coordinate with Architect-Engineer' s representative . 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-6 ,�, A. BUTT HINGES shall be as manufactured by Stanley, Hager, or Soss of the type and size as specified and as recommended by the manufacturer for the type, size and frequency of the door shown. 1 . Furnish three hinges per door, except at interior as indicated. Butts to be full mortise except as otherwise required to meet particular situations and of weights motivated. OR 2 . Butts for interior doors shall be steel, regular weight except extra-heavy on doors larger than 3 ft. 0 in . 3 . Butts for fire rated wood veneer doors shall be OF half-surface regular weight . 2-05 DOOR CLOSERS: A. All door closers shall be of Federal type 3230 modified, the type known as the full rack and pinion with back check "* feature , of proper size as described in the manufacturer' s schedule of sizes , as manufactured by Sargent . The closer shall have a cast-iron shell with internal working parts made of special alloy heat-treated steel. This shell shall be covered with a pressure cast aluminum cover which is attached to the cylinder with special hex head screws . Closers shall be equipped with general speed, latch speed, or special delayed speed as called for in the hardware schedule and back check control valves of the non-critical type and adjustable spring power. Closers for both interior and exterior doors shall be equipped with an offset shoe which, when rotated 180 degrees, will permit an increase of power at the latch to overcome draft conditions set up by air movement. B . Closers for doors at certain interior high frequency locations shall be equal to Sargent 251 or 1251 series . C. No closer shall be installed to reach full extension of the arm before the door reaches the positive stop. D . The final hardware schedule must indicate the degree of opening of all doors with closers for the installer s use in conjunction with stop or holders locations and requirements . 2-06 EXIT DEVICES: A. EXIT DEVICES for doors shall be furnished with functions a specified, as manufactured by Sargent 6900 series with cat iron operating arms , latch bolts, strikes and trim, with cold-drawn and forged bronze parts . B. DESIGN TRIM shall be mounted through special pull plate. C. EXIT DEVICES for certain interior doors shall be of the free-latching type less bottom rods, except where located in 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-5 B . EXTERIOR BUTTS: Regular weight , stainless steel. C. INTERIOR BUTTS: Satin bronze , clear coated, US10, regular weight except extra heavy on 42 in . doors. D . DOOR CLOSERS: Aluminum lacquer . E. KICKPLATES AND MOP PLATES: 1/8 in . brown plastic. F. WALL STOPS AND FLOOR STOPS: US10 . G. DOOR PULLS: Satin bronze - US10 . H. PUSH PLATES: 1/8 in . bronze plastic. MW 2-03 LOCKS : an A. GENERAL: Locks shall comply with MPS 4402-3 .4 and the Northampton Housing Authority existing Master Key System and conform with ANSI standards A156 .2-1976 and A115. 3-1971 and .m federal specification series 160, series 161, and series 86. 1 . Exterior: Series 4000 Grade 1 . Sargent 770 and 8100 series, or equal by Corbin or Russwin or Schlage. OR 2 . Exterior: Dwelling unit interiors - Series 1000 Grade 2 Sargent 8100 Level Handle Mortise lock "TRIM LNG" or •w equal by Corbin or Russwin or Schlage. 3 . Interior : Dwelling unit interiors - Series 4000 Grade 3 Sargent 3 line or equal by Corbin , Russwin , or '"" Schlage. 4. Maintenance and Administrative Locks : Series 4000 ow Grade 2 Sargent 7700 series, or equal by Corbin , Russwin, or Schlage . OW B . BACKSET: 1 . All locks for interior doors shall have 2-3/4 in . backset. no 2 . All locks for exit devices shall have 3 in . backset. AM 3 . All locks for exterior doors (except exit devices) shall have 2-3/4 in . backset. do C. LOCK TRIM: This specification is based on Sargent with 2-1/8 in . wrought brass or bronze knobs and 3-1/8 in . wrought brass or bronze roses . Lock trim or other manufacturers acceptable as equivalent. am 2-04 BUTT HINGES AND PIVOTS: 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-4 """" erg so C . SAMPLES: Submit one sample of each item of hardware to the Architect-Engineer for approval, if so instructed. Sample items will be retained by the Architect-Engineer until 00 hardware has been applied and then turned over to the Contractor for installation. No 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. PACKING AND MARKING: Package each item of hardware and each lockset separately in individual containers complete with necessary screws , keys, instructions, and installation templates for spotting mortising tools , mark each container with item number corresponding to number of the contractor ' s hardware schedule . Each key shall be identified as later described in this specification. 1-06 EXTRA STOCK: - A. Furnish to the Owner' s representative the following extra items of hardware: 1 . 6 dwelling unit entrance locks, 3 LH, 3 RH . 2. 2 public area unit interior locks, 1 LH, 1 RH . 3 . 2 exterior door closers 1 RH , 1 LH 4100 series complete with arms . 4 . 2 interior door closers, 1 RH , 1 LH 4030 series with arms . 5 . 2 public area exterior locks, 1 LH, 1 RH . B . Furnish complete parts listed for all items of : 1 . Exit devices . 2 . Closers. 3 . Locksets. 4 . Hold open arms . C. Additional cylinders as described in Section 3-05 . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MANUFACTURER' S REFERENCE NUMBERS: A. Where items of hardware herein are specified by reference numbers of manufacturers, they are taken from catalogs of Stanley Works, Sargent, Pemko , and Ives . Hardware of other manufacture may be used if equal in quality, finish, appearance, operations nad function, subject to the approval " ! of the Architect-Engineer and except as otherwise specified. All substitutions must be made and approved prior to the closing of bids by written request and approval . 2-02 FINISHES AND WEIGHTS: A. LOCKS, EXIT DEVICES, DOOR STOPS , PULLS : Dull chrome - US26D. 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-3 .w equipment on all openings as indicated by ( "A" , "B" , or "C" Label ) . That is to say, positive close and positive latch. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . ., B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: Hardware supplied and installed under this section of the specifications shall meet the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Architectural Barriers Board rules and regulations for Building Facilities for the Visually and Physically Handicapped, 521CMR, Rules and Regulations, dated April 1, 1982 . Any conflicts of this specification as written with the above regulation shall be brought to the attention of the Architect-Engineer . 1-04 SUBMITTALS : ... A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . ow B . HARDWARE SCHEDULE: w. 1 . Submit seven copies of the hardware schedule to the Architect-Engineer for approval. on 2 . Hardware schedules shall list each individual door or pairs of doors in the manner recommended by the American Society for Architectural Hardware Consultants and shall include the hardware set symbol and frame number . Only doors no of identical size and material shall be grouped under a single heading and total quantities listed. 00 3 . Horizontal form of hardware scheduling will also be accepted if it is , in the judgement of the Architect-Engineer, clear and concise. am Sample Heading Heading #6 (HW-1) a" 1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 106 RH Frm #78 Key Set 1 Door F Corridor 101 to Room 107 RH Frm #82 Key Set emo 15.76(NHA)/ker 8F-2 am SECTION 8F FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, services, and equipment necessary for *" and reasonably incidental to the complete furnishing of all hardware specified herein. Coordinate with divisions for supervisory requirements of templates and installation. Final adjustment and servicing of all units of hardware shall be required before final acceptance and payment. B . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Cabinet and display 4P case hardware, sash hardware, handrail backsets, and toilet stall hardware, mirrors, grab bars, and toilet accessories . C. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS : 1 . The hardware sets shown in this specification are furnished for information and as a guide only. The complete quantity requirements for each and every opening shall be the responsibility of the hardware contractor. 2 . Hardware sets not shown on the drawings for new doors and storage closets shall be provided with hardware sets as indicated for other similar doors. 3 . Hardware sets listed in the specifications but not shown on drawings shall be disregarded, unless applicable under 2. above; see detailed drawings. 4 . No additional compensation will be allowed for minor variations required by job conditions that result in changes between materials specified herein and that material subsequently purchased or required to suit a need or as required under 2 . and 3 . above. 5 . The current N.F.P.A. Bulletin #101 an #80 requirements and Underwriters Label recommendations for two hour openings in fire walls, shall be required for all 1576(NHA)/ker 8F-1 Oft oft 3 . Install perimeter vinyl clad trim and caulk with silicone caulking compound. All cut edges of vinyl trim shall be covered with matching "J" channel and set in silicone •m caulking. 4 . Angle bay spandrel panels shall be finish nailed and «. neatly caulked as per manufacturer' s recommendations and all joints caulked with silicone caulking. All angles shall be neatly miter cut and silicone caulked. 3-05 CLEANING: A. Clean clad surfaces to remove soil without using abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents. B . Remove debris from work site. C. Leave window units in closed and locked position. END OF SECTION .w .ws 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-8 r PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION: A. Before installation is commenced, opening shall be inspected. Surfaces shall be clean and dry. Wood frame wall shall be dry, clean, sound and well-nailed, and/or glued , free of voids and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 in . of the opening. B . Verify that rough opening is correct . Sill plate shall be level. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. Remove protection blocks . B . Close and lock all operating sash. 3-03 INSTALLATION: A. INSTALLER shall conform to the installation instructions and manufacturer' s installation instruction sheets . B . WOOD FRAME and masonry with wood buck construction. 1 . Center window in opening, rest bottom on leveled sill plate. 2 . Level window unit and nail with 1-3/4 in . roofing nails where recommended. Leave adequate clearance for caulking around entire perimeter . 3 . Square the window, check reveal around sash perimeter. 4 . Shim and block as required, check width at center to avoid "hourglass" or bowed-out installation. Complete nailing. 5 . Test for smooth operation of sash. 3-04 EXTERIOR FINISHING: A. Vinyl or aluminum clad mullion trim, flashing, perimeter of trim and spandrel panels. 1 . Apply vinyl or aluminum trim strip starting flush with bottom of sill. Press leg into joint between jambs and seat firmly with wood block and hammer. 2. Flashing: Apply 8 in . piece of vinyl head flashing with vinyl to vinyl adhesive as recommended by manufacturer . Tape down ends of flashing until adhesive has set. At metal clad windows , flash as recommended and as indicated on the on drawings . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-7 H . HARDWARE: 1 . Hardware shall include all-steel worm-gear sash operator with hardened gears and exclusive draw-in compound-action heavy-gauge plated steel operator arm. Clad casement shall have cam-action sash lock at jamb, one installed on sash up to 48 in . ( 1 219 mm) glass height; two locks (unison operating) installed on sash with glass heights of 48 in . and over . 2 . Sash operator crank and lock shall be finished in baked bronze enamel . 3 . At all double hung windows provide two additional security bolts per window. Bolts shall be No. 87B10 by Ives or approved equal and shall be dull bronze plated extruded bars. I. SCREEN: All venting sash shall be furnished with a screen including attaching hardware. Screen frames shall be .020 in. rolled aluminum with rigid vinyl corner lock. Frame shall have •• chromate conversion coating and white high-bake vinyl finish. Screen cloth shall be aluminum or fiberglass 18 x 16 mesh with gun metal finish. J. EXTERIOR MULLION AND PERIMETER TRIM: Where indicated on the drawings, vinyl or aluminum clad trim shall be used for auxiliary casing, narrow, or support mullions. 1 . Trim strips shall be rigid vinyl clad or aluminum clad wood filler strips as supplied by window manufacturer for .. joining of same product line. 2 . Wood fillers shall be treated with water repellant preservative after matching in accordance with NWMA I.S .-4. K. EXTENSION TRIM: Wood jambs shall be machined from clear material. Wood head and seat boards at angle bay windows shall be clear pine veneer plywood. L. ANGLE BAY SPANDREL PANELS : Where indicated on the drawings, rigid vinyl laminated board shall be provided at angle bay windows . Provide matching vinyl "J" , "H" , and "Z" channels as required for all joints in and perimeter of clad panels . 2-03 CLAD PATIO DOOR: ,w A. MATERIALS shall be as specified in Section 2-02 above. B . GLASS shall be double pane insulating high performance ow safety glass . C . SCREEN shall be 18 x 16 aluminum mesh . ow 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-6 wo OR E. FRAMES shall be sheathed with pre-formed rigid vinyl or 0 .024 in . thick aluminum to provide a joint free cover . Preformed sill tanks shall be bonded to wood sill base with a vinyl-to-wood adhesive. PVC frame sheathing shall have a minimum thickness of .020 in . at inside edge and .040 in . at integral flanges used for installation and flashing. Preformed sheathing shall be bonded to wood frame with a vinyl-to-wood adhesive. A retractable vinyl head stop operated by captive screws shall be attached to head jamb . F. GLAZING: 1 . Sash shall be factory glazed with elastic glazing sealant and snap-in rigid vinyl glazing bead. 2 . Glass shall be double pane insulating high performance glass at all double hung, casement and awning windows . 3 . Glass shall be single pane tempered safety glass at Stairs #1 , #2, and #4. G. WEATHERSTRIPPING: 1. Awning and casement sash at the meeting stile area shall have a spring tension rigid vinyl foam backed weatherstripping with a baffle mounted on exterior surface . In venting sash area applied to frame on the sill, head and operating jamb there shall be spring tension rigid vinyl weatherstripping. 40 2 . Double hung sash shall have foam type weatherstripping applied to top and bottom rails and rigid vinyl leaf weatherstripping on check rail . Jambs to have polypropylene leaf weatherstrip with foam inserts . 3. Stationary sash shall have a spring tension rigid vinyl foam backed weatherstripping with vinyl baffle applied to interior surface of meeting stile. On stationary jamb sash area there shall be a foam gasket weatherstrip. Area between the bottom rail of stationary sash, vinyl filler member shall �. be weatherstripped with spring tension rigid vinyl . 4 . When tested in accordance with procedure of ASTM E 283, total air infiltration shall not exceed .25 cfm per crack foot of perimeter when subjected to a static pressure equivalent to a 25 mph wind. ( 1.56 psf . ) . 5 . When tested in accordance with procedures of ASTM E 331, no water shall pass interior face of unit when subjected to a static pressure of 6 .24 psf for 15 minutes . 6 . Weatherstripping for patio door shall be PVC rigid vinyl . wr 7 . All weatherstripping shall be factory applied. 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-5 M connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous .ft projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Oft D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO . 2 , Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in WW connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in. by 17 in . wq, wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS am 2-01 GENERAL: 4W A. WINDOWS shall be wood casement , angle bay, awning and double hung windows clad in PVC or aluminum complete with all required frame extensions, head and seat boards, as IM manufactured by Andersen Corporation; Pella, or approved equal . Average "U" factor shall be .30 . B . PATIO DOOR shall be wood clad in PVC or aluminum as "" manufactured by Andersen or Pella. Average "U" factor shall be . 33 . am C . VINYL LAMINATED BOARD shall be .040 in . rigid sheet vinyl laminated to 1/2 in . exterior grade plywood as manufactured by Andersen, or approved equal . 2-02 MATERIALS: A. WOOD: *�* 1 . Wood members shall be made from a species approved in NWMA I .S . 2-73 and dried to a moisture content of six to twelve percent before fabrication. 2 . Wood sash and frame members shall be treated with a water repellent preservative after machining in accordance with NWMA I .S .-4 . All exposed wood members to be prefinished on interior with white urethane factory applied finish . B . RIGID VINYL ( PVC) used for frame and sash shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1784-69, class 14344-C. Color to be white. �. C . ALUMINUM shall be Type 6063-T6 extruded. Color to be white. D . SASH MEMBERS shall consist of a wood core completely clad with seamless rigid vinyl extrusion . 040 in . thickness or 0 .024 in . thick aluminum. Corners shall be heat welded . �.. Exterior surfaces of double-hung sash shall be prefinished with white polyurea factory applied finish . 1576 (NHA) /dmd 8E-4 .W am D. List of at least three projects of a similar nature by installer which have been installed during the last three years, identified with project name, location, and date. Ow E. Manufacturer' s installation manual . F. Upon completion of the work required by this section, 40 submit one Owner' s manual. , identified with project name, location and date; type and size of window installed; and wall type in which it is installed, including sketches where ON necessary. Include recommendations for periodic inspections, care and maintenance. Identify common causes of damage with instructions for temporary patching until permanent repair can be made . G. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit detailed shop drawings for all windows . 1-06 EXTRA SASH: A. Furnish two extra setts of sash for "A" , "B" , and "E" windows to Owner . 1-07 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVER materials to job site in sealed, undamaged cartons. Protect uncartoned set-up units from damage. B . IDENTIFY each carton with material name, date of manufacture and lot number . C. STORE up off the ground, under cover, protected from weather and construction activities. 1-08 JOB CONDITIONS: A. INSTALL windows in strict accordance with safety and #„ weather conditions required by manufacturer' s product literature. B . Extra caution must be exercised when temperature drops below 32 degrees F. and extreme care below 0 degrees F. 1-09 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . an B . BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid 40 Price No. 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the OR reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-3 so with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: The materials or products specified herein and indicated on the drawings by trade name, manufacturer' s name, or catalog number , shall be provided as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, all materials shall be products of Roll Screen Company, Inc . , or Andersen. D. INSTALLATION shall be made only by workmen experienced in the installation of vinyl or aluminum clad wood windows. 1-04 REFERENCES: .. A. NATIONAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, INC. : 1 . I .S . 2 . 73 - Industry Standard for Wood Window Units. .. 2 . I .S . 4 - Industry Standard for Water-Repellant Preservative Non-Pressure Treated for Millwork. B . AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) : 1 . D 1874 - Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. .® 2 . E 283 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows , Curtain Walls, and Doors. 3 . E 331 - Method of Test for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. C. GRADING OF LUMBER of the various species shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L-763 and MM-B-751-C . 1-05 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: One sample of each color material to be used on the project. C. MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Two copies of manufacturer ' s ..� literature and instruction sheets. ow 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-2 am W w SECTION 8E WOOD WINDOWS (CLAD) OR PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all wood windows (clad ) as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing all clad wood windows , including weatherstripping and associated hardware. 2 . Furnishing and installing clad wood sliding patio door at Community Room. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Interior wood trim and finish carpentry; Section 6B, Finish Carpentry. 2 . Caulking and sealants; Section 7A, Waterproofing, 40 Dampproofing, and Caulking. 3 . Masonry; Section 4A. 0-0 4. Painting; Section 9E. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be an determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 4W B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance +ter ON 1576(NHA)/dmd 8E-1 ' 3-02 INSTALLATION: A. ALL DOORS: Fit and hang doors to the following tolerances : 1 . 1/16 in . at head and jamb. 2 . 3/16 in . at threshold. 3. Allow for carpet or other finished floor material for openings without threshold. 3-03 ADJUSTING: go A. Check and readjust operating finish hardware items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise unacceptable . B . OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOOR shall be furnished and installed by door manufacturer' s agent and left in perfect working order after completion, to the satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer. Doors shall be weathertight . 3-04 PATCHING: A. Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. 3-05 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: The General Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section, other than the work by overhead door installer who shall remove all rubbish caused by his installation. END OF SECTION new air OR 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-7 on 2 . All door members shall be extruded shapes of 6063-T5 aluminum alloy to produce a door thickness of 1-1/4 in . All hardware to be stainless steel. 3 . All frame members shall be continuous extrusions, miter cut and fitted to form hairline joints. Each corner shall be mechanically fastened to heavy extruded aluminum reinforcing gussets with four stainless steel screws per rail . 4. The " Z" bar sub-frame, mounted at jambs shall be furnished with wool pile weatherstripping, continuous groove integral with the frame extrusion. Four heavy duty oil-tite bearing concealed hinges. 5 . Gauges : a . Side rails - .052 in . b . "Z" bar and header - .053 in . c . Sill expander - .045 in . d . Cross rails - .048 in . e . Hinges and embossed kickplate - .032 in . f . Scalloping - .035 in . 6. Each door shall be equipped with a closer , spring safety chain hold , door latch with interior locking device, '" weatherstrip, and panel insert clips. 7. Furnish glass insert panel with .312 in . thick frame, • with tempered glass set in polyvinyl wrap-around glazing bead and 18 x 16 aluminum mesh rolled into an extruded frame with polyvinyl spine. Screen insert frame shall be . 302 in . thick. 8 . Finish shall be "Duracron" acrylic coating electrostatically applied, oven-baked. Color selection by Architect-Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. OPENINGS shall be properly formed and frames properly installed. Check to see that openings are level, plumb , square, and of the correct dimensions. B. OVERHEAD DOORS shall be conditioned to the average .� prevailing local humidity before hanging. 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-6 MW 0 w. 2 . Sills shall be fully adjustable aluminum exterior, prefinished oak interior threshold and nosing. E. WEATHERSTRIPPING: 1 . Weatherstripping shall be magnetic type compression seal at head and jambs, in single plane, continuous thru corners . 2 . Bottom seal shall be molded neoprene profiled to provide overlapping condition at jambs and a tight seal against adjustable oak threshold . F. OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS: 1. Materials for doors to be 1/8 in . hardboard bonded to styrofoam insulated cores with waterproof adhesive on both sides of 1-1/2 in . frames . Door to be toxic treated with Woodlife, sanded and shop-coated one coat of priming paint. "U" value shall be 0 .14 for entire door construction. 2 . Hardware: Zinc coated heavy-duty hinges and fixtures , full floating hardened steel ball-bearing rollers. 3 . Tracks shall be galvanized steel. 4 . Doors shall be manually operated. 5 . Meeting rails to have modified tongue and groove weathered joints. 6 . Vertical tracks to be of the miracle wedge type with graduated offset hinges to eliminate binding and yet fit tightly when closed. To be 2 in . stock track, bracket mounted. 7. Oil-tempered coil springs of the torsion type located above door and to be connected to door with aircraft strand steel cables . +ww 8 . Door to be equipped with inside latch and lock rods which engage inside track and cylinder lock. Lock shall be a five-pin tumbler lock. 9 . All wood and metal surfaces shall be shop coated by the manufacturer using a priming coat, as approved by the Architect-Engineer. 10 . Provide extruded propylene jamb and head gaskets and extruded rubber bottom seal. G. COMBINATION STORM AND SCREEN DOORS: 1 . Doors shall be "Duo-Provincial" by Kas-Kel or equal by ' Duo-Temp . ► 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-5 1 . Metal entry doors shall be A300 Avanti by Peachtree or fflft equal . 2 . Minimum door thickness shall be 1-3/4 in . All doors No are to be embossed, as called for . 3 . All doors shall be strong, rigid , and neat in no appearance, free from warpage or buckle. Corner bends shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for the gauge of metal used. 4 . Door faces shall be separated around their entire perimeter by a thermal break. Faces of 24-gauge galvanized steel shall be prepared to insure maximum bonding of core and ** door skins before being painted with rust inhibitive primer. 5 . Hardware: Butts shall be 1-1/2 pair equal to FBB-179 4-1/2 in . by 4-1/2 in . US32D x NRP as manufactured by Stanley or approved equal . All other hardware by others. 6 . Hardware Reinforcements: a. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware only, in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the Hardware Supplier . Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates MIA only; all drilling and tapping shall be done by others. Make mortise with metal neatly cut , rolled into core so that no exposed edges show on finished work. b . Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows : Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 7 gauge. Reinforcements for lock face, flush bolts, concealed holders, concealed or surface-mounted closures - 12 A gauge. Reinforcements for all other surface-mounted hardware - 16 gauge. 7 . Glazing shall be clear tempered insulating glass set in wrap-around frame bonded to door. Provide removable wood grilles . C . SIDE LIGHTS: Side lights shall be stationary to match door panel, with clear tempered insulating glass . Finish and thickness to match door panels . D. FRAMES AND SILLS: �.. 1 . All wood components shall be kiln dried toxic treated ponderosa pine, prime painted . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-4 site and shall be stored in a vertical position, spaced by blocking to permit air circulation between them. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: 1 . Steel for insulated metal entry doors shall be best quality open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full pickled, full cold-rolled, double annealed, patent leveled, free from scale, pitting, rust , surface and internal defects w and conforming to ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568 . 2 . Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel sheets are United States standard. B . GAUGES: Insulated Metal Entry Door: 1 . Flush, seamless face sheets embossed both sides - 24 gauge galvanized. 2 . Full height reinforcing channel at hinged edge - 18 gauge. C. INSULATION: Insulating properties shall have a value of not less than 3 .0 DISI as established by the Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute. D. PAINT shall be Rust-Oleum' s "quick-drying red primer" , Pratt and Lambert' s "oxide red lead primer" , Baer Brothers "red chromite" , "zinc chromite" by Pittsburgh or DuPont , or approved equal. 2-02 FABRICATION: ww A. MEASUREMENTS: 1 . The Contractor shall determine all necessary measurements from the contract drawings and verify all measurements at the building. The Contractor shall be responsible for field dimensions, fittings, and the proper no attachment of all work under this section to other work directly connected with it . 2 . Attention is directed to Section 8F, Finish Hardware, am of these specifications, for "backset" requirements which also must be coordinated with exit devices . See hardware schedule for various types of butts, pulls , plates, closures and other accessories. B . INSULATED METAL ENTRY DOORS: 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-3 C. QUALIFICATIONS: Doors shall be the products of a recognized manufacturer with a history of successful production of similar items and acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . 1 . Manufacturers: a . All metal entry doors, unless otherwise indicated herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of the following manufacturers: Peachtree Doors, Inc . ; Ceco; LST Corp. ; Steelcraft; or equal. b . Overhead sectional doors shall be products of the Overhead Door Corp. ; Fimbel Door Corp. ; or approved equal . c . Combination aluminum storm and screen doors shall be products of Kasson & Keller, Inc . , Fonda, New York; ,, Duo-Temp, Buffalo, New York; or approved equal. D . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and , materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing details of each frame, elevation of each door design type, details of all openings, construction, and installation. C . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Submit manufacturer' s data showing compliance with specifications. D. SAMPLES: A cutaway sample of an insulated metal entry and frame, door, aluminum storm door, and overhead door, showing edge, top, and bottom construction, insulation, weatherstripping, hinge reinforcement and face stiffening shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer for prior approval. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: �M A. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to see that any scratches or disfigurements caused in shipping or handling are properly cleaned and touched-up with a -" rust-inhibitive primer, and that materials are properly stored on planks or dunnage, out of water , and covered to protect them from damage due to any cause . Doors shall have their wrappings or coverings removed upon arrival at the building 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-2 """' PW SECTION 8C SPECIAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. RX 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: Mr A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all ! ' insulated metal entry doors and sidelights, insulated overhead doors and combination storm and screen doors as shown on the drawings or as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Insulated metal entry doors, sidelights, and wood No frames. See door schedule on drawings for locations, types, and sizes of all insulated metal entry doors. Note: All openings are numbered to identify openings and locations of hardware. 2 . Insulated overhead door at maintenance building. 3 . Combination aluminum storm and screen doors at all exterior apartment doors or as noted in these specifications. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Finish Hardware; Section 8F. ow 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General .w Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8C-1 .M 5 . Lock blocks shall be 2-7/8 in . by 24 in . on both sides . 6 . Adhesive type I or II , as per Commercial Standard CS-35, shall be used to laminate the crossbands and face veneers in the door by the hot plate process . C . LOUVERS: All louvers for louvered doors shall be 14 in . by 18 in . or as detailed and where indicated on the drawings . To have inverted "V" blade , 18 gauge steel, Z molding, all finished in Alkyd Urea baked enamel . D . LIGHTS: Provide cutouts and matching wood moldings where glazed openings are indicated on the drawings . E . BI-FOLD DOORS: Doors shall be 1-3/8 in . thick wood-flush with hardboard face veneers over honeycomb core. Stiles and ., rails shall be Ponderosa Pine. Doors shall be finish sanded, complete with all necessary hardware for mounting . To be as manufactured by Morgan, Simpson, or Mohawk . See Section 8F, Finish Hardware , for door hardware . F. SLIDING DOORS AND POCKET DOORS: Doors shall be as specified in Paragraph 2-01 B. above . Doors shall be °" furnished complete with track, trolleys , all attaching hardware , floor guides and bumpers . See Section 8F, Finish Hardware, for door hardware . PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. OPENINGS shall be properly formed and frames properly installed. Check to see that openings are level , plumb, square , and of the correct dimensions . B . DOORS shall be conditioned to the average prevailing local humidity before hanging . 3-02 INSTALLATION: A. WOOD DOORS AND BI-FOLD DOORS: Fit and hang doors to the following tolerances : 1 . 1/16 in . at head and jambs . 2 . 3/16 in . at threshold . 3 . Allow for carpet or other finished floor material for openings without threshold . END OF SECTION 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8B-4 W min Standard Door Guarantees , except the NWMA provision for refunding the price received by the door manufacturer for any defective door shall not apply. The guarantee shall also include refinishing and reinstalling which may be required due MR to repair or replacement of defective doors . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: 40 A. FLUSH WOOD SOLID CORE DOORS: Doors shall be flush 5 ply , solid particleboard core , with lifetime guarantee and of size and thickness indicated on the drawings . 1. Face veneers shall be plain sliced natural birch , premium grade , properly dried, with vertical grain at right angles to grain of crossbands . See drawings for locations . 2 . Crossbands shall be thoroughly dried hardwood, 1/16 in . minimum thickness , extending full width of door . 3 . Core shall be type 1 , 30-32 lb. per cubic foot density, Class 1 particleboard as per Commercial Standard CS-236. 4 . Stiles shall be 1-3/8 in . minimum hardwood matching face veneers. Top and bottom rails to be minimum 2-1/2 in . hardwood . 5 . Lock blocks shall be 3 in . by 30 in . on both sides . 6 . Adhesive type I or II , as per Commercial Standard CS-35, shall be used to laminate the crossbands and face veneers in the door by the hot plate process . 7 . Doors to be finish sanded ready for finishing . B . FLUSH WOOD HOLLOW CORE DOORS: Doors shall be flush 7 ply, honeycomb core, with two year guarantee and of size and thickness indicated on the drawings . w 1 . Face veneers shall be tempered hardboard, paint grade , properly dried, with vertical grain at right angles to grain of crossbands . 2 . Crossbands and back veneers shall be thoroughly dried hardwood, 1/16 in. minimum thickness , extending full width of door . 3 . Core shall be uniform core of Kraft Fiber honeycomb to form 1/2 in . air cells . 4 . Stiles shall be 1-3/16 in . minimum hardwood matching face veneers . Top and bottom rails to be minimum 2-1/2 in . hardwood . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8B-3 MW following manufacturers : U.S . Plywood, Weyerhaeuser; Rogers Hardwood Products Corp. , or Algoma . "®' D. STANDARDS: All wood door materials and construction shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the Commercial Standard CS-171 and CS-R62; National Woodwork Manufacturers ' Association (NWMA) IS 1-73; and the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI ) . 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing amount , size , cutouts, etc . of all doors. C . SAMPLES: Submit samples of door construction and of face veneers . D . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: 1 . Complete materials list showing all items proposed to be furnished and delivered under this section. 2. Sufficient data to demonstrate that all such items meet or exceed the specified requirements . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. STORE all materials in a dry place free from high humidity and protected from the elements . Store doors upright . Protect complete units . Package each door in a heavy paper-type carton. 1-06 PROTECTION: A. After installation, all exposed finished materials shall be protected with suitable material from injury by work of other trades . 1-07 GUARANTEE: A. WOOD DOORS shall be warranted for quality workmanship and materials for the life of the installation . Upon delivery of the doors of this section to the job site, and as a condition "' of their acceptance , deliver to the Architect-Engineer two copies of an agreement written on the door manufacturer ' s standard form, signed by the door manufacturer and the Contractor agreeing to replace or repair defective doors which have warped (bow, cup, twist , or which show photographing of construction below in wood veneer faces , as defined in NWMA 1576(NHA)/dmd 8B-2 ow SECTION 8B WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all wood doors as described in the specifications and indicated on the drawings . B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnishing, installing and fitting wood doors . C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Hardware furnished under Section 8F, Finish Hardware . !? 2 . Hardware installation under Section 6B, Finish Carpentry. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . " C. QUALIFICATIONS: All wood doors shall bear the NWMA seal of approval. in 1 . Manufacturers: All wood doors , unless otherwise indicated herein, or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing , shall be products of the 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8B-1 all an PART 3 EXECUTION ow 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: Set frames accurately, plumb, true , and in exact "` position designated. Brace them when and until enclosed in masonry, until mortar of such masonry has set . Set knee anchors in cement mortar with nails , dowels, or expansion am bolts let through angles for fastening in position. Inspect frames periodically as they are being built-in; maintain in proper position. All connecting and reinforcing members shall no be provided for proper anchorage and support of all work. 3-02 ADJUSTING: A. Check and readjust operating finish hardware items in hollow metal work just prior to final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition . Remove and replace defective work, including doors or frames which are warped, bowed or otherwise unacceptable . 3-03 PATCHING: A. Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer. 3-04 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section . END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 8A-8 W, in . by 4 in . long; spot weld to frame . Provide two 3/8 in . holes in horizontal leg. Provide spreaders for frames of two 2 in . by 3/4 in . steel channels tack weld to jambs and mullions . 7 . Silencers: Drill jambs to receive stops specified under Finish Hardware. IN D . LABELED DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. Labeled doors and frames shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings as determined and scheduled by the Architect-Engineer . Such doors and frames shall be constructed as tested and approved by Underwriters Laboratories or other nationally recognized testing agency having a factory inspection service . Assemblies shall comply with NFPA Standard No. 80 . 2 . If any door or frame specified by the Architect-Engineer to be fire-rated cannot qualify for appropriate labeling because of its design, hardware, or any other reason, the Architect-Engineer shall be so advised before fabrication work on that item is started. 3 . Hardware is as specified and included under Section *" 8F, Finish Hardware. 4 . All labeled doors to have corresponding labeled frames W„ and both shall carry testing agency labels . E. FINISH: '00 1. After fabrication, all tool marks and surface imperfections shall be dressed, filled and sanded as required to make all faces and vertical edges smooth, level and free of P0 all irregularities . 2 . All metal items included in this section shall be primed as follows : a . Cleaning: Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by sandblast or other approved method. Wash with benzine until oil, grease, sand, dirt , and other foreign substances are removed. b . Priming: Give exposed and unexposed surfaces rust-inhibiting paint coat . Apply by brush or spray. C . Materials : Paint to be Rust-Oleum' s "quick-drying ' red primer" , Pratt and Lambert' s "noxide red lead primer" , "zinc chromate" by Pittsburgh . 1576(NHA)/dmd 8A-7 bucks , jamb and trim. Fabricate frames for doors , transoms , partitions , sash and other items as per details of various types required. vary forming from that indicated where special conditions necessitate changes from these details . Make profiles true to design . Frames for wall openings that do not extend to floor level shall entirely surround openings . Unless otherwise indicated, extend other frames below finished floor levels . Form combination bucks and frames , unless otherwise .� indicated, from single sheet of metal. At corners , miter jamb and weld solidly . All frames shall be double rabbetted, unless otherwise indicated. 2 . Mullions and Transom Bars : Provide mullions and transom bars where required. Unless otherwise required, use tubular section with rebates for doors, glass , transom sash . Conceal longitudinal seams in finished work or weld continuously. Fasten mullion and transom bars at crossings to jambs by interlocking, welding, or concealed clip angles and „m bolts , if approved. 3 . Glazing Moldings : Unless otherwise indicated, secure glass in interior masonry partitions in place with glazing as molding on room side . Assemble moldings as per frames , with welded corners . Fasten with countersunk oval-head machine screws about 16 in . apart . Reduce spacing if required to hold am member in close contact with adjoining work. 4 . Reinforcement: Provide lateral stiffness in openings over 42 in . wide of either borrowed lights or doors or combination of both where structural steel is not provided in heads , with channels , in frame heads . Form of 12 gauge steel spot weld at frequent intervals . Where structural steel is provided in heads of frames under another section , furnish blocking or other supports for hollow metal work; anchor to adjacent masonry; install under this section. Reinforcement A for door butts to be 8 in . longer than butt; for other butts to be 4 in . longer than butt . Protect back of hardware cutouts and tapped reinforcement with metal plaster guards; weld to frame back. Mortise hinge, lock, latch, bolt and other "" hardware locations to receive hardware as per templates furnished by the hardware manufacturer . Make mortises with metal neatly cut , rolled into core so that no exposed edges show on finished work. 5 . Wall Anchors : a . Wood Stud Partitions: Insert type with notched clip to engage wood stud, welded to back of frames . Provide at least four anchors for each jamb for frames up to 7 ft . 6 in . ' in height; five anchors up to 8 ft . 0 in . jamb height; one additional anchor for each 24 in . or fraction thereof over 8 ft . 0 in . height . owl 6 . Knee Anchors , Spreaders : For frame and mullion bottoms extending to floor , use knee angle anchors 2 in . by 2 Ow 1576(NHA)/dmd 8A-6 provided by the Hardware Supplier . Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, doors shall have reinforcing plates only; all drilling and tapping shall be done by others . Make mortise with metal neatly cut , rolled into core so that no exposed edges show on finished work. b . Minimum gauge for hardware reinforcing plates 0 shall be as follows : Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 7 gauge . Reinforcements for lock face, flush bolts, concealed holders , concealed or surface-mounted closures - 12 gauge. go Reinforcements for all other surface-mounted hardware - 16 gauge. No 9 . Glass Mouldings and Stops: a . Where specified or scheduled, doors shall be provided with hollow metal mouldings to secure glazing by others in accordance with glass opening sizes shown on approved shop drawings . 40 b. Fixed mouldings shall be securely welded to the door on the security side . c . Loose stops shall be not less than 20 gauge steel , with butt or mitered corner joints , secured to the framed opening by cadmium or zinc-coated countersunk screws . Snap-on attachments will not be permitted. 10 . Louvers shall be of the welded blade type of construction . Louvers pierced into the face sheets will not be permitted. Normal louvers shall be sightproof stationary. w. 11. Clearances : a . Edge clearances shall be provided as follows : Between doors and frames , at head and jambs : 1/8 in . At door sills: Where no threshold is used: 3/8 in . maximum Where threshold is used: 1/8 in . maximum qM Between meeting edges of pairs of doors : 1/8 in . 40 C . COMBINATION BUCKS AND FRAMES : 1 . General : All combination bucks and frames , where 40 indicated or referred to , shall be combination steel frames , 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8A-5 on on must be coordinated with exit devices . See hardware schedule for various types of butts , pulls , plates , closures and other oft accessories . B. HOLLOW METAL DOORS: ""` 1 . All doors shall be custom made , of the types and sizes shown on the approved shop drawings , and shall be fully welded go seamless construction with no visible seams or joints on their faces or vertical edges . Minimum door thickness shall be 1-3/4 in . All metal doors are to be flush, glazed as shown . 2 . All doors shall be strong, rigid, and neat in appearance , free from warpage or buckle . Corner bends shall be true and straight and of minimum radius for the gauge of metal .� used. 3 . Face sheets shall be stiffened by continuous vertical formed steel sections occupying the full thickness of the interior space between door faces . These stiffeners shall be not less than 22 gauge, spaced not more than 6 in . apart and securely attached to both face sheets by spot welds not more than 5 in . on center . Spaces between stiffeners shall be sound-deadened and insulated the full height of the door with an inorganic non-combustible batt-type material. Fill all voids . 4 . Door faces shall be joined at their vertical edge by a continuous weld extending the full height of the door . All such welds shall be ground, filled and dressed smooth to make them invisible and provide a smooth flush surface. 5 . Top and bottom edges of all doors shall be closed with a continuous recessed steel channel not less than 16 gauge , extending the full width of the door and spot welded to both .. faces . 6 . Edge profiles shall be provided by both vertical edges of doors as follows : a . Single-acting swing doors - beveled 1/8 in . in 2 in . b. Double-acting swing doors - rounded on 2-1/8 in . radius . 7 . All hardware furnished by the Hardware Supplier for single-acting doors shall be designed for beveled edges as specified in Sub-Paragraph 6 . above . 8 . Hardware Reinforcements : a . Doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated hardware only, in accordance with the approved hardware schedule and templates 1576(NHA)/dmd 8A-4 �e. cold-rolled, double annealed, patent leveled, free from scale , pitting, rust , surface and internal defects and conforming to ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568 . 2 . Gauges herein referred to in connection with steel sheets are United States standard . 401, B. GAUGES: Hollow metal door : 1 . Interior door face sheets - 18 gauge. C . GAUGES: Combination bucks and frames , sidelights , transoms , interior windows : ew 1 . Interior combination bucks and frames - 16 gauge. 2 . Interior combination bucks and frames ( over 4 ft . 0 in . in width) - 14 gauge. 3 . Angle floor knees - 14 gauge. 4 . Adjustable anchors , slides for anchors - 16 gauge . 5 . Glazing moldings - 18 gauge. 6 . Channel spreaders and stiffeners - 16 gauge. 7 . Fillers : As required. D. GAUGES: Metal closures : 1 . Stiffeners and knees - 18 gauge. 2 . Covers - 24 gauge. E . GAUGES: Louvers - 20 gauge. Aw F. PAINT shall be Rust-Oleum' s "quick-drying red primer" , Pratt and Lambert' s "oxide red lead primer" , Baer Brothers "red chromite" , "zinc chromite" by Pittsburgh or DuPont , or approved equal . w. 2-02 FABRICATION: no A. MEASUREMENTS: 1 . The Contractor shall determine all necessary measurements from the contract drawings and verify all go measurements at the building. The Contractor shall be responsible for field dimensions , fittings , and the proper attachment of all work under this section to other work OR directly connected with it . 2 . Attention is directed to Section 8F, Finish Hardware , me of these specifications , for "backset" requirements which also 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8A-3 with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: Doors, frames , trim, and other hollow metal items shall be the products of a recognized manufacturer with a history of successful production of similar items and acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and .. Materials (ASTM) and the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) . Fire rated assemblies shall comply with NFPA Standard No . 80 , and as specified herein . 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing details of each frame, elevation of each door design type, details of all ** openings, construction, and installation. C. MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Submit manufacturer' s data showing compliance with specifications. D . SAMPLES: A sample of an unlabeled hollow metal door , showing edge, top, and bottom construction, insulation, hinge reinforcement and face stiffening shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer for prior approval . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to see that any scratches or disfigurements caused in shipping �. or handling are properly cleaned and touched-up with a rust-inhibitive primer, and that materials are properly stored on planks or dunnage , out of water , and covered to protect them from damage due to any cause . Doors shall have their wrappings or coverings removed upon arrival at the building site and shall be stored in a vertical position, spaced by , blocking to permit air circulation between them. PART 2 PRODUCTS .M 2-01 MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: ,m, 1 . Steel for hollow metal work shall be best quality open-hearth sheet steel, furniture stock, full pickled, full ,m 1576(NHA)/dmd 8A-2 SECTION 8A METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor, materials , equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all metal doors, frames , and trim, glazed where called for , and all other items of metal frames as shown on the drawings or as specified herein. All interior and exterior door frames , sidelights, and transoms throughout the building are hollow metal except as otherwise indicated. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. See door schedule on drawings for locations , types , and sizes of all metal doors . Note: All openings are numbered to identify openings and locations of hardware. 2 . A11 interior metal doors, frames , sidelights, and transoms . 3 . All interior metal frames for wood doors. 4. Glazed openings in interior partitions. C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Insulated doors; Section 8C, Special Doors. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance 1576 (NHA)/dmd 8A-1 w finished installation. All exposed accessories shall match *�* color and surface finish of siding. C. STARTER STRIP shall be extruded aluminum. D . NAILS shall be annular ring shank, aluminum, stainless steel , or hot dipped galvanized . E. IMITATION WOOD GRAIN TEXTURE shall not be used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. Do not proceed with installation of the work of this section until defects in substrate or adjoining work have been corrected. Starting of the work of this section shall mean the acceptance of the substrate as satisfactory by the Siding Subcontractor . B . Substrate shall be protected against moisture peneration at all times during the installation of vinyl siding . Moisture content of siding shall be measured with a moisture meter before each day ' s work. Vinyl siding shall not be applied over a substrate with moisture content exceeding 19 percent. 3-02 INSTALLATION: A. INSTALLATION of vinyl siding and accessories shall be in accordance with the best practice, with all members true and plumb, all cuts clean and square and all lap joints tight . Make all cuts to avoid damage to exposed surfaces . All siding with blemishes or manufacturing defects shall be removed from the job site. ` B . INSTALLATION METHODS AND PROCEDURES shall conform to manufacturer' s latest edition of installation details and �.. instructions . 3-03 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION .. 1576(NHA);dmd �`' 4 ON Or D. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity so top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS u 2-01 GENERAL: A. VINYL SIDING shall be "Restoration Series Three" by Wolverine Building Products Division, Lincoln Park, Michigan . No substitution will be permitted. 2-02 MATERIALS : A. VINYL SIDING shall have the following physical properties : ON 1 . Material: Polyvinyl chloride . 2. Thickness: .040 in . plus or minus .005 . 3 . Exposure: Triple 3 in . lap, 9 in . exposure. 4 . Surface: Smooth low-gloss flat finish. 5 . Siding Lengths: 14 ft . 6 in . 6 . Vertical Accessory Lengths : 10 ft . 7 . Horizontal Accessory Lengths: 12 ft . 6 in . 8 . Co-efficient of Linear Expansion: 1 .5 x 10-5 per inch per degree F. as per ASTM D 696 . 9 . Weatherability: Free of defects, peeling, chipping, flaking or pitting as per ASTM D 1435-69 . 10. Heat Shrinkage: 3 percent as per ASTM D 1042-51 . 11. Chalking Control: Not to exceed ASTM D 659-74 #8 rating caused by manufacturing defect. 12. Surface Distortion: Siding shall be free of bulging, waves or ripples when panel is heated at a rate of 3 degrees to 4 degrees F. per minute to a temperature of 105 degrees F. 13 . Bow: Panels shall not exceed . 125 in . bow per full length of panel. B. VINYL ACCESSORIES shall consist of outside and inside corner posts, J-mold and all other shapes required for a 1576(NHA)/dmd 7G-3 V D. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety and OSHA. + ! 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A . GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions, orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc. C . SAMPLES : Submit two samples each of panels and all accessories and trim. Provide sample of each of manufacturer' s standard colors. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered in the original packages , containers and bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Siding shall be stored off the ground under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises . 1-06 GUARANTEE: A. The manufacturer shall provide its standard written material and labor lifetime guarantee covering the vinyl horizontal lap siding against manufacturing defects . 1-07 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates. B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2. C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02, is the .� reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1576(NHA)/dmd 7G-2 4W SECTION 7G VINYL SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without 00 limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of _ all labor , materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all prefinished siding as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnish and install: a . Vinyl horizontal lap siding. b . Vinyl accessories and trim. C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Caulking, Section 7A. (Caulking not related to prefinished siding. ) 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be 40 determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the 40, results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General am Requirements" . C . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard 40 specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . ON 1576(NHA)/dmd 7G-1 3-02 INSTALLATION: A. NAILS : For vertical panel siding use 16d hot dipped galvanized box nails . B . APPLICATION OF VERTICAL PANEL SIDING: 1 . All joints and panel edges should fall on center of framing members. If it is necessary to make a joint with a panel that has been field cut and the shiplap removed, use a butt joint, butter edges with caulking and bring to light contact. Do not force or spring panels into place. Leave a 1/8 in . space where siding butts against trim for caulking. 2 . For exposed nailing, finish nail heads with matching touch-up paint or use color-matched nails . Special color-matched nails and touch-up paint shall be used. When using the colored nail , use the plastic hammer head cap • furnished with the nails . 3 . Nailing schedule is as follows : .� a . 3/8 in . from edges , 6 in . o.c . along all edges , 8 in . o.c . along intermediate supports . 4. 4 ft . by 9 ft. panels shall be used throughout to minimize exposed horizontal joints. "Z " molding at horizontal joints shall be concealed behind gallery floor framing as shown on the drawings . "Z" moldings may be omitted at interior surfaces of protected gallery stairways . Vertical V-grooves in paneling shall align with those panels above and below horizontal joints. E. CAULKING: Caulk all joints in prefinished siding work, including butt joints, joints at siding meeting door casing, window casing, and all other trim. In general, caulk all gaps where moisture could penetrate or accumulate. F . CUTTING: 1 . Cutting of siding shall be performed in such a way as to prevent marring of finish surface. Use a fine tooth hand saw or a power saw with a combination blade. Insure that the cutting action is toward or into the finished side . If necessary to cut on the finished surface, tools should be clean and a heavy paper or cardboard should be taped to the underside of the power saw to prevent surface damage. 3-03 CLEANING: .. A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH : This Subcontractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 7F-4 am go ;W 3 . Tensile Strength (Parallel to Panel) : 1500 psi minimum. W 4 . Tensile Strength (Perpendicular to Panel) : 75 psi minimum. 5 . Water Absorption ( 24 Hour Immersion) : 15 percent maximum. 6 . Thermal Conductivity (Approximate Values ) : R=0 . 55. ON 7. Withstands Impact Loads of 300 ft . pounds and Impact Deflection in excess of 2 in . between 16 in . o.c . framing w members (ASTME-72 ) . 8 . Concentrated load of 50 pounds on 1 in . diameter area between framing members 16 in . o.c . gives less than 0 .06 in . deflection (ASTME-72 ) . 9 . Panel siding racking strength meet FHA Circular 12 requirements of 5200 pounds when properly installed (ASTME-72 ) . 10. Nail head pull through strength greater than 200 4M pounds per nail (ASTM D1037) . B . HORIZONTAL JOINT MOLDING of panel siding shall be "Z" molding. C . NAILS shall be hot dipped galvanized box nails with checkered heads. D. CAULKING shall be one part acrylic, Mono by Tremco or approved equal by Pecora or Sonneborn. Color shall match color of siding. E. COLORS: Colors of all materials shall be as selected by o„ the Architect-Engineer from the standard colors of the manufacturer from samples submitted as above. 4W PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. SURFACE OF WOOD SHEATHING shall be smooth with no irregularities, gaps, or projections that will prevent execution of siding work as specified. B . Do not proceed with installation of the work of this section until defects have been corrected. Starting of the work of this section shall mean the acceptance of the substrate as satisfactory by the Siding Subcontractor . 1576(NHA)/dmd 7F-3 so D. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, +w construction, and installation of all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety and OSHA. go 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and ex materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery .. of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions, orientation am in the building, sections, dimensioned elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc. Submit one complete set of manufacturer' s installation instructions and recommendations. C. SAMPLES: Submit samples including complete range of manufacturer ' s color selections for siding and caulking. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. All manufacturer ' s materials shall be delivered in the original packages , containers and bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Siding shall be stored off the ground under watertight covers, and away from sweating walls and other damp surfaces until ready for use. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises. 1-06 GUARANTEE: .w. A. The manufacturer shall provide a written guarantee covering panel siding for a period of 10 years for factory finish and 25 years for hardboard substrate. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: A. SIDING shall be prefinished vertical ship lap "Woodsman Panel Siding" by Masonite Corporation, or approved equal . 2-02 MATERIALS: A. HARDBOARD SIDING shall have the following physical properties : 1 . Size: 7/16 in. thick (nominal ) 0.380 in. (Avg . ) 4 ft . by 9 ft. panel size. 2 . Flexural Strength (Modulus of Rupture) : 1800 psi minimum. 1576(NHA)/dmd 7F-2 SECTION 7F PREFINISHED SIDING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 40 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without "" limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all prefinished siding as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : 1 . Furnish and install: a . Prefinished vertical siding. b. Caulking related to prefinished siding . C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Caulking, Section 7A. (Caulking not related to prefinished siding . ) 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General w ► Requirements" . C . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 7F-1 no shall be attached 12 in . on centers. The rear edge shall be at least 1 in . higher than the front edge of the gutter. B . HANGERS: Hangers spaced not more than 36 in . apart shall be formed of 1/4 in . aluminum straps that extend up on the roof deck 6 in . under the roofing. They shall be attached by two aluminum or stainless steel nails . C. LEADERS: Leaders or downspouts shall be constructed of .032 in . aluminum in 10 ft . lengths where possible. End joints shall telescope 1-1/2 in . and longitudinal joints shall be locked. The work shall include all necessary elbows , offsets, etc. , as required. Leaders shall be rectangular, corrugated and of dimensions shown on drawings. Provide wire basket screens at all downspout sumps . 3-05 RIDGE VENTS: A. Install ridge vents where indicated on the drawings , and in accordance with manufacturer ' s recommendations, and with W- all necessary connectors, joint covers, and end plugs . 3-06 CLEANING AND STORAGE: A. All containers, wrappers, waste, remnants, and debris caused by the work of the roofing construction phase shall be removed by the Roofing Subcontractor. The site shall be kept clean, throughout the roofing operations. END OF SECTION 40 an to 4M 1576(NHA)/dmd 7D-5 No covers, and end plugs . To be .019 in. thick aluminum with Am baked on enamel finish. Color by Architect-Engineer . PART 3 EXECUTION ** 3-01 WORKMANSHIP: A. Prior to installation of the specified work, the Im Subcontractor shall examine all surfaces on which specified work is to be applied to insure that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of specified materials . Report in writing to the Owner and the Architect-Engineer any defects or conditions which may adversely influence completion or performance of specified work. Absence of such notice will be construed as acceptance of all conditions. 3-02 COPPER FLASHING: A. VALLEY FLASHINGS: Valley flashing shall be of cold rolled copper in lengths not exceeding 10 ft . Where used with asphalt shingles, the copper shall be 16 oz . The copper shall extend .• not less than 5 in . under the roof covering on each side of the valley and the side edges shall be folded 1/2 in . for cleating. The sheets shall lap not less than 6 in . in the direction of flow. The upper end of each sheet shall be nailed to the roofing construction. Side edges shall be secured with copper cleats spaced 24 in . on centers. The open portion of the valley shall be not less than 5 in . in widths at the top and increase in width 1/8 in . per foot towards the eaves . Where intersection roofs are on different slopes , an inverted V 1 in . high shall be formed in the metal along the center of ., the valley ad the lap of the valley sheets shall be increased to 8 in . unless otherwise shown on the drawings . B . BOOT FLASHINGS at all plumbing vents shall be 16 oz . copper complete with copper cap, folded edges and copper cleats as indicated on the drawings. 3-03 STAINLESS STEEL: A. STEP FLASHING at side walls shall be placed over each course of roofing. Flashing shall be 6 in . high, 6 in . wide, and 4 in . longer than shingle exposure. 3-04 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS: A. GUTTERS shall conform to the size and design shown on the drawings. They shall be constructed of .032 in . prefinished ** aluminum in continuous lengths. The corner joints shall be joined by a 1 in . lapped, riveted and sealed seam. Rivets shall be 3/16 in . in diameter aluminum and shall be spaced 2 in . on centers . The edge of the gutter shall be folded over to form a stiffening ridge. The rear edge shall extend up to a hook strip flashed under the shingles not less than 3 in . and 1576 (NHA)/dmd 7D-4 �„ 0 A. All containers, wrappers, waste, remnants, and debris caused by the roofing construction shall be removed from the site by the Roofing and Flashing Subcontractor. The site shall be kept clean throughout operation. Permit for dumping within the city limits shall be obtained by the Subcontractor. 1-07 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work 40 specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02, is the op reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. NAILS used for fastening copper flashings shall be copper or hardware bronze or approved type with large, flat heads and needle points and shall not be smaller than 12 studs' gauge, sufficient length to penetrate into wood nailers at least 7/8 in . B . NAILS used for fastening aluminum flashings shall be aluminum or stainless steel. C . COPPER flashing shall be 16 oz . cold rolled copper sheets. D. STAINLESS STEEL FLASHING shall be 24 gauge. E. GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS shall be .032 in . prefinished +ear aluminum by Alcoa or approved equal . F . RIDGE VENT: Aluminum ridge vents by H-C Products Company of Princeville, Illinois, complete with connectors, joint 1576(NHA)/dmd 7D-3 .m determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" ,o and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged .m by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 4W C . QUALIFICATIONS: The flashing and gutters shall be applied by a Subcontractor who is approved by the manufacturer. an 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and 40 materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: 1 . Do not start work until all samples have been submitted and approved. 2 . Quality of installed materials shall match approved samples held by the Architect-Engineer . 3 . Submit samples of : a . Nails or spikes . b . Aluminum gutter. c . Aluminum downspouts . d . Hangers and straps . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: w» A. All materials shall be stored and protected by the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for furnishing heat and power for proper protection in freezing weather. xW B . All manufacturer' s materials shall 'be delivered in the original packages, containers and bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. Materials shall be stored off the ground under watertight covers until ready for use. Damaged or deteriorated materials shall be removed from premises. am 1-06 CLEANING AND STORAGE: 0. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 7D-2 SECTION 7D ROOFING AND FLASHING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all flashing work. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Aluminum gutters, downspouts, and hangers and straps. 2 . Flashing of all types. 3 . Ridge vents. C . Provide the administration, facilities, equipment , accessories, and materials required, and furnish all labor with the expertise and degree of skill necessary to satisfactorily integrate the items into the total building system in compliance with the specifications. The work throughout shall be complete in a manner to assure that no leakage into the roof system, insulation, or building occurs . w D . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. The removal of all snow, ice, water , mortar and debris shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor , and the maintenance of a clean, trouble-free surface, until the Roofing Subcontractor has accepted the surface and commenced 40 the work. This shall hold true for whatever sections of roof are ready and can be readily identified. 2. Asphalt shingles and metal drip edges are specified under Section 7C, Asphalt Shingles . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be 4 1576(NHA)/dmd 7D-1 shingle , placed 5-1/2 in . from exposed ends and 1 in . from edge of shingle. 3 . All items of equipment with built-in curbs or flashing collars shall be installed with flange resting on shingles below curb and with flange fitting under shingles above. 3-03 CLEANING AND STORAGE: A. All containers, wrappers, waste, remnants, and debris caused by the work of the roofing construction phase shall be removed by the Roofing Subcontractor. The site shall be kept clean, throughout the roofing operations. B . All wrappers shall not be allowed to blow on the ground and off the site. They shall be removed daily as specified above. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 7C-5 ■A G. MEMBRANE EAVE FLASHING: Flashing shall be .060 in . ON rubberized asphalt bonded to polyethylene. To be "Bituthene" as manufactured by Grace , or approved equal . ow H . FELT shall be asphalt saturated felt 15# ASTM D 226 . PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITION OF SURFACES: A. ROOF SHEATHING shall be securely attached to frame . Surface shall be dry, free from oily substances, smooth, with no protruding nails . Joints shall be smooth and free of sharp edges with end joints adequately supported. Clean the roof „ surface of any dust, chips or other scrap material. Water in any form (rain, dew, ice , frost , snow) shall not be present on the roof deck. B . Prior to installation of the work the Roofing Subcontractor shall examine work in place to insure that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of specified materials . Report in writing to the General Contractor and the Architect-Engineer any defects or conditions which may adversely influence completion or performance of specified work. Absence of such notice will be construed as acceptance of work in place. 3-02 APPLICATION: .W A. ASPHALT SHINGLE ROOFING: w. 1 . Install metal drip edge along the rakes and eaves. Cover the entire surface to be shingled with 15# asphalt saturated felts lapped a minimum of 19 in . at horizontal joints, 4 in . minimum at end joints, and 6 in. minimum at each so side of hips and valleys . Install 36 in . wide strip of rubberized asphalt membrane flashing along eaves . At eaves lay one course of shingles with embossing or slots, facing up the ow roof. Directly over this lay first full course of shingles staggering joints with starter course. Using a chalkline to set each course in a true straight line lay shingles 5 in . to VW weather. Stagger all joints in successive courses one-third the full width of a shingle. Secure each strip with one nail at each end and two additional nails uniformly spaced 1 in . above the butt of the next course. Drive all nails 40 perpendicular to the surface of the roof. Starting from the eaves and for a distance of at least 4 ft. running up the roof lay all shingles in roofing cement and set all nails in ON roofing cement. 2 . Ridges shall be covered with preformed ridge shingles .m designed for this purpose and of same type, color and manufacture as roof shingles . Lay 5 in . to the weather and nail with 1-1/4 in . long roofing nails . Use two nails per no 1576(NHA)/dmd 7C-4 Am B . All manufacturer' s materials shall be delivered in the original packages, containers and bundles bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand. 1-06 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates. B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire W project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous OR projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 GENERAL: A. Except as herein specified, materials shall conform to ASTM Specifications as follows : B. ASPHALT SHINGLES shall be UL Label Class A, 260#, fiberglass base, self-sealing 3-TAB with manufacturer' s 25 year warranty. C. RIDGE SHINGLES shall be specifically manufactured for the purpose and shall be a product of the same manufacturer as the asphalt shingles. D . FASTENERS: Hot dipped galvanized roofing nails for asphalt shingles, felts and flashing membranes. E . PLASTIC ROOFING CEMENT shall be standard specification type for 20-year bond. ! " F. METAL DRIP EDGE AND RAKE EDGE: 20 gauge aluminum or 26 gauge stainless steel. 1576(NHA)/dmd 7C-3 determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: The roofing shall be applied by a Subcontractor who is approved by the manufacturer . The manufacturer shall be required to have a representative demonstrate all phases of installation of membrane to the Roofing Subcontractor and his crew in the presence of the Owner' s authorized representative prior to installation of the roofing. 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SAMPLES: 1 . Do not start work until all samples have been submitted and approved. 2 . Quality of installed materials shall match approved .., samples held by the Architect-Engineer. 3 . Submit samples of : a . Nails . b . Metal drip edge. c . Metal rake edge. d . Asphalt shingles, showing color and texture range. e . Membrane eave flashing. f . Felts. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: �* A. All materials shall be stored and protected by the Roofing Subcontractor . The Roofing Subcontractor shall be responsible for furnishing heat and power for proper protection in freezing weather. 1576(NHA)/dmd 7C-2 �, SECTION 7C ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all roofing, membrane eave flashing, drips , ridge vents, and felts as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. 1 . Provide the administration, facilities, equipment, accessories, and materials required, and furnish all labor with the expertise and degree of skill necessary to satisfactorily integrate the following items into the total Pa building system in compliance with the specifications. The work throughout shall be completed in a manner to assure that no leakage into the roof system, insulation, or building occurs. 2 . Install flashing collar at chimney stack. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. The removal of all snow, ice, water, mortar and debris shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, and the maintenance of a clean, trouble-free surface, until the Roofing Subcontractor has accepted the surface and commenced the work. This shall hold true for whatever sections of roof are ready and can be readily identified. 2. Gutters and downspouts, Section 7D; Roofing and Flashing. 3 . Flashing, Section 7D, Roofing and Flashing. 4 . Chimney stack manifold flashing collar under Section 7D. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be 1576(NHA)/dmd 7C-1 M on 1 . Staple facing flanges to sides of wood framing at 8 in . centers, or closer as necessary to hold flanges tightly to OR framing members. 2 . Exercise care to insure facing is continuous over entire surface . 4 3 . Patch and seal punctures, tears, or voids in facing. 40, 4. Install faced insulation with facing toward warm-in-winter side of assembly. am D. JOINT SEALER: 1 . Seal full perimeter of all framed openings, cracks, etc. which occur around windows, doors, and other exterior an wall penetrations with foam sealer to effect a completely infiltration proof construction. E. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET: Install at all party walls and floor-ceiling space between dwelling units, at all corridor walls at dwelling units, at all public corridor and party walls at meeting room and laundry room, at party wall between administrative areas and dwelling units, and at all other locations shown on the drawings. F. VAPOR BARRIER: Install on warm side of all exterior walls and on ceilings below attic spaces. Vapor barrier shall be continuous behind interior partition studs where they 40 intersect exterior walls and where they intersect ceilings below attic spaces. Staple 12 in . wide strip of vapor barrier to exterior framing before installing interior studs . Lap all joints in vapor barrier 6 in . and install bead of acoustical sealant and staple to studs . Provide bead of acoustical sealant on edges of all window and door frames. Lap vapor barrier onto edge of frames and staple. Lap ceiling vapor barrier down walls 12 in . , seal and staple. Tape all holes and rips in vapor barrier and install acoustic sealant around all electrical boxes, conduits, pipes, exhaust fans, and other projections thru vapor barriers in walls and ceilings. 3-04 CLEAN-UP: A. All excess materials, wrappings , crates , tapes and other shipping materials shall be removed by the installing contractor and shall not be left to accumulate . Work areas shall be left in a clean condition. END OF SECTION ap 1576 (NHA)/dmd 7B-5 MMMMM� oil 0A% as 3-01 INSPECTION: A . Examine areas scheduled to receive insulation to insure protection against inclement weather and other hazards and •m work of preceding trades is completed. B . Examine space allocated for insulation for proper depth to .. receive material. C . Proceed with installation when conditions are satisfactory. ` 3-02 PREPARATION: A. Remove or protect against projections in construction framing that may damage or prevent proper installation. 3-03 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: 1. Fit insulation snugly between framing. Cut to correct size , do not fold over . 2 . Maintain integrity of insulation over entire area to be insulated which includes all exterior walls and attic ceilings . Install R-13 batts at perimeter of attic space along eaves to contain blown-in fiberglass insulation. 3 . Insulate small areas between closely spaced framing members, at exterior of joist spaces, at chase walls butting .. exterior walls, and at all warm space to exterior interface. 4 . Carefully cut and fit insulation around pipes, , conduits, and other obstructions. 5. where pipes or conduit are located in stud spaces, place insulation between exterior wall and pipe, compressing insulation where necessary. 6. Do not compress insulation in excess of 10 percent . 7. Install insulation to attain minimum R-value as indicated for finished assembly. .� B . UNFACED INSULATION: 1 . Install separate vapor barrier over entire warm-in-winter surface in all exterior walls and ceilings , and walls and ceilings separating heated from unheated areas . 2 . Patch and seal punctures, tears, or voids in installed vapor barrier . C . FACED INSULATION: 1576(NHA)/dmd 7B-4 ..� D. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. GENERAL: Fiberglass batt and loose fill insulation shall be as manufactured by Owens-Corning Fiberglas, Manville, or approved equal . B . BATT INSULATION - EXTERIOR WALLS AND PERIMETER OF EAVES: Fiberglass batt insulation shall be R-13 unfaced. Batts shall be sized to friction fit between studs. C . LOOSE FILL INSULATION - CEILING: Attic ceiling insulation shall be R-38 fiberglass blowing wool. D. BLANKET INSULATION - SOUND ATTENUATION: Sound attenuation blankets shall be one thickness of R-11 Kraft faced fiberglas batts with stapling flange. E. SILL SEALER: Shall be 1 in . thick fiberglas by 3-5/8 in . wide . ` F . VAPOR BARRIER: For walls and ceilings shall be Tu-Tuf 4. Floor slab vapor barrier specified under Section 3A, Concrete. No substitute will be accepted. G. FOAM SEALER: Shall be foamed in place polyurethane having a nominal 1-1/2 lb ./cu . ft. density. H. INSULATION AT MAINTENANCE BUILDING: 1. Ceiling insulation shall be R-30 foil-faced fiberglas batts with stapling flanges. 2. Wall insulation shall be R-13 foil-faced fiberglas batts with stapling flanges. I. VENT BAFFLES AT EAVES: Shall be coated water-resistant �.. fiberboard baffles sized to fit truss or rafter spacing as required. To be BAFFLEVENTS by AMPCOR or approved equal . J. VAPOR BARRIER SEALER: Acoustical sealant by Tremco or approved equal . PART 3 EXECUTION 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 7B-3 oft C . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . D . REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety. 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of .� the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions , orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned elevations, grounds, reinforcements, accessories, etc . C . SAMPLES: Submit samples of all types of insulation, vapor barrier, acoustical and foam sealant , and vent baffles . Do not start work until samples have been approved. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer ' s original, unopened containers with labels , indicating brand names and quality designations legible and intact. Dc not open containers or remove markings until materials are inspected and accepted. B . STORAGE: Store and protect accepted materials in accordance with manufacturer ' s directions and recommendations. 1-06 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID: The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections , and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . 1576(NHA)/dmd 7B-2 ON SECTION 7B INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable 4n, provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all insulation, and all related items as specified herein and as shown on the drawings . B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: wo 1 . Blanket and batt type insulation for ceilings and walls . 2 . Sound attenuation blankets. 3 . Vapor barrier . 4 . Sill sealer. 5 . Foam sealer . C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: go 1 . Perimeter insulation is included under Section 3A. 2 . Insulation sheathing is included under Section 6A. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged 40 by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 40 1576 (NHA)/dmd 7B-1 an any other joints so indicated on drawings and as specified "* under other sections of these specifications. Caulking compound shall be applied by gun method using nozzles of proper sizes to fit the several widths of joints . The type ., , of gun shall be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. C . Caulking in joints shall be a minimum of 1/4 in . in depth and 1/4 in . in width, depths shall be 1/2 of widths over 1/2 in . Where adequate grooves for caulking have not been provided, grooves shall be prepared by cutting and cleaning out mortar to the minimum depth . All particles of mortar, dust, and other foreign matter shall be brushed out and, just prior to caulking, the joint grooves shall be coated with an application of sealer. Where a suitable mortar backstop has .. not been provided, pack tightly with closed cell polyethylene rope. D. The compound shall be driven into the joint grooves with sufficient pressure to force out all air and solidly fill the joint grooves. Caulking, where exposed, shall be free of .� wrinkles and shall be uniformly smooth. Joints in precast sills an other wash surfaces shall be filled slightly convex to obtain a flush joint when dry. Caulking around all openings in masonry shall include the entire perimeter of each opening. E. Caulk all joints as follows and also as indicated on the drawings. 1 . All control joints and expansion joints . 2 . All open joints in masonry. 3. All edges of wood and metal door frames and wood and metal frame windows shall be caulked inside and outside the building. 4. All joints between counter backsplashes and walls . 5 . Metal Door Saddles: Spread caulking bed over the entire seat of saddles or sills at least 3/4 in . thick. Set .� saddles or sills on same; remove excess materials , neatly point joints. 3-02 CLEANING: A. SURFACES of all materials adjoining caulked joints shall be cleaned of any smears of compound or other soiling due to ... the caulking application. B . REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/ker 7A-4 supplier, name of material, formula or specification number , lot number, color, date of manufacture, mixing instructions, shelf life, and curing time when applicable at the standard conditions for laboratory tests. B . STORAGE: All materials shall be carefully handled and stored to prevent inclusion of foreign materials , or exposure to temperatures exceeding 90 degrees F. Caulking compound or components outdated as indicated by shelf life shall not be used. (Sealant tape shall be handled and stored in a manner that will not deform the tape as received from the manufacturer. ) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. CAULKING: 1 . Exterior caulking shall be one part acrylic "Unicrylic" by Pecora, "Mono" by Tremco, Sonolastic One by Sonneborn, or approved equal. 2 . Exterior expansion joint caulking at concrete sidewalks shall be two-part self-leveling polyurethane or polysulfide, Chem-Calk 250 by Woodmont, Sonolastic Paving Joint Sealer by Sonneborn, or NR-200 Urexpan by Pecora. 3 . All joints between counter backsplashes and walls shall be silicone rubber, No. 864 by Pecora, or approved �.. equal. 4 . Interior caulking shall be acrylic-latex type sealant, AC-20 by Pecora, Sonlac by Sonneborn, or Chem-Calk 600 by Woodmont Products. 5 . Closed cell polyethylene rope shall be used for back up where required and of size required to force-fill the joints. 6 . Primer for sealants shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Primer shall have been tested for durability with the sealant to be used and on samples of the surfaces to be sealed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. All surfaces of joints shall be sealed before application of caulking materials . B . Caulking shall be installed in joints around wood or metal frames of all types built into masonry or concrete exterior walls , in joints of wall surfaces of masonry, and in 1576(NHA)/ker 7A-3 so am 3 . Caulking of pre-finished siding specified under Section 7F - Prefinished Siding. 4. Acoustical sealant under Section 9A - Gypsum Drywall. 4, 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: am A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the .. results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: All materials, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein or specifically approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, shall be products of the following manufacturers: Tremco; Pecora; A.C. Horn, Sonneborn, DAP; DOW; General Electric; Celotex, or Karnak. D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . so 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive p pportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, . General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to *• delivery of materials to the site. B . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Submit documentation (brochure) showing the physical properties, manufacturer' s recommendations for application, required environmental conditions, etc. C. SAMPLES: Submit samples of the following materials to the Architect-Engineer for approval. 1 . Caulking colors. ... 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY: Materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer' s original , unopened containers . The containers shall include the following information on the label : 1576(NHA)/ker 7A-2 SECTION 7A WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services, and equipment necessary for 00 and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all caulking as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Caulking: a. All exterior and interior masonry and control joints. .A. b. All window and all exterior and interior door frames. c . Between masonry and all other structural and metal construction. d . Around perimeter of louvers and all other openings in the exterior walls and where else indicated on the drawings. e . Under all exterior thresholds. f . All miscellaneous joints at facings, soffits, and cornices. g. Do all required caulking as called for in the specifications or indicated on the drawings. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Glazing of all windows under Section 8E, Wood 40 Windows. 2. Glazing of all other items under Section 8G, Glass and Glazing. 1576(NHA)/ker 7A-1 log ON r and appliances so as to present a flush, uniform, finished appearance. G. Provide all holes required for the installation of mechanical and electrical services and appliances . H . Note that base cabinets in handicapped kitchens shall be wall hung from adjustable brackets installed under Section 6B, Finish Carpentry. a END OF SECTION w. � 1576(NHA)/dmd 6C-5 .w .err 7 . Drawers: Sides and backs 1/2 in . hardwood lumber machined so that back is locked into sides by means of a groove. Drawer face reinforced to sides of drawer by means of am front cleat running the full width of drawer and the same height of side and back. Drawer to ride in cabinet by means of full length side mounted ball bearing slides with positive stop. Bottoms shall be grooved into back and sides of drawers 'f' to make locked-in construction and shall be 1/4 in . hardboard or 1/4 in . plywood. 8 . Hardware: Self-closing type hinges of manufacturer' s standard. Door and drawer pulls to be 3-1/2 in . wire pulls . 9. Doors: Shall be full flush overlap type, 3/4 in . thick hardwood framed tongue and grooved to a 3/4 in . particleboard core with matching hardwood veneer both sides . All doors to be manufactured with balanced construction to insure warp resistancy . 10. Finish: Two coats of stain, one coat of sealer and two top coats of urethane varnish, catalyzed and oven cured to a permanent, non-brittle, scuff and scratch resistant finish. Interior balance lamination stained and finished to match exterior of cabinet. PART 3 EXECUTION an 3-01 DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION: A. All cabinets shall be delivered to the building without ,f„ service piping, sinks, disposal, electric conduit, drain liner , traps , vents and without connections related thereto. All related plumbing and electrical fixtures and requirements are included in the scope of work of the corresponding 00 plumbing and electrical sections of these specifications. B . The complete assembly and installation of all cabinet work am shall be executed in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s specifications, and also with the National Kitchen Cabinet Association as specified above. No C. Minimum wall anchorage for kitchen wall cabinets shall be three approved screws for cabinets up to 30 in . , and four approved screws for cabinets over 30 in . "" D. All base and wall cabinets shall be securely screwed to adjacent cabinets to form a rigid assembly. „w E . Level and plumb all cabinets with shims , spacers, and blocking as required. .m F. Provide filler pieces of matching wood to finish off spaces between cabinets and adjacent walls , other cabinets, 1576(NHA)/dmd 6C-4 A" B. BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2. C. ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1. , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. 40 D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the 410 furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. ON PART 2 PRODUCTS ," 2-01 MATERIALS: A. KITCHEN CABINETS shall be SC 118 by Serway Brothers or equal by American Woodmark or Yorktown . Vanity cabinets shall 40 be of the same design and by the same manufacturer . Cabinets shall be manufactured and installed in strict accordance with the recommended minimum construction and performance standards for kitchen cabinets of the National Kitchen Cabinet Association and ANSI A 161.1-1973. 1. Front Frames: 3/4 in . by 1-1/2 in . select kiln dried oak, assembled by mortise and tenon, pressed together with glue and pinned where necessary. Finish to be stained. 2 . Ends: Exposed ends and sides at ranges and refrigerators: 1/2 in . particleboard with laminated oak veneer. Stained to match face finish of cabinets . Unexposed or concealed ends except at ranges and refrigerators; 1/2 in . particleboard with interior finish to match face finish. 3 . Tops of Wall Cabinets: 1/4 in . masonite hardboard or plywood let into the front frame and proper grooves of end panels . 4 . Bottoms, Walls and Base: 1/4 in . masonite hardboard or plywood let into proper grooves of end panels . 5 . Backs : 1/8 in . masonite hardboard. 6 . Shelves : Intermediate shelves of wall cabinets 5/8 in . particleboard 40-45# or plywood stained both sides sealed +o and front edge banded with hardwood . Shelves to be adjustable . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 6C-3 C . QUALIFICATIONS: Manufacturer : Products of the following *�* manufacturers will be acceptable subject to compliance with specification requirements: Serway Brothers, American Woodmark, or Yorktown . A competent foreman with a wide background of experience in the work contemplated shall be in charge of the work at all times. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings of wall, base , pantry, and storage cabinets at all apartments . w C . SAMPLES: Submit to the Architect-Engineer for PRIOR APPROVAL, manufacturer' s descriptive data, full size kitchen base cabinet ( 18 in . wide minimum) with drawer, and illustrations for products specified in this section. D. Submit manufacturer' s operating and maintenance instructions to the Architect-Engineer and to the Owner. Provide one copy of operating instructions for each living unit . 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: .� A. All materials used on the job shall be stored in a single place designated by the Owner or the Architect-Engineer. Such storage place shall be kept neat and clean, and all damage thereto or its surroundings shall be made good. Any soiled or used rags, waste and trash must be removed from the building every night , and every precaution taken to avoid the danger of fire. 1-06 GUARANTEE: MW A. All cabinets shall be warranted for quality workmanship, no materials and installation for one full year. Deliver to the Architect-Engineer two copies of an agreement written on the manufacturer' s standard form, signed by the manufacturer and the Contractor agreeing to replace or repair defective "` cabinets . The guarantee shall also include refinishing and reinstalling which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective cabinets. Im 1-07 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No. 1 and Alternate Bid .. Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . 1576(NHA)/dmd 6C-2 SECTION 6C KITCHEN CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all kitchen cabinets and all related items as shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as noted in the Room Finish Schedule . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Kitchen cabinets. 2 . Storage cabinets at congregate units. 3 . Pantry cabinets. 4. Vanity cabinets. C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Countertops under Section 6B, Finish Carpentry. 2 . Adjustable brackets under Section 6B, Finish Carpentry. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . ±Ar 1576(NHA)/dmd 6C-1 e• IM 3-02 CLEAN UP: '"t A. This Contractor shall sweep clean all contiguous areas ( walls , etc. ) and floors and leave areas broom clean, and MR shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section both inside and outside the building. Infill wall panels shall be thoroughly cleaned, and all cracked, scratched, or damaged panels shall be replaced. �"" now END OF SECTION IM so am ■M ■w 00 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-10 „� ( 2 ) Connect all jambs , sills , mullions, and bars with dadoed or routed joints. b . Except where frames are specified for natural finish, prime all surfaces. c . Parting beads and sills shall be fabricated from clear, straight grain wood. d . Install wind-stop of reinforced Kraft paper tacked to back of frames at head and jambs . 2 . Sash: a . Connections of stiles to top and bottom rails shall be coped, slot-mortised, glued, and pinned. b . Bed all glazing in compound before applying wood bead . c . Except where sash is specified for natural finish, prime all surfaces, except edges , with lead and oil paint prior to shipment or glazing, or upon arrival at project site. 40 H. SOFFITS: Install prefabricated aluminum soffit where indicated on the drawings . Provide all required trim, supports and fasteners required for proper installation. All components 4" shall be prefinished and shall match in color and finish. I . ALUMINUM CLADDING: Install prefinished aluminum coil stock cladding formed to profiles of wood trim. Conceal all nails when practicable. Provide aluminum finish nails to match coil stock finish. J. CONTIGUOUS SPANDREL WALL PANELS: 1. Install vinyl clad wall panels at bay windows as detailed on the drawings. 2 . Note Alternate No . 1 . under which the spandrel wall panels are deleted. K. PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT: 1 . Pressure preservative treat all exterior stair items ; balcony rail and balusters; decking, windows (at Trombe wall) and other items of exterior finish carpentry. L. METAL PAN at Stair No. 2 shall be installed over joists above pipe chase. Turn up 2 in . at walls . M. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE shall be laid over metal pan . Deck shall be nailed thru membrane and pan . 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-9 is permitted through woodwork face, conceal nail heads . Do not am face-nail tongue and groove paneling. 5 . Miter external corners of flat and molding horizontal 04 members, cope internal corners. Glue the mitered corners and secure wth corrugated metal fasteners. 6. All exposed finish plywood to have grain run 4M vertically. D. SHELVING: Build all miscellaneous shelving in all storage am closets of every description, custodial room, and where indicated on the drawings . Install adjustable standards where required and secure to concealed blocking in walls . 4M E. INSTALLATION OF COUNTERTOPS: Furnish and install all plastic laminated countertops throughout the buildings . Install all grounds required to properly support and align all work. Show evidence of thorough experience in the fabrication, finishing and installation of counters of the type specified herein. No finishing of materials under this section will be .. permitted at the site, except as might be expressly approved by the Architect-Engineer. Fabricating and finishing shall be done in the shop in complete units insofar as dimensions thereof will permit shipment to and installation in the building. End sections of backsplashes shall be field installed to insure proper alignment and tight fit. F. STAIRS: 1 . Framing: �. a . Provide three rough carriages cut to exact shape required to receive finish treads and risers. b . Provide trimmers, blocking, and other framing necessary for firm support of finish parts. no c . Risers and treads shall not change dimension between landings . d . Provide exposed finish wood stringers at interior wo wood stair. G. WINDOWS (at Trombe Wall) Um 1 . Frames : shown . a . Construct as detailed and to sizes and patterns .. ( 1) Kerf sills on bottom to control warping. Form groove for water bar . so 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-8 OR Exercise care not to mar or injure work when applying hardware. 3 . All hardware shall be left clean, in perfect condition, and in perfect working order at completion of the building when all keys shall be delivered, properly labeled, where directed by the Architect-Engineer. 4 . After installation, protect all exposed hardware such as knobs , excutcheons, panic devices, push and pull plates, door closers, etc. with fabric or suitable heavy material so that finish will not be injured by plaster, paint , etc. Remove protective material only upon direction by the Architect-Engineer. 5 . Suppliers and Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing a schedule of openings showing equipment proposed for each, the responsibility for quantities and dimensional requirements shall be coordinated with the suppliers of all types of doors being furnished as a part of the overall as project , i .e. , spacing, templating, etc. , so as to avoid delays and substitutions as a means of compliance. 6 . Special Note: Carpenter shall not install any hardware on doors, except for butts, until after first field coat of paint or sealer is applied. 7. Install all weatherstripping of all types as specified and where indicated on the drawings . C. FINISH: 1 . Exterior finish shall be of the materials specified and shall be erected in strict conformity with details shown on drawings. Joints of assembled members shall be set in while lead paste. Exposed surfaces of the finished woodwork shall be smooth machine-sanded, ready to receive paint or other finish. Nailing shall be blind where possible and where face nailing is used, the face nail shall be set for putty stopping. Exterior trim shall be in long lengths with joints staggered and concealed or in unobjectionable locations. Intersections of flat work shall be shouldered. 2. All millwork shall be accurately milled to detail, clean cut moldings, profiles, and lines; scrape and sand smooth; mortise; tenon, spline shrinkage and insure that the work remains in place without warping, splitting, or opening of joints . 3. Interior finish shall be fabricated and installed in a manner equal to first-class "cabinet work" . 4. As far as possible, conceal fastenings . Where not possible, locate them in inconspicuous places . Where nailing 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 6g-7 plastic laminate permanently bonded on top, bottom and all " edges . a. Brackets for shelves shall be No . H1284 by Garcy or equal by Knape and Vogt. Furnish brackets complete with two screw-on shelf clips and rubber pad inserts. 7. Wall rails in corridors shall be 1-3/4 in . diameter solid birch; double rails at ramps, to meet handicapped code; single rail where indicated at halls . Return rails to wall at ends . All joints to be blind dowelled and glued . ■'" 8 . Hand rail brackets to be cast or extruded aluminum Type BR 150 as manufactured by Newman Brothers or equal by Julius Blum or Blumcraft. 9. Wood preservative - as specified under Section 6A. 10 . Anchors, bolts, nails, fasteners, shall be as specified under Section 6A. All exterior ferrous items shall be galvanized. 11. Prefabricated soffit at rakes and eaves shall be 12 in . V-groove solid and perforated panels of aluminum sheet finished in baked enamel all as manufactured by Alcoa or approved equal. 12. Aluminum cladding for eave and rake fascias shall be . 019 in . prefinished coil stock aluminum as manufactured by Alcoa, Clarke, or Napco. AM 13 . Membrane flashing at Stair No . 2 shall be .060 in . rubberized asphalt bonded to polyethylene sheet. 14. Metal flashing pan at Stair No . 2 shall be 25 gauge galvanized steel . PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: 1 . Furnish and install all wood trim, base, paneling, mouldings, stairs, ballustrade, decking, and similar finish Ono items as per details and as required. B . APPLICATION OF HARDWARE: ** 1 . Receive, store, and be responsible for builders hardware. Properly tag, index, and deliver all keys to the owner at completion of the work. 2 . Fit accurately, apply, secure and adjust carefully all builders hardware (see "Finish Hardware" , Section 8F) . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 6B-6 .,, g . Storage shel- A-B INT. Group 2 . Edge banded. ving, closet APA shelving, win- dow stools. h . Decking No. 2. Hem-Fir (pressure treated) . i . Stairs : Treads and Select Fir-Larch. risers structural. j . Balcony, rail Select Hem-Fir - pressure and balusters structural treated. B . MATERIALS OTHER THAN LUMBER: !1111 1 . Closet poles shall be KV-660 stainless steel with adjustable wall brackets by Knape and Vogt or Garcy Corp. 2 . Standards for adjustable closet shelves shall be No. KV-255 surface mounted, with No. KV-256 supports by Knape and Vogt , or equal. 3 . Standards for adjustable counters in handicap apartments shall be No . KV-87 by Knape and Vogt, No. 1204 by Garcy or equal. Provide all counter mounting supports, angle apron supports and all attaching hardware. 4 . Standard and bracket assembly shall be static tested and shall demonstrate ability to withstand a 230 pound load 24 in . from face of wall. 5 . Countertops shall be continuous single unit tops. a . Veneer to be post formed matte finish plastic laminate in solic color as manufactured by Texolite, Micarta, or Formica, permanently bonded with waterproof adhesive to 3/4 in . particleboard. Color as selected by the Architect-Engineer. Veneer to be continuous over lip, counter and backsplash with no seams . b. Particleboard in 3/4 in . thickness to be special construction with controlled wood particle sizes , bonded with phenolic resin under high pressure for maximum strength and dimensional stability. To be "Flakeboard" by Georgia Pacific, "Nova-Ply" by U. S. Plywood or "Timblend" by Weyerhaeuser . c . All countertops shall be balance laminated with .020 in . phenolic backer sheet. 6. Adjustable shelf between wall and base cabinets at handicap kitchens shall be 3/4 in . plywood with matte finish 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-5 ,W standard patterns of the Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R16-39 . b . Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified, ,m lumber shall be either air-dried or kiln-dried, and the moisture content shall not exceed 19 percent. Exterior and interior finishing lumber shall be kiln-dried and at the time of delivery to the building site, the moisture content shall an not exceed 12 percent for material 1 in . or less in thickness and shall not exceed 14 percent for material over 1 in . in thickness . Millwork which is assembled or built up of more than one piece at the time, except doors, shall not have a greater moisture content than 12 percent. c . Grade and Species: Lumber and plywood shall be identified by the official grade-mark, except where grade-mark will interfere with natural finish. 2 . At the Contractor' s option, lumber for the various uses shall be one of the species listed below for the purpose and of the grade indicated. USE GRADE SPECIES a . Miscellaneous B and Cedar, Western Red exterior trim better Douglas Fir - Coast Miscellaneous C and Region Hemlock, West exterior trim better Coast Pine, Norway, (aluminum clad ) Northern White , Idaho White, Ponderosa (treated) and sugar . b . Bay window Medium Group 2 . fascia and density soffit overlay "" (MDO) plywood c . Window Select Ponderosa Pine (pres- .� (trombe wall) grade sure treated) . d . Interior window No. 2 E astern Pine, White- head and trim common wood Fir . e . Moldings and No. 2 Eastern Pine, White- other interior common wood Fir . trim. f . Interior ex- N-A INT. Plain sliced red oak . .A Posed plywood APA shelving at mailboxes . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 6B-4 3 . Aluminum cladding - full color range. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. PROTECT all millwork materials, paneling and prefinished items against dampness during and after delivery. Store under cover and where not exposed to extreme changes of temperature or humidity. Do not store or install millwork or pre-finished items in any part of the building until masonry work and plastering are dry, except as approved by the Architect-Engineer. All lumber shall be stacked to insure proper ventilation and protect lumber from the elements . 1-06 ALTERNATES: A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 . 4W C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous go projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2 , Paragraph 1H-03 , is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in. wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. LUMBER AND MILLWORK: 1 . General: a . Sizes and Patterns: Lumber shall be surfaced four sides, and the dressed sides of lumber shall conform to the requirements of the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20 . Lumber shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated on the drawings or specified herein . Worked materials, except as otherwise indicated on the drawings, shall conform to the 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-3 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Cotnractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: The materials or products specified herein and indicated on the drawings by trade name, manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, all materials shall be products of the following manufacturers: U . S. Plywood, Teco , Stanley • Hardware. D. STANDARDS: 1. All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revisions of the standard specifications of the organizations cited in Section 2-01A. , "Materials" and including the following: The Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) ; American Plywood Associates (APA) ; American Wood Preserves Bureau (AWPB) ; Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association (HPMA) . 2 . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications MM-L-763 and MM-B-751-C. 1-04 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . SHOP DRAWINGS: 1 . Submit shop drawings on any pre-engineered and/or pre-fabricated structural elements proposed for use. 2 . Submit shop drawings on all millwork items . C . SAMPLES : Submit samples of the following: 1 . Plastic laminate - full color range. 2 . Exterior and interior trim - 24 in . lengths . 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-2 „� SECTION 6B FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without '"" limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all w finished carpentry work throughout the building as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All finish carpentry including millwork, wood trim, window at trombe wall. 2 . Install finish hardware. 3 . Wood stairs, ballustrades, and decking. 4 . Prefabricated soffit. 5. All countertops. 6 . Install spandrel wall panels . 7 . Prefinished aluminum cladding. 8. Membrane flashing and metal pan at Stair No . 2. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Kitchen cabinets specified under Section 6C. 2 . Prefinished siding under Section 7F. 3. Wood doors under Section 8B. 4. Wood windows under Section 8E. 5. Finish hardware furnished under Section 8F. 6 . Spandrel wall panels furnished under Section 8E. 1576(NHA)/dmd 6B-1 An 2 . Furr down ceilings and furr out walls around ductwork where required. P. TRUSSES: Furnish and install prefabricated roof trusses. Build to configuration indicated on the drawings. Furnish complete structural analysis prior to delivery to the site. Q. AIR INFILTRATION BARRIER: Install TXVEK House Wrap as per manufacturer' s instructions. Tyvek may be applied over the insulation sheathing or over the wood sheathing, vertically or horizontally, at the Contractor' s option. Staple securely to resist wind damage. Tyvek shall extend from top of foundation wall to bottom of roof trusses, with all joints lapped 6 in . .� Seal seams at foundation wall with acoustical sealant. All other seams shall be sealed with duct tape. Installation of Tyvek shall be concurrent with installation of sheathing or siding. Tyvek shall not be left exposed to direct sunlight for an extended period of time . 3-02 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. Floors shall be left broom clean ready for finish materials . END OF SECTION .s 1576(NHA)jdmd 6A-10 .� 11 . Install all framing anchors, hangers, and supports including angle framing connectors supplied under Section 5D. K. ROOF ITEMS : 1 . Furnish and install outriggers and blocking at all roof overhangs . Furnish and install wood blocking at all roof openings. 2 . Check all trades requiring roof openings and vents. The roof plan does not necessarily show all of same. L. WOOD PRESERVATIVES: Pressure treat with specified wood preservative all sills on foundations and slabs , all wood in contact with concrete, and all exposed gallery framing. Pressure treated wood shall contain . 40 lbs . per cubic foot of preservative as per AWPA Standard C22. Treat field cuts with green Cuprinol. All pressure treated wood to be kiln dried after treatment. M. ANCHORS: 1. Anchors shall be installed where specified or shown on the drawings to anchor carpentry to masonry or concrete. ' " Anchors shall extend not less than 8 in . into brick and concrete. Anchors for plates shall be as shown spaced approximately 4 ft . on centers, and provided with washers. 2. Fasten wood grounds, furring and other engaging woodwork to concrete and masonry with approved types of ties or inserts spaced to suit conditions. 3 . Nails , spikes, screws, toggles, and similar items shall be of approved materials, sizes, and types sufficient to draw and rigidly secure members in place. N. ROUGH HARDWARE: Provide and install all rough hardware and other items as well as all metal fastenings of any nature for proper installation of carpentry and millwork. 0 . FURRING: 1 . Unless otherwise indicated, miscellaneous furring shall be 16 in . on centers. Furring shall be secured with '40 approved nails, toggles, nailing plugs or as otherwise detailed, of sizes indicated. Furring strips shall be provided around all openings, angles, corners, and for other similar locations. Furring to be 1 by 3 minimum and larger where shown . Furring strips shall be erected plumb and rigid using wood shims wherever necessary. The face of furring strips shall conform to a true and even plane for finish material . Wood furring for offsets and breaks on walls shall be formed of 1 by 4 in . wood strips spaced 16 in . on centers following contours . Furring strips to support built-in items or as back-up shall be provided. 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-9 OF 1 . Frame as required for installation and support of *^ heating, ventilating, electrical, for plumbing items requiring structural bracing or changes, and other items to be concealed, recessed, or partly recessed. Do not cut , notch, or bore framing members for these purposes without permission of the Architect-Engineer. Reinforce framing members as directed where damaged by cutting. 2 . Miscellaneous 2 in . by 4 in . blocking and all other blocking required for other materials are in this scope of work. Block with 2 x 10' s to support wall hung lavatories . Install 1/2 in . plywood blocking at handicap baths from 24 in . to 36 in . above finish floor. Provide blocking along top perimeter of tub. Provide blocking at each side of window head for anchorage of drapery tracks. Provide blocking for all grab bars, railings, etc. 3 . Do such work as is necessary to cover and protect all carpentry work, sash, door frames, and all other materials from damage of any character. Provide and maintain temporary wood handrails around existing and new openings through floors, at stairwells, etc. 4 . Furnish, set, and maintain runways or ladders as required for general use of all workmen. 5 . Provide and maintain all temporary bracing required for window and door frames, etc. Provide and maintain all shoring, bracing, etc. required and be fully responsible for same , and all shoring shall be maintained until permanent work is in place and is suitable to receive the loads , and then removed . 6 . Temporary batten doors, complete with hinges and padlocks , shall be provided on exterior door openings . Before applying gypsum board, window openings shall be closed with strong muslin or polyethylene on wood frames . If windows are glazed before applying gypsum board, omit temporary enclosures . 7 . Cut , patch and frame all rough lumber and all blocking as required or directed for this work and the work of other trades, for the completion of the work of other trades, ready for installation of finish surfaces . 8 . Protect all window and other openings throughout the building as approved by the Architect-Engineer for temporary bracing. .. 9 . Build wood platforms, including attic walkways, of joists and plywood subflooring as indicated on the drawings . 10 . Build attic draft partitions of 2 x 3 wood framing between truss members as shown on the drawings . 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-8 sub-floor adhesive by gun-size cartridge in a bead sufficient to provide full coverage of the contact area. Nail 6 in . o.c . along panel edges and 10 in . o.c . at intermediate supports with 8d common nails . F. SHEATHING: 1 . Install wall sheathing with long edge perpendicular to studs and supports. Panel end joints shall occur over framing. Allow 1/8 in . spacing at panel ends and 1/4 in . at panel „ edges . Apply over insulation sheathing whenever it occurs. 2 . Install plywood roof sheathing with face grain perpendicular to trusses . Panel end joints shall occur over ""�” truss . Allow 1/4 in . spacing at panel edges and 1/8 in . at panel ends. Provide panel clips at 24 in . o.c . along unsupported edge. 3 . Nail 6 in . o.c . along panel edges and 12 in . o.c . at intermediate supports. Use 10d/ring shank nails at wall sheathing and 8d common nails at roof sheathing. G. SHEATHING, INSULATION: Install insulation with long dimension perpendicular to studs. Stagger vertical joints. Insulation shall be continuous and uninterrupted with tight joints and shall extend to rough opening of windows . Patch all damaged surfaces of insulation with aluminum tape. H. FIRESTOPPING: Firestop all concealed spaces in wood framing, not already shut off by framing members, to prevent drafts from one space to another . Use 2 in . thick nominal wood blocking. Fit accurately to fill opening. Firestop all chase walls at floor levels with wire mesh and 3/4 in . gypsum plaster. I. UNDERLAYMENT: 1. Install plywood underlayment over subflooring in areas to receive resilient flooring. Install particleboard in areas to receive carpet. Provide underlayment of thickness required for a flush surface in all areas . 2. Underlayment shall be labeled with the proper APA grade-trademark. Apply underlayment just prior to laying finish floor and protect against damage until finish floor is installed. Stagger panel end joints and all joints with respect to the joints in the subfloor. Butt panel ends and edges to a close but not tight fit ( allow 1/32 in . space) . Screw 6 in . o.c . along panel edges and 8 in . o.c . each way throughout remainder of panel. Before applying finish flooring, set screws 1/16 in . and lightly sand any surface roughness, particularly at joints and around screws . J. MISCELLANEOUS : 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-7 1 . Carefully lay out , cut , fit and erect all framing, bridging, furring, strapping, blocking, and all other items of carpentry. Cornice and other built-up sections will have continuous wood members of the sizes shown . ••. 2 . Build in all plates, ledgers and other framing members, properly nailed, properly anchored and braced. 3 . Brace, plumb and level all members and secure with sufficient nails , spikes and bolts to insure rigidity. Drill where necessary. Anchor with toggle bolts in concrete blocks . *°^ B . NAILING: Unless otherwise specified, nailing shall be done according to recommendations of NFPA and the State ,w Building Code . C . JOISTS, RAFTERS, BEAMS: 1 . Set with crown edge up . 2 . Toe nail joists to wood sills with 10d nails on both sides of joists. 3 . Double joists under non-bearing partitions. 4 . Double joists and rafters to form headers and trimmers longer than 4 ft . ; support with metal joist hangers . 5 . Under door posts, provide solid blocking between joists . 6. Provide blocking between members where necessary to support edges of sheathing and sub-flooring. 7 . Provide cross bridging at 8 ft. maximum spacing at all joists . D. STUDDING: 1 . Set studs directly over joists where possible . 2 . Double studs at openings. 3 . Frame above openings in non-bearing partitions with two 2 x 4' s or 2 x 6' s on edge or as detailed. Frame above openings in load-bearing partitions as detailed. Support headers on jamb studs. 4 . Provide midheight blocking in exterior and bearing walls as shown on the drawings . E. SUBFLOORING, PLYWOOD: Install subfloor with long dimension across joists and continuous over two or more spans . Panel end joints shall occur over joists . Allow 1/4 in . spacing at panel edges and 1/8 in . at panel ends . Apply 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-6 ,.� 40 1 . Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-B-571A. 2 . Clamps, expansion bolts, expansion screws, joist hangers, framing connectors, toggle bolts, washers and anchors shall be of steel and iron and of standard type and 40 shall 3. Lag screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-B-561. 4 . Nails shall conform to the requirements of the Federal Specifications FF-N-101, FF-B-561, or may be the screw-drive or special type of standard manufacture . a . Nails for exterior exposed work shall be corrosion resistant and either stainless steel, or hot dipped galvanized as approved by the Architect-Engineer for the specific application. b . Ring shank nails of proper smaller size may be used in place of common nails . 5. Wood screws shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specifications FF-B-111. 6. Wood Preservatives : Wood where specified shall be pressure treated with Osmose K-33, Wolman CCA, or approved equal. 7 . Clips shall be 2 in . by 3 in . steel wedge type for plywood panels . 8 . Insulation sheathing shall be extruded polystyrene foam with tongue and groove edges . To be Styrofoam TG by Dow or approved equal. 9. Framing anchors, joists hangers, rafter tie straps, truss plates, and other framing fasteners shall be by Simpson, .w Teco, or approved equal, and shall be galvanized . 10. Subfloor adhesive shall be waterproof heavy duty PL-400 as manufactured by Contech Company or approved equal . 11 . Air infiltration barrier shall be TYVEK Housing Wrap as manufactured by Dupont. No substitute will be accepted. 40 PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSTALLATION: ON A. GENERAL: WA "I 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-5 M" 2. Wood Schedule: At the Contractor' s option, lumber for 4M the various uses shall be one of the species listed below for the purpose and of the grade indicated: USE GRADE SPECIES a, a . Studs Stud Grade Eastern Hemlock am b . Joints, rafters, No. 2 Douglas Fir , West lintels, built- structural Coast Hemlock, up beams , Hem-Fir . -• columns . c . Gallery-joists, No. 1 KD Southern Pine, „M beams, columns . preservative treated. d . Bracing, furring No. 2 Douglas Fir-Coast common Region, Hemlock- Eastern and West Coast , Spruce, .� Eastern Pine. e . Plates, cants, No. 2 Douglas Fir , West nailers structural Coast Hemlock, �. Canadian Hemlock, Pine, Hem-Fir . f . Subf loor C-D Ext . Group 2 . glue . g . Wall sheathing APA rated Group 2 . sheathing EXP 1 (waferboard) h . Roof sheathing C-D INT-APA Group 2 . (exterior glue ) . , i . Underlayment Underlayment Group 2 . (kitchens, C-C Plugged. bathrooms ) EXT-APA. j . Underlayment Particleboard Group 2 . (carpeted areas) . �» k. Trusses and other Grade and Species to conform to prefabricated structural requirements as at- ..� items . tested to by the manufacturer engineering design and to design requirements (See structural drawings ) . All wood shall be kiln dried. B . MATERIALS OTHER THAN LUMBER: .. 1576 (NHA)/dmd 6A-4 MM of the building until masonry work and plastering are dry, except as approved by the Architect-Engineer. 1-06 ALTERNATES : A. GENERAL: Note Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No. 2 under Section 1H, Alternates . B . BASE BID : The Base Bid is for construction of the entire project as shown on the drawings except for items of work specified under Alternate Bid Price No . 1 and Alternate Bid Price No . 2 . C . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO 1 . , Paragraph 1H-02, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panels and individual roof projections, and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projections, all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PM D . ALTERNATE BID PRICE NO. 2, Paragraph 1H-03, is the reduction in price below the Base Bid for all costs in connection with deleting the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory and the prefinished vanity cabinet and the furnishing and installing in lieu thereof a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms , all as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. LUMBER AND MILLWORK: 1 . General: a . Sizes and Patterns: Lumber shall be surfaced four sides, and the dressed sizes of yard and structural lumber shall conform to the requirements of the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20 . Lumber shall be worked to such patterns as are indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Worked materials, except as otherwise indicated on the drawings , shall conform to the standard patterns of the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20 . b . Moisture Content: Unless otherwise specified, lumber shall be kiln-dried. c . Grade and Species : Lumber and plywood shall be identified by the official grade-mark, except where grade-mark will interfere with natural finish. 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-3 MM B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: The materials or products specified herein and indicated on the drawings by trade name, manufacturer' s name, or catalog number shall be provided as specified. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect-Engineer in writing, all materials shall be products of the following manufacturers: U .S . Plywood, Teco, Stanley Hardware. no. D. STANDARDS: 1 . All materials and operations shall meet the so requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the organizations cited in Section 2-01 A. , "Materials" , and including the following: The Architectural «w Woodwork Institute (AWI) ; Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) ; American Plywood Association (APA) ; National Forest Products Association (NFPA) ; American Wood Preserves Bureau (AWPB) ; Hardware Plywood Manufacturers Association (HPMA) . no 2 . Grading of lumber of the various species shall conform to the requirements of American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20 am and Product Standard PS-1. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : .. A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval o` by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. ow B . SHOP DRAWINGS: 1 . Submit shop drawings on any prefabricated structural r elements proposed for use. 2 . Trusses: Shop drawings shall show engineering calculations and shall be stamped by a registered structural engineer who shall certify and be responsible for the load carrying capacity of the trusses. .A 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Stack framing lumber and plywood panels to insure proper ventilation and drainage, protect materials from the elements . .. Stack lumber and plywood panels on a level platform supported by 4 x 4 stringers. Do not store or install doors in any part 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-2 SECTION 6A ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all rough carpentry work throughout the building as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All framing, sheathing, subflooring, blocking, and bracing. �s 2 . All framing, blocking, cutting and patching of carpentry items for other trades. ` 3. Furnish, set and maintain temporary enclosures, supports, opening protectives, barricades, runways, ladders, etc. 4. Prefabricated wood trusses. 5 . Air infiltration barrier. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Finish carpentry specified under Section 6B. 2 . Kitchen cabinets specified under Section 6C. 3 . Stairs, balustrades, and decking specified under Section 6B. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 1576(NHA)/dmd 6A-1 2 . Build all miscellaneous steel frames , counter supports, angle framing connectors , for supporting items shown on the drawings requiring angle , channel, or other framing and anchorage not specifically mentioned in Section 5A, Structural Steel and not shown on the Structural Drawings . 3 . Furnish angle threshold with bent anchors at exterior u overhead door . 4. Furnish aluminum frame for recessed floor mat at vestibule. Frame shall be fabricated of welded angles with welded anchor straps . No welds shall remain exposed after installation. 5 . Furnish and install miscellaneous metal items at roof , to include antenna supports, brackets, etc . and all items of mechanical equipment . Check Mechanical Drawings . END OF SECTION go an No w 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-9 WA a, B . METAL RAILINGS AND CLOTHESLINE POLES: 1 . Furnish and install metal railings at all stairs as indicated on the drawings. 2 . Furnish and install clothesline poles at drying yard complete with steel hooks at cross bars. .R 3 . Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges . Ease exposed .� edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 in . , unless otherwise shown . 4 . At welded connections, cope intersections of rails and posts, weld joints and seams continuously and in accordance with the recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match and blend with adjoining surfaces . 5 . All handrails and clothesline posts shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 6 . Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation. Set the work accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels . 7 . Adjust railings prior to securing in place to ensure that posts are plumb in each direction. 8 . Anchor ballustrade in pipe sleeves in concrete at first floor and with pipe flanges at gallery levels as indicated on the drawings . 9 . Install antenna mast as shown on the drawings, adequately anchored to the roof framing and guy wired in place . 10 . Install clothesline posts in alignment, plumb, level, .� set in concrete footings as indicated on the drawings . C . ANTENNA MAST SUPPORTS: Furnish and install mast supports as shown on drawings . To be hot dipped galvanized steel complete, including galvanized clip angles . Bolt brackets to antenna mast with galvanized steel bolts . Mast to be furnished under other sections. D . MISCELLANEOUS: 1 . The Contractor shall furnish all dowels , bolts, (see above) , rods, machine screws, wall ties, anchors, expansion bolts, etc. as required or as otherwise specified, and as ..► approved by the Architect-Engineer. All other items of miscellaneous metal shall be as detailed or shall be similar to related items as detailed. 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-8 40 connections . Do not use screws or bolts where they can be avoided. Where used, heads shall be countersunk, screwed up tight , and threads nicked to prevent loosening. ow B . CASTINGS shall be sound and free from warp, holes and other defects that impair their strength and appearance . Exposed surfaces shall have a smooth finish and sharp, on well-defined lines and arrises . Machine joints , where required, shall be milled to a close fit. Provide necessary rabbets, lugs and brackets so that work can be assembled in a neat and substantial manner . C . FASTENINGS shall be concealed where practicable . Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall give ample 00 strength and thickness . Joints exposed to the weather shall be formed to exclude water. D. BUILDING IN: At the proper time , deliver and set in place items of metal work to be built into adjoining construction . PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITIONS OF WORK: A. ERECTOR must examine the areas and conditions under which structural work is to be installed and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. VERIFY all measurements in the field, as required, for the work fabricated to fit the job conditions . 3-03 INSTALLATION: A. LOOSE LINTELS , ANGLE FRAMING: 1. Furnish all steel lintels of angle or other shapes required to support door openings and other openings in masonry for openings 18 in . or wider in concrete block masonry walls . 2. Lintels shall be approximately 12 in . longer than opening width , of sizes , number , and setting arrangement as required to provide proper support . 3. Provide angle sills and all other miscellaneous angles where required at elevator . 4 . Except where specified to be furnished under other sections or in specifications for mechanical trades , install required anchors , guards, supports , structural steel shapes as indicated for support of miscellaneous items . Rw 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-7 ow 4. Apply two shop coats of acrylic latex house paint . 5 . Anchors that are built into masonry or concrete shall be coated with asphalt paint , unless specified to be galvanized. 6 . Where zinc-coated metal is required, it shall not be shop primed unless specifically called for , but all abraded ► places and welding shall be touched-up with ferraloy, galvaloy or tineasy fluid . B . GALVANIZING: All exterior and other ferrous metal objects shown or specified to be galvanized shall: 1. Be hot-dip galvanized to meet process specifications ASTM A 123-68, ASTM A 153 latest edition and ASTM A 386 latest edition. 2 . Be inspected, tagged, and/or otherwise marked with a stamp indicating the ASTM Specification, and the ounces of zinc per square foot of steel required in Table 1 "Coating .. Weight" requirements for hot-dip galvanized products ASTM. 3 . Be accomplished by a certificate of conformance signed by the galvanizer and delivered to the Architect-Engineer . 4 . Be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication . 5 . Be fabricated of sizes as large as is reasonable and practical for sizes , shipping and installing. 6 . Be coordinated with shop drawings that have been reviewed by the galvanizing firm. 7 . Be wash primed for painting if required on the •�• drawings or specifications by use of trisodium phosphate 2 .5 ounces per gallon followed by clear rinse . 8 . Be painted by others (Section 9E) unless otherwise indicated herein . C . BONDERIZED, GRANODIZING OR DUNCANIZING shall be accomplished by ( 1) a thorough cleaning after fabrication in a 180 degrees F. alkaline solution to remove all grease, oil and foreign materials ; ( 2 ) rinsed in 180 degree F. water; ( 3 ) .� dipped for three minutes in 180 degree F. crystalline phosphate base solution; ( 4 ) rinsed in dilute solution of chromic acid; ( 5 ) and finally air dried. Minimum phosphate coating shall be 300 MG per square foot . 2-05 CONSTRUCTION: A. STEEL AND WROUGHT IRON shall be well formed to shape and size with sharp lines or angles . Shearing and punching shall leave clean , true lines and surfaces . Weld or rivet permanent 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-6 where directions for same are given prior to or with approval of shop drawings . Do necessary cutting, drilling, and fitting required for the installation of miscellaneous metal work. Execute drilling, cutting, and fitting carefully. When required, fit work at job before finishing . H. RIVETING, BOLTING AND SCREWING: Unless otherwise ON specified, rivet , bolt and screw heads shall be flat , countersunk in exposed faces of work or ornamental or finish character; elsewhere as required. Cut off bolts , screws , etc . where exposed flush with nuts or other adjacent metal. Except as otherwise required, weld or rivet shop-assembled connections . Rivets , bolts or machine screws may be used for field connection. The exposed fastenings shall be the same materials , color and finish as the metal to which they apply, unless otherwise required. I . CONNECTIONS : Make-up threaded connections tightly so that threads will be entirely concealed by fitting. J. ANCHORAGE : Work shall be fabricated to be built in with masonry, or formed as required for anchorage, or be provided with suitable anchors, expansion shields , etc. as required for proper anchorage. K. SUPPORTS: Install all supporting members, fastenings , framing and hangers , bracing, brackets, straps , bolts, ow anchors , and the like required to set and connect work rigidly and properly to structural steel , masonry or other construction . L. ATTACHED WORK: Except where otherwise specified for particular work item, or where work is required to be built in, secure to concrete with expansion or toggle bolts . Fastening to wood plugs in masonry is not permitted. 2-04 PAINTING, PROTECTIVE COATINGS , AND GALVANIZING: A. PRIMING AND PAINTING: All loose lintels and ferrous metal items , unless otherwise noted, shall be shop primed and painted as follows : 1 . Prime paint shall be Tnemec #99 green metal primer , Sherwin Williams zinc chromate , Cheeseman Elliot Primax Zinc Chromate , or Pratt and Lambert "Noxide" Red Primer , or approved equal . 2 . Clean all metal thoroughly. Remove rust and scale by sand blast or other approved method. Wash with benzine until all oil, grease , sand, dirt , and other foreign substances are removed. 3 . Apply by brush or spray one liberal coat of rust inhibitive paint to channels and angles . 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-5 A. The design of members and connections for any portion of , the structure not indicated on the design drawings shall be completed by the fabricator . Such design shall conform to the requirements of the current issue of the specifications for design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings of the American Institute of Steel Construction . Design drawings shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer for approval . MW 2-03 FABRICATION: oft A. GENERAL: 1. Make work in ample time not to delay job progress; deliver at job at such time as required for proper 4W coordination. Fabricate and erect all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner . ow 2 . Verify measurements in the field as required for work fabricated to fit job conditions . 3 . This Contractor shall consult with all contractors whose work adjoins his work and shall be held responsible for the proper working out and fitting of all details . B . Miscellaneous angles and other structural sections shall be fabricated in conformance with the latest edition of AISC Specifications and as detailed on the drawings . C . CONSTRUCTION: Form work true to details with clean , straight , sharply defined profiles . Metal shall have smooth finished surfaces except where otherwise specified . D. JOINTS: Make joints of such character and assembly to be strong and rigid as adjoining section . Welded joints shall be continuously welded or spot welded as specified; dress face of welds flush, smooth, exposed joints shall be closed fitting. Make jointing where least conspicuous . Jointing of plain surfaces and molding shall be prohibited. E. CASTINGS shall be of size determined by work type for which they form parts . Each member, if possible , shall be in one piece. Make joints at moldings or fillers . Casting thickness shall be uniform, sufficient to insure perfect workmanship, required strength for design use. Make castings clean, smooth, true to pattern and free from defects . Edges shall be sharp, come from molds clean, smooth, and perfect. F. CONNECTIONS AND ACCESSORIES: Weights of connections and accessories shall be adequate to safely sustain and withstand stresses and strains to which they will be normally subjected . G. CUTTING AND DRILLING: Do cutting, punching, drilling and tapping required for attachment of other work coming in contact with miscellaneous metal work where so indicated or 1576 (NHA)/dmd 5D-4 40 B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for each fabricated item showing components, arrangements, dimensions, orientation in the building, sections, dimensioned elevations , grounds, reinforcements , accessories, etc. C. SAMPLES: Submit samples , when directed under PART 3 EXECUTION, for items so specified. D. COLORS: Submit manufacturer' s complete color range, when directed under PART 3 EXECUTION, for items so specified. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect-Engineer. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. PROTECTION: Use all means necessary to protect materials of this section before, during, and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades. B . REPLACEMENTS: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect-Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. METALS shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability, and appearance; shall be best commercial quality for purpose specified, made with structural properties to withstand safely the strains and stresses to which they will be normally subjected. Protect metals from injury at the shop and in transit to job, until erected in place , completed, inspected, and accepted. B. LOOSE LINTELS shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard Specification A-36 , entitled "Steel for Buildings" . C. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS including nuts and washers shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard Specification A-325 . D. STEEL shall conform to applicable ASTM Specifications . 40 E. CAST-IRON shall be soft gray iron, true to pattern, smooth and straight , and free from defects impairing strength, durability, or appearance. '® F. WIRE shall be cold drawn steel. G. PAINT shall be rust-inhibiting zinc chromate red by Baer OR Brothers, Sherwin Williams , or Pittsburgh Paints . 2-02 DESIGN: 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-3 am 3 . All bolts required for anchoring wood to masonry and Xft steel shall be furnished and installed under Section 6A, Rough Carpentry. All other bolts are included in the scope of work of this section. am 4 . Sleeves and supports for installation of heating and ventilating , plumbing, and electrical work. 5 . Framing connectors for wood construction are specified under Section 6A, Rough Carpentry. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B. TESTS: The Subcontractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: +* 1 . Manufacturer: Products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect-Engineer. 2 . Installer: Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of �. the work of this section. D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the w. requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ; The American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) ; and the American Welding Society (AWS) . E . REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 5D-2 SECTION 5D MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all miscellaneous metal and similar items shown on the drawings or as specified herein, excepting only such work specified as being done by others. Labor for installation by this • Contractor is required only where the phrase "furnish and install" is used herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : (See Paragraph 3-01 INSTALLATION) 1. Furnish and install: a . Galvanized metal handrails at all stairs. b . Galvanized clothesline poles. c . Antenna mast (Installation Only) . 2 . Furnish for installation under other sections: a. Loose lintels. b . Miscellaneous angles, brackets, anchors and supports. c. Galvanized angle threshold at overhead door. C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Thresholds, except special thresholds , are included under Section 8F, Finish Hardware, see below. 2 . Catch basin and manhole covers, frames, and ladders are specified under Section 2C , Site Utilities . mn w 1576(NHA)/dmd 5D-1 E . Furnish all leveling plates for steel columns . Leveling plates to be 1/4 in . by area required and drilled for bolting. 3-04 CLEANING: A. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: This Contractor shall remove all rubbish caused by the work of this section. go END OF SECTION +w 1576(NHA)/dmd 5A-5 A. Verify all measurements in the field, as required, for work fabricated to fit job conditions . 3-03 INSTALLATION: aft A. Unless otherwise shown or specified herein, fabricate structural steel in accordance with current edition of specifications adopted by the American Institute of Steel SM Construction . Do all punching and drilling of steel required for attachment of other materials thereto. B . Unless otherwise shown or specified herein or directed, ON erect steel in accordance with the specifications adopted by the American Institute of Steel Construction and the following requirements : "" 1 . All shop connections shall be welded or bolted with high-strength bolts, friction type. 2. All field connections shall be welded or made with high-strength bolts . 3 . All high-strength bolts shall be installed by an approved method . 4 . Set columns true and plumb, and grout bases solid with equal parts of Portland cement and sand. Set bearing plates with mortar consisting of one part Portland cement and two parts sand. 5 . Provide suitable temporary braces and stays to hold structural steel in position until permanently secured . The structural frame of the entire building, section by section, shall be accurately plumbed before and after the installation of roof purlins and deck. Wn 6 . Drifting may be used only to bring together the several parts . They shall not be used in such manner as to distort or damage the metal . 7. All bolts required for structural steel are included in the scope of work of this section. C. HOLES shall not be made or enlarged by burning, nor will the burning of unfair holes in the shop or field be acceptable . Holes in the base of bearing plates shall be .. drilled. Holes shall be provided in members to permit connecting the work of other trades, who will furnish the necessary templates or such information as may be required. ... D. GAS CUTTING: Use of gas-cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be permitted on any major member in the structural framing. Its use will be permitted on minor members where the member is not under stress , and then only after the approval of the Architect-Engineer has been obtained. 1576(NHA)/dmd 5A-4 4. All steel for exterior use to be hot dip galvanized . B . TUBULAR CONCRETE FILLED COLUMNS: 1 . Tubular columns shall be fabricated from hot-rolled carbon steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specification Grade 2-A-36 with a minimum yield point strength of 36,000 lbs . per square inch. 2 . The concrete fill for tubular columns shall be free of excess water, be mechanically agitated or vibrated to insure a dense concrete without voids and segregation of aggregates and shall be 4,000 lbs . per square inch minimum strength at 28th " day. 3. Prior to delivering to job site, all concrete filled columns shall be properly cured and protected from freezing weather. Columns which show separation at the seams or bulging shall be rejected and replaced by the fabricator at no cost to the Owner. 2-04 PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL: A. Thoroughly clean all steel of all loose mill scale by power wire brushing. Mill scale which is bubbled, but not broken, is considered loose and shall be broken and removed. Remove all rust , dirt , weld flex, weld spatter and other foreign matter by wire brushing and scraping. Grind smooth any sharp projections . Oil and grease deposits shall be removed by solvent . B . Prime paint shall be Tnemec #99 green metal primer , Sherwin Williams "Kromik" , Cheeseman Elliott #250 or Pratt and Lambert "Noxide Red" primer, or approved equal . C. After steel has been properly prepared, apply primer paint to the steel surfaces by brush, spray or roller, assuring no running or sagging in accordance with the manufacturer ' s directions , so that coverage is not more than 400 sq . ft. per gallon in a wet film of four ( 4) mils, which shall provide a dry film of 2 .0 mils per coat. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITIONS OF WORK: A. Erector must examine the areas and conditions under which structural steel work is to be installed, and notify the General Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 3-02 PREPARATION: 1576(NHA)/dmd 5A-3 No A. GENERAL: Submit shop and erection drawings for all work ... in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. + 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Upon delivery to job site , steel shall be carefully unloaded and stacked away from snow and mud . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS : A. STRUCTURAL STEEL shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard Specification A-36 , entitled "Steel for Buildings" . B . HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS including nuts and washers shall conform to the latest edition of ASTM Standard Specification A-325 . **� C. CONCRETE FILLED TUBULAR COLUMNS to be as specified below. D . NUTS shall be of approved self-locking type. 2-02 DESIGN: A. The design of members and connections for any portion of the structure not indicated on the design drawings shall be completed by the fabricator . Such design shall conform to the requirements of the current issue of the specifications for design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel for buildings of the American Institute of Steel Construction . Drawings showing such design shall be comparable to extent of detail and information to those issued by the Architect-Engineer . The design drawings shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer for approval before any material is �. fabricated . 2-03 FABRICATION: ow A. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS : 1 . Column sections shall be columns with base plates and an head connections as detailed and as called for on the drawings . 0M 2 . Beams , columns and other structural sections shall be fabricated in conformance with the AISC specifications . 4M 3 . Provide bolt holes of threaded bolts in structural members to receive wood nailers as required or shown on the drawings . 1576(NHA)/dmd 5A-2 SECTION 5A STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . r 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the proper and complete installation of all beams , channels , steel columns, base plates , leveling plates, connection materials , plates , bracing, brackets, hangers, caps and bases and anchor bolts as shown on the drawings or as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : 1. All steel shown on the structural steel drawings S1 through S4. 2. All bolts required for structural steel . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing agency engaged .w. by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" .C . The current rules and practices set forth in the code of standard practice for steel buildings and bridges , and the specification for the design camber , fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings of the American Institute of Steel Construction shall govern this work, except as otherwise noted on the drawings or as otherwise specified . Welding shall be in accordance with the standard code for arc and gas welding in building construction of the American Welding Society. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : wr 1576(NHA)/dmd 5A-1 3-06 CLEANING: A. All masonry work shall be kept as clean as possible during construction . Splashing at staging levels shall be avoided by covering the courses at these levels , or by cleaning the face so spattered while the mortar is still fresh . Masonry walls shall be dry brushed at the end of each day ' s work and also after final pointing and shall be left clean and free from .. mortar spots and droppings . B . Remove equipment used and all debris , refuse , and surplus masonry materials caused by the work. �"'" am END OF SECTION awF 1576 (NHA)/dmd 4A-8 ON cells shall be left open in the face surfaces . Units terminating against beams , slabs or existing walls shall be filled tight and the joints slushed solidly with mortar. Jamb units shall be of shapes and sizes required to bond with wall units and shall be built in where shown on drawings or as required. Only load-bearing concrete structural units shall be used in any wall. C. FILLING OF CONCRETE BLOCKS: Any concrete blocks which carry any special loading must be filled for several courses as directed by the Architect-Engineer . The Trombe wall at the Maintenance Building shall have all cores and spaces filled solidly with mortar grout . D . BUILDING IN: This Contractor shall cooperate with the contractor for structural steel, miscellaneous metal , carpentry, mechanical trades , and all other contractors whose work is to be built into or set in conjunction with all masonry. Included herein is the building in of all flashing, loose lintels , louvers , frames , anchors , bolts , r reinforcements, ties , fixtures, the construction of chases and recesses , the cutting of slots, and patching required due to this work. Build in around electrical control and other mechanical cabinets, fire extinguisher cabinets, ducts, grilles, access panels and install necessary lintels . E. FIRE-RATED CONCRETE BLOCK: s 1 . Concrete blocks for elevator walls shall be fire-rated. These blocks are required in each entire wall, from base to bottom of roof slabs . 2 . For widths and ratings, see drawings . 3-04 SUPERVISION: A. The Contractor shall have in charge of the work at all times during the construction a thoroughly competent foreman who has had a wide background of experience in the construction used. Under him, the Contractor shall employ at least one experienced man in charge of mixing mortar . 3-05 PATCHING: A. Clean and fill with mortar all holes and cracks in mortar joints of exposed work. Cut out defective mortar joints, refill solidly with mortar and tool as specified. B . Within the one year guarantee period return to do touch-up patching of any cracks that may appear in masonry walls . Restore to match originally specified surfaces . 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-7 w installation . Do not build on walls that are frozen or contain frost . 3-03 INSTALLATION: am A. GENERAL: All masonry shall be laid plumb true to line, with level and accurately spaced courses and with each course breaking joints with the courses below. Where common bond is a• required, bond shall be kept plumb throughout . Corners and reveals shall be plumb and true. Courses shall be so spaced that backing masonry will level off flush with the face work at all bonding courses and at joints where metal ties are .w used. 1 . Chases , grooves, or reglet blocks and raked-out joints shall be kept free of mortar and all other debris . 2 . Fill tight with mortar between all metal door and window frames and masonry allowing for caulking at exterior door and window frames . 3 . Intersecting nonload-bearing walls shall be bonded together and to other walls with approved types of wire mesh, joint reinforcement , or looped wire ties , spaced at vertical intervals not exceeding 16 in. .. 4 . Anchorage of walls to columns , beams , joists and similar structural members shall be made as shown on the drawings . Anchor bolts shall be solidly grouted or mortared in place for their full embedded length . B . CONCRETE BLOCK UNITS IN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALLS : 1. All concrete block walls , all concrete block walls faced with brick and all concrete block faced with glazed tile shall be reinforced. Concrete blocks shall be laid in common bond. 2 . Reinforcing to be placed in every other course , horizontally, 16 in . on center, starting on top of the first block course above the glazed tile base course. 3 . Truss to be centered along the wall, lapped the full width of the truss at corners and where ends join , lap at least 6 in . The first two courses above all door openings and .. above and below all window openings shall be reinforced with one layer of truss, and it shall extend at least 24 in . beyond the sides of the opening. Reinforcing is to start within 2 in . of the end of the wall and be continuous or lapped at any joints, the full length of each alternate course. It shall extend within 2 in . of the end of the course . 4 . Concrete block shall be erected where shown on the drawings , each course shall be solidly bedded in mortar . Vertical joints shall be buttered their entire length. No 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-6 Repointing 1 (Portland 1 6 Cement) !!■* B . MORTAR GROUT: Mortar for grouting and poured fills shall be Portland Cement type with the quantity of water increased to produce the consistency required for pouring and shall be continuously stirred to prevent the segregation of the aggregate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 PREPARATION: A. EXISTING WORK: Where new masonry joins existing masonry or masonry that is partially set or totally set , clean the exposed surface of the old masonry and wet it lightly so as to obtain the best possible bond with the new work. Remove all loose block and mortar. B . MIXING MORTAR: Mortar shall be machine-mixed in an approved type of mixer in which the quantity of water can be accurately and uniformly controlled. However , the work requiring only small batches of mortar or grout , or when specifically approved, mortar may be mixed by hand. The machine mixing time shall not be less than five minutes , approximately two minutes of which shall be for mixing dry materials and not less than three minutes for continuing the mixing after the water has been added. The proportions shall be as listed under "MIXES" . When hydrated lime is used for mortars with a lime content , the Contractor shall have the option of using the dry-mix method or first converting hydrated lime into a putty. Hand-mixing shall be done in a tight mortar mixing box. The materials for each batch shall be well raked and turned over until the even color of the mixed materials indicates that the cementitious materials have been thoroughly distributed throughout the mass , after which the water shall be gradually added until a well mixed mortar of the required plasticity is obtained. If the mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or from absorption of a part of the mixing water, retemper the mortar immediately by adding water and remix the mortar. All mortar shall be used within 2-1/2 hours of the initial mixing. It shall not be used after it has begun to set. 3-02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS : A. Do not lay masonry below 36 degrees F. on falling temperatures or below 32 degrees F. on rising temperatures except by written permission of the Architect-Engineer . Furthermore , do not lay masonry when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F. unless suitable means , approved by the Architect-Engineer, are provided to heat materials , protect the work from cold and frost and ensure that mortar will harden without freezing for not less than 48 hours after uw 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-5 E. LIME : Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207, Type S. .. All lime shall be a fresh, fine hydrated lime as manufactured by Lee Lime Company, or approved equal . F. AGGREGATE: Sand shall conform to ASTM C 144 and shall be clean, sharp, well graded, and free from organic amounts of dust , lumps , shale, alkali , surface coatings or organic *� matter. Sand shall be graded from fine to course within the following limits: Percent of Sand Retained .� Sieve Number (By Weight) Maximum Minimum 4 0 0 8 10 0 16 40 15 30 65 35 50 85 75 100 98 95 G. WATER: Mixing water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oils , acids , alkalis, salts, and organic materials . Potable water will normally be acceptable . " H. ANCHORS AND REINFORCING: 1 . Steel bars and rods shall conform to Federal Specification QQ-B-71A, Type B, grade 1, 2, or 3 . 2 . Horizontal reinforcing shall consist of #9 galvanized wire truss type by Dur-O-Wal; Blok-Trus by A-A Wire Products; "Trus-Mesh" by Hohmann & Barnard, and sized to thickness of the wall . I. MASONRY CLEANER shall be "Sure-Klean 101 Lime Solvent" by ProSoCo or approved equal . J. WEEPS shall be 3/8 in . O.D. cotton sash cord. 2-02 MIXES: .� A. MORTAR for unit masonry shall be mixed in the following proportions : MORTAR SAND HYDRATED IN DAMP LOOSE USE CEMENT LIME CONDITION ..► Interior 1 (Masonry ---- 2-1/4 to 3 block Cement) Exterior 1 (Portland 1/2 to 1 4 to 6 block Cement) 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-4 ow site and not used. Material in broken containers or packages showing water marks or other evidence of damage shall be wholly rejected. The brand used at the start of the job shall be used throughout . C . CONCRETE BLOCKS shall be stored on planks , out of contact with mud and shall be protected from rain and snow during freezing weather . Handle in such a manner to prevent undue breakage and chipping. D. PROTECT all metal items from the elements . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. COMMON BRICK: Any concealed brick shall be first-quality common and 2-1/4 in. high actual by 8 in . by 4 in . nominal , or approved equal, ASTM C 62-69, Grade SW. B . CONCRETE BLOCK - INTERIOR: 1 . All lightweight interior concrete blocks of the sizes and shapes shown and called for on the drawings shall be made of Norlite, Waylite, or Solite. 2 . Concrete blocks shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Specifications C 90-79, Grade N-1 , for hollow load bearing units. Lightweight aggregates shall conform to ASTM Specifications C 331-69 and the unit weight of concrete used A shall not exceed 95 lbs . per cubic foot when tested in accordance with ASTM C 140-70 . Nominal weight aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and the unit weight of concrete shall be 125 lbs . per cu . ft . or more. Wo 3 . All block to be current modular sizes and shall be sound and free from cracks or other defects. Tests shall be as No specified in ASTM C 140-70 . 4 . Blocks shall be as approved by the Architect-Engineer . No chipped blocks and no blocks with open pores shall be used . ?" Units shall be thoroughly cured before shipment . 5 . Use closure, jamb and other special shapes shown or required by the construction. C. PORTLAND CEMENT: Cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type 1 . Color to be selected by the Architect-Engineer for exterior masonry. All cement for interior block walls to be painted to be light. w� D. MASONRY CEMENT (In Lieu of Portland Cement) : Cement shall conform to ASTM C 91, color to be selected by the Architect-Engineer . Masonry cement shall be Type N by "Lone Star" , "Universal", Atlas , or approved equal . 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-3 4 . Flashing. .. 5 . Steel lintels . D. WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1 . Furnishing, maintaining, and moving of scaffolding. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles , other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. QUALIFICATIONS: Cement shall be American made . D . STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the Portland Cement Association . ,. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . B . SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings on fabricated items . C. SAMPLES: Samples of the following shall be submitted to the Architect-Engineer for approval: 1 . Concrete Block - Interior : Two units of each type . 2 . Reinforcing. an 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. MANUFACTURED MATERIALS shall be delivered to the site in their original unopened containers bearing the name of the manufacturer and brand. B . CEMENT, LIME, AND MORTAR shall be stored in a watertight structure with the floor raised free of the ground. Cement that has hardened or partially set shall be removed from the 1576 (NHA)/dmd 4A-2 SECTION 4A MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . ow 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all masonry work shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All concrete block masonry work. 2. Furnish and install all masonry reinforcement . 3 . Arranging for adequate bracing, forming and shoring required in conjunction with and in the course of constructing the masonry and not provided for under other sections. 4 . Building In: This Contractor shall, as part of his contract , cooperate with all other trades whose work is to be built into or set in conjunction with all masonry. All bedding required shall be executed by this Contractor under the direction of the trades furnishing same. 5 . Giving the work his personal supervision and keeping a competent foreman on the job at all times . 6 . Calling for all inspections as required in the course of his work by the Architect-Engineer and Building Department . 7 . Arrange for furnishing test specimens and samples of materials as may be required. C. WORK INSTALLED BUT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS: 1 . Bolts. 2. Anchors . 3 . Inserts . 1576(NHA)/dmd 4A-1 �r A. The location and type of any special concrete treatment or finish is shown on the drawings. B . It is the intent of this specification to require forms , mixtures of concrete, and workmanship so that concrete surfaces, where exposed, will require no patching, except for plugging of tie holes . However , where patching is acceptable to the Architect-Engineer, the procedure described below shall be followed. 40 C . As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete surfaces exposed, fins and other projections shall be removed, recesses left by the removal of form ties shall be filled with minor surface defects repaired. D. Immediately after removal of forms remove cones or cut off metal ties at least 1-1/2 in back from surfaces exposed to view of which are to be finished. Holes are then to be promptly filled upon stripping as follows : moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1/16 in . brush coat of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole with a 1: 1-1/2: 3 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch ( just short of "balling" ) . Hammer the grout into the hole until dense and an excess of paste appears on the surface. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. E. Patches which become crazed, cracked or sound hollow upon tapping shall be removed and replaced with new material at no expense to the Owner. w■ F. Tops of slabs, walls, etc. shall be repaired by using either the same material as originally cast or by use of a .� dry-pack material. Areas affected shall be chipped back square and to a depth of 1 in . minimum. Hole shall then be moistened with water for a minimum of two hours, followed by a brush coat of 1/16 in . thick cement slurry. Immediately plug the hole with concrete, or with a dry pack material consisting of a 1:1-1/2 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch. Hammer the dry-pack into the hole, until dense and excess of paste appears on the surface. Finish to patch level and to the same texture as surrounding concrete. Color shall be matched as outlined above. 3-07 CLEANING: A. Concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of objectionable stains • as determined by the Architect-Engineer . Materials containing acid in any form or method which will damage the "skin" of concrete surfaces shall not be employed. 4 END OF SECTION 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-21 4M other materials shall be used in the mix to lower the freezing point of the concrete. 1 . Protect all concrete work against injury from heat , cold , and defacement of any nature during construction operations . 2 . Concrete, particularly exposed surfaces, shall be treated immediately after concreting or cement finishing is completed to provide continuous moist curing above 50 degrees F. for at least six days , regardless of ambient air temperatures . 3 . Moist cure concrete containing coloring agent continuously. Do not use liquid membrane, paper or sheet plastic methods . 4 . Floor surfaces, after hardening sufficiently to " prevent damage thereby, and normally within several hours after final troweling, shall be covered by clean cotton quilts wetted or reinforced waterproof paper with lapped seams taped `" with waterproof pressure sensitive tape at least 3 in . wide. Use of continuous operating sprinklers, or "ponding" are acceptable curing methods. Sand and sawdust shall not be used . The slabs shall in all cases be kept continuously wet for at least six days . 5 . The Contractor shall have on the site, ready for use, sufficient and adequate equipment for protecting the concrete from any and all forms of damage by the elements, including equipment for enclosing and heating the work in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. 6 . A permanent temperature record shall be kept by the Contractor showing the date and outside temperature for all concreting operations. Thermometer readings shall be taken at the start of work in the morning, at noon , and again late in the afternoon, and the locations of all concrete placed during such periods shall likewise be recorded, all in such a manner as to show any effect the temperatures may have had on the construction. Concrete temperatures shall be taken 1 in . below the surface using mercury-filled thermometers. Locations of temperature readings shall be such as to give a true indication of the concrete temperature of the entire unit ,.. being monitored. 7. Forms shall be removed only after concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight , construction live loads placed thereon and lateral loads, all without excessive deflection or damage to the structures . See ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" for detailed discussion of form removal. 3-06 PATCHING: 1576 (NHA)/dmd 3A-20 �- wo e . Sampling of concrete at the job site, fabrication of control test specimens, transporting specimens to the laboratory and performing standard compression tests. One set of three specimens shall be made for each 100 cubic yards of concrete placed, but not less than one set of each day' s placement for each mix used. f . Periodic slump, air content and density tests at the site and as directed by the Architect-Engineer for verification of compliance by the Architect-Engineer . g . Daily reports for each day' s field inspection shall be made and distributed within five days . Reports or tests shall be distributed within four days of the performance of tests . Ow 8 . When tests of control specimens fall below the required strength, or when freshly cast concrete is suspected of being frozen or damaged by frost , the Architect-Engineer may require core specimens taken from the concrete in question and tested in accordance with ASTM C 42. If these tested specimens do not then meet the strength requirements, the Architect-Engineer will have the right to require additional curing, load tests, strengthening or removal, and replacement of those parts of the structure which are unacceptable and in addition, removal of such sound portions of the structure as necessary to insure the safety and durability of the structure. 9 . Those portions of the structure that do not meet the contract requirements based on appearance or for any other aesthetic reason shall be corrected or removed and replaced as directed by the Architect-Engineer and all costs of corrections, removal, and replacements shall be at the Contractor' s expense. 10 . The Architect-Engineer or his designated representative will, at all times, have the right to delay or stop concrete operations when, in his judgement, quality of the construction will impair the strength and durability of the finished product. All costs arising from delays due to non-compliance shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3-05 CURING: A. When concrete is placed at or below ambient air temperature of 40 degrees F. or whenever, in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer, such or lower temperatures are likely to occur within 24 hours after placement of concrete, cold weather concreting procedures, according to ACI 306 and as specified herein, shall be followed. Concrete shall be maintained at above 50 degrees F. for a period of at least six days after placement unless more stringent requirements are called for . To this end, the entire area shall be protected by MR adequate housing or covering and heating. No chemicals or 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-19 am 3 . If the average strength of such additional core am samples is less than the requirements of Table A, Column 4, the Owner may require the Contractor, at his own expense and as directed by the Architect-Engineer, to strengthen adequately or to replace said portion at no cost to the Owner. E. CONCRETE TESTING: 1 . A testing agency will be selected by the Architect-Engineer, and will be paid by the Owner. The frequency and degree of testing will be determined by the Architect-Engineer. 2 . The Contractor and selected testing agency shall ** examine the Contract Documents and become thoroughly acquainted with the detailed testing requirements. 3 . The Contractor shall investigate the source of and allow access to the materials required to be sampled and tested by the testing agency. Ma 4 . The testing agency will aid the Contractor in the perfection of techniques to insure the best quality of the final product . However, the Contractor shall carry out •� diligently and without delay those corrections as directed by the testing agency when construction operations indicate that specification requirements or construction practices are being or about to be violated. 5 . The Contractor shall notify the Architect-Engineer and testing agency not less than 24 hours in advance of the starting time of any project concrete operations . 6 . The testing agency shall immediately report to the Architect-Engineer and testing agency not less than 24 hours in advance of the starting time of any project concrete operations . 7 . Inspection and control shall be sufficient to maintain quality control and shall include but shall not be limited to the following: ... a . Design of concrete mixes for each design strength of concrete, and for each type of aggregate. b . Inspection of forms for general requirements and cleanliness . C . Inspection of reinforcement for cleanliness, clearance, and arrangement including adequate support accessories . d . Inspection of concrete at the job site, including transportation, placement , protection, and curing. 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-18 •� 3-04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Slump tests, air tests, fabrication of cylinders and all other recognized tests which are deemed applicable for the specific requirements of this project shall be carried out in the field as required by the Architect-Engineer . B . If requested by the Architect-Engineer, tests shall be as specified below: 1 . The Contractor shall furnish the concrete for test samples. No more than six cylinders will generally be made for any class of concrete used in any one day ' s operation unless, in the judgement of the Architect-Engineer, additional samples are needed. The specimen containers will be furnished by the Contractor. When core samples are required, they will be taken by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall satisfactorily fill and finish the holes left by the cores. C . RESULTS OF SEVEN-DAY TESTS: 1. If the average strength of any set of seven-day test specimens is less than the requirements of Table A, Column 4, the Owner may take core samples from the portion of the structure determined by the Architect-Engineer as represented by the deficient seven-day specimens. 2 . If the strength of any of the core samples is less than the requirements of Table A, the Owner may require the Contractor, at his own expense and as directed by the Architect-Engineer: a . To conduct further curing of said portion. b . Test one cylinder at 14th day. c . Modify the mix for subsequent work. D . RESULTS OF TWENTY-EIGHT DAY TESTS: 1 . If the average strength of any set of 28-day test specimens is less than the requirements of Table A, Column 4, the Owner may take core samples from the portion of the structure determined by the Architect-Engineer as represented by the deficient 28-day specimens. ! "! 2 . If the strength of any of the core samples is less than the requirements of Table A, Column 4, the Owner may require the Contractor, at his own expense and as directed by the Architect-Engineer, to conduct further curing of said portion for a period of not more than ten days , after which additional core samples may be taken by the Owner from said portion . 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-17 AW o 3 . All slabs and footings and all reinforcing, inserts, and forms shall be subject to approval by the Architect-Engineer before placing the concrete. 4 . Remove water and foreign matter from forms and excavations . Place no concrete on frozen soil and provide * adequate protection against frost during freezing weather. Calcium chloride shall not be sprinkled into forms to remove ice or thaw frozen soil, or on any concrete surface to remove ice. 5. Concrete shall be deposited continuously, and in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. 6 . In order to secure full bond at construction joints, the surfaces of the concrete already placed, including vertical and inclined surfaces, shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign materials and laitance, roughened with suitable tools such as chipping hammers, wire brushes, etc. , and recleaned by a stream of water or compressed air . Well before the new concrete is deposited, the joints shall be saturated with water. After free or glistening water disappears the joints shall be given a thorough coating of neat cement ground mixed to the consistency of very heavy paste. The surfaces shall receive a coating of at least 1/8 in . thick; wherever possible this shall be scrubbed in by means of stiff bristle brushes . New concrete shall be deposited before the neat cement ground dries . 7 . Concrete during and immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly compacted by means of internal type mechanical * vibrators to produce required quality of finish. All vibrators used for normal weight concrete shall operate at a speed of not less than 10 ,000 rpm and be of suitable capacity. All vibration used for lightweight concrete shall operate at a speed of no more than 5 ,000 rpm, with large amplitude motion. All vibration shall be supplemented by proper wooden spade puddling to remove included bubbles and honeycomb adjacent to visible surfaces . 8 . Chutes , hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each run and the water and debris shall be discharged outside the form. G . CONTROL JOINTS: 1 . Place floor slabs saw cut pattern so that there is no area more than 1500 s .f . without control joint . 2. Saw cut joints within 24 hours after finishing . Use 3/16 in . thick blade , cutting 1/4 into depth of slab thickness . 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-16 "` d . Slabs restrict outside diameter of conduit to 1/4 of slab thickness. Keep within middle half of that thickness. e . Run conduit larger than 1/6 slab thickness approximately parallel at right angles to slab reinforcing, not diagonally. 40 f . Place nearly parallel conduits apart at least six times o.d . of conduit being used. an D. JOINTS: 1 . Construction and control joints indicated on the drawings are mandatory, located as shown on the drawings. 2 . Construction joints shall be continuously bevel keyed, 2 in . by 4 in . , 2 in . by 6 in . , as required. 3. Joints not indicated or specified shall be placed to least impair the strength of the structure and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. E. VAPOR BARRIER: Apply Tu-Tuf 4 vapor barrier over compacted gravel base. Use a size and width that minimizes joints. All joints shall be lapped 8 in . minimum and sealed with continuous caulk bead. All pipes and other projections $0 shall be sealed to the vapor barrier with caulking. Caulking to be as recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer. F . PLACING CONCRETE: 1 . Transport concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which prevent separation of the ingredients and displacement of the reinforcement, and avoid rehandling. Deposit no partially hardened concrete. When concrete is conveyed by chutes, the equipment shall be such size and U-shaped as to insure a continuous flow in the chute. Flat chutes shall not be employed. The chutes shall be of metal or metal lined and the different portions shall have approximately the same slope. The slope shall not be less than 25 or more than 45 degrees from the horizontal , and shall be such to prevent the segregation of the ingredients. The discharge end of the chute shall be provided with a baffle plate or spout to prevent segregation. If the discharge end of the chute is more than 5 ft . above the surface of the concrete in forms, a spout shall be used, and the lower end maintained as near the surface of the deposit as practicable . When the operation is intermittent, the chute shall discharge into a hopper . Concrete shall not be allowed to flow horizontally over a distance exceeding 5 ft. 2 . Unless otherwise permitted the work shall be so executed that a section begun on any one day shall be 40 completed in daylight on the same day . on 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-15 3 . Splicing of reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall be avoided. Splices shall be lapped as shown on the drawings or a minimum of 30 bar diameters, placed in contact and wired securely together. Welded wire fabric shall be lapped 6 in . or one wire space plus 2 in . whichever is larger and shall be securely wired together at 18 in . intervals . 4. Bending, tack welding, cutting, or substituting reinforcement in the field, other than shown on the contract drawings, in any manner is prohibited unless specific approval for each case is given by the Architect-Engineer, or his designate. 5 . The ends of all reinforcing bars and other items used for form butt splices shall be thoroughly cleaned by a power driven wire brush and be free from rust and foreign matter. Splice and components shall be completely dry. Preheating when required shall be done with power equipment in order to avoid deposits of carbon or other foreign matter on contact surfaces to be joined. 6 . All splices shall be made so that the bars being joined are parallel and not offset more than 1/8 in . nor out of straight alignment more than 1/4 in . in 10 ft . The elevation of the top of vertical bars shall be within plus or minus 1 in . of specified elevation as shown on the contract drawings . C. EMBEDDED ITEMS : The Contractor shall be responsible for and insure that installation of all embedded items conform to requirements of ACI 318, and as specified below: 1 . The installation of all inserts required by other trades shall be coordinated with , or shall be installed prior to , the placing of reinforcing steel . 2 . The Contractor shall place anchor bolts, adjustable anchor slots, etc. , furnished by other sections. 3 . Embed no pipes other than electrical conduit in any structural concrete. Provide steel sleeves for pipes passing through concrete. Apply for permission from the Architect-Engineer for any variation from the following requirements unless shown on the structural drawings . Make ..., request in writing accompanied by suitable sketch. a . No conduit coating, except galvanizing or equivalent , shall be used. b . Do not cut or displace any reinforcement . .., c . Do not place conduit between concrete surfaces and reinforcement . 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-14 4 . Forms for walls shall have removable panels, if required by the Architect-Engineer, for form cleaning, inspection and application of bonding paste. 5 . Before form materials can be re-used, surfaces that will be in contact with freshly cast concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, damaged areas repaired, and all projecting nails withdrawn . Re-use of form material shall be subject to approval by the Architect-Engineer . 6 . The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper removal of forms , installing all shoring and reshoring, and removal of shores and reshores . The Contractor shall, at his own expense, replace any work damaged due to improper or too early removal of forms , shores or reshores. 7 . The Contractor shall not place construction or building materials on concreted members for a period of at least 24 hours after casting at which time and location he shall employ adequate shores to prevent damage to "green" concrete. The Contractor shall not , in any case, overload freshly cast concrete members. Workmen shall not walk on freshly cast concrete members for a minimum of 12 hours after finishing. 8 . The Contractor shall set and maintain concrete formwork to insure complete work is within the tolerance limits listed in ACI 347 and with the following additional requirements: 40 a . Variation from the plumb: in lines and surfaces of piers, walls and in rises 1/4 in . per 10 ft. but not more than 1/2 in . b. Variations of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns , walls and partitions in any bay or 20 ft. maximum 1/4 in . ; in 40 ft. or more, 1/2 in . c . Variations in the thickness of slabs and walls : minus 1/4 in . plus 1/8 in. - B . PLACING REINFORCEMENT: 1. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance with Contract Documents and shall be firmly secured and positioned by templates, wire ties of adequate gauge, and reinforcement accessories each of a type approved by the Architect-Engineer . 2 . At the time concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be free of excessive rust scale or other coatings that will destroy or reduce bond requirements. Reinforcement expected to be exposed to the weather for a considerable length of time shall be painted with a heavy coat of cement grout . No 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-13 is sufficiently firm to hold a man' s weight , the floor shall be troweled to a true, even, and smooth surface. 2 . Smooth Integral Cement Finish Method: The slabs shall be finished as specified hereinbefore for smooth integral cement finish, except that the finish coat may be composed of a 1: 1-1/2: 3 mix of cement, fine aggregate and coarse • aggregate, and the surface left after the first troweling, omitting the second troweling and burnishing. E . POWER MACHINE FINISHINGS: In lieu of hand finishing, the Contractor may use a power machine approved by the Architect-Engineer for finishing concrete floors in accordance with the directions of the machine manufacturer ; the preparation of concr to surfaces for finishing by machine shall , in general, be as hereinbefore required for hand finishing. F. CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER: Where designated "S" in the schedule of room finishes apply clear sealer with A.C . Horn or approved equal . Apply two coats in strict accordance with the manufacturer ' s specifications . This sealer is to be applied in addition to the curing compound. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all leveling and grinding of depressed and high spots in concrete surfaces in excess of the tolerances specified above . In areas where leveling materials are required to provide the proper surface, such materials shall be of a type approved by the Architect-Engineer . 3-03 INSTALLATION: ■■ A. ERECTION OF FORMWORK: Im 1 . Forms shall be used for all concrete, including footings . 2 . Forms shall be so designed by the Contractor to am withstand all dead and live loads, including construction live loads , both vertical and lateral, imposed upon them during construction, concreting, and curing periods . Bracing shall be .w such that forms do not move out of specified tolerances for line and elevation . 3 . The Contractor shall provide sufficient form materials a" so work can proceed without delay. Forms shall be built mortar-tight and edges glued or otherwise sealed to prevent loss of concrete matrix. Edges of formed panels , in contact s® with previously cast concrete, shall be flush within 1/16 of an inch . Forms shall be continually adjusted for line and elevation during concrete placement as required. am 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-12 "" PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 CONDITIONS OF SURFACES: A. CONCRETE SLABS shall be finished as hereinafter described . Dusting of wearing surfaces with dry materials will permitted. In preparation for finishin not be be struck off true to the required level ateorlbelowlthe shall elevation or of the finished floors, as shown on the drawings. Floors shall be level with a tolerance of 1/8 in . in except where drains occur, in which case, the floors shall be •� 10 ft . , Pitched to drains as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Architect-Engineer. See "Schedule of Room Finish the drawings . es" on B. MONOLITHIC FINISH: All floor slabs not otherwise specified herein shall be finished by with special tools to force the course aggregate the concrete surface, then screeding and the cou ggregate away from the bring the surface to the required fiini,shhlevel lshown dg on to drawings. While concrete is still green, but sufficientlyt he hardened to bear a man' s weight without feet imprint , it shal be wood floated to a true , even plane with no coarse a r l visible , sufficient pressure shall be used on the wood floats e to bring moisture to the surface. The concrete shall then be hand-troweled to produce a smooth and impervious surfa from trowel marks . An additional troweling shall r ce free ringing sound from the trowels . P oduce a C. WOOD FLOAT FINISH: All exterior concrete slabs entrances and exits, and walks , shall be finished by tamping with special tools to force aggregate then screeding with straightedges tobring them surface rtoct � required line, as shown on the drawings . he still green, but sufficiently hardened toWbear the cementte is concre finisher' s weight, the surface shall be floated with a wo float to a true, uniform plane with no coarse a od tr visible . Dusting to absorb surface water will not beate permitted. Pour alternate squares . D. FINISH TO RECEIVE RESILIENT TILE: All floor slabs ** specified to receive resilient tile shall be produced by one of the following methods at the Contractor' s option: 1 . Roller and Screed Method: The shall by tamping with special tools to force theba g greg be finished the surface and then brought to the required heightebyway from roller not less than 6 in . in diameter and of a type approve by the Architect-Engineer. Roller shall be carried on sreeds and accurately set in the work and sufficiently rigid to withstand the rolling. The concrete shall be maintained ahead of the roller at a height to insure complete compaction of the surface . Areas not reached by rolling shall be thoroughly tamped . After surface water has disappeared and the concrete w 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-11 o V)41 4-1 --A 0 0 (0 - 9) U) � (I --r-I 4J �4 rO �4 U r13 4 0 U a) -14 Q) -Q ro 0 � 0 Q) (1) rd -4 4-) (d (0 a" 44 3 44 A4 -H U) Q) U) 0) U E 43 C,' C: a) -3 JZ ra ym 2- LL- i • v 1 CO (D u C-) �.r LL 1 -- C._> (1) Cl) ul r--j C7 T'l RMM(21 V) LLJ n c 4-1 0- R 0 Cl S.- C-) Z7 CJ U C.D LL ol . Lil u I J 3 r-_ -C4 -C V) CD (J-1 on rl� E S-- go (3) 77 Cy L'i M5 LC L" co k-D %; ;��n - -r F- C-) Lli (ij cl ow Lf-) 'I- -.!C >- LIJ Lo L-If LJ UJ Z.) C-) LA (D cv rD Lij "m Cl- C) L" CD CD V) LA i C/') Cy �:r -,-I Lr Ci 'D r'-1 U-) -, Lj mlf Li I (Ij ;..7 (D cy-, Llj C. C) C) am uj — -j C*I- la: N CD __j -7 _j - I L/I L'l 0) N LL1 V) ry) c 7) C,I C) CD ens 1576 (NHA) /dmd 3A-10 1 . The approved water reducing agent shall be added to all concrete. All concrete shall contain 4. 5 percent to 5 .5 percent total entrapped plus entrained air . Retarders in hot weather may be used, subject to approval by the Architect-Engineer of brand and method and location of use. Accelerators in cold weather shall not be used except with the Architect-Engineer' s written approval. 2 . The water content and cement content of the concrete to be used in the work shall be based on a curve showing the relation between water content, cement content, and the 7 and 28 day compressive strengths of concrete made using the proposed materials . The curves shall be determined by four or more points, each representing an average of at least three test specimens at each age, and shall have a range of values sufficient to yield the desired data, including all compressive strengths called for on the plans, without - extrapolation. F. MIX CONSISTENCY: The consistency of the concrete at time of deposit as measured by ASTM C 143, "Standard Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement-Concrete" , shall be as follows : 1 . In all cases , the concrete, as delivered, shall be of such consistency and mix composition that it can be worked readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around the reinforcement and concrete inserts, without permitting the materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surface . 2 . The retempering of concrete which has partially hardened, that is , mixing with or without additional cement , aggregates, or water will not be permitted. 2-03 PRECAST CONCRETE: A. PRECAST CONCRETE to have a minimum allowable compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28th day and be reinforced and anchored as detailed on the plans. B. The color and surface texture of precast concrete to match adjacent exposed concrete surfaces. a C. Precast concrete for curbs to be as shown on the drawings . 2-04 FABRICATION: A. FABRICATION OF REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing bars shall be detailed in accordance with requirements of standard practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures ACI 315. or curbs to be as shown on the drawings . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 3A-9 am and extend 3/4 in . slab edge insulation to top of concrete floor slab . J. FLOOR HARDENER AND SEALER: Concrete floor sealer shall be no, clear sealer by A.C. Horn, Toch Bros . , (RIW) "Rocktop Sealer" or approved equal . Two coats shall be applied. K . VAPOR BARRIER: Furnish and install "Tu-Tuf 4" moisture vapor barrier or approved equal under all concrete floor slabs on grade, and also where indicated on drawings. Sheets to be .� from full rolls lapped at sides and ends at least 8 in . and run up wall at edges , and otherwise properly installed according to manufacturer' s recommendations . To be Tu-Tuf4 as manufactured by Sto-Cote Products, Inc . -° 2-02 CONCRETE MIXES : A. All concrete shall be ready-mixed produced by a plant acceptable to the Architect-Engineer. Hand or site mixing shall not be done. All constituents, including admixture, shall be batched at the central batch plant. ..� B . Materials shall be measured by weighing. The apparatus provided for weighing the aggregates and cements shall be certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures within one year of use. Each size of aggregate and cement shall be weighed separately. The accuracy of all weighing devices shall be such that successive quantities can be measured to within one percent of the indicated amount . Cement in standard packages ( sack) need not be weighed. The mixing water shall be measured by volume or by weight. The water measuring device shall be accurate to 1/2 percent . Admixtures shall be mixed, dispensed, and used in accordance with the specific manufacturer' s detailed specifications. C . Cooled or heated water shall be used in accordance with ACI 306 and 605 . D . Central mixed concrete shall be plant mixed a minimum of five minutes . Agitation shall begin immediately after the premixed concrete is placed in the truck and shall continue without interruption until discharged. E. It is the intent of this section to secure, for every part of the work, concrete of homogeneous structure which, when hardened, will have the required strength, density, imperviousness to water, appearance, and resistance to wear s and weathering. The actual proportions of constituents necessary to produce concrete conforming to the following specific requirements shall be determined by means of prior laboratory tests made with all constituents to be used in the work. Proportioning of concrete mixtures shall be carried out in accordance with Chapter 3 - Proportioning of ACI 301. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" , and as specified herein . 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-8 '"" 4 . Ties for walls below grade and at unexposed areas shall be snap-ties of the type specified above with removable + " cones, and shall incorporate water seal washer . 5 . Form release agent shall be an approved, non-staining, non-emulsifiable type for all concrete to be left exposed, painted, or plastered or to receive any adhesive applied finish. It shall be compatible with architectural finishes applied later. G. REINFORCING AND ACCESSORIES: 1 . Reinforcing steel bars shall be newly rolled billet steel conforming to ASTM A 615. Steel grade as shown on the drawings. Bars shall be bent cold. 2 . Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 185, sizes as shown on the drawings. All walks shall be reinforced with 6 x 6 - W 2. 9 x W 2 . 9 welded wire fabric. 3 . Reinforcement supports shall include all spacers, chairs, ties , slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and fastening the reinforcement. Tie wire shall be annealed wire of sufficient strength for the intended purpose, but not less than No . 19 gauge. Individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of a type to suit the various conditions encountered and must be capable of supporting 300 lb . load without crushing. 4. H. PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER shall be asphalt impregnated type , non-extruding, self-expanding filler strips conforming to ASTM ON D 1752 Type III and ASSHO M153 Type III . They shall be as manufactured by Celotex Corporation, W.R. Meadows , Inc . , W.R. Grace & Co. , or equal approved by the Architect-Engineer. Use where shown on drawings or specified, in thickness shown, but go not less than 1/2 in . Joint filler shall be compatible with any joint sealer to be used. Note 3/4 in . foundation wall insulation required at exterior wall slab edges . OR I . FOUNDATION WALL INSULATION: 1. Furnish and install perimeter rigid insulation board. Run continuously with tight joints. Insulation board shall be 2 in . thick moisture resistant Styrofoam "SM" by Dow Chemical Company having a density of 2 .0 lbs . per cubic foot, and a K factor of 0. 20 at 75 degrees F. No substitutes will be acceptable . 2 . Wall insulation is required around the entire exterior perimeter of all parts of the building. Extend insulation to 36 in . below exterior finish grade or to top of footing where floor slab on grade is above the exterior finish grade . Extend 2 in . perimeter insulation over top of foundation wall 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-7 N 3 . 3/4 in . for all reinforced concrete sections 3 in . to am 8 in . in thickness . 4 . 1/2 in . for all topping, granolithic surfaces and oft sections 1-1/2 in . to 3 in . in thickness . 5 . Pea Gravel : 3/8 in . for sections less than 1-1/2 in . in thickness . D. WATER shall be potable and from a domestic supply. E. ADMIXTURES : 1 . A water reducing agent, such as "WRDA" as manufactured .. by W.R. Grace & Company, 62 Whittemore Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02140, or "PDA25" - Protex Industries, Inc . , 1331 W. Evans Avenue, Post Office Box 9327, South Denver Station, Denver, Colorado 80209, or "POZZOLITH" 8 improved - Master Builder' s Co. , Division of American Marietta Co . , Cleveland 18, Ohio, and conforming to ASTM C 494, or approved equal , shall be used in all concrete. •� 2 . An air-entraining agent, such as DAREX AEA, MB-VR, or PROTEX AEA as approved by the Architect-Engineer shall be used �. in all concrete exposed to the elements, as a supplement to the water reducing agent ( as required) to produce a total of entrained air plus entrapped air of 4.5 percent to 5 . 5 percent. Air-entraining admixture shall conform to ASTM C 260. .�. 3 . Admixtures retarding setting of cement in concrete shall be used if permitted by the Architect-Engineer. 4 . Admixtures causing accelerated setting of cement in concrete shall not be used without written approval of the Architect-Engineer. Calcium chloride shall not be used. 5 . Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form and dispensed as recommended by the manufacturers . The water in the solution shall be included in the computation of water-cement ratio. F. FORM MATERIALS : Forms shall be made of wood or metal. 1 . Concrete surfaces not exposed to view shall be Class 1 B-B Plyform, exterior grade, not less than five ply nor less than 5/8 in . thick conforming to U .S . Product Standard PS-1-66 . 2. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be Class 1 B-B High Density Overlay Plyform, exterior grade, not less than five ply or less than 5/8 in . thick and conforming to U .S . Product Standard PS-1-66 . 3 . Form ties and spreaders shall be commercial brands . Ties shall have removable tapered cone, the smallest outside diameter and set back 3/4 in . Wire ties shall not be used . 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-6 „ B. CONCRETE MATERIALS: 1 . Cement: a . American made portland cement, free from water soluble salts or alkalies which will cause efflorescence on exposed surfaces, conforming to all chemical and physical requirements of ASTM C 150 for Type I, light cement. Type III Portland cement shall not be used unless permission is 40 received from the Architect-Engineer in writing. b . Only one brand of cement shall be used throughout the project. The Contractor shall be responsible for whatever 40 steps are necessary to insure that no visual variations in color will result in exposed concrete, and shall place on order and secure in advance a sufficient quantity of this go cement to complete the concrete work specified herein. - 2 . Fine Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of washed inert natural sand, conforming to ASTM C 33 and the following additional requirements: Sieve Retained #4 0 - 5 #16 25 - 40 #50 70 - 87 #100 93 - 97 F.M. 2 .80 (+0 .20 ) Organic Plate 2 maximum Silt 2% maximum Mortar Strength 100% minimum compression ratio 5 cycles 3 . Coarse Aggregate (Normal Weight) shall consist of well graded crushed stone or washed grade conforming to ASTM C 33 and the following additional requirements: Designated Size ow 1-1/2 in . 1 in . 3/4 in . 1/2 in . F.M. ( +0 .20 ) 7 .20 6 .95 6 .70 6 .10 Organic Plate 1 maximum ,�. Silt 1 .0 maximum Soundness 10% maximum loss, magnesium sulfate, 5 cycles C. MAXIMUM DESIGNATED SIZES of natural aggregate shall be used as follows : 1 . 1-1/2 in . for plain and reinforced concrete sections over 10 in . in thickness . 2 . 1 in . for sections 8 in . to 10 in . in thickness . !� 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-5 curing and protection of concrete prior to commencement of concrete work. WX 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. DELIVERY OF MATERIALS: .. 1 . All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall conform with Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard of the Truck Mixer Manufacturer' s Bureau of the National Im Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, and ASTM C 94, "Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete" . 2 . Transit mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed go for at least ten minutes immediately after charging the truck followed by agitation without interruption until discharged. am 3 . Ready-mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities. Discharge at the site shall be within one and one half ( 1-1/2) hours after water was first introduced into the mix, and within one ( 1) hour when ambient air temperature is 80 degrees F. or over . 4 . Attention is called to the importance of scheduling and dispatching trucks from the batching point so that they shall arrive at the site of the work just before the concrete is required, this therefore avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting for delays in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms . B . STORAGE OF MATERIALS: No materials frozen or containing ice shall be used. All improper materials shall be immediately removed from the point of use. Materials , including steel *�+ reinforcement and accessories , shall be covered during the construction period . Concrete constituents shall be handled and stored separately in such a manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter, segregation or deterioration, and shall be properly stock-piled as necessary to assure uniformity throughout the project. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: A. The following is a description of material requirements to be furnished for work within this section. Unless otherwise noted, when compliance with the re-referenced specifications, or this specification, is required for materials or a manufactured or fabricated product , the Contractor shall furnish the Architect-Engineer with an affidavit from the manufacturer or fabricator certifying that the material or product delivered to the project meets all the requirements of the Contract Documents . 15 76(NHA)/dmd 3A-4 """` the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . SHOP DRAWINGS: 40 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect-Engineer for review one checked print and one reproducible of all shop drawings until approved. Any corrections required by the Architect-Engineer shall be made immediately by the R Contractor, and corrected copies (reproducibles and prints) of the drawings affected shall be returned to the Architect-Engineer. Then, after final approval, copies furnished by the fabricator shall be distributed by the General Contractor. It is required that all shop drawings submitted for review shall be checked by the fabricator and so indicated. All drawings submitted without being checked and without bearing the Contractor' s stamp of approval shall be returned without the Architect-Engineer' s stamp of approval . 2 . The examination and approval of shop drawings by the Architect-Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the plans and specifications . The responsibility for errors in the shop drawings shall remain with the Contractor. 3 . Submit reinforcement shop drawings showing detailed " layouts , including materials , dimensions, spacing, band details , accessories, welding or special splicing methods, if any, and similar items required for the proper construction of the work. C. DESIGN MIX: Submit to the Architect-Engineer concrete design mix for approval. D. SAMPLES: Submit the following samples in duplicate to the Architect-Engineer for approval prior to actual use in the project: 1 . Form ties and spreaders. 2 . Accessories for reinforcement. 3. Form release agent. 4. Control joint filler materials . E. TEST REPORTS: 1 . Submit concrete cylinder test reports for approval . 2 . Mill reports for all reinforcement. F. COLD WEATHER PROCEDURES: Submit for approval by the Architect-Engineer , the methods proposed for cold weather t 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-3 9 . All other items of concrete, cement finish and related work indicated on the drawings, specified or obviously needed to make the work of this section complete. w. 10 . Curing compound and hardener . 11. Furnish and install concrete reinforcing ban and welded wire fabric reinforcing as shown on the plans . 12. Furnish and install anchors, seats, plates and other items to be cast into concrete. 13 . Furnish and install miscellaneous items of precast concrete. •• 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles .. other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: 1 . Manufacturer : Products used in the work of this section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Architect-Engineer . „ 2 . Installer : Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. D. STANDARDS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American Concrete Institute (ACI ) . E. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: The design, construction, and installation of all work shall meet or " exceed the current minimum requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Public Safety. 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-2 Wo SECTION 3A CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment , and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all plain and reinforced poured-in-place concrete and miscellaneous precast items . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnishing, placing, finishing, curing and protection of all reinforced and unreinforced poured-in-place concrete for the building. 2 . Foundations including foundations for equipment. 3 . All plain and reinforced concrete inside and outside the building, for stairs, walls, steps, exterior and interior cleanout pits, floor drains, pits, catch basins, manholes, bases for pumps, yard lights, precast concrete curbs, mechanical equipment, and similar specialized items including formwork and reinforcement. 4. Furnishing and installation of joint fillers, rigid perimeter insulation and saw cuts for control joints. 5 . Making provisions in forms to locate and install all pipe sleeves, duct openings, keys, chases, electrical boxes , bolts, anchors, inserts, angle sill at overhead door, floor mat frame, etc. , as required by other trades . Notify all responsible for these items when ready for installation. 6 . Furnishing and installation of all inertia blocks as required for vibration isolation of mechanical equipment. 40 7 . Furnishing and installing foundation wall insulation. 8 . Furnish and install sisalkraft-moisture vapor barrier or approved equal under all concrete floor slabs . [ 1576(NHA)/dmd 3A-1 required. Restore or replace damaged wrappings . Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. F. FERTILIZING FOLLOWING SEEDING: In April following September or in September following March seeding, a 10-6-4 complete fertilizer shall be applied at 75 lbs . per acre to all lawn areas . These materials shall be applied in cool weather or watered in to prevent burning of the grass. �* 3-06 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. CLEAN-UP, PROTECTION, AND REPAIRS: 1 . During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed. Keep pavements clean and work areas in an orderly condition. 2 . Protect landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged landscape work as required. B . FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE: 1 . When the landscape work is completed, include maintenance, the Owner' s representative will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability. 2 . The landscape work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to the Owner' s representative, providing the work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance , and that the area comprises one complete unit , not too small for individual consideration. 4. 3 . If landscape work is not acceptable to the Owner ' s representative, replace rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by the Architect-Engineer and ,W found to be acceptable . .m END OF SECTION 4W ow 1576(NHA)/dmd 2G-14 MR 2. Starter Strip: The first row of sod shall be laid in a straight line with subsequent rows placed parallel to and tightly against each other. Lateral joints shall be staggered to promote more uniform growth and strength. Care shall be exercised to insure that the sod is not stretched or overlapped and that all joints are butted tight in order to prevent voids which would cause air drying of the roots. 3 . Sloping Surfaces : On sloping area where erosion may be a problem, sod shall be laid with staggered joints and secured by pegging. 4 . Watering: The Landscape Contractor shall be responsible for watering sod immediately after installation to ! " prevent drying during progress of work. It shall then be thoroughly irrigated to a depth sufficient that the underside of the new sod pad and soil immediately below the sod are thoroughly wet . E . MAINTENANCE shall begin immediately after each portion of lawn is sodded or planted and continue in accordance with the following: 1 . All seeded areas shall be protected and maintained by watering and mowing as necessary for at least 60 days and as much longer as necessary to establish a uniform stand of specified grasses and until acceptance. If seeded in fall and not given full 60 days of maintenance , or if not considered acceptable at that time, continue maintenance the following spring until acceptable lawn is established. 2 . When conditions warrant acceptance in part and after at least two required mowings, the Owner may accept part or parts of the areas, which have developed an acceptable stand of grass. Acceptance shall be in units which can be designated on the grounds. Requests of acceptance shall be in writing to the Owner' s representative. 3 . During the maintenance period, the Contractor shall fill, fertilize and reseed or resod all barren areas with the same mixture and at the same rate as specified for the area. 4 . All weeds shall be kept under control at all times. Weeds and weed roots shall be pulled or cut to achieve good stands of grass. The areas in which weeds catch before good stands of grass are achieved shall be re-disced, raked and seeded as above. Areas re-seeded shall be treated, cut and maintained the same as for seeded areas. The use of chemicals for killing crabgrass and other weeds in lieu of pulling shall be as approved by the Owner' s representative. 5 . Maintain plants by pruning, watering, cultivating, and weeding as required for healthy growth . Restore planting saucers . Tighten and repair stake and guy supports and reset no trees and shrubs to proper grades or vertical position as 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G--13 paint which is waterproof , anti-septic , adhesive , elastic , and free of kerosene , coal tar , creosote , and other substances harmful to plants ; do not use shellac . 8 . Wrap tree trunks of 2 in . caliper and larger . Start at " ground and cover trunk to height of first branches and securely attach . Inspect tree trunks for injury , improper pruning and insect infestation and take corrective measures •. required before wrapping. 9. Guy and stake trees immediately after planting. B . SEEDING NEW LAWNS: 1 . Do not use wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. 2. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 3 . Sow seed using a spreader or seeding machine. Do not seed when wind velocity exceeds five miles per hour . Distribute seed evenly over entire area by sowing equal quantity in two directions at right angles to each other. 4 . Restore lawn areas to specified condition if eroded or otherwise disturbed after fine grading and prior to planting. 5 . Sow at the rate of 4 lbs , per 1 ,000 sq . ft . 6 . Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 in . of soil, roll lightly, and water with a fine spray. 7 . Plant seed mixture in all unpaved areas , areas without •• plants or shrubs. C. SLOPE TREATMENT: 1 . All slopes and banks , regardless of pitch , shall be covered with tobacco cloth immediately after seeding and shall be rolled in place . •** 2 . This shall be maintained until the seed has germinated sufficiently to prevent wind and water erosion of the slope. Re-anchor cloth as required and replace if it is blown or washed off . D. SODDING: 1 . Moistening the Soil : After all grading has been completed, the soil shall be irrigated with 12-24 hours prior to laying the sod. Sod should not be laid on soil that is dry and powdery. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2G-12 E . EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS : Excavate pits, bends and trenches for vertical sides and with bottom of excavation slightly raised at center to provide proper drainage . Loosen hard subsoil at bottom of excavation. Allow for 9 in . setting layer of planting soil mixture. 1 . For balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, make 0 excavations at least twice as wide as the ball diameter and equal to the ball depth, plus the following allowance for setting of ball on a layer of compacted backfill: Allow for 9 in . setting layer of planting soil mixture . 2 . Dispose of subsoil removed from landscape excavations . Do not mix with planting soil or use as backfill. 3-05 INSTALLATION: A. PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS : 1 . Set balled and burlapped stock on layers of compacted planting soil mixture , plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of ball at same elevation as adjacent finished landscape grades . When set , place additional backfill around base and sides of ball, and work each layer to settle backfill !* and eliminate voids and air pockets . When excavation is approximately 2/3 full , water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill . Repeat watering until no more is MR absorbed . Water again after placing final layer of backfill . 2 . Dish top of backfill to allow for mulching. 3 . Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas . Provide not less than the following 2 in . of mulch and work into top of backfill and finish level with adjacent finish grades . 4 . Apply anti-dessicent using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks , branches, stems , twigs and foliage . If deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full-leaf , spray w with anti-dessicent at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. 4" 5 . Prune, thin out and shape trees and shrubs in accordance with standard horticultural practice . Prune trees to retain required height and spread . Unless otherwise directed by the Owner ' s representative , do not cut tree leaders , and remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees , if any. Prune shrubs to retain natural character and accomplish their use in the landscape design . Required shrub sizes are the size after pruning . 6 . Remove and replace excessively pruned or misformed stock resulting from improper pruning. 7 . Paint cuts over 1/2 in . in size with standard tree paint or compound covering all exposed living tissue . Use 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-11 40 .r� 2. Depths of Loam: All existing loam and new off-site loam shall be placed on prepared subsoil and spread to a uniform depth of 6 in . minimum over all new lawn areas , and measured after final grading and after settling. Spread to meet lines , grades and elevations shown on drawings . 3 . Grade lawn areas to smooth , even surface with loose , uniformly fine texture . Roll and rake and remove ridges and fill depressions as required to meet finish grades . Limit fine grading to areas which can be planted within the near future . 4 . Liming: Ground dolomitic limestone shall be applied uniformly to all areas at the rate of two tons per acre for areas to be seeded and one ton per acre for areas to be sodded. 5 . Mixing: The lime shall be thoroughly mixed into all areas of topsoil and regraded. The mixing is to be affected with a disc harrow of rotary-type flow. 6 . Fine Grading: Areas shall be graded in accordance with the plans . All areas shall be rolled and raked by hand to .� effect an even surface free of all depressions that will hold water , free of all bumps that would scalp when mowed, and raked to remove stones and debris . 7. Complete Fertilizer - Application: a . A ( inorganic ) complete fertilizer and a natural organic nitrogeneous fertilizer at the same rate are to be applied uniformly to all areas at the rate of 1,000 lbs . of each per acre . They shall both be harrowed into the soil . They shall be spread separately, not mixed together . They shall be spread no more than 48 hours before sowing of seed . Any substitutions must be approved by the Architect-Engineer and .w the Owner ' s representative . b . Fertilizers are to conform to federal laws and those of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts . They shall be uniform in composition, dry and free-flowing, and shall be delivered to the site in the original unopened containers , each bearing the manufacturer ' s guaranteed analysis . Any fertilizer which becomes caked or otherwise damaged, making it unsuitable for use, will not be accepted . D . PREPARATION OF UNCHANGED GRADES : Where lawns are to be planted in areas that have not been altered or disturbed by excavation, grading, or stripping operations, prepare soil for lawn planting as follows : till to a depth of not less than 6 ... in . ; apply loam as required to achieve a total depth of 6 in . Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers as specified above, remove high areas and fill all depressions; till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture , free of lumps , clods , stones , roots and other extraneous matter . am 1576(NHA)/dmd 2G-10 _ am 00 1 . Planting Schedule: Submit to the Architect-Engineer for review, a proposed planting schedule . Schedule each type of landscape work required during the normal seasons for such work in the area of the site . Give dates for each type of work and establish a completion date . Correlate with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance until occupancy by the Owner . Once accepted by the Owner' s representative , subsequent modifications must be approved in writing. 2. Coordination with Lawns : Plant trees and shrubs after ON final grades are established and prior to planting of lawns , unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner' s representative . If planting of trees and shrubs occur after lawn work, protect I we lawn areas and promptly repair damage to lawns resulting from planting operations . 3-04 PREPARATION: A. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings . Stake locations and outline areas and secure Owner ' s representative acceptance before start of planting work. Make minor adjustments as may be required . B . PREPARATION OF PLANTING SOIL MIXTURES: 1 . Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots , plants, sods , stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful or toxic to plant growth. 2 . Mix specified soil amendments and fertilizers with topsoil at the rate specified. Delay mixing of fertilizer if planting will not follow placing of planting soil within a few days . 3 . For pit and trench type backfill, mix planting soil prior to backfilling and stockpile at the site. 4 . For bed type planting, mix planting soil either prior to planting or apply on surface of topsoil and mix thoroughly before planting. a. Mix lime with dry soil before mixing of fertilizer . e�. b. Prevent lime from contacting roots of acid-loving plants . C . PREPARATION FOR PLANTING LAWNS : 1 . The subgrade of lawn areas shall be cleared of all stones over 1-1/2 in . in any dimension, sticks , roots , debris and other extraneous matter and then compacted to a depth of 8 in . below finish grade. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2G-9 ow 2. 10 lbs . of bonemeal per 1 ,000 sq . ft . am B . FOR BACKFILL FOR TREES AND SHRUBS, provide specified materials in not less than the following quantities . on 1 . Three parts of loose peat humus to 10 parts of topsoil by volume . on 2 . 10 lbs . of bonemeal per cu . ft . PART 3 EXECUTION Im 3-01 INSPECTION: A. SU BGRADE ELEVATION: Verify subgrade elevations and notify the Contractor in writing of any discrepancies . Do not proceed with landscape work until discrepancies have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the landscape installer . B . PLANT MATERIALS : The Architect-Engineer and Owner ' s representative retain the right to inspect trees and shrubs for size and conditioning of balls and root systems , insects , .A injuries, and latent defects, and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during the progress of the work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from the project site . 3-02 FIELD CONDITIONS : A. PROCEED with and complete the lawns and planting work as rapidly as portions of the site become available , working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work required. B . COOPERATE with other contractors and trades working in and • adjacent to the landscape work areas . Examine drawings which show the development of the entire site and become familiar with the scope of work of other work required. ow C . UTILITIES: Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate as required, to minimize possibility of damage "'�` to underground utilities . Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. a* 3-03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS : A. PLANTING TIME: Plant or install materials only during .m normal planting seasons as approved by the Architect-Engineer and Owner' s representative for each type of landscape work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance "" periods to provide maintenance until occupancy by Owner . ow 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-8 on 2. Weed seed content not to exceed 0 . 25% . 3 . Seed shall be mixed by the dealer . The Contractor shall furnish dealer' s guaranteed statement of composition, mixture and percentages of purity and germination of each variety. B . SOD: Turfgrass sod shall be composed of Kentucky Bluegrasses with a mixture of varieties as approved by the Architect-Engineer . 1 . Sod Quality: Sod shall be of good quality, relatively free of weeds, disease and insects and of good color and density. 2. Thickness of Cut: Sod shall be machine cut at a uniform soil thickness of 1/2 in . , plus or minus 1/4 in . , at the time of cutting. Measurement for thickness shall exclude top growth and thatch. 3 . Pad Size: Individual pieces of sod shall be cut to the supplier ' s standard width and length. Maximum allowable deviation from standard widths and lengths shall be 5 percent . Broken pads and torn or uneven ends will not be acceptable . 4 . Strength of Sod Sections : Standard size sections of sod shall be strong enough to support their own weight and retain their size and shape when suspended vertically from a firm grasp on the upper 10 percent of the section. ' 5 . Moisture: Sod shall not be harvested or transplanted when moisture content (excessively dry or wet ) may adversely affect its survival . 2-04 MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPE MATERIALS: A. WRAPPING: Tree-wrap tape not less than 4 in . wide , designed to prevent bore damage and winter freezing. B . STAKES AND GUYS : Provide stakes and deadmen of sound new an hardwood or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects . Provide wire ties and guys of 2-strand, twisted, pliable galvanized iron wire not lighter than 12 gauge with 1/2 in . in diameter rubber hose cut to required lengths to protect tree trunks from damage by wire or guys . 2-05 PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: A. FOR PLANTING BEDS provide not less than the following quantities of specified materials : +aw 1 . Three parts of loose peat humus to 10 parts of topsoil by volume . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-7 .m D. INSPECTION: The Architect-Engineer shall inspect trees am and shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting , for compliance with requirements for name , variety, size and quality and shall select the specified trees and '"" shrubs which shall be used on this project . Items so selected will be tagged or marked, which identification will not be removed until after planting. „", E . TREES AND SHRUBS : 1 . Deciduous Trees : Provide trees of height and caliper oft listed or shown and with branching configuration recommended by ANSI 260 . 1 for type and species required. Provide single stem trees except where special forms are shown or listed. a" Provide balled and burlapped (B & B) deciduous trees . 2 . Deciduous Shrubs : Provide shrubs of the height shown am or listed and with not less than the minimum number of canes required by ANSI 260 .1 for type and height of shrub required . Provide balled and burlapped (B & B) deciduous shrubs . 3 . Coniferous and Broadleafed Evergreens : Provide evergreens of the sizes shown or listed. Dimensions indicate minimum spread for spreading and semi-spreading type evergreens and height for all other types , such as globe , dwarf , cone pyramidal , broad up-right , and columnar . Provide normal quality evergreens with well-balanced form complying with requirements for other size relationships to the primary dimensions shown . Provide balled and burlapped (B & B) evergreens . 2-03 GRASS MATERIALS : A. GRASS SEED - (Primary) : Provide fresh, clean , new-crop • seed complying with the tolerance for purity and germination established by the official seed analysts of North America . Provide seed of the grass species , proportions and minimum percentages of purity, germination, and maximum percentages of weed seed, as specified. 1 . Grass seed shall be seed composed of the following variations mixed in the proportions by weight shown and testing the minimum percentages of purity and germination indicated. " SCHEDULE OF SEED MIXTURE Pure Fine Textured Grasses Germination 30 .00% Merion (Kentucky) Bluegrass 80% 19 .00% Kentucky Bluegrass 80% +. 19 . 40% Creeping Red Fescue 85% 14 .70% Chewings Fescue 85% 14. 70% Norlea Perennial Ryegrass 90% 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-6 incidental to this operation and shall be performed by the T Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner . Contractor shall arrange and pay for all local and state permits required. 4 . The amount of off-site loam required shall be that quantity which, together with the existing loam re-used, if any, will cover all lawn areas , to the depth specified below. B . SOIL AMENDMENTS : 1. Lime: Natural limestone containing not less than 85 percent of total carbonates , ground so that not less than 90 percent passes a 10-mesh sieve and not less than 50 percent passes a 100-mesh sieve. 2 . Peat Humus : Shall comply with FS Q-F-166 and with the texture and pH range suitable for the intended use . 3 . Commercial Fertilizer : Complete fertilizer of neutral character with some elements derived from organic sources and containing the following percentages of available plant nutrients: a. For Trees and Shrubs : Provide fertilizer with not less than 10 percent available phosphoric acid, from 3 percent to 5 percent total nitrogen, and from 3 percent to 5 percent soluble potash, 5-5-10 at 6 lbs . per 1,000 sq. ft . b. For Lawns : Provide fertilizer with not less than 4 percent phosphoric acid and not less than 2 percent potassium, and the percentage of nitrogen required to provide not less than 1 lb . of actual nitrogen per 1 ,000 sq. ft . of lawn area. Provide nitrogen in a form that will be available to the lawn during the initial period of growth, 10-6-2 at 20 lbs . per 1 ,000 sq. ft . 4 . Mulch shall be shredded pine spread to 2 in . in depth . 4W 2-02 PLANT MATERIALS : A. NAME AND VARIETY: Provide plant materials true to name and variety established by the American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature "Standardized Plant Names" , second edition, 1942. B . QUALITY: Provide trees , shrubs , and other plants complying with the recommendations and requirements of ANSI Z60 .1 "Standard for Nursery Stock" and as further specified . C. SIZE : Provide trees and shrubs of the sizes shown or specified. Trees and shrubs or larger size may be used if acceptable to the Architect-Engineer and Owner ' s representative in which case , increase size of roots or balls w� proportionately . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-5 5 . Sod : Sod shall be harvested, delivered and installed within a period of 36 hours . 1-06 GUARANTEE: A. GUARANTEE lawns through the specified maintenance period , and until final acceptance . B . GUARANTEE trees and shrubs for a period of one year after date of acceptance against defects, including death and unsatisfactory growth , except for defects resulting from neglect by Owner, abuse, or damage by others, or unusual phenomena or incidents which are beyond landscape installer' s control. C . REMOVE AND REPLACE trees, shrubs, or other plants found to be dead or in unhealthy condition during guarantee period. Plant missing trees , shrubs , and plants . Make replacements during growth season following end of guarantee period . Furnish and plant replacements which comply with requirements shown and specified. Also, replace trees and shrubs which are in doubtful condition at end of guarantee period , unless , in the opinion of the Owner ' s representative , it is advisable to extend guarantee period for a full-growing season. The Owner ' s representative will make another inspection at end of extended * guarantee period , if any, to determine acceptance or rejection . Only one replacement will be required at end of guarantee period, except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with specified requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS .w 2-01 MATERIAL: A. TOPSOIL (LOAM) : ..b 1 . All topsoil available at the site shall be used for landscape work. None shall be removed from the site . 2 . Use topsoil which is fertile , friable , natural loam, surface soil , reasonably free of subsoil , clay lumps , brush , weeds and other litter and free of roots , stumps , stones �* larger than 2 in . in any dimension and other extraneous or toxic matter harmful to plant growth. Obtain topsoil only from naturally, well-drained sites . Do not obtain from bogs or marshes . 3 . Off-site loam shall be obtained from sources elected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Owner ' s representative . The Contractor shall obtain from the owners of the loam the right to procure same, shall pay all royalty and other charges involved and shall bear all the expense of •�+ developing the sources , including rights-of-way for hauling. The necessary clearing and grubbing of borrow areas , burning and disposal of debris therefrom shall be considered as 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-4 and Owner ' s representative proof of non-availability and proposal for use of equivalent material . 2 . Analysis and Standards : For standard products , submit manufacturer ' s certified analysis . For other materials , submit analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, wherever applicable or as further specified. no E . SCHEDULES: Planting Schedule: Submit to the Architect-Engineer for review, a g proposed planting schedule . Schedule each type of landscape work required during the normal seasons for such work in the area of the site . Give dates for each type of work and establish a completion date . Correlate with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance until occupancy by the Owner, once accepted by the Owner ' s representative , subsequent modifications must be approved in writing. 1-05 PRODUCT HANDLING: rw A. PACKAGED MATERIALS: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer . Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at the site. B . PLANT MATERIALS: 1 . Trees and Shrubs : Provide freshly dug trees and shrubs . Do not use trees or shrubs which have been in cold storage or heeled-in . Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide • protective covering during delivery. 2 . Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist as follows : a . Heel-in bare root stock. Soak roots in water for two hours if dried out . b . Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss , or other acceptable material . 3 . Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name . 4 . All preselected trees and shrubs shall be so designated . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-3 ow MR with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . "' C . QUALIFICATIONS: The work shall be done by a single firm specializing in landscape work. oft D . TREES AND SHRUBS : Provide nursery grown trees and shrubs , grown in a recognized nursery in accordance with good ... horticultural practice. Provide only healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project and free of disease, insects , eggs or larvae , and defects such as knots, sun-scales , injuries , abrasions, or disfigurements . E. SIZE : Provide trees and shrubs of the sizes shown or �* specified. Trees and shrubs of larger size may be used if acceptable to the Architect-Engineer in which case , increase size of roots or balls proportionally. ... 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. B . MANUFACTURERS ' DATA: Submit two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for the maintenance of landscape work for one full year . Submit prior to expiration of Contractor ' s maintenance period (s) required under the contract . C . CERTIFICATES, LANDSCAPE WORK: 1 . For information only, submit two copies of certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities to accompany shipments . Submit manufacturer ' s or vendor ' s certified analysis for soil amendments and fertilizer materials . Submit other data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements . 2 . Submit seed vendor ' s certified statement for each grass seed mixture required, stating botanical and common name , percentage by weight , and percentages of purity, germination, and weed seed for each grass seed species . D. TEST REPORTS: 1 . General: Furnish certificates of inspection of landscape materials , to accompany shipments , as required by governmental authorities . Comply with applicable federal, ..a state , county and local regulations governing landscape materials . Do not make substitutions . If specified landscape material is not obtainable , submit to the Architect-Engineer 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2G-2 ..w SECTION 2G LAWNS AND PLANTING PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of the building of all lawn areas , installing planting, and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Loaming, liming, fertilizing, and seeding or sodding of new lawn areas . 2 . All planting of trees , shrubs , and plants . 3 . Planting schedule is shown on the drawings . w. 4 . The extent of landscape work is shown on the drawings . 5 . All existing lawn areas that are disturbed by construction operations shall be reloamed, limed, fertilized, and seeded using the quantities and rates specified below. of C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Excavation, filling, and grading required to establish elevations shown on the drawings are specified under other sections of these specifications . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ow A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the on "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance 1576(NHA)/dmd 2G-1 4 ON 3-02 PATCHING: «r, A. Wherever streets have been entered for utility lines in connection with this project , paving shall be installed to match existing original surface and conforming to local 4M regulations. B . The patching of all existing paving shall be installed as no specified herein for each type of pavement altered. .. END OF SECTION .0 ow no 1576(NHA)jdmd 2F-6 8 . After installation of paving and compaction of same , core samples are to be taken to ascertain thickness installed vs . that specified. The thickness shall be at least that specified . 9 . Seal all new bituminous paving with one sand-slurry coat and one sealcoat of coal tar pitch emulsion . C . GRAVEL/STONE DUST DRIVEWAY: on 1 . Construct driveway of gravel base course , processed gravel and stone dust topping. an 2 . Construct to 14 in. finish depth. Install as indicated on the drawings with 6 in . of compacted gravel, 6 in . of compacted processed gravel and 4 in . of stone dust . 40 3 . Stone Dust Top Course: Stone dust to be spread and raked to provide an evenly graded surface . Thoroughly wet stone dust surface and check with a 10 ft . straightedge; correct all humps and depressions greater than 1/4 in . D. PARKING STRIPES: Paint parking area division stripes and other markings as detailed on the drawings . Painting shall be one coat of traffic paint. E. PRECAST CONCRETE CURBS : 1 . Install new precast concrete curbs where indicated on the drawings . 2 . Trenches for curbs shall be excavated to widths and depths to allow 24 in . of compacted gravel under the curb . 3 . The gravel foundation for curbs shall be as shown on the plans and shall be thoroughly rammed or tamped until it is M firm and unyielding. On this foundation, additional gravel of the same kind shall be placed as required and the curb set thereon. All spaces under the curbs shall be filled with gravel as specified above and tamped so that the curb will 40 bear and be completely supported throughout its entire length and width at required lines, grade and slope. All joints shall be made as close as possible, but curbs shall not be set t nearer to each other than 1/8 in . w 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2F-5 40 so placed shall be thoroughly watered and rolled true to the lines and grades , as directed, with a self-propelled roller weighing not less than 12 tons , any depressions that appear during or after the rolling shall be filled with gravel and re-rolled until the surface is true and even. B . INSTALLATION OF PAVING FOR PARKING AREAS AND WALKS : 1 . After paving mixtures have been properly installed and .. spread , each shall be thoroughly and uniformly compressed by rolling with power rollers , one tandem roller of not less than eight tons shall be used. All rollers used shall weigh at least 200 lbs . per in . width of tread . Each roller shall be in the charge of a competent, experienced roller operator while the work is underway. The pavement shall be rolled longitudinally, diagonally and transversely as directed. Along forms , curbs , similar structures , and all places not accessible with a roller , the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with tampers. Such tampers shall weigh not less than 25 lbs . and shall have tamping face areas of not more than 50 sq. in . Surface of the mixture after compression shall be smooth, dense, and true to the adjacent existing paving. 2 . Edges of the asphalt mixture adjacent to rigid curb lines , around manholes or other solid fixtures , or where no shoulder is obstructed, shall be hand tamped before being rolled. 3 . Satisfactory forms may be installed to assist in �. securing proper alignment and adequate compaction of the course . See typical section on drawings for method without use of forms . Any alternate must be approved by the Architect-Engineer . 4 . The surface shall be rolled with a self-propelled, equally balanced tandem roller weighing not less than one and one-half tons and compaction shall be obtained by means of hand tampers . 5 . When tested with a 10 ft . straightedge placed parallel to the center line of the surface course , there shall be no deviation from a true surface in excess of 1/4 of an inch . 6 . If at any time before acceptance of the work any soft or imperfect places or spots shall develop in the surface , all such places shall be removed and replaced with new material, then rolled until the edges at which the new work connects with the old becomes invisible . All such removal and replacement of unsatisfactory surfacing shall be done by the Contractor without additional compensation . 7. The typical detail shows preparation for the use of mechanical paving equipment and, if used, edges are to be cut and trimmed straight . Creosoted wood edging strips and 2 x 4 stakes may be used at the option of the Contractor . 1576(NHA)/dmd 2F-4 MR it C . CONCRETE FOR CURBS shall be 4,000 psi as specified in Section 3A, Concrete . D . GRAVEL for filling at curbs shall conform to the requirements of the gravel base course , except that it shall contain no stones larger than 2 in . E . STRIPING OF PARKING AREAS : Paint shall be traffic paint as manufactured by Pratt and Lambert , Pittsburgh, or O'Brien. F. BITUMINOUS CONCRETE CURBS : Bituminous concrete curbs shall comply to Section 470 and M3 .11 .00 of the Massachusetts Department of Public Works Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges . 1 . To be Type I-1, "Dense Mix" , Massachusetts Department of Public Works . 2 . Material to be composed of mineral aggregates , mineral filler, and bituminous material, plant mixed and laid hot . G. STONE DUST shall be a product of a stone crusher such that it will completely pass a #4 sieve and not more than 40 percent will pass a #8 sieve. PART 3 EXECUTION xx 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. PLACING OF GRAVEL AND COMPACTING: 1. The placing of gravel base course and gravel finish course in layers and compaction thereof shall be same as specified for corresponding items under Section 2A, Site Work, and as follows with compaction densities as specified herein below. See drawings for depths of gravel required for paved ox areas . 2. Areas Paved: Each layer of all fills in paved areas , except the upper layer forming the subgrade for pavements, a' shall be compacted by rolling with an approved tamping roller or three-wheel power roller to at least 75 percent of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content , as determined by the P„ method given above. The upper gravel base course of all fills or embankments within these areas shall be compacted by rolling at least 95 percent of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content, as determined by the method given above. 3 . Spreading and Compaction: The gravel shall be spread from self-spreading vehicles or other power graders of uw approved type, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade . Care shall be taken while spreading gravel to rake forward and distribute the largest stones so that they will be at the bottom of the gravel course and be evenly distributed . Gravel 1576(NHA)/dmd 2F-3 on by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . no PART 2 PRODUCTS ■.a 2-01 MATERIALS : A. GRAVEL BASE COURSE: The gravel base course for all ,m bituminous paved sidewalks and parking areas, driveways , curbs , and platforms shall be as specified . The depth of the gravel base course after rolling shall be 8 in . or 14 in . where shown on plans . For parking and walk areas and drainage am an additional 4 in . of processed gravel shall be laid and compacted over the gravel base course . The processed gravel shall conform to the Massachusetts Department of Public Works Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges , 1973 , Section M1 .03 .1 . 1 . Gravel Base Course: Material for compacted gravel .. shall be as specified in Section 2B, Earthwork, for gravel base course. 2. Processed Gravel : Shall be well graded within the following limits : Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight .. 3 in . 100 1-1/2 in . 70 - 100 3/4 in . 50 - 85 #4 30 - 60 #200 0 - 12 (based on fraction passing #4) B . BITUMINOUS PAVING: 1 . This type of pavement shall be composed of mineral aggregate , mineral filler and bituminous material , plant mixed and laid hot . The pavement on roadways and parking areas shall be constructed in two 1-1/4 in . finished thickness , all on the prepared gravel base , in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines , grades , and typical cross section shown on the plans . 2 . Bituminous concrete materials and installation shall .� be in accordance with type I-1 of the Massachusetts Department of Public Works Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges , 1973, and later revisions , Section 60 and M3.11 .00. ""` a . Base Course : Type I-1 Binder Course . b . Top Course: Type I-1 Dense Mix. .. 3 . Pavement Coating: Coal tar pitch emulsion, Federal Specification R-P-355 . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2F-2 SECTION 2F PAVEMENTS AND WALKS PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , services , and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all bituminous paving, concrete curbs and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . All new bituminous paving, walks , curbs , and gravel base course. 2 . All precast concrete curbs . 3 . Providing compacted gravel driveway. 4 . Reconstruction of all paving, walks, curbs and berms altered, removed or damaged in the execution of the work. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS : Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General AM Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval 1576(NHA)/dmd 2F-1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. HANDRAILS AND BENCHES: 1. Wood planks for benches shall be formed to profiles as shown on the drawings, continuous lengths, and bolted together with neoprene spaces between planks. 2 . Backs for benches shall be galvanized lag screwed to galvanized steel braces. Braces are welded to galvanized steel tube bench supports. ' 3. All exposed fasteners in wood shall be concealed with matching wood plugs set with waterproof glue . t B. WOOD BUMPERS : 1. Timbers shall be predrilled for fasteners before pressure treatment. 2 . Anchor each end of bumper with galvanized threaded anchor rod set in concrete footing. Bumper shall be set a minimum of 2 in. above finish grade. C. HANDICAPPED SIGNS AND FIRE LANE SIGN: The base of the sign shall be set 6 ft. above finish grade. Sign post shall be set in a 12 in. diameter by 18 in . deep concrete footing. END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 2E-3 OR the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . Approval VW by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site. sm B. SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings on: 1 . Wood benches. .m C . MANUFACTURER' S DATA: Submit data sheets for the following items : IM 1. Wood preservative. PART 2 PRODUCTS ow 2-01 MATERIALS : A. WOOD BENCHES: Select grade Band Better Douglas Fir , kiln dried with moisture content of 16 percent or less; pressure treated. 1 . All metal supports and fasteners to be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. B . WOOD BUMPERS: No . 1 Douglas Fir or Hemlock pressure treated after fabrication. 1. Anchors for bumpers shall be 3/4 in . diameter hot dipped galvanized steel threaded rod . C. PRESERVATIVES: Wolman CCA by Koppers Co . or approved .. equal by Niedermeyer-Martin Co. or Hoover-Universal Co . CCA treated lumber shall meet Federal Specification TT-W-571 and shall bear the AWPB Quality Mark indicating compliance with AWPB Standard LP-22 "Ground Contact Use" , with a net CCA retention of .40 lbs ./cubic foot . D. HANDICAPPED PARKING SIGNS: Shall be 12 in . by 18 in . by 12 gauge aluminum with International Handicapped Symbol in white on blue background. Bolt sign to 1-1/2 in . diameter steel pipe with 11 gauge cap welded to top. Hot dip galvanize after fabrication. E . FIRE LANE SIGN: Shall be 12 in. x 18 in . by 12 gauge aluminum with legend "FIRE LANE" "DO NOT BLOCK" in white letters on red background. Mount same as handicapped signs. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2E-2 SECTION 2E SITE IMPROVEMENTS PM PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: 00 A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications . 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor , materials, services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of the site improvements and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1 . Furnishing and installing wood benches and bumpers. 2 . Handicapped parking signs. 3. Fire lane sign. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . QUALIFICATIONS: All materials and operations shall meet the requirements of the latest revision of the standard w. specifications of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the American Wood Preserves Association (AWPA) . 1-04 SUBMITTALS : A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of 1576(NHA)/dmd 2E-1 3 . Provide a 2 ft . 0 in . minimum deep sump in bottom of catch basins . C . OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN PIPING: '" 1 . All joints shall be centered so that the annular space is uniform and shall be filled with cement mortar (one part Portland cement to two parts fine sand) . Mortar shall completely fill joint , and all surplus material on inside of pipe shall be removed to obtain a smooth, flush surface. ,. Joints of the "0" ring type may be used. 2 . Trenches shall be kept free from water during laying and until the material in the joints have sufficiently hardened. Each pipe shall be laid to the line and grade given and in such a manner as to form a close, concentric joint with the adjoining pipe and prevent sudden offsets in the flow "" line. All pipes shall be laid with the bells uphill. As the work progresses, the interior of the drain shall be cleaned of all dirt and superfluous material of every description. This cleaning shall be done by swab or drag or other approved method. The branches or junctions shall be installed at the places shown on the plans or designated by the Architect-Engineer. +A 3-02 TESTS: A. TESTS for outside stormwater drainage piping shall be by ." this Contractor and approved before acceptance. All piping shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional .W cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and approved by the Architect-Engineer. 4W B . SYSTEMS shall be tested with water before the fixtures are installed. 1 . Testing shall be applied to the stormwater drainage am system in its entirety or in sections . If the entire system is tested, all openings in the pipe shall be tightly closed except the highest opening and the system shall be filled with ow water to the point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each opening except the highest opening of the section under test shall be tightly plugged, and each section "" shall be filled with water and tested with at least a 10 ft . head of water. In testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 ft . of the next preceding section shall be tested so am that each joint of the pipe in the building except the uppermost 10 ft . of the system has been submitted to a test of at least 10 ft . head of water. The water shall be kept in the system, or in the portion under test , for at least 15 minutes w° before the inspection starts. The system shall be tight at all joints. END OF SECTION M" 1576(NHA)/dmd 2C-4 PM 4. Mortar: 1: 2 cement sand mix. F. PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS, acceptable to the Architect-Engineer, may be used in lieu of masonry manholes. G. DAMPPROOFING: Fibrated trowel dampproofing conforming to Federal Specification SS-C-153, Type 1. Dampproofing shall be Hydrocide Mastic by Sonneborn, R.I .W. Marine Mastic #232 by Toch Bros. , or Dehydratine 6 by A. C. Horn. H. OUTSIDE SANITARY AND STORMWATER DRAINAGE PIPE AND FITTINGS shall be either extra-strength concrete sewer pipe bell spit, conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specifications C-L4-89 and subsequent amendments or revisions thereof, or asbestos cement sewer, non-pressure, class 2400, conforming to the requirements of ASTM Specifications C-428-69A and subsequent amendments or revisions thereof. All joints are to be cemented. Piping installed under paved areas shall be Class 3300 asbestos cement pipe or Class 5 reinforced concrete pipe. The sizes of pipe refer to minimum inside diameters. Pipe passing under building and to 10 ft . outside building to be cast-iron as specified and included in the scope of work of Section 15A, Plumbing. In lieu of cemented joints, joints may be of the "0" ring type, ASTM D 1869. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSTALLATION: A. GENERAL: Catch basins and manholes shall be built to the lines, grades, dimensions and designs on the drawings . All utility lines are shown diagrammatically and exact locations are subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. B. MASONRY: Masonry and the installation of same shall be in accordance with the following: 1 . Concrete blocks shall be wetted as necessary before laying. Mortar shall be one part Portland cement and two parts sand with sufficient water to form a workable mixture. As concrete block walls are laid, horizontal joints and keyways shall be slushed full with mortar. Parging, 1/2 in . thick, and dampproofing of the outside of concrete block structures shall be required. 2 . Frame casting shall be set in full mortar beds, true to the lines and grades indicated. Where directed, the castings shall be temporarily set at such grade as to provide drainage during the construction. The castings of structures in paved areas shall not be completely set to the established grades until the first course of paving has been laid . Concrete collars shall be placed around the castings . Traps and side inlets shall be installed in catch basins . Iron steps shall be placed in all manholes 12 in . on center , staggered . go 1576(NHA)/dmd 2C-3 ow sm B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance ON with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . 1-04 SUBMITTALS: an A. GENERAL: Submit descriptive and supportive data and materials for all work in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . Approval by the Architect-Engineer must be obtained prior to delivery of materials to the site . ow PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS: 00 A. GENERAL: Materials used in the manufacture of castings shall conform to ASTM A48-56, Class 30, and USG Specification QQ-1-65zg . B . MANUFACTURE: All items of manhole, catch basin, communication manhole, and drop inlet assemblies shall be as " manufactured by LeBaron, Worcester Foundry, or Waterbury Foundry. The numbers below are LeBaron except as noted. All louvers shall be equipped with frames . C. MANHOLE ASSEMBLIES: 1 . Cover and Frame : LeBaron LK-110 with "Sewer" or "Drain" , as applicable , cast on top surface of cover in 3 in . high letters. 2 . Steps: LeBaron Cat . No . L-100. D. CATCH BASIN ASSEMBLIES: .W 1. Cover and Frame: LeBaron Cat . No . LF-248-2 , 4 flange. Catch basins against curb shall be three flange. am 2. Steps: LeBaron Cat . No . L-100. 3 . Trap: LeBaron Cat. No . L-201. E. CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES: 1. Concrete: 3 ,000 psi as specified in Section 3A, Concrete Work. 2 . Reinforcing Rods : ASTM A 615-68 standards. 3 . Concrete Block: Radial or straight concrete block. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2C-2 PR SECTION 2C SITE UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor , materials , equipment, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of storm drainage and sanitary sewer systems and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B. WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing: am a . Catch basins. b . Manholes . c . Outside storm drainage and sanitary sewer systems from 10 ft . 0 in . outside the building to the existing systems . w 2 . Rebuilding altered catch basins and manholes . C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Installation of water lines is included under Section 15A, Plumbing. 2 . Installation of electrical services and all signal lines is included under Section 16A, Electrical. w 3 . Excavating and backfilling for drain lines is included under Section 2B, Earthwork. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General go Requirements" . 1576(NHA)/dmd 2C-1 0 3-04 ADJUSTING: A. OTHER EXCAVATION: If any part of the excavation is carried, through error, beyond the depth and the dimensions indicated on the drawings or called for in the specifications, the Contractor, at his own expense, shall furnish and install compacted fill or concrete as directed by the Architect-Engineer. B . PROTECTION: Newly graded areas shall be protected from the action of the elements, and any settlement or washing that may occur from that required or any other cause prior to acceptance of the work shall be repaired and grades re-established to the required elevations and slopes. END OF SECTION ear w Pw 40 on go w 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-15 30, 000 lb . minimum. The equipment shall be so designed that each wheel carries equal load to the ground surface. ( 2 ) Tractor drawn, rubber-tired rollers shall have a minimum of four wheels equipped with pneumatic tires . The total weight of loaded equipment shall be not less than 70 ,000 lbs . The tires shall be of size and ply as can be maintained at tire pressures between 60 and 90 lbs . per sq . in . for a 17,000 lb . wheel load during rolling operations . The roller wheels have to be located abreast and be so designed that each wheel will carry approximately equal load in traversing uneven ground. ( 3) Vibratory compactors shall have a weight of 10 to 20 tons and be capable of imparting a dynamic force of 25, 000 to 50,000 lbs . and operated at a frequency of 1,100 to 2, 500 vibrations per minute (similar to the RAYGO Model 400-A) . The character and efficiency of this equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect-Engineer. 6 . Inspection and Control: a . The density of soil in place can be made by sand-cone or similar methods . The minimum number of field density determinations for area fills shall be determined by the soils engineer. At least one field density test shall be made for each 50 ,000 sq. ft. or less of 9 in . lift thickness . b . The density tests shall be performed in trenches during backfilling not greater than 2 ft. in each layer. A final report shall be compiled at the completion of the earthwork which shall include the results of all field and laboratory tests, all fill density determinations, descriptions of procedures and equipment used by the Contractor, and the conclusions of the soils engineer regarding the adequacy of the fill. D. ROCK EXCAVATION: 1 . Removal and disposal of boulders 4 cu . yds . and under; and other rock materials which can be excavated with power .� shovels , bulldozers, rippers, or other mechanical means, shall be classified as general earth excavation and not rock excavation. This work shall be carried under the base bid and shall not be paid for under any additional unit cost basis. Intermittent drilling that may be performed to increase production and is not necessary to permit excavation of the material encountered will be classified as earth excavation. 2. Removal and disposal of boulders over 4 cu . yds . shall be classified as rock excavation and shall be paid for at the applicable unit price as 'specified in Section 1G, Unit Prices . 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-14 w* areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent such wedging action. During backfilling operations and in the formation of embankments, care shall be exercised that the equipment used will not overload the structures in passing over and compacting these fills . Where required, walls or structures shall be braced during backfill, fill and compaction operations. h . At the time of compaction, the material in each layer of fill shall have a moisture content near the optimum value for compaction, or , alternately, a value specified by the soils engineer to obtain the required fill density and quality. Ponding or jetting of fills shall not be permitted. OM 4 . Gravel Base Course: a . The gravel base course for all concrete slabs on grade in or out of building areas, walks , and entrance platforms shall consist of approved gravel base course placed upon the subgrade and in accordance with these specifications. The width and depth of the gravel base course after rolling shall be as shown on the plans and as specified herein . b . Spreading and Compaction: The gravel shall be spread from self-spreading vehicles or with power graders of approved type, or by hand upon the prepared subgrade . Care shall be taken while spreading gravel to rake forward and distribute the largest stones so that they will be at the bottom of the gravel course and be evenly distributed. Gravel so placed shall be thoroughly watered and rolled true to the lines and graded, as directed, with a self-propelled roller weighing not less than 12 tons. Depressions that appear during or after the rolling shall be filled with gravel and re-rolled until the surface is true and even. c . Depth of Base Courses : All interior and exterior concrete slabs and all concrete walks shall have 12 in . thick gravel base course, except as otherwise specified. 5 . Compaction Equipment: a . In all cases the efficiency and acceptability of compaction equipment shall be subject to the approval of the ,' Architect-Engineer. b . Compaction equipment may consist of a fully loaded 10-wheel dump trucks pneumatic tired rollers, tractor drawn rubber tired rollers, or vibratory compactors conforming to the following requirements: �s ( 1) Pneumatic tired rollers shall have a system of front and rear wheels so designed that the rear wheels track between the front wheels . Tire pressures shall be maintained between 35 and 50 psi with a minimum load per wheel of 2,000 lbs . The total weight with maximum ballast shall be +w 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-13 ".. AM b. The natural subgrade of the excavated areas to receive the structural fill shall then be compacted with at least two coverages by the rear wheels of a fully loaded 10-wheel truck, or by other means approved by the Architect-Engineer. c . Where, in the opinion of the Architect-Engineer, ., compaction of the subgrade is not desirable, the above compaction requirements will be waived . 3 . Filling and Compaction: " a . Where concrete slabs are placed on grade or fill, all loam and organic or other undesirable material as �^ determined by the Architect-Engineer shall be removed. Where subfill is required to raise the subgrade to the gravel base courses for concrete slabs , fill to the elevation as indicated on the drawings or as required by the Architect-Engineer, such fill shall consist of the granular fill specified above. b . Compacted granular fill shall be placed and spread *" evenly in layers not to exceed 8 in . in depth as measured before compaction. Each layer shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Designation D 155T-58T. c . Compaction in confined areas, in trenches and adjacent to walls , piers, and footings, shall be accomplished by hand operated vibratory equipment or mechanical tampers as approved by the Architect-Engineer. In open areas, mechanical compaction equipment may be approved. d . All fill material shall be placed and compacted "in-the-dry" . The Contractor shall de-water excavated areas if .. necessary to perform the work and in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed state of the natural inorganic soils . e . The Contractor shall not place a layer of compacted fill on snow, ice, or soil that was permitted to freeze prior to compaction . Removal of these unsatisfactory materials will be required as directed by the 4M Architect-Engineer . f . Backfilling: After completion of the foundations, .. footings, walls, and other construction below the elevation of the finished grades, and before Backfilling, all forms shall be removed and the excavation shall be cleaned of all trash and debris. The backfill shall be brought to a suitable elevation above grade to provide for anticipated settlement and shrinkage thereof . Compaction shall be as specified above. g . Backfilling Adjacent to Structure: Symmetrical backfill loading shall be maintained. Special care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structure and all slopes surrounding or within 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-12 1 . Excavation: (See also Paragraph 3-05 ) a. The excavation shall conform to the dimensions and elevations of the building indicated on the drawings , except as specified below, and shall include trenching for utility systems to a point 10 ft . beyond the building lines . In conditions where suitable bearings are encountered at different elevations from those indicated on the drawings, the Architect-Engineer may direct in writing that excavation be carried to elevations above or below those indicated on the drawings . Unless so directed by the Architect-Engineer, excavation shall not be carried below the elevations indicated 0" on the drawings . Where the excavations if under slabs shall be restored to the proper elevations in accordance with the procedure hereinafter specified for backfill or if under 4" footings, the heights of the walls and footings to allow for spacing and removal of firms , installation for services and - for inspection, except where the concrete for walls and footings is authorized to be deposited directed against excavated surfaces . Undercutting will not be permitted. Excavated material which is to be re-used for fill shall be separately stockpiled as directed. The excavation shall consist of the removal of all materials encountered, including earth, rock, mulch, and debris within the limits of the work. b. Drainage: The Contractor shall control the grading in the vicinity of buildings and trenches to prevent water from running into the excavations and trenches . Any build-up of accumulated or ground water shall be drained off or pumped out. c . Shoring: Such shoring as may be required during excavation shall be installed to protect banks , adjacent paving, structures, and utilities. d . Trenches and backfilling for all service lines of all descriptions within the building shall be the same as for exterior utilities. + e . Removal of Unsuitable Fill: All vegetation such as roots, brush, heavy growth of grass and all decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within 4w the areas upon which fill is to be placed, shall be stripped or otherwise removed before fill is started. In no case shall such objectionable material be allowed to remain in or under the fill area. IMM 2 . Subgrade Preparation in Building Areas : w a . Upon completion of excavation, the Contractor shall grade the areas as required to provide a relatively smooth and level surface to permit compaction prior to �w placement of structural fill. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-11 on g 4 . Miscellaneous Excavation: Excavation for manholes, catch basins, head walls and similar structures shall be sufficient to leave at least 12 in . in the clear between their me outer surfaces and the embankments of timber which may be used to hold and protect the banks . .. 5. Backfilling: The trenches shall not be backfilled until all the required pressure tests are performed and until the utilities systems as installed conform to requirements specified in several sections covering installation of the 4M. various utilities . The television, and electric conduits shall be carefully backfilled with the excavated materials approved for shale or other approved materials , free from large clods No of earth or stones, and deposited in 6 in . layers, and thoroughly and carefully rammed until pipe has a cover of not less than 1 ft . for water mains, and electric ducts and no cables . PVC electrical conduits shall be backfilled with 12 in . sand, carefully compacted in 6 in . layers. The trenches for sanitary sewers, storm water drains, and culverts shall be carefully backfilled with the granular material specified under "Trench Backfill Gravel" , deposited in 6 in . layers thoroughly and carefully compacted until the pipes have a minimum cover of 6 in. The remainder of the backfilling shall be as specified above, with compaction in 6 in . layers taking place until a cover of 2 ft . is obtained. Where the pipe is specially coated for protection against corrosion, care shall be taken not to damage the coating. The remainder of the backfill material shall then be thrown into the trench in 1 ft . layers and tamped. Any trenches improperly backfilled or where settlement occurs shall be re-opened to the depth required for proper compaction, then refilled and compacted with the surface restored to the required grade and compaction, mounted over, and smoothed off. Open trenches across roadways or other areas to be paved shall be backfilled as specified above, except that the entire depth of the trench shall be backfilled in 6 in . layers and each layer shall be wetted down and compacted to a density of at least equal to that of the surrounding earth and in such a manner as to prevent the rolling and compaction of the filled trench with the adjoining earth to provide the required bearing value so *�* that paving of the area can proceed immediately after backfilling is completed. Along all other portions of the trenches, the ground shall be graded to a reasonable . uniformity. 6 . Off Site: All work off site shall be performed in accordance with regulations of authorities . Patch and repair paving. See Special Conditions, Section 1B of the specifications, for description of certain items of off-site work. The Contractor shall cooperate with all off-site ••• construction operations by others as they may occur . B . EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR BUILDING STRUCTURES: 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2B-10 depth indicated on drawings or as specified herein. During excavation, material unsuitable for backfill shall be removed and wasted. Such grading shall be done as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches or other excavations, water from any and all sources accumulating in the excavation shall be removed by pumping or other approved method, such as sheeting and shoring shall be done as may be! necessary for the protection of the work and for the safety of personnel. 3. Trenching: Trenches shall be of necessary width for the proper laying of pipe, conduits or cable, and banks shall be as nearly vertical as practicable. Bottom of the trenches; wur shall be accurately graded. Screened gravel shall be laid in, the trench bottom as follows : 3 in . for pipe less than 12 in . d, 4 in . for pipe 12 in . to 16 in . d , 6 in . for pipe over 16 in . d . The gravel shall be as specified under "Materials" . Bell holes and depressions for joints shall be dug after the bedding has been graded and, in order that the pipe rest upon the prepared bottom for as nearly its full length as practicable , shall be only of such length, depth, and width as required for properly making the particular type of joint . Where rock excavation is required, rock shall be excavated to a minimum overdepth of 4 in . below the trench depths indicated on the drawings or specified. Overdepths in rock excavation and unauthorized overdepths shall be backfilled with screened gravel bedding, thoroughly tamped. Whenever wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the bottom of the trench, such soil shall be removed to the depth required and the trench + * backfilled to the proper grade with screened gravel bedding or bank run gravel up to 3 in . stone. Special requirements relating to specified utilities are as follows : 4■ a . Sanitary Sewers and Storm Water Drains: Width of the trench at and below one foot above the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8 in . on either side of the pipe . The width of the trench above that level may be as wide as necessary for setting and bracing and the proper 4W performance of the work. b . Trenches for gas , telephone, fire alarm, and ,W electric conduits shall be of the depth that will provide not less than 2-1/2 feet of cover over the top of the conduit or cable from the existing ground surface or the indicated finish grade, whichever is lower, and avoid interference with other- utilities or shall be laid to exact grades where so shown on plans . c . Water Supply Lines : Trenches for the water lines shall be of a depth that will provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe of 5 ft. from the existing ground surface or the indicated finished grade, whichever is lower , and avoid "" interference of the water lines with other utilities . qR 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-9 no milli N" plowed, stepped ( benched) , or broken up in such manner that .w the fill material will bond with the existing surface, as directed or approved by the Architect-Engineer . an 6 . Filling: Fills or embankments herein designated as fills shall be constructed at the locations and the lines and grades indicated on drawings and as directed by the WX Architect-Engineer. The completed fill shall correspond to the shape of the typical sections shown on the drawings or shall meet the requirements of the particular case. All suitable materials removed from the excavation and gravel borrow am materials shall be used in forming the necessary fill. Fill shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of from 8 in . to 12 in . in loose depth as specified or as directed by the 4W Architect-Engineer for the full width of the cross section . Rocks over 6 in . in diameter shall be distributed evenly throughout fill as directed by the Architect-Engineer. 7. Compaction: Areas Not Paved: Each layer of all fills and embankments, except in paved areas, shall be compacted by rolling with an approved tamping roller or three-wheeled power roller or , where so approved by the Architect-Engineer, by the construction equipment, to at least 60 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content, determined at A.S .S .H.O. �* Standard Method T-99-38, with the following modifications: the weight of the rammer or metal tampers shall be 10 lbs . instead of 5 .5 lbs . ; the tamper shall be dropped from a height of 18 in . above the sample instead of 12 in . The samples shall be compacted in five layer, each approximately 1 in . thick. 8 . Finish Grading: Uniformly smooth grading of all areas covered by the project, including excavated and filled sections and adjacent transition areas , shall be accomplished . Finished surface shall be reasonably smooth, compacted, and free from irregular surface changes . The degree of finish shall be that ordinarily obtainable from either blade grader or scraper operations, except as otherwise specified. Finished surface shall be not more than 0 .15 ft . above or below the established grade or approved cross section. The surface of the areas shall not vary more than .05 feet from the established grade and approved cross section. +■* C . EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES SYSTEMS : 1 . Work Included: The work covered by these specifications of furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, and materials and in performing all operations in connection with excavating, trenching and backfilling for sanitary sewers, storm water drains, water supply lines, fuel lines, mechanical lines, gas , telephone, signal, and electrical as shown on the 4W drawings . 2 . Excavation: The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description of whatever substances at the 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2B-8 ., operations shall not be burned and shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor at this Contractor' s expense. B . GRADING: 1 . Stripping and Stacking of Loam: Existing loam shall_ be carefully stripped. It shall be spread on areas already graded and prepared for topsoil, or shall be transported and deposited in storage piles convenient to the areas which are I'm subsequently to receive materials , and shall be piled free of roots, stones, and other undesirable material. 2 . No loam shall be removed from the site . Excess loam which is not required for lawn and planting areas shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be stockpiled where directed by the Architect-Engineer . 3 . General: After the stripping has been done , excavation of every description and of whatever substance encountered within the grading limits of the project shall be performed to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Architect-Engineer. All suitable excavated materials shall be transported to and placed in fill areas within the limits of the work as specified and as shown on drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Architect-Engineer. Where material encountered within the limits of the work is considered unsuitable by the Architect-Engineer, such materials shall be excavated below the grade shown on the drawings or as directed by the Architect-Engineer, and !W replaced with suitable materials . All excavated materials which are considered unsuitable by the Architect-Engineer shall be known as "waste" and shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense and responsibility and to the satisfaction of the Architect-Engineer. Unless directed otherwise by the Architect-Engineer , all waste shall be disposed of outside the limits of the work and properly graded OM to adjacent or surrounding existing grades, as directed by the Architect-Engineer. During construction, excavation and filling shall be performed in a manner and sequence that will • provide drainage at all times. 4 . Any material required for sub-fills shall be obtained from the site and shall be supplemented with gravel material. obtained from off the site which shall be known as "borrowed" material. ' 5 . Unsuitable materials : All vegetation such as roots, brush, heavy sods , growth of grass, all decayed vegetable matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area where the fill is to be placed shall be tripped or otherwise removed before fill is started. In no case will such unobjectionable material be allowed to remaining or under the fill area. Sloped ground surfaces steeper than one vertical to four horizontal on which the fill is to be placed shall be 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-7 M A. CLEARING AND GRUBBING: 1 . Clearing shall consist of the felling, cutting up and the satisfactory disposal of all trees ( except those trees specifically noted on the plans to be retained) and other vegetation designated for removal , together with down timber , snags , brush and rubbish occurring within the contract limit lines . Trees and other vegetation (except each individual trees , groups of trees, and vegetation as may be indicated on the drawings or designated by the Architect-Engineer to be left standing) , and all stumps , root, and brush in areas to be cleared shall be cut off flush with or slightly below the original ground surface. Individual trees and groups of trees designated to be left standing within cleared areas shall be *• trimmed of all live branches to such heights and in such manner as directed by the Architect-Engineer. Trees and stumps in the areas to be covered by embankments or fill of 3 ft. or more in height shall be cut off to within 8 in . or less of the original ground surface. All limbs and branches required to be trimmed shall be neatly cut close to the bole of the trees or to the main branches, and all cuts shall be painted with an approved tree-wound paint. Individual trees left standing shall be thoroughly protected from damage incidental to construction operations by the erection of barriers or by such .► other means as the circumstances required, as approved by the Architect-Engineer . The clearing operations shall be conducted so as to prevent damage by falling trees to trees left MW standing, to existing structures and installations, and to those under construction, and so as to provide for the safety of employees and others . All stumps are to be removed as specified herein . **! a . It is the intent herein to save and protect all trees and wooded areas indicated to remain, and others as am described below. b . Good trees occurring in areas to be grassed where there is approximately a 1 ft. , 2 ft . , or 3 ft . , change in .� grade shall not be removed unless so directed by the Architect-Engineer. These trees shall be saved and protected. OW 2 . GRUBBING shall consist of the removal and disposal of all stumps and roots larger than 3 in . in diameter to the depth specified, and matted roots. In foundation areas, stumps, roots, logs, and other timber more than 3 in . in diameter, matted roots, and other debris not suitable for foundation purposes shall be excavated and removed to a depth not less than 18 in . below any subgrade, shoulder or slopes . All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps and roots shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to make the surface *�* conform to the surrounding new ground surface. 3 . Disposal: All timber , logs , stumps , roots, brush, rotten wood, and other refuse from the clearing and grubbing 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-6 ! ' b. Dispose of water through temporary pipe lines or ditches with outfall to natural drainage courses . Prevent erosion of surrounding areas . Protect roads and other improvements on the site, building temporary culverts if required. At completion of the dewatering, remove temporary facilities and restore subgrade and damaged areas . 3 . Frost Protection: a . Make no excavations to the full depth indicated No when freezing temperatures may be expected, unless the footings or slabs can be placed immediately after the excavation has been completed. Protect the bottom so excavated t from frost if placing concrete is delayed. Should protection fail, remove frozen materials and replace with concrete or gravel fill. b. The underside of footings and exposed slabs on grade shall be protected from freezing temperatures . 4 . Tree Protection: a . Ten (10) individual trees, adjacent to the areas of work, as designated by the Architect-Engineer, shall be protected from damage. The protection shall consist of guards made of new or used 2 x 4 lumber and 9 gauge wire placed around the tree trunk. The wire shall pass through drilled holes in the lumber , completely encircling the tree, and the ends twisted until the guard forms a tight ring holding the lumber in place without nailing. The lumber shall be spaced at maximum of 8 in . on centers, with the lower ends within 6 in . of the existing grade. A minimum of 3 pieces of lumber per tree shall be required. b . Installation of the guards shall begin as soon as the first piece of mechanical equipment is brought to the site , shall continue throughout the work, and shall be removed at the completion of the contract or when, in the judgment of the Architect-Engineer , they are no longer required. WR 3-03 PREPARATION: A. Maintain bench marks as shown on the drawings . All lines and site work shall be laid out by the Contractor as called for on the plans and in the specifications . B . The terms "Finished Grades" is the final grade elevation + indicated on the drawings . Unless otherwise shown, site areas outside the building shall be uniformly sloped between points or compacted fill. This surface is immediately beneath the 4W finish surfacing material of paving, loaming, or concrete walk . 3-04 INSTALLATION: 0 W 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-5 E. LOAM: Existing loam shall be stripped from the site and shall be stockpiled. All loam shall be a natural , fertile, friable top-grade loam free of brick bats, broken glass, roots and other foreign matter. It shall be free of stones over 2 in . in diameter. It shall contain not more than 20 percent pear stone, not more than 5 percent small stones . offsite loam may be required and shall be furnished under Section 2D, Lawns ••� and Planting. PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION: A. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site, its ^*� existing buildings, and all conditions affecting the work of this section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing site conditions as shown on the plans and specifications , or obvious from observation at the site. Plans, surveys, and dimensions are believed to be correct, and the Contractor shall have examined them himself, and no allowance will be made for any errors or '1 inaccuracies that may be found herein. 3-02 FIELD CONDITIONS : A. OWNER' S OPERATIONS: The Contractor shall so conduct his operations as to interfere as little as possible with the use ordinarily made of roads , driveways , parking lots , alleys , sidewalks , or other facilities near enough to the work to be affected thereby. B . PROTECTION: 1 . Shoring and Sheeting: , a . Provide shoring, sheeting and/or bracing at excavations, as required, to assure complete safety against collapse of earth at side of excavations . b . Comply with local safety regulations or in the absence thereof, with the provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc . Remove shoring as backfilling operations progress. Exercise all necessary precautions to prevent collapse of excavation sides . 2 . Dewatering: a . Provide, maintain, and operate pumps and related equipment, including standby equipment , of sufficient capacity to keep excavation free of all water at all times and under any and all contingencies that may arise until the structures attain their full strength. Notify the Architect-Engineer and receive approval before discontinuance of pumping . .. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-4 PON ? 1-04 DESIGN DATA: A. At the locations shown on the drawings, borings have been made. Recorded materials are included in Section 1B, Existing Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2-01 MATERIALS : A. ORDINARY BACKFILL: Shall be existing sand fill and glacial fill materials on the site free of the debris, loam, frozen materials, large chunks of concrete and masonry, and free of organic materials, and from stones having a maximum dimension greater than 6 in . It shall be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the specified densities. Offsite fill (borrow) may be required. This material may be used for site fill only. B . GRANULAR FILL: Material for compacted granular fill under gravel base course and under interior and exterior slabs on grade shall be gravel, sandy gravel or gravelly sand, free of organic materials, loam, trash, brush, roots, sod, snow, ice , frozen soil and other objectionable materials and shall be well-graded. No rocks or lumps with a dimension greater than the compacted thickness of the layer in which it is placed should be permitted. If only occasional rocks are present in the fill material, the largest dimension should be no greater than 6 in . Materials shall be either on-site or off-site as approved by the Architect-Engineer. This material may be used to raise existing grade to underside of gravel base course. C . GRAVEL BASE COURSE: Material for compacted gravel fill under concrete slabs on grade, under roads and walks , shall be off-site gravel, sandy gravel or gravelly sand, free of organic materials, loam, trash, snow, ice, frozen soil and other objectionable materials and shall be well-graded within the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight 4 in . 100 #4 20 - 95 #40 0 - 60 #200 0 - 7 D. TRENCH BACKFILL GRAVEL shall meet the following gradations : 100 percent passing 1 in . screen. 90 - 100 percent passing 3/4 in . screen. 20 - 55 percent passing 3/8 in . screen. 0 - 10 percent passing #3 sieve. 0 - 5 percent passing #8 sieve. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-3 w„ 2. Installation of gravel base course and bituminous paving; Section 2F. 3 . Installation of water piping, gas , electrical, and d other mechanical equipment lines . 4 . Lawns and planting; Section 2G . 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C . SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL: 1 . All material ( fills , gravel, loam, etc . ) is subject to prior approval by the Architect-Engineer. 2 . All fill materials shall be subject to quality control testing. A qualified laboratory will be selected and paid by the Contractor, subject to approval of the Architect-Engineer, to perform tests on materials . Test results and laboratory recommendations will be available to the Owner and the Architect-Engineer. 3 . Provide samples of each fill material from the proposed source of supply. Allow sufficient time for testing and evaluation of results before material is needed. Submit samples from alternate source if required. 4. The Architect-Engineer will be sole and final judge of suitability of all material. 5 . The laboratory will determine maximum dry density and optimum water content in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D, and the in-place density in accordance with ASTM D 1556. 6 . Tests of materials as delivered may be made from time to time . Materials in question may not be used, pending test results . Remove rejected materials and replace with new, whether in stockpiles or in place. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-2 on as SECTION 2B EARTHWORK on PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without limiting he g generality thereof , includes the furnishing of all labor, materials , services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all earthwork and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to : 1 . Clearing and grubbing. 2 . Rough and finish grade site to grades as shown on the plans . 00 3 . Excavate and backfill for building and site structures and all utilities and related work for proper completion of the entire project . Furnish offsite fill if required . 4 . Furnish and install compacted p granular fill. 5 . Remove from the site surplus and unsuitable materials from excavating work. 6 . Protect existing utilities, sidewalks , curbs, abutting properties, and areas not to be disturbed at all times. Confine areas of operations to the minimum required for proper execution of the work. Any area inadvertently disturbed shall on be immediately restored. 7. Check other sections and plans for exterior work requiring excavation, filling, and grading; in particular; Section 15A, Plumbing; Section 16A, Electrical and Section 2G, Lawns and Planting. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1 . Installation of storm system; Section 2C. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2B-1 40 8 . During demolition operations, keep work wetted down thoroughly to prevent dust and dirt from rising. Comply with governing regulations . Provide water lines for this purpose and furnish connections that may be required. Upon completion of the work, remove temporary water or other lines . 9. Break up and remove all concrete floor slabs at grade. This means ALL floor slabs at first floor level or thereabouts . D . REMOVAL OF ABOVE-GRADE IMPROVEMENTS: Remove surfacing and pavements, including bases for pavements. Remove concrete slabs , curbs , gutters, walks , concrete or wood headers, valve boxes , concrete and masonry walls , posts, poles, fences, manhole frames and covers, catch basin grates and other existing site improvements not to be used in the completed project. E. REMOVAL OF BELOW-GRADE IMPROVEMENTS: Remove foundations, footings, walls, catch basins, manholes, cisterns, oil tanks, underground pipe and other work not removed by demolition. F. REMOVAL OF RUBBISH: 1 . This Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for and reasonably incidental to the removal of the rubbish from the property. All chutes, tracks, 40 ramps, slides , lifts, pulley systems , loading devices and so forth, as necessary for the demolition and removal of all rubbish and materials , are to be built by this Contractor . on 2 . All masonry debris, clean and otherwise, resulting from the demolition shall be removed from the site. 3 . Remove as it accumulates all debris, except as otherwise specified, resulting from the demolition operations . Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site. If the Contractor fails to remove the debris promptly, the Architect-Engineer reserves the right to cause same to be removed at the Contractor' s expense. 4. The burning of wood and other debris resulting from demolition operations shall not be allowed on the site whether or not the Contractor obtains the proper permits. 40 W 3-05 CLEANING: 40 A. Upon completion of the work, remove all tools , materials , plant, apparatus , temporary toilets, and rubbish and debris of every sort. 40 B . Leave premises clean, neat, orderly. END OF SECTION 40 1576(NHA)/dmd 2A-5 .wa 2 . Remove live water taps actually servicing the buildings requiring demolition, as per rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3 . Have gas turned off at existing valves by and under supervision of the local utility company providing service. 4 . Disconnect all electric, telephone and all other wires as per rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 5 . Backfill and tamp street openings made for removal of water taps, bulk-heading house drains, or for any other purpose. Maintain street openings in safe condition. 6 . Notify the Architect-Engineer when sewers are plugged so that the Architect-Engineer may record same . C. DEMOLITION: 1 . Materials forming permanent part of the buildings requiring demolition become the Contractor' s property, and he shall remove them. Where the word "remove" occurs herein, it shall mean "removal from site" . 2 . The Contractor shall remove all personal property, equipment, machinery, and fixtures . ** 3 . The Contractor shall remove buildings as whole or substantially as whole; he shall demolish them completely. Remove buildings , porches, handrails , and other obstructions level with surrounding ground. 4 . Proceed with demolition in a systematic manner, from the top of the structure to the ground. Complete demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing any of the supporting members on the lower levels . 5 . The Contractor shall demolish masonry walls in small sections less than 3 ft . in any dimension. Remove basement partitions, furnaces, heating apparatus , piping, elevators , stairways , and all similar materials . 6 . All perimeter walls around each cellar, pit , and depressed area, shall be removed in their entirety . 7. Remove all existing cellar concrete floors on earth or ... fill in their entirety. Remove wood construction on floors . Remove all floor construction of concrete, wood or any other material over basement, access, partial basements, crawl and cellar spaces , regardless of its level with relation to sidewalk levels . 1576 (NHA)/dmd 2A-4 ow 3 . Provide , erect and maintain lights, barriers, barricades , sidewalk sheds and the like required by traffic regulations or local laws . ON 3-03 PROTECTION: A. EXECUTE all demolitions work to insure adjacent property against damages which might occur from falling debris or other cause; do not interfere with use of adjacent buildings, and maintain free and safe passage to and from same at all times . B . Take precautions to guard against movement or settlement of adjacent buildings; provide and place bracing or shoring necessary or proper in connection therewith, and be responsible for safety and support of such building; be liable for any such movement or settlement and any damage or injury caused thereby or resulting therefrom. If, at any time, safety + ' of any adjacent building appears to be endangered, cease operations and notify the Architect-Engineer. Take precautions to support such buildings and do not resume demolition operations until permission has been granted. If the Architect-Engineer considers additional bracing or shoring necessary to safeguard and prevent such movement or settlement, install bracing or shoring upon the order of the Architect-Engineer. If the Contractor fails to comply with such an order, such bracing and shoring may be placed by the Architect-Engineer at the Contractor' s expense. C . Take precautions to guard against movement , settlement , or collapse of any sidewalks or street passages adjoining property; be liable for any such movement, settlement , or collapse; repair promptly such damage when so ordered. D . Repair damage done to Owner' s property or the property of any other person or persons on or off premises by reason of required work. E. Fence all open cellars and holes and any other depressed areas if filling of basements and voids is not a concurrent operation. 3-04 PERFORMANCE: A. SALVAGEABLE REMOVAL: Items of salvageable value to the 4a Contractor may be removed from the structure as the work progresses. Salvaged items must be transported from the site as they are removed. Storage or sale of removed items on the on site will not be permitted. B . UTILITY LINES: 40 1 . Seal storm and sanitary sewers leading from buildings to be demolished. Seal and cap connections to sewers leading from buildings as per rules and regulations of the authorities +W having jurisdiction over same . W 1576(NHA)/dmd 2A-3 —in III IN with the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . C. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: ..A 1 . All work shall conform to the drawings and specifications and shall comply with applicable codes and ." regulations. 2 . Comply with all rules, regulations, laws and ordinances of the City of Northampton, of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and of all other authorities having jurisdiction. All labor , materials, equipment , and services necessary to make the work comply with such requirements shall be provided without additional cost to the Owner . 3 . The Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits and licenses required for the complete work specified herein and shown on the drawings . 1-04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. The Contractor shall assume all risks regarding damage or loss, whether by reason of fire, theft, or other casualty or happening to specified buildings from and after contract signing, and no such damage or loss shall relieve the Contractor from his contract obligation to complete the entire demolitions work. �* B . EXPLOSIVES: The use of explosives will not be permitted. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3-01 INSPECTION: A. The Contractor shall accept the premises as found and ..� clear the site as specified. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the condition of the buildings on the site nor the conditions existing at the time of the signing of the contract. 3-02 PREPARATION: A. MAINTAINING TRAFFIC: 1 . Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks , alleys, .w. or passageways without permit. Do not place or store material in streets, alleys, passageways . 2 . Conduct operations with minimum interference with roads , streets, driveways, alleys , sidewalks , facilities . Coordinate same with the Architect-Engineer. 1576(NHA)/dmd 2A-2 on ON SECTION 2A DEMOLITION on PART 1 GENERAL 1-01 NOTE: O A. Attention is directed to the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1 , General Requirements" . All applicable provisions listed therein are included in the scope of work of this section and division and are a part of these specifications. 1-02 SCOPE OF WORK: A. EXTENT: The work required under this section, without +! limiting the generality thereof, includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary for and reasonably incidental to the completion of all demolition work and all related items as shown on the drawings and as specified herein . B . WORK INCLUDED: Work includes but is not limited to: 1. The complete wrecking of structures and the removal and disposal of all demolished materials . 2 . Removal of Above-Grade improvements . 3 . Removal of Below-Grade improvements. 4 . Protect existing utilities, sidewalks , curbs, abutting properties , and areas not to be disturbed at all times. Confine areas of operations to the minimum required for proper execution of the work. Any area inadvertently disturbed shall be immediately restored. w C . RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. Filling of cellar holes is included under Section 2B, Earthwork. 1-03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. EQUALITY OF MATERIALS: Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this section will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the "Conditions of the Contract" and "Division 1, General Requirements" . B . TESTS: The Contractor agrees to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner . Tests will be conducted in accordance 4W 1576(NHA)/dmd 2A-1 �w SECTION 1H ALTERNATES 40 1H-01 SCOPE A. This Section lists all of the Alternates which appear in the Contract Documents. Consult the individual Sections for detailed requirements of each Alternate. ow B. Bid prices for each Alternate shall include overhead, profit, and all other expense incidental to the Work under each Alternate. C. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for examining the scope of each Alternate generally defined herein and for recognizing modifications to the Work caused by the Alternates and including the cost thereof in the bid price. 1H-02 ALTERNATE NO. 1 A. Delete the angle Bay Windows and contiguous projecting spandrel wall panel and individual dormer roof projec- tions; and install in lieu thereof twin double hung clad windows in a flat wall and without roof projec- tions, all as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. B . Sections Affected 1. 6A - Rough Carpentry 6B - Finish Carpentry 7A - Waterproofing, Dampproof ing, and Caulking 7B - Insulation 7C - Asphalt Shingles 7F - Prefinished Siding 7G - Vinyl Siding 8E - Wood Windows 9A - Gypsum Drywall ++ 9E - Painting 1H-03 ALTERNATE NO. 2 A. Delete the one piece vitreous china vanity top lavatory designated as "P-2" on the drawings and delete the prefinished vanity cabinet and substitute a 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung lavatory in all of the Apartment "A" bathrooms . B. Sections Affected 1 . 6C - Kitchen Cabinets 15A - Plumbing ' END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 1H-1 ITEMS ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS M. Sheet piling per square foot 16 .00 ---- contact area including removal. N. General rock excavation per 27.00 25. 00 cubic yard measured in place. 0. Rock excavation in trenches 50.00 ---- w per cubic yard measured in place. P. Duplex receptacle complete 50.00 40 .00 including wiring each. END OF SECTION es. ±ear 40 4W ow an !o 1576(NHA)/dmd 1G-3 am 1G-03 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES ■w ITEMS ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS mow A. General excavation (machine ) $ 3.00 $ 2. 50 per cubic yard, left on site as directed. No B . General excavation (machine) 4 .50 4.00 per cubic yard, left on site as directed. C . Hand excavation per cubic yard 20 .00 14.00 to 5 ft. depth, excavated and left on site as directed. D. Hand excavation per cubic yard, 4.00 3.00 per 1 ft. depth extra ( add to Item 3) for each additional foot below 5 ft . E . On-site ordinary backfill 4.00 3.00 compacted in place per cubic yard due to extra excavation. F. Off-site ordinary backfill 6.00 None compacted in place per cubic yard due to extra excavation. G. Off-site granular fill com- 14.00 None pacted in place per cubic yard due to extra excavation. **� H. Footing concrete per cubic yard 56 .00 45.00 in place , not including forms or reinforcing steel. I . Wall or foundation concrete per 58. 00 46 .00 cubic yard in place, not including forms or reinforcing steel. J. Footing forms per square foot 2 .00 1 .75 contact areas including stripping. K. Wall or foundation wall forms 4 .00 3 .50 per square foot contact area including stripping. L. Reinforcing steel in place per 0 .50 ---- pound. 1576(NHA)/dmd 1G-2 40 'o SECTION 1G UNIT PRICES of 1G-01 UNIT PRICES A. The predetermined Unit Prices for items of Work as set forth in the Schedule of Unit Prices shall be used to determine adjustments to the Contract Sum when changes in the Work involving said items are made in accor- dance with the Contract Documents. B. Unit Prices listed under ADDITIONS have been computed at net cost plus overhead, profit, and all other charges . Unit Prices listed under DEDUCTIONS have been computed at net cost alone. Unit Prices shall apply until the date of Substantial Completion established at the time of Contract signing. If the date of Substantial Completion has been modified by Change Order, Unit Prices may be adjusted at the discretion of the Department by Change Order. C . Unit prices for excavation include the costs of 00 sheeting and bracing, pumping and dewatering and all other costs in connection therewith . D . Materials, methods of installation, and definitions of terms set forth under the various Unit Price items in the Schedule of Unit Prices shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents. 1G-02 APPLICABILITY OF UNIT PRICES A. The payment lines shall be as indicated in the Contract Documents. B . Prior to commencing removal or replacement of materials set forth in the Schedule of Unit Prices, the Contractor shall notify the Architect-Engineer in sufficient time to permit proper measurements to be taken on behalf of the Owner. Only quantities which have been approved in writing by the Architect-Engineer will be considered in the determination of adjustments to the Contract Sum. C. Performance of work which is not required under the Contract Documents or which is not authorized by Change Order , whether or not such work item is set forth hereunder as a Unit Price item, shall not be considered cause for any extra payment. The Contractor +� will be held fully responsible for such unauthorized work, including the performance of all corrective measures required by the Architect-Engineer . aim 1576(NHA)/dmd 1G-1 SM C . In preparation for Substantial Completion, conduct final as inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. D. Remove grease, dust , dirt, stains, labels , fingerprints, and 4M other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades when needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is MM included in their respective specifications. E . " Repair , patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces. F. Clean and polish glass on both sides. Clean plastic glazing ( if any) on both sides in accordance with the manufacturer' s directions. G. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and wood floors as specified under the respective Sections of the Specifications. H . Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in undamaged, polished conditions. I. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums , furred spaces and the like ,clean of debris and decayable materials . J. In cleaning items with manufacturer' s finish or items previously finished by a Subcontractor, care shall be taken not to damage such manufacturer' s or Subcontractor' s finish. In cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall be taken not to use detergents or other cleaning agents which may stain adjoining finish surfaces. Any damage to finishes caused by cleaning operations shall be repaired by the Contractor at his own expense. 4 K . Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces. Rake clean other surfaces of grounds. L. Owner' s responsibility for cleaning commences at the time designated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion . END OF SECTION 1576(NHA)/dmd 1F-2 P1 ` SECTION 1F CLEANING UP 1F-01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section supplements Article 4.15 of the General Conditions. B. Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications for cleaning of work installed under those Sections. 1F-02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws : 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3 . Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Do not allow materials and rubbish to drop free or be thrown from upper floors, but remove by use of the material hoist or rubbish chutes . D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials and rubbish. E. At reasonable times during construction, remove waste materials and rubbish from site and legally dispose of it . F. Vacuum clean interior building area when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until Substantial Completion. G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 1F-03 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning. r B. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to be cleaned. 1576(NHA)/dmd 1F-1 da Am qt 41onunaniva th of ffinseadjuarits y DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFE V NORTHAMPTON* MINIMUM WAGE RATES !fiev i s j_f f TWT$4_ •- as determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27D. -- ------ PROJECT # TOWN AWARDIN - ___- _-- -- __-- _ _ �. AUTHORITY 7Date LOCAT ION ot al Tot al 7Classification Rat Date Rate Date Rate Master Mechanic 12-01-83 18.51 06-01-84 18.86 11-01-84 19.41 Maint. Mechanic 12-01-83 17.53 06-01-84 17.88 11-01-84 18.43 Heisting Engineer 12-01-83 17.93 06-01-84 18.28 11-01-84 18.83 Crane Oper. 12-01-83 17.93 06-01-84 18.28 11-01-84 18.83 Power Shovel Oper. 12-01-83 17.93 06-01-84 18.28 11-01-84 18.83 Grader Oper. 12-01-83 17.73 06-01-84 18.08 11-01-84 18.13 Bulldozer Oper. 12-01-83 17.53 06-01-84 17.88 11-01-84 18.43 Roller Oper. 12-01-83 17.16 06-01-84 17.51 11-01-84 18.06 0th. Power Dr. Equ. 12-01-83 17.53 06-01-84 17.88 11-01-84 18.43 Compressor Oper. 12-01-83 14.93 06-01-84 15.28 11-01-84 15.83 Punpman 12-01-83 14.93 06-01-84 15.28 11-01-84 15.83 Asst. En ineers -Steam-rgreman - 12-01-83 17.53 06-01-84 17.88 11-01-84 18.43 -Tr. Crane-Gradall 12-01-83 17.93 06-01-84 18.28 11-01-84 18.83 -Other Equip. 12-01-83 13.78 06-01-84 14.13 11-01-84 14.68 Roofer-Comp. 06-01-84 18.17 Roofer-Slate 06-01-84 18.95 Damproofer 06-01-84 18.17 Elev. Constructor 10-01-83 19.105 Elev. Const. Helper 10-01-83 14.245 Glazier 01-01-84 17.42 Sprinkler Fitter 08-01-83 23.05 Asbestos Worker 09-16-83 21 .85 Sheet Metal Worker 07-01-84 20.57 Iron Worker 01-01-84 20.90 06-30-84 21 .40 01-01-85 21 .90 Bricklayer 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 „ Marble Setter 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 Terrazzo Worker 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 0641-84 18.48 Tile Setter 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 Cement Finisher 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 Waterproofer 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 Plasterer 07-01-83 17.93 12-01-83 18.18 06-01-84 18.48 Carpenter 12-01-84 19.05 Electrician 06-01-84 19.80 Electrician-- Contracts under-- $115,000. 06-01-84 17.80 Plumber 08-01-84 21.01 02-01-85 21.31 Pipefitter 08-01-84 21.01 02-01-85 21 .31 Painter 06-12-84 16.85 END OF SECTION S/S Painter 06-12-84 20.42 1576 (NHA) / Steel Painter/Brush 06-12-84 17.35 LABOR REGULATIONS 1E-6 Steel S/S 06-12-84 20.42 Tht am=WnEutafth of $ginchu$citg r ALAM I DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES DIVMON OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY MINIMUM WAGE RATES_ LABOR$RS-----WEST Revishd 08109184 as determined by the Commissioner under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27D. PROJECT N_ r- TOWN AWARDING AUTHORITY LOCATION - Total Total Total Classification Date Rate Date Rate to Rate LABORER 12-01-83 15.25 06-01-84 15.45 12-01-84 16.05 CARPENTER TENDER 12-0143 15.25 06-01-84 15.45 12-01-84 16.05 CAISSON TENDER 12-01-83 15.25 06-01-84 15.45 12-01-84 16.05 PIPELAYERS 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 MASON TENDERS 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 JACK HAMMER OPER. 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 DRILL OPERATORS 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 ASPHALT RAKERS 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 PENCE ERECTOR 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 PLASTER'S TENDER 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 STONE SPREADER 12-01-83 15.50 06-01-84 15.70 12-01-84 16.30 AIR TRACK LRLR. OP. 12-01-83 16.00 06-01-84 16.20 12-01-84 16.80 CURB SETTER 12-01-83 16.00 06-01-84 16.20 12-01-84 16.80 BLASTERS 12-01-83 16.25 06-01-84 16.45 12-01-84 17.05 MINERS 12-01-83 16.25 06-01-84 16.45 12-01-84 17.05 ASBESTOS REMOVER 12-01-83 15.75 06-01-84 15.95 12-01-84 16.55 DECONTAMINATION WORK 12-01-83 15.75 06-01-84 15.95 12-01-84 16.55 PRE CAST FLOOR 12-02-83 15.75 06-01-84 I5.95 12-01-84 16.55 TRUCK LRIVER 05-01-84 16.78 .11-01-84 17.03 05-01-85 17.78 OPER. 3 AXLE EQUIP. 05-01-84 16.85 11-01-84 17.10 05-01-85 17.85 OPER. 4 6 5 AXLE " 05-01-84 16.97 11-01-84 17.22 05-01-85 17.97 SUCLID OPERATOR 05-01-84 17.07 11-01-84 17.32 05-01-85 18.07 GRAVEL & FILL TRUCK LRXVER 05-01-84 15.22 11-01-84 15.47 05-01-85 16.22 OPER. 3 AXLE EQUIP. 05-01-84 15.29 11-01-84 15.54 05-01-85 16.29 OPER. 4 & 5 AXLE 05-01-84 15.41 11-01-84 15.65 05-01-85 16.41 a" SIGN ERECTOR 06-01-84 15.44 06-01-85 16.14 06-01-86 16.,84 ASPH. DRVR. 08-09-84 15.34 ASPH. 1 MAN SPRAY 08-09-84 16.43 aw ASPH. HELPER 08-09-84 15.13 DIVER 05-01-83 26.51 DIVER'S HELPER 05-01-83 19.55 PILE LVIVSR 05-01-83 20.10 05-01-84 20.60 11-01-84 21.10 BOILER MAKER 10-01-83 21.501 MILLWRIGHT 06-01-84 21.65 1576 (NHA) /dmd LABOR REGULATIONS 1E-5 xw I OD Al Fe v► W 1. Ob 1� fp o aU ig :8 W-) n 13 re ED P% :2 3 ezg 0 0 o . o r f- Z i .Q °' 2 `„ 8 2 m tm o 2 t %n 2 r om Z u r. v .� ►. �cr w -3. P..!! H a. H ! v 0 .6 C Q r v w �[7 o O a � H ^O s 2 Iq v 8 8 s 9 s V - Wow h O Q C6 a M V Z �+ Jd N Y 4. • �� 76 4 N N A � �j •r0 � � Lo a 'a�- V 6w yr�-; .i. ow I%,—; 'Y' NHM /dmd LABOR REGULATIONS 1E-4 IJ �� 3 2 c k, C��.reeuls'ys o .. arr asr� r! ! ! a4 of a'a.fsdwal-io Wo y�iar«l�atl c� STA E24DTr OF COMPLIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 . . . . . . . . . . . (Nam of*signatory*party) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Title)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . do hereby state: That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .an the . . . . . . . . . . (Contractor, subcontractor of public body) (Building or Pr^ject) and that all mechmics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined Lander the provisions of Sections twenty-seven (27) and twenty-seven A (27A) of Chapter one hundred Lnd forty-nine (149) of the General Laws. Signatime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . Title. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Signed wader penalties of perjury as provided for under Secticn 27B of Chapter 149, General Laws.) MR 1576 (NHA) /dmd LABOR REGULATIONS 1E-3 I I Y[ ',/*)x avm/ OFFICE OF THE COMMISSIONER Ripley RE: Statement of Compliance Dear In conjunction with the Commissioner issuing prevailing wage rates, as stated in Sections 27 and 27A Chapter 149, to a public: body or public official; he will also issue a statement of compliance to be incorporated with each specification and contract. The statement of compliance is in Chapter 149 Secti�)n 2711, which states: Each such contractor, subcontractor or public body shall furnish to the Commissioner of Labor and Industries within fifteen days after completion of its p:)rtion of the work a statement, executed by the contractor, subcontractor or public body or by any authorized officer or e:,,-,plover of the (,ontrac.tnr, subcontractor or public body whop -.upervis,—. tilt' J)Jy111eflt Of W,1gC!S. MW C George W. Ripley 1576 (NHA) /dmd LABOR REGULATIONS IE-2 SECTION lE LABOR REGULATIONS 1E-Ol MINIMUM MINORITY PERCENTAGES A. The following minimum minority percentages are applicable as per Article 16 of the Supplementary Conditions: Location No Less than fm Boston: Impact Area (Jamacia Plain (part), 30% Mattapan, South Cove, Chinatown Bay Village, Roxbury, Dorchester, on South End) Boston: Other areas 10% Cambridge: 12% New Bedford: 18% Springfield: 10% All other cities and towns: 5% No B. These percentages shall apply to the Contractor and to all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, for all on-site Work. 1E-02 WAGE RATES A. The rate per hour of the wages to be paid to mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers employed on the Work shall be not less esw than the rate of wages in the attached "Minimum Wage Rates" as determined by the Commissioner of Labor and Industries. This schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate of wages for said employees during the life of this Contract. B. Keep posted on the site a legible copy of said schedule. Keep on file the wage rates and classifications of labor employed on this Work in order that they may be available for inspection by the Administrator or the Architect. C. Apprentices employed pursuant to this determination of wage rates must be registered and approved by the State Apprentice-ship Council. Wherever rates for journeymen or apprentices are not listed , and if any other labor is not employed on the Work. D. Pay reserve police officers employed on the Work the prevailing rate of wages paid to regular police officers as required by M.L.G. ,Chapter 149, Section 34B, as amended. Such police officers shall be covered by Workmen's Compensation Insurance and Employer's Liability Insurance by the Contractor. w� 8/81 LABOR REGULATIONS lE-1 accurate record drawings and their approval by the Architect shall be a condition precedent to final payment. 1D-04 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Instructions 1. Subcontractors, installers and suppliers shall furnish to the Cuntrac- tor two sets of operating and maintenance instructions of all mechani- cal, electrical and manually operated equipment furnished or installed by them. Mechanical and electrical Subcontractors shall furnish instructions as specified in their respective Sections. 2. The Contractor shall collect all of the above instructions, bind them on into two complete sets, and submit them to the Architect. 3. Submission of operating and maintenance instructions shall be a condition precedent to final payment. B. Instructions of Owner's Personnel go 1. Where specified in the individual Sections, the Subcontractor shall instruct the Owner's personnel at the site in the use and maintenance of equipment installed by them under the Contract. 2. Submission to the Architect of a certificate of compliance to this requirement signed by the Subcontractor and the Owner's representative, shall be a condition precedent to final payment. 1D-05 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS w A. At times selected by the Architect but limited to no more than twice a month until Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall have black and white photographs taken from 6 locations as directed by the Architect. The Architect shall have the right to increase or decrease the number of pho- tographs re uired each month maintaining an overall average of 6 per month. B. Photographs shall be taken by a competent commerical photographer and all costs in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor. C. Photographs shall be 8 inches by 10 inches. The prints shall bear the date of exposure, name of Project, description of view and name of photographer. Two glossy prints of each photograph shall be delivered to the Architect within 15 days after the exposures are made. END OF SECTION apt, 8/81 SUBMITTALS 1D-5 6. If Sample is rejected by the Architect, a new Sample shall be resub- mitted in the manner specified hereinabove. This procedure shalt be repeated until the Sample is approved in writing by the Architect. 7. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested at the time of submission. The right is' reserved to require submission of Samples whether or not parLicular mentton thereof is made in the Spec IftcaLfons. ■•e 1D-02 SURVEYS A. At completion of foundations, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a .� survey, signed by a Land Surveyor registered in ?Massachusetts, certifying that the location of the building(s) and the principal lines, levels and dimensions of the building(s) are accurately established in accordance with the Drawings. 1D-03 RECORD DRAWINGS A. From the sets of drawings furnished by the Owner, the Contractor shall reserve one set for record purposes. From this set, the Contractor shall detach and furnish at no charge to the Mechanical and Electrical ,,, Subcontractors the drawings of their Work for the same purpose. B. The Contractor and the above Subcontractors shall keep their record set on the site at all times and note on it in colored ink or pencil, neatly, " legibly, and accurately at the end of each working day, the exact location of their Work as actually installed , including location and dimension of underground and concealed Work, and any architectural, mechanical, or .w electrical variations from the Contract Drawings. All changes including those issued by Addendum, Change Order, or instructions by the Architect shall be recorded. Record drawings shall be prepared for the entire pro- ject and include all Work. C. The Architect may periodically inspect the record drawings at the site. The proper and current maintenance of the information required on these A.e drawings shall be a condition precedent to approval of requisitions for periodic payment. D. At Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall submit the complete set of record drawings to the Architect. The Architect will review these drawings and return them to the Contractor with any necessary comments. am E. Upon receipt from the Architect, the Contractor and Subcontractors shall transfer the as-built information shown on the record drawings onto wash-off mylar transparencies of the original Contract Drawings. Transparencies shall be obtained by the Contractor at his own expense. MM This drafting shall be done by experienced draftspersons and match the original drawings. am F. From the transparencies, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, prepare two sets of microfilm copies as directed by the Architect, and one set of blue-line prints and then submit the transparencies, the microfilm copies and the blue-line prints to the Architect. Each sheet shall be clearly am marked "Record Drawings" and bear the date of printing. Submission of am 4/84 SUBMITTALS 1D-4 ON and distribute the prints for his own and his Subcontractors' use, and in addition submit, within 10 calendar days after approval, 4 prints to the Architect. 8. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved Shop Drawings at the site. E. Submission of Product Data 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect, 7 copies of Product Data. All such data shall be specific and identification of material or equipment submitted shall be clearly made in ink. Data of general nature will not be accepted . r 2. Product Data shall be accompanied by transmittal notice. The Contrac- tor's stamp of approval shall appear on the printed information itself, in a location which will not mar legibility. 3. Product Data returned by the Architect with the stamp "Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in 7 copies until the Architect's approval is obtained . as 4. When the Product Data are acceptable, the Architect will stamp them "Approved" or "Approved as Corrected", retain 3 copies for his own use, and return 4 copies to the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide and distribute such number of additional copies as required for his own and his Subcontractor's use. 5. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved original Product Data at the site. F. Submission of Samples 1. Unless otherwise specified in the individual Section, the Contractor shall submit two specimens of each Sample. 2. Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper evaluation of material. Where variations in color or in other characteristics are to be expected , samples shall show the maximum range of variation Materials exceeding the variation of the approved samples will not be approved on the Work. tMw 3. Samples of items of interior finishes shall be submitted all at once to permit a coordinated selection of colors and finishes. 4. Samples which can be conveniently mailed shall be sent directly to the Architect, accompanied by transmittal notice. On the transmittal notice the Contractor shall stamp his approval of Samples submitted . 5. All other Samples shall be delivered at the field office of the Project Representative with Sample identification tag attached and properly filled in. Transmittal notice of Samples so delivered with the Contractor's stamp of approval, shall be mailed to the Architect. 8/81 SUBMITTALS 1D-3 ■ni ww am C. Architect's Action aft The Architect will review the Contractor's submittals and return them with one of the following actions recorded thereon by appropriate markings: go 1 . Final Unrestricted Release: Where marked "Approved" the Work. cover �d by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the requirf- ments of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the Work will depend sm upon that compliance. 2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When marked "Approved as Noted", the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with wo the Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal, and complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the Work will depend upon these compliances. am 3. Returned for Resubmittal: When marked "Revise and Resubmit", or "Disapproved" the Work covered by the submittal (purchasing, fabrication, delivery or other activity) should not proceed. The submittal should be revised or a new submittal resubmitted without delay, in accordance with the Architect's notations stating the reasons for returning the submittal. wr D. Submission of Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings shall be complete, give all information necessary or requested in the individual Sections of the Specifications, and also show adjoining Work and details of connection thereto. 2. Shop Drawings shall be for whole systems. Partial submissions will not be accepted. 3. The Architect reserves the right to review and approve Shop Drawings only after approval of related Product Data and Samples. 4. Shop Drawings shall be properly identified and contain name of Project, name of firm submitting the Shop Drawings, Shop Drawing number, date of Shop Drawing and of revisions, Contractor's stamp of approval, and sufficient spaces near the title block for the Architect's stamp. w 5. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect one legible, reproducible transparency and two black line prints of each Shop Drawing. Transparency and prints shall be mailed or delivered in roll form. Each submittal shall be accompanied by transmittal notice. 6. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the stamp "Revise and Resubmit" or "Disapproved", the Contractor shall correct the original drawing or prepare a new drawing and resubmit a trans- parency and two prints thereof to the Architect for approval. This procedure shall be repeated until the Architect's approval is obtained . 7. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the stamp "Approved" or "Approved as Corrected", the Contractor shall provide 8/81 SUBMITTALS 1D-2 �"' "w 00 SECTION 1D SUBMITTALS 40 1D-01 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES A. Related Documents 1. This Article supplements Subparagraph 2.2.14 and Paragraphs 4.4 and 4m 4.12 of the General Conditions. 2. Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications for the specific submittals required under those Sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements. B. General Procedures for Submittal 1. The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Architect sufficiently in advance of performing related work or other an applicable activities, so that the installation will not be delayed by processing times, including disapproval and resub- mittal (if required), coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing , fabrication, delivery and similar sequenced w activities. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work. 2. The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a sequence which will not result in the approval having to be later modified or rescinded b} reason of a subsequent submittal which should have been processed on earlier or concurrently for coordination. 3. Only submittals received from and bearing the stamp of approval of the ewe Contractor will be considered for review by the Architect. Submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of Project, date of submittal, "To", "From", (Contractor, Subcontractor, Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier), Specification Section or Drawing No. to which the submittal refers, purpose (first submittal, resubmittal), description, remarks, distribution record, signature of transmitter. an 4. On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to the trans- mittal, the Contractor shall direct attention to any deviations including minor limitations and variations, from the requirements of ' the Contract Documents. Deviations shall be highlighted on the submittals. on 5. When an item is submitted as an equal substitution for the specific item it shall be clearly so stated on the transmittal. 6. All costs for printing, preparing , packaging, submitting, resubmittiq 40 and mailing or delivering submittals specified in this Article shall be included in the Contract Sum. g/gl SUBMITTALS 1D-1 O U O -ri _ Q N •ri U _ v In an w O O 'o W •� U FC ' w v m O U +� � �4 w �-q O O r1 H 0 Q >+ H N Q r I ro Z z Ix N pq «S l4 a cn a 4 a 0 IT a � � � z � W H x � >1 Q) Q ■ w ko 0 x > w H O �4 rn O A H U O w a �D v m O a� U w w w H w 0 h 0 H Ul C7 H eiw W z H U x 0 N H �D w 0 Q D u z z rL4 O ° a Q 0 � 0 5 Q H II H w w a w D H U Z W H 0 FC O FC fs+ x U M U H 0 U Q)O U w z I~ > N U) rc3 Q �4 >1 �4 H co H (o H OOz3 OR x � C7 UP4 N W -iw (d tr �0 �4 PO �4 (0 •> C04 fi U) N a co N N 4-) fo N b rn huh � Lo 3 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-9 ,.R 1C-17 HOISTING FACILITIES am A. Except as otherwise specified , the Contractor shall provide, operate, and remove material hoists, cranes, and other hoisting apparatus and shall do an all hoisting as required for the performance of the Work by all trader;. All such hoisting service shall be without charge to the Subc.ontr.JcLors. 1C-18 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATORS A. Should the Contractor desire the use of elevator equipment prior to Sub- stantial Completion, he shall make necessary arrangements with the Elevator Subcontractor, subject to the approval of the Architect and subject to code requirements. B. The Contractor shall reimburse the F,levator Subcontractor for any labor or +•+ materials which are not part of the permanent installation and which are required to provide temporary elevator service including, but not limited to, temporary car enclosures, requisite guards or other protection for ele- vator machine room and hoistway openings, main line switch with wiring and .A obtaining any other special labor or equipment needed to permit temporary usage. C. The Contractor shall sign the Elevator Subcontractor's Temporary Acceptance Form before any elevator is placed in temporary service; and pay all costs of power, operation, maintenance and attendance of the equipment. D. The Contractor shall leave the complete elevator equipment in the same con- dition as it was at the time it was turned over to him for temporary service. If repairs or replacements are necessary to restore the apparatus to its original condition, he shall allow the Elevator Subcontractor time to make such repairs or replacements, and shall pay him for making them. 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES lC-8 .• go an G. All temporary work shall be provided in conformity with the National F,lec- trical Code, State laws, and requirements of the power company. Particular attention is called to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts "Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operation" , Industrial Bulletin No. 12 of Department of Labor and Industry. Division of Industrial Safety with specific reference to Section 4, Item 4 .26 and Section 7 in its entirety. H. The Electrical Subcontractor shall dismantle and completely remove from the project site temporary electrical facilities only when the permanent electrical system is in operation. 1C-13 FIRE PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to insure against fire during construction. He shall be responsible that the area within contract limits is kept orderly and clean and that combustible rubbish is promptly removed from the site. B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection shall be done as soon as possible after commencement of operations. Fire protection shall be in accordance with the requirements of Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Division of Industrial Safety Department of Labor and Industries, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 1C-14 WIND PROTECTION A. Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau, the Con- ! "' tractor shall take every precaution to minimize danger to persons, to the Work, and to adjacent property. 1C-15 NOISE AND POLLUTION CONTROL A. Work performed under the Contract shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 11, Section 31 C and Section 142 D of the General Laws, and Rules 40 and Regulations adopted thereto by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health. M 1C-16 PROJECT SIGN A. The Contractor shall provide, where directed by the Architect, one project -sign laid out as per the attached sheet. O B. Sign shall be plywood, MDO/EXTAPA, 4 ft. by 6 ft. , supported on two 4 in. by 4 in. posts, with adequate bracing. Paint all surfaces of sign with 2 go coats of exterior paint and provide lettering of size and type as directed by the Architect. C. No other signs or advertisements will be allowed to be displayed without 40 the approval of the Architect. D. The Contractor shall obtain approval of local authorities for erection of signs. 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-7 am 2. Work damaged by frost shall be removed and replaced by the ,.# Contractor at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. 3. It is to be specifically understood that the Contractor shall do no am work at any time or under any conditions which he deems unsuited to the perfect execution of the Work. This provision shall not be interpreted as constituting any waiver, release or lessening of Contractor's obligation to bring the Work to Substantial Completion No within the period of time set forth in the Agreement. 1C-12 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY ■w A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall, at his own expense, make arrangements for and provide all temporary light and power, except as otherwise spe- cified . The temporary electrical service shall include but not be limited to labor, materials, and equipment necessary to supply temporary power of adequate capacity for the project operations and testing . Transformers and meters, when required by the power company, will be furnished and installed by the power company and the Electrical Subcontractor shall pay costs therefore. No connection shall be made to the Owner's power supply. B. Temporary electrical work shall be performed under the direct supervision of at least one master electrician, who will be present on the project at all times when such work is being performed. C. Temporary lighting and power shall be not less than the following: 1. Lighting - 200 watts per 100 square feet of floor area, plus 60 watts for each stair landing. •� 2. Receptacles - At least one 20 ampere duplex for each 1,000 square feet of floor space, and such others as will accommodate extension cords not greater than 50 feet in length to reach all work. 3. Fused switches for special construction equipment - On each floor of each building, at least one 30 ampere, 2 pole fused switch for equip- ment connection. Cables, and connection from switch to the special equipment, shall be provided , maintained and paid for by the trade requiring same. �w 4. Feeders - On each floor of each building, a feeder or feeders of suf- ficient capacity for the requirements of each entire floor. D. The Contractor shall pay the cost of electrical energy consumed by all tra- des until Substantial Completion. F. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall maintain lamps in operating condition. The Contractor, and each Subcontractor, shall furnish their own extension cords and additional lamps as may be required for their work. Temporary work of a special nature, not otherwise specified hereunder, shall be provided, maintained, and paid for by the trade requiring same. F. All lamps installed in permanent lighting fixtures and used as temporary lights during the construction period shall be removed and replaced shortly NAM before Substantial Completion by the set of lamps required to be provided under Section 16A, ELECTRICAL. M* 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-6 ON 5. The Contractor shall . . . .(provide) . . . . thermometers at places desig- nated by the Awarding Authority in order to determine if specified temperatures are maintained . dew 6. Within 30 calendar days after his award of contract, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Awarding Authority for approval thee- (3) copies of the proposed methods for "Weather Protection" B. Unit heaters, if used , shall be of the smokeless type and be installed and operated in such a way that finished Work will not be damaged thereby. "Salamanders" shall not be used . C. When the specified permanent heating system, or portions thereof, has been installed and tested, the Contractor may use the same for temporary heating provided he complies with all provisions stated elsewhere in this document and the following: 1. The Contractor shall pay the costs of all fuel and electricity required for temporary heating until Substantial Completion. 2. The Contractor shall furnish and pay the costs of any materials and sw equipment which are not part of the permanent heating system and which may be required to operate the permanent heating system on a temporar,, basis. 3. The heating Subcontractor shall be in charge of and provide all labor required for the attendance, operation and final restoration of the permanent heating system if used for temporary heating purposes. Con- tinuous direct attendance shall be provided whenever the permanent heating system is in operation. Only one person shall be employed at any one time. ow 4. The Contractor shall reimburse the heating Subcontractor to operate any portion of the permanent heating system used for temporary heating; until Substantial Completion. The Contractor reserves the right to require the attendant to punch a time clock. 5. The Contractor shall reimburse the IIVAC Subcontractor for the final cleaning and for any repairs or replacements necessary to restore the permanent heating system to perfect condition at the time of Substantial Completion. two 6. No parts of the air handling system shall be used until temporary fil-- ters have been installed satisfactory to the Architect. Such filters shall be kept clean and in efficient working condition, and at the time of Substantial Completion shall be replaced by the permanent filters. D. Responsibility for weather protection 1. The entire responsibility for weather protection during construction until Substantial Completion, shall be assumed by the Contractor, who shall be liable for any damage to any Work caused by his failure to supply proper weather protection and proper ventilation as required . 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-5 a He shall furnish, install, and remove equipment and piping to provide water Ow for the execution of the Work. B. The Contractor shall pay the costs of water consumed by trades until Substantial Completion. aw C. The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of cool drinking water witli individual drinking cups for personnel on the job. D. When the permanent water distribution system has been installed, it may be used as a source of water for construction purposes, provided that the Contractor (1) assumes full responsibility for the entire water distribu- tion system; and (2) pays for operation, maintenance and restoration of the system. 1C-11 WEATHER PRCrECTION A. The Contractor shall provide weather protection in accordance with Chapter 49 7of the Acts of 1970 and with the "Weather Protection Standard" estab- lished by the Director of Building Construction which reads as follows: 1 . It is tl.e intent of these specifications to require the contractor to provide temporary enclosures and heat to permit construction work to be carried on during the months of November through March in com- pliance with Chapter 497 of the Massachusetts General Law3 of 1970. These specifications are not to be construed as requiring enclosures or heat for operations that are economically infeasible to protect in the judgment of the Awarding Authority, such items as site Work, Excavation, Pile Driving, Steel Erection, Erection of Certain Exterior Wall Panels, Roofing and similar operations. 2. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold by covering, enclosing and/or heating. This protection shall provide adequate working areas during the months of November through March as determined by the Awarding Authority and consistent with the approved construction sche- dule to permit the continuous progress of all work necessary to main- tain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations. The Contractor shall furnish and install all "weather protection" material and be responsible for all cost, including heating required 11° to maintain a minimum temperature of 40 degrees F. at the working surface. This provision does not supercede any specific requirements for methods of construction and/or curing of materials. 3. The Contractor may with the approval of the Awarding Authority elect to utilize the permanent heating system for temporary hea- after the building is enclosed and after it has been tested and is ready to operate. However, it shall be his responsibility to have all portions of the permanent heating system, that are used for heating during con- struction, thoroughly cleaned and restored to first class condition, to the satisfaction of the Awarding Authority. 4 . Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ven- tilation and fire protection devices. 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-4 •.w D. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove covered chutes from openings in the exterior walls of upper floors. Such shall be in con- venient locations and shall permit disposal of rubbish directly into truck or disposal units. 1C-9 TEMPORARY PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall: 1. Protect excavations, trenches, building and materials at all times from rain water, ground water, backing-up or leakage of sewers, drain; or other piping and from water damage of any origin; provide all pumps, piping, coverings, and other materials and equipment as required by job conditions. 1 2. In addition to the weather protection during the months of November through March specified hereunder, provide temporary weathertight en- closures for openings in exterior walls and in roof decks when and as required to protect the Work from damage by inclement weather. Temporary enclosures shall be provided with adequate means of ven- tilation to prevent accumulation of moisture in the building. 3. Provide temporary wood doors for exterior entrances and elsewhere as required. Permanent door enclosures shall not be used as temporary enclosures. 4. Protect sills, jams, and heads of openings through which materials are handled . 5. Protect decks and slabs to receive Work by other trades from any soiling which will prevent proper adhesion of subsequent Work. Decks and slabs shall be left clean and free of all blemishes at the time other trades begin the application of their Work. 6. Protect concrete slabs to remain exposed and finished floors agaiiist twr mechanical damage, plaster droppings, oil, grease, paint or other materials which will stain the floor finish. Install and maintain adequate strips of building paper or other protection on finished floors in rooms where further Work will be done by other trades. B. Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not be subjected to traffic nor shall they be used for storage of materials. Where some activity must take place in order to carry out the Work, adequate protection shall be provided. C. After the installation of Work by any Subcontractor is properly completed , the Contractor shall be responsible for its protection and for repairing, replacing, or cleaning any such Work which has been damaged by other trades or by any other cause, so that all Work is in perfect condition at the time of Substantial Completion. 1C-10 TEMPORARY WATER A. The Contractor shall make arrangements with the local water department for obtaining temporary water connections and shall pay costs thereby incurred . 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-3 am B. The Contractor shall pay for the installation and removal of the foregoing No temporary telephones and for all calls and charges in connection therewith. IC-04 TEMPORARY TOILETS A. The Contractor shall. provide and service an adequate number of toilot- huuthy with chemical type toiletry. B. The toilets shall be erected in location approved by the Architect and shall be maintained by the Contractor in a clean and orderly condition in compliance with all local and state health requirements. C. When the permanent sanitary system is in operating condition, the Contractor may use portions of the system as approved by the Architect, provided that the Contractor (1) assumes full responsibility for the so used portions of the sanitary system, and (2) pays all costs for operation, maintenance, cleaning, and restoration of the used portions. 1C-05 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining temporary fencing or barricades around the construction as may be necessary to assure the safety of all persons, authorized or unauthorized. Such protective measures shall be located and constructed as required by local_, state, and federal ordinances, laws or regulations. ..,� 1C-06 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all security precautions necessary, in the Contractor's opinion, to insure adequate protection of his and the Owner's interests. see 1C-07 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND MATERIAL HANDLING A. The Contractor shall provide such storage sheds, temporary buildings, or trailers as required for the performance of the Contract. The Subcontractors shall provide their own temporary buildings or trailers. B. Materials shall be handled, stored, installed, cleaned, and protected in accordance with best practice in the industry and, except where otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and directions. IC-08 TEMPORARY STAGING, STAIRS, CHUTES A. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish, install, main- tain in safe condition, and remove all scaffolds, staging and planking over 8 ft. in height, as required for the use of all trades for the proper exe- cution of their Work. ..w B. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar items as required for the use of all trades for the proper execution of their Work. m, C. Permanent stairs shall be erected as soon as possible, for which the Con- tractor shall provide temporary protective treads, risers, handrails and shaft protection. 5/84 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-2 SECTION 1C TEMPORARY FACILITIES w 1C-01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all tem- porary facilities until Substantial Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial Completion must be with the concurrence of the Architect. The Contractor bears full responsibility for reproviding any facility removed prior to Substantial Completion if required for the Work. B. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition precedent to Sub- stantial Completion unless directed otherwise by the Architect or specifi- cally noted in the Specifications. OR 1C-02 FIELD OFFICES A. The Contractor shall provide a suitable office at the site for his own use. "'a B. In addition, the Contractor shall provide an office space of not less than 190 sq. ft. in area for the use of the Project Representative. It shall have 1 larger office for conferences, 1 smaller office for the Project Representative, 1 wardrobe closet, and be equipped with at least the following: 1 - Double desk 7 ft. wide 1 - 4 drawer, steel file cabinet with lock and key 1 - Plan table, at least 3 ft. by 7 ft. 1 - Plan rack Im 2 - Overhead shelves 7 ft. long 8 - Chairs 1 - Heat and light 1 - Air conditioner on 1 - Typewriter 1 - First class outdoor thermometer (maximum/minimum) 1 - Waste basket 1 - Water, cooler C. The offices shall be set in location approved by the Architect, and shall he maintained by the Contractor in a clean and orderly condition. D. After enclosed and heated building space becomes available, the Contractor may move the offices (including telephones) into the building. Space so used shall be subject to approval of the Architect. 1C-03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONES A. Separate individual services shall be provided 1. in the field office of the Contractor, for the use of his authorized agents and Subcontractors; and 2. in the field office of the Project Representative. A desktype telephone with lock and key shall be provided for this purpose. 8/81 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1C-1 on 425 TAYLOR ROAD OAK HILL PROFESSIONAL PARK STOW, MASSACHUSETTS 01775 501E EXPLORATION CORPORATION LONDONDERRY, N.H. 03053 Pill (617) 8978737 TEST BORINGS • GEOLOGICAL CONSULTING (603) 627.3051 To Alderman & MacNeish — Date 5/24/82 Job No._ 82-112 Location Elderly Housing Proi . , 60 Maple St. . Northampton MA Scale 1" = 4 ft. Test Boring No. 7 Test Boring No. 8 5/21/82 5/20/82 Of Ground Surface 0' 0 Of Ground Surface f .5' .5f 3 Loose, dry, fine sand, 2-3-5 5-4 root matter, little brick (fill). 1. 5' Firm to hard, dry, medium 41 4.5' to fine sand, trace of 5' fine gravel and inorganic 7-7-9 6' 12-13.-1C silt. 6.5r Hard to compact, dry, fin to coarse sand, trace of fine gravel & inorganic silt. 10' 101 10-11-11 18-14-14 11.5' 11.5' 13.5' 13 .5' 4111111 10-14-12 16-14-15 15' 15' 15' 15' pa End of boring 15' End of boring 15' - No water encountered No water encountered upon completion. upon completion. 11111 - END OF SECTION 1576 (NHA) /dmd 1B-5 Standard Penetration Test- 140#hammer falling 30" - Blows are per 6"taken with 18" long x 2"O.D. x 1-3/8" I.D.Split Spoon Sampler unless otherwise noted. Type of Boring-2'/2"Casing® 31/2"Casing ❑ Hollow Stem Auger ❑ Solid Stem Auger ❑ Notes-Water levels indicated may vary with seasonal fluctuation and the degree of soil saturation when the boring was taken.The following terms used In the soil descriptions are based on visual identification:Trace 0-10%,little or few 10-20%,Some 20-40%,and 40-50%. 425 TAYLOR ROAD OAK HILL PROFESSIONAL PARK STOW, MASSACHUSETTS 01775 SOIL EXPLORATION CORPORATION LONDONDERRY, N.H. 03053 (617) 897-8737 TEST BORINGS a GEOLOGICAL CONSULTING (603) 627.3041 ass+ To Alderman & MacNeish Date_ 5/24/82 Job No.— al)-112 Location_ Elderly Housing Proi. , 60 Maple St. , Northaml]ton, _Scale 1" = 4 ft. eaa Test Boring No. 5 Test Boring No. 6 NOW 5/20/82 5/21/82 Of Ground Surface 01 3 O' Ground Surface 01 ..a .51 ToDsoil. •5' Topsoil. 3-3 Subsoil. 3-4 lr 1' 4 21 1.5 t 1.5' .el Firm to hard, dry, fine 51 to coarse sand, trace 5r "" 12-10-9 of fine gravel and inorganic silt. 8-6-7 Hard to compact, dry, 6,5' 6.5' medium to fine sand, Wa trace of tine gravel and inorganic silt. 10' 10' 14-17-13 9-12-12 11.5' 11.5' 13.5' awl 11-16-13 15' 15' 15' 15-15-14 t End of boring 15' 6.5 No water encountered upon completion. 18.5' ' 17-16-14 20' 0' End of boring 20' am No water encountered upon completion. eae am .. Mae 1576 (NHA) /dmd 1B-4 Standard Penetration Test - 140#hammer falling 30" - Slows are per 6"taken with 18"long x 2"O.D. x 1-3/8"I.D.Split Spoon Sampler unless otherwise noted. am Type of Boring-2%"Casing® 3%"Casing 0 Hollow Stem Auger❑ Solid Stem Auger O Notes-Water levels indicated may very with seasonal fluctuation and the degree of soil saturation when the boring was taken.The following terms used In the soil descriptions are based on visual identification:Trace 0.10%,little or few 10-20%,Some 20-40%,and 40-50%. OR 425 TAYLOR ROAD OAK HILL PROFESSIONAL PARK STOW. MASSACHUSETTS 01775 501E EXPLORATION CORPORATION LONDONDERRY. N.H. 03053 (617) 997-0737 TEST BORINGS • GEOLOGICAL CONSULTING 1603) 627.3051 To Alderman & MacNeish Date 5/24/82 Job No. 22-119 + Location Elderly Housing_ Proj. , 60 Maple St. , Northampton, MAScole 1" = 4 ft. Test Boring No. '3 Test Boring No. 4 5/20/82 5/20/82 011 Ground Surface Of Of Ground Surface Of 3 Topsoil. 4-2 .5' .5' 1' 1' 3 5-7 Subsoil.. 1.5' 1.5 r 3' Firm to hard, dry, fine to coarse sand, trace 5' S' of fine gravel and 8-9-11 10-9-9 inorganic silt. 6.5' 6.5' Firm to compact, dry, medium to fine sand 9'S� 10+ trace of inorganic silt 10' 'I0 16-13-15 and fine gravel. 14-14-1.1 11.5' 11.5' Hard, dry, medium to fine sand, few fine sand lenses, trace of inorgani silt and fine gravel. *` 15' 15' 14-14-13 15-12-13 16.5' 16.5' go 18.5' 15-15-13 20' 0� 20' End of boring 20' 21.5'12-12-11 go No water encountered upon completion. 25' 10-14-13 ' 26.5' 28.5 1 15-16-14 30' 30' End of boring 30' 1576 (NHA) /dmd 1B-3 No water encountered Standard Penetration Test - 140#hammer falling 30" - Blows are per 6"taken with 18" long x 2"O.D.x 1-3/8" I.D.Split Spoon Sampler unless otherwise noted. Type of Boring-2'/2"Casing® 3%"Casing❑ Hollow Stem Auger ❑ Solid Stem Auger O Notes -Water levels indicated may vary with seasonal fluctuation and the degree of soil saturation when the boring was taken.The following terms used in the sail descriptions are based on visual Identification:Trace 0.10%,little or few 10-20%,Some 20-40%,and 40-50%. .,e 425 TAYLOR ROAD OAK HILL PROFESSIONAL PARK STOW, MASSACHUSETTS 01775 SOIL EXPLORATION CORPORATION LONDONDERRY, N.H. 03053 (617) 697-9737 TEST BORINGS a GEOLOGICAL CONSULTING (603) 627.3051 aaa To Alderman & MacNeisn Date 5/24/82 Job No. 82-112 Location Elderly Housing Proj 60 Maple St. , Northampton. MA Scale 1" = 4 ft. Test Boring No. 1 Test Boring No. 2 5/21/82 5/12/82 Of Ground Surface Of of Ground Surface 01 TOpsoi.l,_ .51 1 Topsoil. 4-6 5 Loose, dry, fine to 4-4 11 soi . — 11 4 coarse sand. 1.5' 1.5 1.51 .a 31 3' 6-8-8 aw 4.5' 5' 5-5-6 Firm to hard, dry, fine 1 a"' to coarse sand, trace of 6.5 fine gravel and inorganic Firm to hard, dry, fine silt. to coarse sand, trace of "w f5ne gravel and 9.51 101 inorganic silt. 9-8-10 6-8-9 11 r •• 11.5' 15' 15' 12-14-14 12-11-14 16.5' 16.51 No 18.51 18.5' 10-11-17 16-13-15 Am 20' 20' 20' 20' End:df boring 20' End of boring 201 No water encountered No water encountered am upon completion, upon completion. d" 1576 (NHA) /dmd 1B-2 Standard Penetration Test- 140#hammer falling 30" - Blows are per 6"taken with 18"long x 2"O.D. x 1-3/8" I.D.split spoon Sampler unless otherwise noted. Type of Boring•2Y,"Casing IR 3%"Casing ❑ Hollow Stem Auger O Solid Stem Auger❑ "" Notes -Water levels indicated may very with seasonal fluctuation and the degree of soli saturation when the boring was taken.The following terms used In the soil descriptions are based on visual Identification:Trace 0-10%,little or few 10-20%,some 20-40%,and 40-50%. SECTION 1B EXISTING CONDITIONS 1B-01 PROVISIONS INCLUDED A. The Conditions of the Contract and other sections of Division 1 , General Requirements, apply to the Work of this Section. 1B-02 SUBSURFACE DATA A. Subsurface soil investigations have been made and the results are attached to this Section 1B. Included herein are Test Borings No. 1 through No . 8 . B . The locations of test borings are shown on the SITE PREPARATION PLAN. The ground water levels are not to be considered as accurate for any times and locations other than when the borings were taken. ew w 4M 1576(NHA)/dmd 1B-1 an 1A-04 SAMPLE APARTMENT am A. One apartment shall be completed with all finishes, fixtures, and trim prior to starting the major finish work in the dit building. This apartment shall establish the acceptable standard of Work for the Project. .. END OF SECTION an .W 4W ws 1576(NHA)/dmd 1A-2 SECTION lA SUMMARY OF WORK 1A-01 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK A. The Work under the Contract consists of : 1 . The construction of 49 units of elderly housing, including site utilities, site improvements, and landscaping within the Project Site located at No. 56 Maple Street in Northampton, Massachusetts. 2 . Work either shown on the Drawings or included in the Specifications unless specifically indicated as not to be done. B . In addition, the Work under the Contract includes: 1. Work outside the Project Site as called for in the Contract Documents and as required for the performance of the Work, including restoration to its original condition of any work damaged or destroyed by encroaching upon areas outside the Project Site. 2 . Providing and removing where appropriate all temporary facilities. 1A-02 TIME OF COMPLETION A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed within 360 consecutive calendar days thereafter. 1A-03 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. The following items shall be provided by others under a separate agreement with the Owner for which the Owner has coordinating responsibility: 1 . Washers and dryers in Laundry Room. B . The following items shall be provided by others under a separate agreement with the Owner for which the Contractor has aw coordinating responsibility: 1. Installation of gas service and meter by the Bay State Gas ow Company. 1576(NHA)/dmd 1A-1 S P E C I A L C O N D I T I O N S AMENDMENTS TO THE GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The Supplementary Conditions enclosed in the Project Manual are standard Supplementary Conditions by the Department of Community Affairs, reprinted with no modifications to suit a particular Project . Articles set forth under the Special Conditions are amendments 40 to the General and Supplementary Conditions in the form of additions, deletions, or substitutions, as required to suit the particular project under this Contract. Any provisions of the basic Articles not so amended shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR 4 . 7 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES Add the following to Subparagraph 4 . 7 .1: Except for fees charged for depositing at the City Sanitary Land Fill, the City of Northampton waives all charges for the building permit, or other permits, fees and connection charges by the municipality in connection with the work under this Contract. END OF SECTION w 40 1576(NHA)/dmd SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1 am Administration (US Government), minority contractors' organizations, com- am munity organizations and other likely sources of names of additional minority or woman-owned business firms capable of performing the work; and (d) evidence showing other efforts to comply with this Article 17. am The Awarding Authority may then determine that no such substitute minority contractors exist. am 17.6 HEARINGS AND APPEALS 17.6.1 The Awarding Authority shall not impose any sanctions under Paragraph 17. 5 unless the Contractor, SOMBA and any interested party shall have been given an opportunity to present testimony at an administrative conference held by the Department, and the Department determines in its sole discretion that the sane- .., tions are justified by the supporting circumstances presented at the Administrative Conference. 17.6.2 A Contractor shall have the right to request the Awarding Authority to suspend any or all sanctions imposed under Paragraph 17.5 upon showing that he/she is in compliance with this Article 17. .w ■M 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-10 w. �r 17.4.7 Any bidder or contractor must provide information as is necessary in the judgement of the Awarding Authority or SOMBA to ascertain compliance with the terms of this Article 17. 17.4.8 If the Contractor desires to comply with this Article 17, but for reasons beyond his/her control cannot do so in accordance with the Participation Schedule, the Contractor must submit to the Awarding Authority the reason his/her inability to comply and proposed revisions to the Participation Schedule stating how conditions of this Article 17 are to be met. 17.4.9 Failure to comply with any provisions of Article 17 shall constitute a substantial violation and breach the Owner-Contractor agreement. 17.5 SANCTIONS 40 17.5.1 If the Contractor fails to comply with the terms of these conditions, the Awarding Authority may (a) suspend any payment for the work that should have been but was not per- formed by an SCE pursuant to the Participation Schedule; or (b) require specific performance of the contractor's obligation under this Article 17 by requiring the contractor to contract with an SCE selected by the contractor and agreed to by the Awarding Authority for any work remaining, at no additional cost to the owner. 17.5.2 To the extent that the Contractor has not complied with the terms of these conditions, the Awarding Authority may withhold from any periodic payment monies equivalent to the product of the percentage of completion times the SCE dollar amount, minus the amount already paid to SCE's for work performed under the contract, minus any payments already withheld. 17.5.3 In addition to the remedies provided under 17.5.1 and 17.5.2, the Awarding Authority may suspend or terminate this contract in whole or in part, or may call upon the contractor's surety to perform all terms and conditions in PW the contract. 17.5.4 In any proceedings involving the imposition of sanctions, the Awarding Authority may not impose sanctions if it finds that the general contractor has taken every possible measure to comply with this Article 17, and that good cause exist for some other justifabie reason for waiving this Article in whole or in part. To demonstrate every possible measure, the contractor shall furnish (a) the name of each firm solicited for quotations on each subcontract, the price quoted by each, and whether or not the firm solicited was a minority or woman-owned business; NO (b) the reason for not subcontracting with a minority or woman-owned business firm when applicable; (c) evidence showing efforts by the contractor to supplement its own and SOMBA lists of minority and woman-owned business sources by contacting the Small Business Administation, trade organizations, the General Services 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-9 4 am (c) Whenever a general bid is filed by a joint venture with an SCE participant sm in the joint venture that does not exercise more than 51% control over management and profits, that joint venture shall be entitled to credit as an SCE for the lesser of the following amounts: (1) that proportion of the joint venture's item 1 price equal to the SCE participation in the .ft joint venture, or (2) 25% of the Amount of Participation. (d) Whenever a joint venture with an SCE participant files a general bid or am sub-bid, and requests a credit as an SCE, that bid must be accompanied by the joint venture agreement for that joint venture. 17.4 COMPLIANCE ow 17.4.1 If the Participation Schedule is materially incomplete, the Awarding Authority will consider the bid informal as to substance and reject the bid . If AM the schedule is incomplete in other respects, the Awarding Authority may con- sider the bid informal as to form and may waive the informalities upon the satisfactory completion of the required information by the bidder and the minority contractor as applicable. on 17.4.2 If the Awarding Authority finds that the amount of SCE participation submitted by the bidder on his/her schedule does not meet the amount set forth a„ in the advertisements, it will reject the bidder's proposal and find such bidder ineligible for award of this contract. 17.4.3 A general bidder shall not change the SCE's listed in his/her Schedule or make any other such SCE substitutions without the written approval of the Awarding Authority as to certification and notification to SOMBA. 17.4.4 At the time of signing the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the general bidder receiving the award shall furnish the Awarding Authority and SOMBA with signed copies of all subcontracts which have been executed between him/her and each of the SCE's listed on the Participation Schedule. If a listed SCE contractor fails to obtain a performance or payment bond when requested by the general bidder to do so, said failure shall not entitle the general bidder to avoid the requirements of this Article 17. win 17.4.5 The Contractor shall not terminate any sub-contract for, nor perform with his/her own organization, nor assign to any other contractor or sub- contractor, work designated to an SCE on the Participation Schedule without the written approval of the Awarding Authority and notification to SOMBA. Such approval shall be withheld until the Contractor demonstrates that the Participation Amount is still met for any substituted SCE, provided however, that compliance with this paragraph shall not limit the terms of M.G.L. chapter 149, section 44F. 17.4.6 Any changes or substitutions of the officers or stockholders in an SCE that reduces the minority or woman ownership or control to less than the requisite percentage will result in the automatic revocation of that MBE's or WBE's certified status. If' an SCE listed on the Schedule has its certified status revoked, the Contractor shall consider his/her compliance with this Article 17 terminated and must proceed as outlined in the following paragraph. 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-8 ... 17.2 CONDITIONS: All contractors, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and the like agree to be bound by the commitments and obligations outlined in the sections below, as applicable. 17.2.1 Eaca general bidder must attach a "Participation Schedule" on the form attached to the Bid Form. This schedule shall list those SCE's with whom the general contractor intends to directly subcontract, and also any SCEs list., ny AIM filed sub-bidders. Said schedule shall state the amount to be paid each SCR as taken from each individual Participation Schedule form submitted with a bid . The amount of participation of SCE's listed in this schedule must total at least the amont set forth in the "Advertisement for Bidders" for this project . All SCE's listed on this schedule must be on the SOMBA list of approved 11BE's or WBE's at the time of the receipt of bids. 17.2.2 Subcontractors are encouraged, but not required to subcontract por- tions of their work to SCE's. Participation forms, available with the bidding documents, shall be used to list those SCE's with whom they wish to subcontract and the dollar amount of those proposed subcontracts. 17.2.3 Material suppliers will not be considered for compliance under paragraphs 17.2.1 and 17.2.2. 17.3 DETERMINATION OF MBE STATUS go 17.3.1 Any contractor, subcontractor or sub-subcontractor may apply to SOMBA for MBE or WBE status. Applications must be made on the application form pre- pared by SOMBA and available from SOMBA. Applicants can he certified only by SOMBA, and certification as a "Minority Business" or "Woman-Owned Business" by other agencies does not fulfill the requirements of this Article 17. an 17.3.2 SOMBA will be responsible for preparing, publishing, and updating a list of certified minority owned contracting and subcontracting businesses. The list that is most current at the time the work is advertised shall govern, and bidders are expected to use it as a reference source in meeting the requirementE; ON of this Article 17. 17.3.3 Submission of an application to SOMBA does not constitute cer- tification by SOMBA. SOMBA requires a minimum of thirty (30) days from the receipt of a completed application to make its decision regarding the cer- tification of an MBE or WBE applicant. � ► 17.3.4 Joint Ventures. (a) In the case of a joint venture between an SCE, and a non-certified business, the joint venture shall be certified by SOMBA if the certified MBE or WBE shall have at least 51% control over the management and receipt of profits of the project bid upon. (b) In the case of a joint venture between an SCE and a non-certified business in which the SCE does not exercise more than 51% control over management and profits, the joint venture shall be entitled to a credit as an SCE for that proportion of the joint venture's contract equal to the SCE par- ticipation in the joint venture, except in the case of (c) below. 5/ 34 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2 7 A" ARTICLE 17 - MINORITY OR WOMAN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SET ASIDE REQUIREMENTS oft 17.1 DEFINITIONS: For purposes of this Article 17, the following addi- tional definitions shall prevail: No 17.1.1 "Minority" means a person who is a citizen or permanent resident of the United States and who is either am (a) Black (persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa); (b) hispanic (persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American origin); aw (c) Native American (persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America, and who are recognized as native Americans by a tribal AM organization); (d) Eskimo & Aleut (persons having origins in any of the peoples of Northern Canada, Greenland, Alaska, and Eastern Siberia); go (e) Asian (persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asis, the Indian Subcontinent or the Pacific Islands, for on example - China, Japan, Korea, the Phillipine Islands, Samoa); or (f) Cape Verdean (persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Cape Verde Islands who are of Black African origin) . ' ` 17.1.2 "SOMBA" means the State Office of Minority Business Assistance (established by Chapter 23A, Section 36 - 41 of the General Laws), 100 Cambridge an Street, Room 1300, Boston, Massachusetts 02202. 17 .1.3 "Department" means the Department of Community Affairs as defined in the Supplementary Conditions. 17.1 .4 "Minority Business Enterprise" (MBE) or "Woman-Owned Business Enterprise" (WBE) means a business organization, certified by SOMBA, which can demonstrate that (a) minority persons or women beneficially own and control at least 51% of the business; (b) minority persons or women have dominant control in the management and operation of the business; (c) minority persons or women have made a substantial investment in the business; and (d) the business is an on-going concern, not created solely for the purpose of taking advantage of set-aside programs. Hereinafter, such a business shall be referred to as a "SOMBA Certified Enterprise" (SCE) . 17.1. 5 "Amount of Participation" means the actual dollar amount to be paid to SCE's for work performed on this contract in accordance with this Article 17. 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-6 16.7 CERTIFICATION 16.7.1 The Contractor's Certification Form must be signed by all successful low bidders prior to award by the Authority. 16.7.2 The General. Contractor receiving the award of the contract shrill he required to oht:iin from each of its Subcontractors filed or nonfiled and r 4 to the Authority prior to the performance of any work under s,iid Subconrrricl , a cer_tificatLon by said Subcontractor, regardless of tier, that it will- comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps. The form for this certificate shall be as shown under the "Form of Subcontract", in the "Contract Forms" section of this document. 16.7.3 In order to ensure that the said Subcontractors' certification becomes a part of all Subcontracts under the prime contract, no Subcontract shall be executed until an authorized representative of the Authority administering this project has determined, in writing, that the said certification has been incorporated in such Subcontract, regardless of tier. Any Subcontract executed without such written approval shall be void . 16.7 SEVERABILITY 16.7.1 The provisions of this section are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held unconstitutional by any court or competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the remaining provisions. RIM +tom t sM 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-j Department to affect the employment of personnel. This provision shall apply rep only to information pertinent to the Commonwealth's affirmative action contract requirements. Where information required is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Authority or the Department as appropriate and shall set forth what efforts he has made to obtain the information. t6.6.2 Whenever Lhe Authority's EEO Officer, the MCAD, the DeparLmeiiL, f,r th(. ... Liaison Committee believes the Contractor may not be operating in compliance with the terms of these requirements, the Department shall conduct an investigation, and may confer with the parties, to determine if such Contractor is operating in compliance with the terms of this section. No investigation by the Department shall be initiated without prior notice to the Contractor. If the Department finds the Contractor not in compliance, it shall make a prelim- inary report on non-compliance, and notify such Contractor in writing of Stich AM steps as will in the judgement of the Department bring such Contractor into compliance. A copy of such report shall be sent to the Department's Affirmative Action Officer. In the event that such Contractor fails or refuses to fully Perform such steps, the Department shall make a report of non-compliance .o the wo Department which will then conduct an investigation and should it find such Contractor to be in non-compliance, it will recommend, in a final report, the imposition of one or more of the sanctions listed below. If, however, th, NA Department believes the Contractor has taken or is taking every possible neasure to achieve compliance, it shall not make a final report of non-compliance. Within fourteen days of a final report the Department shall after due notice and hearing, under M.G.L. Chapter 30A, move to impose one or more of the following ""' sanctions to attain full and effective compliance: A. For each week that a General Contractor fails or refuses to comply, the „o„ Department may recover from the General Contractor, 1/100 of 1% of the contract award price or $1000 whichever sum is greater, in the nature of liquidated damages or if a Subcontractor is in non-compliance, the Department may recover from the General Contractor, 1/10 of 1% of the so subcontract price, or $400 whichever sum is greater, in the nature of liquidated damages, to be assessed by the General Contractor as a back charge against the subcontractor for each week that such party fails or ,W refuses to comply. b. The suspension of any payment or part thereof due under the contract until such time as the Contractor is able to demonstrate his compliance with the am terms of the contract; C. The termination, or cancellation, of the contract, in whole or in part, no unless the Contractor is able to demonstrate within a specified time his compliance with the terms of the contract; d . The denial to the Contractor of the right to participate in any future no contracts awarded by the Department for a period of up to three years. 16.6.3 If at any time after the imposition of one or more of the above ow sanctions a Contractor is able to demonstrate that he is in compliance with these regulations he may request the Department in consultation with the Authority, to suspend the sanctions conditionally, pending a final determination by the Department as to whether the Contractor is in compliance. After receiv- low ing a final report, the Department shall either lift the sanctions or reimpose them. am 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-4 go 16.3 MINORITY GOAL 16.3.1 As part of his obligation of remedial action under the foregoing section, the Contractor shall maintain on this project a percent ratio of minority employee man-hours in each job category riot less than the percentages found in Section 1C. Such job categories shall include but not be limited to bricklayers, carpenters, cement masons, electricians, ironworkers, opera L, r,, engineers, and those "classes of work" enumerated in Section 44C of Chapter 1.49 of the Massachusetts General Laws. 16.3.2 Referrals: In the hiring of minority journeymen, apprentices, trainees and advanced trainees, the Contractor shall rely on referrals from a multiemployer affirmative action program approved by the Department or the Commission; three agencies designated by the Liaison Committee; and traditional referral methods utilized by the construction industry, where such referrals ar, needed to meet minority hiring requirements. The Contractor shall keep accurate records of such requests for referrals. 16.3.3 Records of employment referral orders, prepared by the Contractor, shall be made available to the Authority and to the Liaison Committee on request. 16.3.4 The Commission, a designee of the Authority and a designee of the Liaison Committee shall each have right of access to the construction site. 16.4. WORK FORCE TABLES 16.4.1 Quarterly Projected Work Force: The Contractor shall prepare pro- OR jeCted work force tables on a quarterly basis. These shall be broken down into projections, by week of workers required in each trade. Updated copies shall be furnished to the Authority's EEO Officer and the Liaison Committee, one week in advance of the commencement of work and of each quarter thereafter. Quarters shall begin on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 . No work shall begin until projected work force tables are received by the Authority's EEO Officer. 16.4.2 Weekly Actual Work Force Table: The Contractor shall prepare a report due after each week of activity, reflecting the actual working hours of all personnel identified as minority or non-minority. It shall be received by the Authority and the Liaison Committee no later than Friday following the week 40 reported. 16.5 LIAISON COMMITTEE 4" 16.5.1 The Contractor (or his agent, if any, designated by him as the on-sit( Equal Employment Opportunity Officer) shall recognize the Liaison Committee as an affirmative action body, and shall establish a continuing working relation- ship with the Liaison Committee, consulting with the Liaison Committee on all matters related to minority recruitment, referral, employment and training. 16.6 COMPLIANCE - INFORMATION, REPORTS AND SANCTIONS M 16.6.1 The Contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Authority or the Department on instructions issued by either of them and will permit access to its facilities and any books, records, accounts and other sources of information which may be determined by the Authority or the 40 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 4-3 16.1.4 "Liaison Committee" refers to a body established for the life of this a� Contract at the discretion of the Commission, composed of one representative each from the agency or agencies administering this project, the Commission and such other representatives as may be designated by the Commission in conjunction with the administering agency or agencies. 16.1 .5 "E.E.O. Officer" refers to Equal Employment Opportunity Officer, v ;e persons designated by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority, or any other „* agency or party having jurisdiction in this Contract, that serve in a capacity to implement this Article. 10.2 CONDITIONS: During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor for himself, his assignees, and successors in interest, agree as follows: 16.2.1 . For all work under this contract, a Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment advertising; recruitment layoff; termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; conditions or privileges of employment; and selection for apprenticeship. The Contractor shall post hereafter in conspic- uous places, available for employees and applicants for employment, notices to .�. be provided by the Commission setting forth the provisions of the Fair Employment Practices Law of the Commonwealth (M.G.L. Chapter 151B). 16.2.2 For all work under this Contract, a Contractor shall undertake in good faith affirmative action measures designed to eliminate any discriminatory barriers in the terms and conditions of employment on the grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex, and to eliminate and remedy any effects of such discrimination in the past. Such affirmative action shall entail positive and aggressive measures to ensure equal opportunity in the areas of hiring, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment, layoff or termination, rate of compensation, and in-service or apprenticeship training programs. This affirmative action shall include all action required to guarantee equal employ- ment opportunity for all persons, regardless of race, color, religious creed , national origin, age or sex. A purpose of this provision is to ensure to the fullest extent possible an adequate supply of skilled tradesmen on this public construction project. 16.2.3 For all work under this Contract a Contractor will not discriminate on grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex in employ- ment practices, in the selection or retention of subcontractors, or in the procurement of materials and rentals of equipment. 16.2.4 If a Contractor shall use any subcontractor on any work under this contract, he shall take affirmative action to negotiate with qualified minority sub-contractors. This affirmative action shall cover both pre-bid and post-bid Periods. It shall include notification to the State Office for Minority Business Assistance (SOMBA) or its designees, while bids are in preparation, of all products, work or services for which the Contractor intends to negotiate bids. .�. 16.2.5 In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by a Contractor either for work under a subcontractor or for the procurement of materials or equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier shall be notified in writing of the Contractor's obligations under this Contract relative to nondiscrimination and affirmative action. oft 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-2 war PART 2 - ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS Articles set forth under Part 2 of this section are additional conditions not covered in the A.I.A. General Conditions. OR ARTICLE 15 - LABOR REQUIREMENTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 15.1 LABOR LAWS OR 15.1.1 The Contractor and the Subcontractors shall conform to the Labor Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts„ Sections of Chapter 149, as amended . 15.1.2 No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working in the employment of the Contractor, Subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or part of the Work contemplated by this Contract, shall be required or permitted to work any more than eight hours in any one day, or more than forty-eight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency. 15.1.3 Every employee on the Work shall lodge, board, and trade where and with whom he elects, and the Contractor and any Subcontractor shall not directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment in said Work, that an n employee lodge, board, or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. 15.1.4 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall give preference in the employment of mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers, first to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment and who are veterans ±raw as defined in clause forty-three of Section seven of Chapter four of the General Laws, and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States. 15.2 EXECUTIVE ORDERS 15.2.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Executive Order No. 74, as amended by Executive Order No. 116 dated May 1, 1975, and of Chapter 151B as amended, of the Massachusetts General Laws, both of which are herein incor- porated by reference and made a part of this Contract. ARTICLE 16 - EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 40 16.1. DEFINITIONS: For purposes of this Article 16, the following addi- tional definitions shall prevail: 16.1.1 "Minority" refers to Asian-Americans, Blacks, Spanish Surnamed Americans, North American Indians, and Cape Verdeans. 16.1.2 "Commission" or "MCAD" refers to the Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination. 16.1.3 "Contractor" refers to the General Contractor and all Sub-Contractors, Filed, and Unfiled. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2-1 ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR ! ! 14.1.1 Delete in its entirety and .substitute the following: 14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days under any ork-le- ,r any court or other public authority having ,jurisdiction or as a result of an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency making materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons performing any of the Work under a contract with the Contractor, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable profit and damages. e 4P A 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-21 hereinabove. To this total amount of the Subcontractor's price there may be added an additional percentage fee of 10% for the Contractor. .. The percentage fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of supervision, layout, overhead, bonds, profit and all other general expenses which are not *e+ included in the cost of the Work as defined above. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS .. 12.2.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: Pursuant to Section 39N of Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the following shall t** apply to differing concealed conditions: If, during the progress of the work, the Contractor or the awarding authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents either the Contractor or the contracting authority may request an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price of the Contract applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions .. are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a Contractor, or upon its own initiative, the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the formance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work, the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly. .ft 12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS 12.3.2 Change ending of Subparagraph to read : MM . . . make such claims as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1, except as set forth in Subparagraph 3.3.2 of the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 13 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK At the end of the Article add the following Paragraph: ** 13.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 13.4.1 All guarantees and warranties required in the various Sections of the Specifications which originate with a Subcontractor or manufacturer must be delivered to the Architect before final payment to the Contractor may be made for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. 13.4.2 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall be held to constitute a failure of the Subcontractor to fully complete his Work in accordance with the Contact Documents. 13.4.3 The Contractor's obligation to correct Work as set forth in Paragraph 13.2 is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees or warran- ties as may be required in the various Sections of the Specifications. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-20 .. reasonable objection and shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include "all risks" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. This insurance shall also cover portions of the Work stored off the site or in transit which are included in an Application for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. If this insurance is written with stipulated a1110U ,L.s deductible, the Owner shall not be responsible for any difference between the payments made by the insurance carrier and the claim. 11.3.2 In first line change "The Owner" to "The Contractor". 11.3.4 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.3.4 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the Owner before exposure to loss may occur. If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance and to so notify the Owner, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.5 Delete in its entirety. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGES IN THE WORK. 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS 12.1.1 Add the following: All Change Orders must be countersigned by the Administrator in accordance with Paragraph 3.1 as supplemented . 12.1.4 Delete the fourth sentence (beginning on Line 14) and substitute the following: The cost of Work under clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 shall be limited to the �w following: 1. Cost of materials entering permanently in the Work, including cost of delivery; 2. Cost of labor at the rates found elsewhere in this document, including foremen; 3. Rental value at fair market rental rates of equipment and machinery employed directly on the Work (hand tools and minor equipment excluded); 4. A percentage amount of 25% of item 2 above to cover Workman's Compensation, F.I.C.A. , and unemployment contributions. For Work performed by the Contractor with his own forces there shall be added a percentage fee for the Contractor equal to 15% of the total of Items 1,2,3 hereinabove. For Work performed by a filed or non-filed Subcontractor there shall be added a percentage fee for the Subcontractor equal to 15% of the total of Items 1,2,3 �1 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS i-19 .o 3. Comprehensive General Public Liability including Contractor's Liability as applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18; Elevators (if any on the Work): Completed Operations and Products Liability; all on the occurrence basis with Personal Injury Coverage and Broad Form Property Damage. Remove the XCU exclusions relating to Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Property Damage. Completed Operations Liability shall be kept in force for at least two years after the date of final completion. Personal Injury and Accidental Death Each Person $300,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage .. Each Occurrence $300,000 Aggregate per 12 months $1,000,000 so 4. Comprehensive Automotive Liability including coverage for owned, non-owned and hired automobiles. Bodily Injury and Accidental Death Each Person $300,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 .. Property Damage , A Each Occurrence $100,000 11.1.4 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be submitted to the Owner simultanieously with the execution of the Contract. Certificates shall indicate that Contractural Liability coverage is in force, as well as •• deletions of the XCU exclusions. These Certificates shall contain a provision that the insurance company will notify the Owner by registered mail at least thirty days in advance of any cancellation, change or expiration of the policies. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.2.1 The Owner shall be named as an additional insured on the Contractor's Liability Insurance Policies. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.3.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall be taken out in a company or companies against which the Owner has no wo 8/81 SUPPLEMEI4TARY CONDITIONS 1-18 w 9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD 9.6.1 In line 13, change the beginning of the fourth sentence to read as follows: Subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 9.6.3 herein below, the Architect may also decline, etc. 0 Add the following Subparagraph: 9.6.3 The awarding authority may make changes in any periodic estimate PP submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Section 39K of Chapter 30 of the General Laws, and the payment due on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. The provisions of said Section 39K shall govern payments pursuant to periodic estimates on which the awarding authority has made changes. The Architect shall mark the date of receipt on the estimate. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 9.7.1 If the Owner fails to make payments as set forth in Section 39K of Chapter 30, the Contractor shall be compensated as set forth in said Section. 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.9.1 Add the following at end of Subparagraph: Final payment shall be made in accordance with Section 39K of Chapter 30, quoted in Subparagraph 9.5.6 hereinabove, which Section taken precedence over any contradictory provisions of Paragraph 9.9. 9.9.2 Add the following at end of Subparagraph: The affidavit and consent of surety shall be submitted on AIA forms G706 "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" and G 707 "Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment". ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.2 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.1.2 The insurance required by (Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be taken out in a company or companies authorized to do such business in the Commonwealth of ! Massachusetts and satisfactory to the Owner and shall be written for not less than any limits of liability specified herein below, or required by law, whichever is greater. 1. Workmen's Compensation and other benefits as required under Chapter 152 of the General Laws, as amended, and Section 34A of Chapter 149 of the General Laws. 2. Employer's liability with a limit of at least $300,000 each accident. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-17 44 The awarding authority shall make further direct payments to the subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in part (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph. (f.) The awarding authority shall forthwith deposit the amount ? deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) to the tnterestbearing joint account in the names of the general contractor X00 one subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by awarding authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. No (g) All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest-bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (f) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general con- tractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcon- tractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the general contractor and in order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the awarding authority to the general .. contractor to the extent of such payment. (h) The awarding authority shall deduct from payments to a general contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph (f), are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right to such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i) If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (a) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor and materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph (a) , the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph (d) and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the general contractor. Thereafter the awarding authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph (e) , (f), (g) and (h) . 9.5.8 Pursuant to Section 39F of Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the term "Subcontractor" as used in preceding Subparagraph 9.5.7 shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and receives a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing ,,.. labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the General Contractor. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-16 .. (b) Not later than the sixty-fifth day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the plans and specifi- cations, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general con- tractor shall forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received cr , the awarding authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (c) Each payment made by the awarding authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor: and the awarding authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the awarding authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcon- tractor as provided in subparagraphs (a) and (b) , the awarding authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. (d) If, within seventy days after the subcontractor has substantiall) completed the subcontract work, the .subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the General Contractor, less any amount retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, the subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the awarding authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority, and a copy be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seven- "! tieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor, the general contractor may reply to the demand . The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. (e) Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the awarding authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the awarding authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply; provided , that the awarding authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph (d). 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-15 4" 9. 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Add the following Subparagraphs: 9. 5.6 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment the Owner ww. shall make payment to the Contractor in accordance with Section 39K of Chapter 30 of the General Laws which provides as follows: Within fifteen days after receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated , of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the awarding authority will make a periodic payment to the contractor for the work ... performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the contractor has title or to which a subcon- tractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five per cent (5%) of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five days after ws (a) the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the awarding authority, less than one per cent (1%) of the original contract price, or (b) the contractor substantially completes the work and the awarding author- ity takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the awarding authority shall pay the contractor the entire balance due on the contract less, (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, or based on the record of payments by the contractor to the subcontractors under this contract if such record of payment indicates that the contractor has not paid subcontractors as provided in section thrity-nine F. If the awarding authority fails to make payment as herein provided, there shall be added to each .� such payment daily interest at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the contractor; provided , that no interest shall be due, �.. in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen days after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated . MW The contractor agrees to pay to each subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each subcontractor. 9.5.7 The Contractor shall make payments to filed Subcontractors and to other Subcontractors as defined in following Subparagraph 9. 5.8 in accordance with Section 39F of Chapter 30 of the General Laws which provides as follows: (a) Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the general contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials fur- nished by the subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. 8/81 SUPPLEMETARY CONDITIONS 1-14 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Add the following Subparagraphs. 9.2.2 The Schedule of Values shall contain a separate item for each SecLIOR of these Specifications broken down in such form as the Architect may require. Each item in the schedule of values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 9.3.1 Once each month, on a date established at the beginning of the Work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect by hand or by registered or certified mail with return receipt an itemized Application for Payment, sup- ported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Architect may require, and reflecting retainage as provided in Paragraph 9.5 as supplemented . Such Application for Payment shall be submitted on a form supplied by the Architect. The form shall show separately: (1) The value of labor and materials incorporated in the Work. (2) The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site. MR (3) The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored at some other location agreed upon in writing. (4) All Change Orders approved up to the date of the Application for Payment. Add the following Subparagraph: 9.3.4 In no event may materials or equipment be deemed delivered and so suitably stored at the site (or at some other location agreed upon in writing), unless the following requirements are met: (1) The materials or equipment are ready for and actually scheduled for prompt use, as so-called stockpiling is expressly forbidden, except as otherwise specified or permitted by the Architect. (2) The materials or equipment meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and required submittals have been approved by the Architect. (3) The Contractor can and will adequately protect the materials or w equipment until they are incorporated in the Work. (4) The Contractor will pay storage charges and related expenses if materials or equipment are stored at some other location agreed upon in writing. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-13 am 7.10.5 Submit to the Owner annually during the term of the Contract a finan- am cial statement prepared by an independent CPA. This statement shall be based on an audit of the firms records in accordance with the requirements of M.C.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (a)(5). The financial statement shall be accompanied by an accountant's report in accordance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, am Section 39R (a)(6) stating: 1. the scope of the audit made by the CPA and an 2. the CPA's opinion of the financial statement as a whole and exceptions and qualifications to that opinion or 3. the CPA's statement, with reasons, that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. The accountant's report shall include a signed statement by the responsible cor- porate officer attesting that all material facts were disclosed to the CPA and that the financial statement is a true and complete statement of financial condition. ' 7.10.6 Changes in the method of record keeping which materially affect any of the statements required by Subparagraphs 7.10.3 through 7.10.5 shall be reported «.► to the Owner. State the changes, the reason for it, and the date of the change. Include a statement from the CPA approving or commenting on the change in con- formance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (b)(3). 7.10.7 Subparagraphs 7.10.3 through 7.10.6 shall apply only to filed sub- contractors and general contractors whose contracts exceed $100,000. am ARTICLE 8 - TIME 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSION OF TIME so 8.3.1 In line 9, change "pending arbitration" to "pending appeal to and decision by the Administrator". am Add the following Subparagraph: 8.3.5 The Contractor and the Surety of the Contractor's performance bond shall be jointly and severally liable for, and shall pay to the Owner the expen- ses for inspection of Work performed after the time stipulated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement for Substantial Completion. Such inspection costs shall include fees paid to the Architect as extra services at the rate stipu- lated in the Contract for Architectural Services between the Owner and the Architect, the costs of the Project Representative at the current salary rate and any other direct expenses due to inspection. In no case, however, shall the total amount of inspection costs exceed an aggregate total computed at the rate of two hundred dollars per day. The Owner may retain from monies otherwise due the Contractor whatever sums accrue to the Owner pursuant to this provision. The Contractor shall not be liable for inspection costs for delay in performance as provided hereunder for any period for which an extension of the Contract Time has been granted pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.1. 4/82 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-12 ..� po than sixty days following the conclusion of any hearing conducted pursuant to this subparagraph. The hearing officer's decision shall be final and conclusive, and shall not be set aside except in cases of fraud. uw 7.9.3 The Contractor shall proceed with the disputed Work as directed by the Architect. Notice must be given to the Project Representative by the Contractor's superintendent every day that disputed Work is to be performs-! . Accurate records of the nature and extent of the disputed Work and of the time spent and equipment used on the disputed Work shall be maintained by the superintendent and verified daily by the Project Representative. Add the following Paragraph: 7.10 RECORD KEEPING AND MANAGEMENT CONTROLS 7.10.1 The Contractor shall make and retain for at least six years after final payment records which reflect the transactions and dispositions of the firm in accordance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (b). 7.10.2 These records and the subcontractors' records pertaining to this Contract shall be available for examination by the Owner, Department, Division "P of Capital Planning and Operations, and Inspector General for six years after final payment. 7.10.3 Prior co execution of the Contract submit a statement of management on internal accounting controls to the Owner in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (c) . The system of controls must reasonably assure that: (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; w� (b) the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's authorization; and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. 7. LO.4 The statement of management on internal accounting controls must have been reviewed by an independent certified public accountant (CPA), and that CPA shall file a statement with the Owner in conformance with the requirements of M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39R (c) . The CPA's statement must: (a) state that the internal accounting controls statement was examined; (b) express an opinion as to whether management's statement of internal accounting controls is consistent with management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and (c) express an opinion as to whether the statement is reasonable with respect to transactions and assets of material amounts in the context of the firm's overall financial picture. 4/82 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-11 (a) Disputes regarding changes in and interpretations of the terms or scope of the cont.r:►ct and denial: of or failures to act upon claims for payment for extra work or materials shall be resolved according to the following procedures, which shall constitute the exclusive method for resolving such disputes. Written notice of the matter in dispute shall be submitted promptly by the claimant to the chief executive official of the state agency which awarded the contract or his/her designee. No person or business entity having a contract with a Stine agency shall delay, suspend , or curtail performance under that contract as a result of any dispute subject to this section. Any disputed order, decision, or action by the agency or its authorized representative shall be fully performed or complied with pending resolution of the dispute. WM (b) Within thirty days of submission of the dispute to the chief executive offi- cial of the state agency or his/her designee, s/he shall issue a written deci- sion stating the reasons therefor, and shall notify the parties of their right of appeal under this section. If the official or his/her designee is unable to issue a decision within thirty days, s/he shall notify the parties to the dispute in writing of the reasons why a decision cannot be issued within thirty days and of the date by which the decision shall issue. Failure to issue a decision within the thirty-day period or within the additional time period spe- cified in such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a denial of the claim and shall authorize resort to the appeal procedure described below. The decision of the chief executive official or his/her designee shall be final and conclusive unless an appeal is taken as provided below. (c) Within twenty-one calendar days of the receipt of a written decision or of the failure to issue a decision as stated in the preceding subparagraph, any aggrieved party may file a notice of claim for an adjudicatory hearing with the division of hearing officers or if the amount in controversy exceeds ten thousand dollars in lieu of appealing the decision of the chief executive official, the aggrieved party may file an action directly in a court of com- petent jurisdiction and shall serve copies thereof upon all other parties in the form the manner prescribed by the rules governing the conduct of adjudicatory proceedings of the division of hearing officers. The appeal shall be referred to a hearing officer experienced in construction law and shall be prosecuted in accordance with the formal rules of procedure for the conduct of adjudicatory .. hearings of the division of hearing officers, except as provided below. The hearing officer shall issue a final decision as expeditiously as possible, but in no event more than one hundred and twenty calendar days after conclusion of the adjudicatory hearings, unless the decision is delayed by a request for extension of time for filing post-hearing briefs or other submissions assented to by all parties. Whenever, because an extension of time has been granted, the hearing officer is unable to issue a decision within one hundred and twenty .rA days, s/he shall notify all parties of the reasons for the delay and the date when the decision will issue. Failure to issue a decision within the one hundred and twenty-day period or within the additional period specified in such written notice shall give the petitioner the right to pursue any legal remedies available to him/her without further delay. (d) When the amount in dispute is less than ten thousand dollars, a contractor who is party to the dispute may elect to submit the appeal to a hearing officer experienced in construction law for expedited hearing in accordance with the informal rules of practice and procedure of the division of hearing officers. An expedited hearing under this subparagraph shall be available at the sole option of the contractor. The hearing officer shall issue a decision no later 4/82 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-10 5.3 SUBCONTRACTURAL RELATIONS Add the following Subparagraphs: go 5.3.2 Paragraph 5.3.1 applies to Subcontractors for sub-trades included in Item 1 of the Form for General Bid. 5.3.3 The Contractor and each Subcontractor for a sub-trade listed in Item 2 of the Form for General Bid shall execute a Subcontract in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44F. ARTICLE 6 - WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTOR 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.5 In lines 5 and 6, delete the words "or initiates an arbitration pro- ceeding against". In last line, delete the words "or arbitration". Add the following Subparagraphs: 6.2.6 Should the Contractor sustain damage through an act or omission of any separate contractor, or should the Contractor sustain damage through an act or omission of a subcontractor of any such separate contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for such damage. 6.2.7 The settlement of any claim set forth in the preceding subparagraphs 6.2.5 and 6.2.6 shall in no case be a cause for delays in the Work. ARTICLE 7 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ` 7.9 ARBITRATION ON Delete entire paragraph and substitute the following: 7.9 DISPUTES 7.9.1 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach thereof, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with respect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by Subparagraph 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be decided by the Architect sub- ject to the right of appeal to the Administrator. If the Architect fails to render a decision within thirty calendar days after receiving written notice of claim, either party may request a written decision from the Administrator. 7.9.2 Appeal of an Architect's decision must be made directly to the Department by certified mail (copy to the Architect and Owner) within twenty-one calendar days after the date on which the party making the appeal receives the Architect's written decision. Failure to appeal within this period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. 40 Appeal procedures shall be in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 30, Section 39Q which provides as follows: 40 - 4/82 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-9 t MW 4.10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE wee Add the following Subparagraphs: 4.10.2 The progress schedule shall show by bar graph or critical path method, .w as acceptable to the Architect, in sufficient detail., clearly the interrela- tionshtps between the various construction operations and the percentage of completion and the dollar value on the first day of each month for the Work is each Section of the Specifications and also for the entire Work. The graph on shall also show the date that the Work in each Section commenced. 4.10.3 A copy of the progress schedule shall be kept in the Contractor's "A field office and be brought up to date each month to show the actual progress of the Work. 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS 4.16.1 Add the following phrase to the sentence: w . . . .. ...except however a request for an appeal or notification of Work under protest must be sent to the Administrator, copy to Owner and Architect, by cer- tified mail, return receipt requested. Add the following Subparagraph: 4.16.2 Any such communications shall be in writing, addressed to the ++ Authority and be considered given (1) if delivered to the office of the Architect; or (2) if in a sealed, postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the Authority c/o the Architect, deposited in the United States mail; or (3) if delivered prepaid to a telegraph office for transmission to the Architect's office. Add the following Paragraph: No 4.19 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES 4.19.1 The procedures, forms, and practices which will be employed on this pro- so ject are generally described in a publication entitled "Construction Handbook - A Guide for State-Aided Housing Development and Modernization," written by the Department and available through the Department, and will be explained at a pre- so construction conference. ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS am 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK am Add the folowing Subparagraphs: 5.2.5 Pargraphs 5.2.1 through 5.2.4 apply to any sub-trade included in Item 1 of the Form for General Bid. 0M 5.2.6 The award of subcontracts for any sub-trade included in Item 2 of the Form for General Bid shall be in accordance with Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44H, M.G.L. 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-8 ..�. public work being contracted for or the material being purchased, and (3) it conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements for the item in the said specifications"'. However, the Contractor and the Subcontractors are required to submit to the Architect for consideration as to its equality, a written notice con- taining the name and full particulars pertaining to any items other than Inc specific or specifics named or described in the Contract Documents. Such submit- tal shall in no event be made later than 120 calendar days prior to the incor- poration of the item into the Work, except in any case in which (1) the period of time specified in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work is less than 120 calendar days or (2) the item in question is to be incor- porated in the Work prior to the expiration of 120 calendar days from the time of execution of the Contract. The aforesaid written notice shall be submitted pa to the Architect immediately following the execution of the Contract. Upon receipt of such written notice, the Architect shall investigate go whether the item in question shall be considered equal to the item named or des- cribed in the Contract Documents. Upon conclusion of the investigation, the Architect shall, in writing, promptly advise the Contractor that the item in question is, or is not, considered the equal of the item named or described as aforesaid, and that said item may, or may not, be furnished on the Work accord- ingly. Such notice must have the concurrence of the Department to be valid. In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other than the item named or described unless the Architect shall consider the item equal to the item so named or described, as provided by law. 4.4.4 The equality of items offered as "equal." to the items named or described shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of the Contractor or Subcontractor submitting the substitution. 4.4.5 The Contractor or Subcontractor, as the case may be, shall assume ful responsibility for the proper performance of any item submitted as "equal" to the specific or specifics named and assume the costs of any changes in his own Work or in the Work of other trades which may be due to such substitution. 4.6 TAXES Add the following Subparagraph: 4.6.2 The Owner is exempt from payment of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Sales Tax. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES Add the following sentence: w 4.7.1 The Contractor shall secure the Certificate of Occupancy at the comple- tion of the Work. 4.8 ALLOWANCES Delete this Paragraph completely. 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-7 ARTICLE 4 - CONTRACTOR 4.1 DEFINITION 4.1.1 Change the beginning to read: + 4.1.1 The "Contractor", sometimes referred to as the "General Contractor", is the person or. . .. . . ..... .. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Add the following Subparagraphs: *+* 4.2.2 The Contractor shall compare all grades, lines, levels, and dimensions shown on the Drawings with actual site conditions, and before commencing work he shall promptly report to, and await for the reply from the Architect, any in- consistencies he may discover. The Architect shall reply within five working days. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES Add the following Subparagraphs: 4.3.4 The Contractor, at his own expense, shall do all engineering required for establishing grades, lines, levels, dimensions, and reference points for all trades; shall be responsible for maintaining bench marks and other survey marks; and shall replace as directed any bench marks or survey marks which have been disturbed or destroyed. 4.3.5 Unless otherwise required under the Contract Documents, or directed in writing by the Architect, all Work shall be done during regular working hours. However, if the Contractor desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or Massachusetts State holidays, he shall allow ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting Work in progress and shall bear all costs with respect thereto. The Owner shall bill the Contractor directly for such costs. 4.3.6 The Contractor shall conduct weekly meetings at the site to review the progress of the Work. The Contractor, his superintendent, sub-contractors with work in progress, project representative and Architect shall attend. Notice of the meeting shall be given to the Owner and Construction Advisor. 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following Subparagraphs. 4.4.3 Except where otherwise specifically provided to the contrary, the words "or equal" are hereby inserted immediately following the naming or describing of each article, assembly, system, or any component part thereof, in any of the Contract Documents. In accordance with Section 39M of Chapter 30 of the General Laws "an item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if (1) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (2) it will ..,. perform at least equally the function imposed by the general design for the 5/84 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-6 due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other provisions. w (b) The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provi- sion (a) to the awarding authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption of failure to act and , in any even,-, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and , except for costs due to a suspension order, the awarding authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the general contractor notified the awarding authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. 3.5 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY 3.5.1 Prior to the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project sti- pulated in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the right, from time to time, to occupy and use any portion(s) of the Project as the Work in connection therewit} is substantially completed , provided such occupancy and use do not unduly inter- fere with the Contractor's operations. 3.5.2 The Architect will, prior to any such occupancy and use, give written an notice to the Contractor, indicating, the areas intended to be occupied and used , and the intended commencement date(s) of such occupancy and use. Occupancy and use shall not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor. 3.5.3 Upon receipt of such notice of intent, the Contractor shall promptly secure and submit to the Architect endorsement from the insurance carrier(s) and written consent from the surety, permitting occupancy and use of the Work, or any designated portion thereof, by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the.entire Project. The Contractor shall be permitted to cancel his building risk insurance for buildings occupied by the Owner. 3.5.4 Partial occupancy by the Owner shall not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor relieve the Contractor from the obligation of performing any Work required by the Contract but not completed at the time of occupancy. Before such occupancy, the Architect will give the Contractor a list of items to be completed prior to Final Completion occuring in the areas to be occupied. 3.5.5 The Contractor shall be relieved of all maintenance costs of the por- tions) of the Project occupied under this agreement. 4" 3.5.6 The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage resulting solely from such occupancy. 3.5.7 The Contract Sum will be adjusted by mutually acceptable arrangements between the Owner and the Contractor with respect to heat, electricity, and water furnished by the Contractor to the portion(s) of the Work so occupied . 3.5.8 When any portion of the buildings) is in condition to receive fittings, appliances, furniture or other property furnished , or furnished and installed, by the Owner under separate contracts, the Contractor shall allow the Owner to bring such items into the building(s) and shall provide all reasonable facilities and protection therefor. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-5 ..e 3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 3.2. 5 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 3.2. 5 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of Contract Documents reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work, including one set for record purposes. In addition, the Owner, through ttte Architect, will furnish to the Contractor a reproducible transparency and one black line print of details and clarification drawings issued after the Contract has been awarded . The Contractor, at his own expense, shall provide and distri- bute such number of prints of these transparencies as required for his own and his Subcontractors' use. 3.2.6 Add the following sentences: Communications shall be in writing and be considered given if delivered at the office of the Contractor; or if in a sealed , postage-prepaid envelope addressed to the Contractor's office and deposited in the United States mail; or if deli- vered prepaid to a telegraph office for transmission to the Contractor's office. Add the following Subparagraph: 3.2.8 Pursuant to Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the following Section 39 P is included herein in its entirety. Every contract subject to section thirty-nine H of this chapter or section for- tyfour A of chapter one hundred forty-nine which requires the awarding authority, any official, its architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty days after the written sub- mission for decision; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the awarding authority, the official, architect or engineer shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the party making the sub- mission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty-day period and the date by which the decision will be made. 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Add the following Subparagraph: no 3.3.2 Pursuant to Chapter 30 of the General Laws, the following provisions (a) and (b) of Section 39 0 are included herein in their entirety: ,■ (a) The awarding authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend , delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the awarding "" authority; provided , however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interrup- tion for fifteen days or more or due to a failure of the awarding authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the awarding authority shall oft make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of perfor- mance of this contract, but shall not include any profit to the general contrac- tor on such increase; and provided further, that the awarding authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delays, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-4 3.1.4 The term "Construction Advisor" means the person or entity designated by the Administrator to perform certain functions in connection with the contract between the Commonwealth, acting through the Department and the Owner. The duties, responsibilities and limitation of authority of the Construction ON Advisor will. be explained at a pre-construction meeting . 3.1.5 The Department and its authorized representatives and agents shu. I all times have access to, and be permitted to observe and review all Work, mate- rials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. 3.1.6 All communications, except for protests or disputes, of the Contractor to the Department and its representatives and agents must be forwarded through the Architect. They shall be in writing, addressed to the Department and be considered given if delivered to the office of the Architect either by hand or if in a sealed, postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the Department c/o the Architect; or if delivered prepaid to a telegraph office for transmission to the Architect's office. 3.1.7 Items requiring the Administrator's countersignature as per sub- paragraph 3.1.8 shall be valid only with the signature of the Administrator or with the signature of those designated to act in his/her stead . The Construction Advisor's signature is not sufficient on items requiring the Administrator's signature. 3.1.8 Items requiring the Administrator's countersignature to be valid shall include but not be limited to the following: (1) Approval, substitutions, and final selection of Sub-Bidders pursuant to M.G.L. Section 44F of Chapter 149. (2) Change Orders, whether or not they affect a change in the Contract Sum or ON in the Contract Time. (3) Written orders, notices, and approvals given by the Owner pursuant to the ON Contract Documents or pursuant to any Laws applicable to this Contract. (4) Stop Work order. (5) Certificate of Substantial Completion. (6) Final payment. r (7) Termination of Contract. 3.1.9 In any instance needing clarification as to whose signature is 0-0 required , the Contractor shall seek clarification in writing from the Architect. 3.1.10 Work undertaken by the Contractor or a Subcontractor at the Owner's or any other person's order without the Administrator's countersignature prior to the start of such work shall be considered unauthorized work and be at the Contractor's or Subcontractor's own risk. Such unauthorized work shall not be considered cause for any extra payment on account of the Contract, and the Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for performing, at their own expense any corrective measures required by the Administrator. �r 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-3 MW (4) "Approved," "acceptable," "satisfactory," and similar words shall mean .. "approved by (acceptable or satisfactory to) the Architect." (5) "Necessary," "responsible," "proper," "correct," and similar words shall. ow mean "necessary (reasonable, proper, or correct) in the judgement of the Architect." 1 .2.8 Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever .w the context so indicates, and words in the plural shall mean the singular, wher- ever the context so indicates. w. ARTICLE 2 - ARCHITECT 2.2.8 At the end of first sentence, delete "in accordance with any time limit agreed upon" and substitute "within thirty days of request for interpretation, in accordance with Subparagraph 3.2.8 of the Supplementary Condit ions.° 2.2.9 Change last line to read "within thirty days." 2.2.12 Delete entire Subparagraph and substitute the following: 2.2.12 The Architect's decision shall be subject to the Contractor's right of appeal to the Administrator, as set forth in Subparagraph 7.9 of the Supplementary Conditions. 2.2.17 Delete the last two lines and substitute the following: . . .explained by the Architect at a pre-construction meeting. **s 2.2.19 Delete the last four lines and substitute the following: . . .whose status tinder the Contract Documents shall be that of the former archi- tect. ARTICLE 3 - OWNER ■m 3.1 DEFINITION o. 3.1.1 Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: 3.1.1 The term "Owner", sometimes also referred to as the "Awarding Authority" or "Authority" means the Housing Authority identified in the TAW Owner-Contractor Agreement, a public body, politic and corporate, organized and existing under the provisions of the Housing Authority Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. No member of the Authority shall in any way, directly or .0 indirectly be personally liable under any of the provisions of this Contract. 3.1.2 The Work under this Contract is funded by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts through its Department of Community Affairs, hereinafter called ow the "Department", an agency created by Chapter 260, Acts of 1948, which entered into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the Authorization contained in the "Housing Authority Law", Chap. 121B of the General Laws as amended . am 3.1.3 The term "Administrator" means the Administrator of the Department of Community Affairs, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02202. .. 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-2 A„ S U P P L E M E N T A R Y C O N D I T I O N S PART 1 - AMENDMENTS TO A.I .A. GENERAL CONDITIONS "? Articles set forth under PART 1 of the Supplementary Conditions are amendments to the corresponding Articles of the A.I.A. General Conditions, A.I.A. Doc. A 201, 1976 Edition, in the form of additions, deletions, or substitutions (-„ —,2 basic Articles. Any basic Article not so amended shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 Modify the first sentence to read : sue 1.1.1 The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, and all Addenda issued . . . . . . .etc. 1.1.1 Delete the last sentence, starting with "The Contract Documents do . . . . . . .etc. �u 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 1.2.3 Add the following sentence: 1.2.3 In case of inconsistent requirements in the Contract Documents, the requirement for the greater quantity or higher quality shall take precedence 40 aand shall be the Contract requirement. Add the following Subparagraphs: 1.2. 5 Where used in conjunction with the Architect's or Engineer's response to submittals, requests, applications, inquiries, reports and claims by the Contractor, the meaning of the term "approved" will be held to the limitati,--Is of the Architect's responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions. In no case will "approval" by the Architect be interpreted as an assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled . 1.2.6 Where reference is made to standards or trade association publications, it shall mean to refer to the latest edition and revision thereof, ,M if any, in effect on the date of the Contract Documents. 1.2.7 Except as otherwise defined in context, the following words, terms, and phrases shall mean as follows: 40 (1) "as shown," "as indicated ," "as detailed ," or "as noted" shall mean "as shown (indicated , etc.) on drawings or any other diagrammatic or written WR reference on the Drawings." (2) "Provide" shall mean "furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use." �r (3) "Directed," "required," "permitted ," "ordered ," "designed ," "prescribed ," and similar words shall mean the "direction (requirement, permission, order, designation, or prescription) of the Ar-hitect." 8/81 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1-1 13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the tect, the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If ees or any other persons performing any of the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by the Contractor, including compensa- Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tion for the Architect's additional services made necessary tional days' written notice to the Owner and the Archi- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs tect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner which the Contractor should have borne, the difference payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construc- Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or tion equipment and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover profit and damages. such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 40 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed makes a general assignment for the benefit of his credi- or damaged by such correction or removal. tors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be solvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or construed to establish a period of limitation with respect fails, except in cases for which extension of time is pro- to any other obligation which the Contractor might have vided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise terms of any warranty required by the Contract Docu- is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the ments relates only to the specific obligation of the Con- Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification tractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such the time within which his obligation to comply with the action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven to the time within which proceedings may be com- days' written notice, terminate the employment of the' menced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect Contractor and take possession of the site arui of all mate- to his obligations other than specifically to correct the rials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and Work. machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and mad 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING finish the Work by whatever method he may deem expedient In such case the Contractor shall not be en- WORK titled to receive any further payment until the Work is _ 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- finished. conforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order 14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sure exreed. will be Issued to reflect a reduction In the Contract Sum the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall for the Architect's additional services made necessary he effected whether or not final payment has been made. thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor ARTICLE 14 shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may he, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application. 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR in the manner pro%ided in Paragraph 9.4, and this obliga- 14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days Lion for payment shall survive the termination of the under an order of any court or other public authority Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • (ANIRAL CONDITIONS OF IM CONTRA(11OR ((),SIRE(110N • IIIIRIEENIll EI?:11OV AL(,Usr I')-G _ ',.11' • � 19.6 • IIIE AMIRIC�N IV)WIL 1E (J ARCIIITECIS, 17' 5, NEB% YORK AVFV_,I_, N.AV, A1AY11N(JON, D,( 'Oht1G A201-1976 19 or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract The Contractor shall carry out such written order. Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- plomptlN. firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits ARTICLE 13 ovenng related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK +• with respect to that change. 13,1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered con- or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities orig- trary to the request of the Architect or to requirements inally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial in- his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's equity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable expense. .. unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 12,2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to ob- 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the serve prior to being covered, the Architect may request WIN performance of the Work below the surface of the ground to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Con- or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing tractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replace- the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical ment shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to conditions below the surface of the ground or should the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordi- costs unless it be found that this condition was caused narily encountered and generally recognized as inherent by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in in work of the character provided for in this Contract, be Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equitably ad- for the payment of such costs. justed by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work 12,3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to con- form to the Contract Documents whether observed be- 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an fore or after Substantial Completion and whether or not increase in the Contract Sum, he shall give the Architect fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall written notice thereof within twenty days after the occur- bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including rence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice compensation for the Architect's additional services made shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to necessary thereby. execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial teed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Con- within one year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- tractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in nated equipment or within such longer period of time as the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect. may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any appli- Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such cable special warranty required by the Contract Docu- claim shall be authorized by Change Order. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in *� accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condi- order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- tion. This obligation shall survive termination of the graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly written order for a minor change in the Work issued pur- after discovery of the condition. suant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the ..w Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall 13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all por- make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1. tions of the Work which are defective or non-conforming 12,4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived by the .�. 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor Owner. changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and 13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Docu- conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, ments. Such changes shall be effected by written order, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance and shall be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. with Paragraph 3.4. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 �a 18 A201-1976 AIAT - © 1976 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 l 113.6 Ih(- Owiwi and ( ontrm tot waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) e,a(h other and the Suha_ontr.actors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, 12„1 CHANGE ORDERS for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent 121.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contrac- covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph for signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they may have to the pro- execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the ceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Con- The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents tract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as signed by the Contractor indicates his agreement there- appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or tractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by ap- the Contract Time. propriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties order changes in the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall po Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- ments. ceived, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a cordance with an award by arbitration in which case the change in the Work shall be determined in one or more procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after of the following ways: such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or 11.3.8 The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust subsequently agreed upon; and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon parties in interest shall object in writing within five days by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this percentage fee; or power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be ,4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. no chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 121,3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tor, provided he receives a written order signed by the quired, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Com- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the pletion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not com- change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. and Contractor and to which the insurance company or In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 companies providing the property insurance have con- above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such sented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This in- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of ing together with appropriate supporting data for inclu- such partial occupancyor use.Consent of the Contractor sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in and of the insurance company or companies to such the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the fol- occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. lowing: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age 11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner,at his option, may purchase and main- quired by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's tain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensation insurance; bond premiums; rental value of of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the supervision and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his property, including con- to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the sequential losses due to fire or other hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Archi- caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment. The amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. allowed by the Contractor to the*Owner for any deletion AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2o006 A201-1976 17 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mem- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- ber of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contrac- been given to the Owner. tor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect. 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for p purchasing 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 10.3 EMERGENCIES will protect him against claims which may arise from .�, 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons operations under the Contract. or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This mined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the ARTICLE 11 Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and ex- .w INSURANCE tended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for ... 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone di- tors and the Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of .1 claims under workers'or workmen's compensation, the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all fit acts; reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. If not cov- .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- ered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect paoyee sickness or disease, or death of his and maintain similar property insurance on portions of ww employees; the Work stored off the site or in transit when such por- .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- tions of the Work are to be included in an Application ness or disease, or death of any person other than for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. ow his employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by and machinery insurance as may be required by the Con- any person as a result of an offense directly or in- tract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include directly related to the employment of such person the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- aw by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; tors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- death of any person or property damage arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- motor vehicle. propriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall ments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. be written for not less than any limits of liability specified 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a co of all policies with the in the Contract Documents, or required by law, which- copy p ever is greater. Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner sible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall .� shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that Order. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 16 A201-1976 AIA® • p 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 w promptly make such inspection and, when he finds the 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previ- Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final ously made in writing and identified by the Contractor Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of his as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Pay- knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of ment. his observations and inspections, the Work has been com- ARTICLE 10 pleted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been programs in connection with the Work. fulfilled. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tained percentage shall become due until the Contractor tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness ,1 all employees on the Work and all other persons connected with the Work for which the Owner or his who may be affected thereby; property might in any way be responsible, have been paid ,2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obli a- off the site, under the care, custody or control of g p y g the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or tions, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens aris- ing out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor •3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the roadways, structures and utilities not designated for Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to removal, relocation or replacement in the course the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If of construction. any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all mon- 10.2.2 The Contractor shall.give all notices and comply eys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety fees. of persons or property or their protection from damage, 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final injury or loss. completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- "' of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders quired by existing conditions and progress of the Work, affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, in- the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and cluding posting danger signs and other warnings against certification by the Architect, and without terminating hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying ? the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that owners and users of adjacent utilities. portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or cor- 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other rected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the Documents, and if bonds have been furnished as provided execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the in Paragraph 7.5, the written consent of the surety to the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work supervision of properly qualified personnel. fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and conditions governing final payment, except that it and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, shall not constitute a waiver of claims. any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone di- 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising one for whose acts any of them may be liable and for from: which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 .1 unsettled liens, and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone Completion, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and ments of the Contract Documents, or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contrac- _ .4 terms of any special warranties required by the tor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in Contract Documents. addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 A201-1976 15 sequences or procedures, or that he has made any exam- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- pleted 101 tilt' untIaid h.rl,u1, Of tilt' c 01111a,t "uin for has used the moneys previously paid on account of .5 damage to the Owner or another wntractor, the Contract Sum. .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time, or 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Pay- ance with the Contract Documents. ment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 When the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld s, 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- because of them. tractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon- .� tractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually re- Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, re- seven days after the date established in the Contract quire each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub- Documents any amount certified by the Architect or ..� subcontractors in similar manner. awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information owing has been received. The Contract Sum shall be in- regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts creased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable applied for by the Contractor and the action taken there- costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which shall be ef- on by the Architect on account of Work done by such fected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Subcontractor. Paragraph 12.3. 9.5.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or .�. to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the by law. Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for submission 9.5.5 No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any to the Architect a list of items to be completed or cor- .� progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occu- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does panty of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Con- all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. tract Documents. When the Architect on the basis of an inspection deter- .�. mines that the Work or designated portion thereof is sub- stantially complete, he will then prepare a Certificate of 9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the Substantial Completion, shall state the responsibilities of extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, his opinion he is unable to make representations to the heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall com- is unable to make representations to the Owner as pro- plete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the vided in Subparagraph 9.4.2 and to certify payment in the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Sub- amount of the Application, he will notify the Contractor stantial Completion of the Work or designated portion as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Architect will promptly y issue a Certificate for Payment P P ) Y Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the for the amount for which he is able to make such rep- Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsi- resentations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline hilities assigned to them in such Certificate. to certify payment or, because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment nated portion thereof and upon application by the Con- previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in tractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, .1 defective Work not remedied, for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Con- .2 third party Claims filed or reasonable evidence indi- tract Documents. eating probable filing of such claims, 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- 9.9.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is .� erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon re- equipment, ceipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GLNERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 wit 14 A201-1976 AID" • i, 1976 • THI AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW PORK AVENUE. N w, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 is."l..2 list- ( or;Ir.0 Ior ,Ii.ill lo-g,ui rhr• Work on the (Isle of by >u(Is dm,i suhstantiating the Contractor's right to pay- commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. tie ment as the Owner or the Architect may require, and re- shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate fleeting retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within Contract Documents. ON the Contract Time. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 8,3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME ments, payments will be made on account of materials or 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the prog- equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered ress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in ad- the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by for materials or equipment suitably stored at some other changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, location agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- or equipment stored on or off the site shall be con- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, ditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by de- sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner lay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equip- any other cause which the Architect determines may ment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- applicable insurance and transportation to the site for tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the those materials and equipment stored off the site. Architect may determine. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, OR 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in materials and equipment covered by an Application for writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, herein- the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work. Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application 8.3.3 It no agreement is made stating the dates upon for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, � or by any other person performing Work at the site or which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, sub- shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be al- ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or lowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta- an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or other- tions until fifteen days after written request is made for wise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT of damages for delay by either party under other provi- 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re- RM sions of the Contract Documents. ceipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a ARTICLE 9 copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor in PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION writing his reasons for v%ithholding a Certificate as pro- 9,1 CONTRACT SUM vided in Subparagraph 9.6.1, 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will con- Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, stitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, ... is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contrac- based on his observations at the site as provided in Sub- tor for the performance of the Work under the Contract for Payment, that the. Work has progressed to the point Documents. indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information 9,2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES and belief, tine quality of the Work is in accordance with 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- the Contract Documents (subject town evaluation of the tractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values Work for conformance with the Contract Documents allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subse- such form and supported by such data to substantiate its quent tests required by or performed under the Contract accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, un- Document,, to minor deviations from the Contract Docu- less objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a ments correctable prior to completion, and to any specific basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. qualifications stated in his Certificate); and that the Con- tractor is entitled to pa%ment in the amount certified. 9,3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Archi- 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date for each progress test shall not thereby be deemed to represent that he has I[ payment established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized check the quality or quantity of the Work or that he has Application for Payment, notarized if required, supported reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • (JNtRAI CONDITIONs UE THE CON1RACi WK(()N',IR[!( 10N • 1HIRIEENHI ED1I10N • AU6USI N76 nIAA • nq-r, . EHE ANAERICAN INsrHUIE Of ARCHHICIS, 1, Nrw V RK nvrNUr, NW., wA�IIINGrON, D.c. _,0oo6 A201-1976 13 am 7,7 IESIS required it complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- an 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, tration. No person other than the Owner or Contractor regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- shall be included as an original third party or additional di(tic11n require any portion of the Work to be inspected, third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsi- tested or approvc d, the Contractor shall gives the Architect bility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving go timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe an additional person or persons shall not constitute con- such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall sent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals con- with any person not named or described therein. The ducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement 111111111111 the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly or approvals. consented to by the parties to the Owner-Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the 7.7.2 If the Architect determines that any Work requires prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the am special inspection, testing, or approval which Subpara- arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered graph 7.7.1 does not include, he will, upon written au- upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court thorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to having jurisdiction thereof. order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed am 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs there- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. The of, including compensation for the Architect's additional demand for arbitration shall be made within the time }°11' services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the limits specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 where applicable, Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Order shall be issued. claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institu- ow 7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- tion of legal or equitable proceedings based on such proval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly claim, dispute or other matter in question would be delivered by him to the Architect. barred by the applicable statute of limitations. am 7.7.4 If the Architect is to observe the inspections, tests 7,9,3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- supply. tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance am 7,8 INTEREST with the Contract Documents. 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract ARTICLE 8 Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing "� TIME or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at 8,1 DEFINITIONS the place of the Project. 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the 7,9 ARBITRATION period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach there- of, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with re- 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date 11.. spect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to established in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as Agreement or such other date as may be established provided by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be de- therein. •� tided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction 8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida- can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, his thereof for the use for which it is intended. employees or consultants except by written consent con- taining a specific reference to the Owner-Contractor 8.1.4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Owner, the shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No designated. arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Contractor and any other persons substantially involved 8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is of the essence of the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 w 12 A201-1976 sIA° ,? 197x, • TIIE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 separate contracts in connection with other portions of and charge the cost thereof to the contractors responsible the Projec t or other work on the site under these or similar therefor as the Architect shall determine to be just. ( ondilion" of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such ARTICLE 7 M action by the Owner, he shall make such claim as pro- vided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term 7.1 GOVERNING LAW Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- 7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the Contractor Agreement. place where the Project is located. 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY assigns and legal representatives of such other party in re- spect to all covenants, agreements and obligations con- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate tained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole and storage of their materials and equipment and the without the written consent of the other, nor shall the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the previous written consent of ments. the Owner. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner 7,3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to served if delivered in person to the individual or member proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Archi- of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for tect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution tered or certified mail to the last business address known and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall to him who gives the notice. constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate con- tractors' work as fit and proper to receive his Work, ex- 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES cept as to defects which may subsequently become appar- 7,4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or rent in such work by others. darnage to person or property because of any act or omis- 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work sion of the other party or of any of his employees, agents shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable qP 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to time after the first observance of such injury or damage. the work or property of the Owner, or to other work on the site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such dam- 7 5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND age as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to tractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance the work or property of any separate contractor, the Con- of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising tractor shall upon due notice promptly attempt to settle thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to or in the Contract Documents. resolve the dispute. If such separate contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES account of any damage alleged to have been caused by 7,6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract 410 the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor Documents and the rights and remedies available there- who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's ex- under shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any pense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise im- arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and posed or available by law. shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 7.6.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any 40 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and sepa- such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or rate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up specifically agreed in writing. WRIIII AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AI0 • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 11 Oft and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or .wwE or emission of the C ontractor, any Subcontractor, anyone Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone reasonable objection. for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to ne- Architect has made reasonable objection under the provi- gate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- sions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be gation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required to contract with anyone to whom he has a rea- party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. sonable objection. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the 5.2.3 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objec- Architect or any of their agents or employees by any tion to any such proposed person or entity, the Contrac- employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone for shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the direct) or indirect) employed b an of them or anyone Y Y Y Y Y Architect has no reasonable objection, and the Contract for whose acts any of them may be liable, the ndemnifi- Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cation obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- .� for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- other employee benefit acts. graph 5.2.1. 4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Archi- Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the tect, his agents or employees, arising out of (1) the prepa- Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such ration or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, substitution. +** surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS the giving of or the failure to give directions or instruc- tions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the required for validity, the Contractor shall require each injury or damage. Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be per- ARTICLE 5 formed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Con- tractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to as- sume toward the Contractor all the obligations and re- SUBCONTRACTORS sponsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, 5.1 DEFINITION assumes toward the Owner and the Architect. Said agree- 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a di- ment shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner rect contract with the Contractor to perform any of the and the Architect under the Contract Documents with re- Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to spect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such ber and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifi- or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor tally provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor �w does not include any separate contractor or his subcon- agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress tractors. against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the 5.1.2 ASub-subcontractor is a person Or entity who has a Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into dw direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. The Con- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon- tractor shall make available to each proposed Subcon- tractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents tractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies as if singular in number and masculine in gender and of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representa- will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify to the am tive thereof. Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make cop- am 5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- ies of such Documents available to his Sub-subcontractors ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon ARTICLE 6 as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- nish to the Owner and the Architect in writing the names WORK BY OWNER OR BY am of the persons or entities (including those who are to fur- SEPARATE CONTRACTORS nish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS ,,,, writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any lated to the Project with his own forces, and to award AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION• THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 JIM 10 A201-1976 AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 it ule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- "' to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- proved submittals. tract DoE urnents, and shall provide for expeditious and 4.13 USE OF SITE prat livable execution of the Work. 41"1 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 4.13."1 fhe Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the X11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, ber the site with any materials or equipment. Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in 414 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK Aft good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to fitting or patching that may be required to complete the the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. upon completion of the Work. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise and other data specially prepared for the Work by the altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate altering the Work. a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4.15.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish materials, equipment or workmanship and establish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work standards by which the Work will be judged. he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the Project as well as all his tools, construc- 4.12.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, 1 - with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to tion equipment, machinery and surplus materials. cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the 4.12.5 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Contractor. Product Data and Samples, the Contractor represents that 4,16 COMMUNICATIONS he has determined and verified all materials, field meas- urements, and field construction criteria related thereto, o the The Contractor shall forward all communications to or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated to Owner through the Architect. the information contained within such submittals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Docu- 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license ments. fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsi of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall bility for any deviation from the requirements of the be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop process or the product of a particular manufacturer or Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph I p p` 2.2.14 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has rea- Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of sub son to believe that the design, process or product speci- . lied is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible mission and the Architect has given written approval to t for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to he specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop the Architect. Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's 4.111 INDEMNIFICATION approval thereof. 4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data the Architect and their agents and employees from and or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, iFICluding the Architect on previous submittals. but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or result- ing from the performance of the Work, provided that 4.12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be com- to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittal has been approved by the to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.14. All such Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, ALA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAI CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TOR (ONSTRUCTION THIRTEENTH EDT HON • AUGUST 1976 AIA'" - ', IW6 • )Ht AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006 A201-1976 9 am am the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and completion of the Work which are custom- Am ments. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the arily secured after execution of the Contract and which Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally required at the time the bids are received. required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply Samples for such portion of the Work. with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful or- * 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ders of any public authority bearing on the performance 4.3.1 l he Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, of the Work. using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely re- 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to sponsible for all construction means, methods, tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and all portions of the Work under the Contract. regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- for the acts and omissions of his employees, Subcontrac- spect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, tors and their agents and employees, and other persons and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by ap- performing any of the Work under a contract with the propriate Modification. Contractor. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obli- be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- gations to perform the Work in accordance with the tions, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs the Architect in his administration of the Contract, or by attributable thereto. w. inspections, tests or approvals required or performed un- 4.8 ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items am 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, amounts arid by such persons as the Owner may direct, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other against whom he makes a reasonable objection. am facilities and services necessary for the proper execution 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract DOCU- and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- ments: manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- ,1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Con porated in the Work. tractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- materials and equipment required by the allowance cipline and good order among his employees and shall not delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling MINI skilled in the task assigned to him. on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, prof- it and other expenses contemplated for the original 4.5 WARRANTY allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the not in the allowance; wo Architect that all materials and equipment furnished .3 whenever the cost is more than or less than the under this Contract will be new unless otherwise speci- allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted ac- fied, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from cordingly by Change Order, the amount of which faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract will recognize changes, if any, in handling costs on am Documents. All Work not conforming to these require- the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit ments, including substitutions not properly approved and and other expenses. authorized, may be considered defective. If required by 49 SUPERINTENDENT the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evi- aw dente as to the kind and quality of materials and equip- 4.9.1 The Contractor shall emplo\ a competent superin- ment. -Ili, warranty is not limited by the provisions of tendent and necessary assistants who shall he in attend- Paragraph 13.2. ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all ow 4.6 TAXES communications given to the ',uperintendent shall be as 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- arid other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other Communi- provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at cations shall be so confirmed on written inquest in each ,m the time [)ids are received, whether or not yet effective. Case. 4,7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4.10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 4.10.1 The Contractor, immecliateiy after being awarded MW ments, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the build- the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owncr', ing permit and for all other permits and governmental and Architect's information an estimated progress schud- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GLNLKAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACI rOR CONSTRUCTIOr. • THIRTE1",1TII LDI I10'J • AL GUST 8 A201-1976 AIA �_� 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECrs, 173, NEW YORK AVE.NI't 1 wASHI GTOti D C. 201fil, �" " 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspections to deter- 3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- mine the dates of Substantial Completion and final com- ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, pletion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably nec- Owner's review written warranties and related documents essary for the execution of the Work. required by the Contract and assembled by the Contrac- 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the tor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. Contractor through the Architect. 2.2.17 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect 3.2.7 The toregoing are in addition to other duties and will provide one or more Project Representatives to responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and In- the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of surance in Articles 6, 9 and 11 respectively. authority of any such Project Representative shall be as ON set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as 2.2.18 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of au- required by Paragraph 13.2 or persistently fails to carry thority of the Architect as the Owner's representative dur- out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ing construction as set forth in the Contract Documents ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally will not be modified or extended without written con- or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner sent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Architect. in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has 2.2.19 In case of the termination of the employment of been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objet- of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the tion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the that of the former architect. Any dispute in connection extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents OWNER and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction 3,1 DEFINITION of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such Contractor of an additional written notice and without in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change ber and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then Owner or his authorized representative. or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting 3,2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED such deficiencies, including compensation for the Archi- OF THE OWNER tect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and the 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the ` at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree- prior approval of the Architect. If the payments then or ment, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover he has made financial arrangements to fulfill his obliga- such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to tions under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evi- the Owner. dente is furnished, the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or to com- ARTICLE 4 mence the Work. 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the CONTRACTOR physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility Iota- 4.1 DEFINITION tions for the site of the Project, and a legal description of 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as the site. such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease- number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor ments, assessments and charges required for the construc- means the Contractor or his authorized representative. tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for per- 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS manent changes in existing facilities. 4.2..1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare on 3.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt- Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may dis- ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. cover. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or No AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AW11 1976 • 1HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1135 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 7 .w through the Architect. The Architect will have authority show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified faith in such capacity. by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2,11 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to 2.2.18. artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of 2.2.3 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- the Contract Documents. priate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself 2,2,12 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question generally with the progress and quality of the Work and between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in ac- Architect, except those relating to artistic effect as pro- cordance with the Contract Documents. However, the vided in Subparagraph 2211 and except those which have Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan- ment as provided in Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.95, shall tity of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of ei- .w as an architect, he will keep the Owner informed of the ther party. However, no demand for arbitration of any such progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered Contractor, a written decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties 2.2.4 The Architect will not be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to the Architect or have not have control or charge of construction means, meth- been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the ods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety Architect has not rendered his written decision by that precautions and programs in connection with the Work, date. When such a written decision of the Architect states . . and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or other matter covered by such decision must be made have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the within thirty days after the date on which the party mak- ** Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or em- ing the demand receives the written decision, failure to ployees, or any other persons performing any of the demand arbitration within said thirty days' period Will re- Work. sult in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect **� 2.2.5 The Architect shall at all times have access to the renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the will not supersede any arbitration proceedings unless the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. + Documents. 2.2.13 The Architect will have authority to reject Work 2.2.6 Based on the Architect's observations and an evalu- Which does not conform to the Contract Documents. ation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or Architect will determine the amounts owing o the Con- g advisable for the implementation of the intent of the tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such Contract Documents, he will have authority to require amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance 2.2.7 The Architect will be the interpreter of the require- With Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be ..w ments of the Contract Documents and the judge of the then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither performance thereunder by both the Owner and Con- the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagraph tractor. 2.2.13, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give 2.2.8 The Architect will render interpretations necessary rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect to the for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or reasonable promptness and in accordance with any time employees, or any other person performing any of the limit agreed upon. Either party to the Contract may make Work. written request to the Architect for such interpretations. 2 2,14 The Architect will review and approve or take 2.2.9 Claims, disputes and other matters in question be- other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals tween the Contractor and the Owner relating to the exe- such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but cution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the only for conformance with the design concept of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Work and With the information given in the Contract Architect for decision which he will render in writing Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable within a reasonable time. promptness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's ap- 2.2.10 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect proval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- an assembly of which the item is a component. ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- 2.2.15 The Architect will prepare Change Orders in ac- ing or in the form of drawings. In his capacity as inter- cordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order preter and judge, he will endeavor to secure faithful per- minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not 12.4.1. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 �r 6 A201-1976 AIA) • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W, WASHINGTON, D C. 20006 GFNFRAI_ CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed, and correlated his observations with the require- ments of the Contract Documents. 1,1,1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1,2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- for Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Con- Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A tract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom a; being signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written necessary to produce the intended result,.. Words and ab- interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- breviations which have well-known technical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ante with such recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitation to 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con- sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings tractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of IAl! shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work these, or any other documents, unless specifically enu- among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. Work to be performed by any trade. 1,1,2 THE CONTRACT 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- 1.3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated furnished by the Architect are and shall remain his prop- agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all erty. They are to be used only with respect to this Project prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either and are not to be used on any other project. With the written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified exception of one contract set for each party to the Con- only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1.1. tract, such documents are to be returned or suitably The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create accounted for to the Architect on request at the comp!e- "" any contractual relationship of any kind between the Ar- tion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet offi- chitect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be cial regulatory requirements or for other purposes in entitled to performance of obligations intended for his connection with the Project is not to be construed as benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained publication in derogation of the Architect's common law in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual copyright or other reserved rights. relationship between the Owner or the Architect and any ARTICLE 2 Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. 1.1.3 THE WORK ARCHITECT The Work comprises the completed construction required 2.1 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- sary to produce such construction, and all materials and 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing construction. architecture identified as such in the Owner-Contractor THE PROJECT Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract 1'1'4 Documents as if singular in number and masculine in The Project is the total construction of which the Work gender. The term Architect means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the authorized representative. - while or a part. 2,2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1,2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less Contract as hereinafter described. than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Condi- 2.2,2 The Architect will be the Owner's representative tions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until final payment is due. The the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall iden- Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The tify such Documents. Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIAa • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 5 am am Payment, Failure of ......... .......9.5.2,9.6.1.3,9.7,9.9.2,14 SUBCONTRACTORS .................. ...................5 Payment, Final 2.2.12,2.2.16,9.9,13.3.1 Subcontractors, Definition of 5.1 am Payments, Progress ...... ... .7.8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4 Subcontractors, Work by ......... .. ... .1.2.4,2.2.4,4.3.1,4.3.2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ...........................9 Subcontractual Relations ............ ......... ......... .5.3 Payments to Subcontractors ......... ........9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, Submittals .... ................1.3, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 9.3.1, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Payments Withheld ...... ..............................9.6 Subrogation, Waiver of ..............................11.3.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ..7.5 Substantial Completion ......2.2.16,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.2,9.8,13.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices ........ .............3.2.3,4.7,4.13 Substantial Completion, Definition of . . ........ ... ......8.1.3 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ... ... ........10 Substitution of Subcontractors .. . .... . .. .. ... ... ..5.2.3,5.2.4 Product Data, Definition of ..... ..... . ........... .....4.12.2 Substitution of the Architect .2.2.19 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and ...2.2.14,4.2.1,4.12 Substitutions of Materials ..... .. .. . . .. . .. .........4.5,12.1.4 Progress and Completion . ... ............. ...2.2.3,7.9.3,8.2 Sub-subcontractors, Definition of .... . .. . ..... . .... .. . ..5.1.2 Progress Payments ... . ... ....7.8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4 Subsurface Conditions ....... ... . . . . . ........ ... . .. .12.2.1 Progress Schedule ........... .........................4.10 Successors and Assigns ........ . . .. . ... .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. .7.2 Project, Definition of ... ... .... .. ... . . .. ..............1.1.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures .1.2.4,2.2.4,4.3,4.4,10 Project Representative .......... ... ..................2.2.17 Superintendent, Contractor's .... .... . .. . ... .. . ... .4.9,10.2.6 Property Insurance ...... .............................11.3 Surety, Consent of ................ . .. ...........9.9.2,9.9.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ..... .... ...10 Surveys ........... .. .............. . .. .........3.2.2,4.18.3 Regulations and Laws .... .1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1,10.2.2,14 Taxes 4.6 w ......................... .. . . ............... .... Rejection of Work .... ....................2.2.13,4.5.1,13.2 Termination by the Contractor .. . ... . ... ...............14.1 Releases of Waivers and Liens ........ ............9.9.2,9.9.4 Termination by the Owner .... . .... . . . ... . .. ... . . .. ...14.2 Representations . .... .. .. ....1.2.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Termination of the Architect ....... ............. . .. . .2.2.19 Representatives . .... ... .. ... ........ . ......2.1, 2.2.2, 2.2.17, TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT .. ............... ....14 .r. 2.2.18, 3.1,4.1,4.9,5.1, 9.3.3 Tests .... .. .. ....... ........ .... ......2.2.13,4.3.3,7.7,9.4.2 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work .....2.2.4,4.3.2, Time ... ....................... ............ ...... ... ..8 6.1.3,6.2,9.8.1 Time, Definition of .. ............ . ... . .................8.1 Retainage . .. ... ... . ..... . .. .....9.3.1,9.5.2,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.9.3 Time, Delays and Extensions of ........ . ..8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7 �► Review of Contract Documents Time Limits, Specific .. .......... .. ....2.2.8, 2.2.12, 3.2.1, 3.4, by the Contractor ... . ..... .... .. .. .. .....1.2.2,4.2,4.7.3 4.10, 5.3,6.2.2, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2,8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1, Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by 9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7, 1-1.1.4, 11.3.1,11.18,11.3.9, Owner and Architect .....2.2.14,4.10,4.12,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2 112,12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Rights and Remedies ... . ..1.1.2,2.2.12,2.2.13,3.3,3.4,5.3,6.1, Title to Work ........ ............ .. ...... .......9.3.2,9.3.3 am 6.3, 7.6,7.9,8.3.1,9.6.1,9.7,10.3,12.1.2,12.2,13.2.2,14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK ...... ... ....13 Royalties and Patents ... . ... .. . .. .. . ......... .........4.17 Uncovering of Work .......... . ..... ........ . .........13.1 Safety of Persons and Property ......... ....... .........10.2 Unforseen Conditions .... ...... . .. . .. . .. ......... .8.3,12.2 Safety Precautions and Programs ............... ...2.2.4,10.1 Unit Prices .. .................. .... . ..... .....12.1.3,12.1.5 Samples, Definition of .... ...........................4.12.3 Use of Documents ... ............ ... ... ..1.1.1,1.3,3.2.5,5.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and .....2.2.14,4.2,4.12 Use of Site .......... ......... ... . . ... ..........4.13,6 2.1 Samples at the Site, Documents and .. .. ......... .......4.11 Values, Schedule of .......... .... .. . .. ... ... . .. .... . .. .9 2 Schedule of Values . . ........ ... ..... ....:.... . ........9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor . .. .7.6.2,8.3.2,9.9.5,11.3.6 Schedule, Progress . . ..... ....... ... .. ......... .......4.10 Waiver of Claims by the Owner . .... .7.6.2,9.9.4,11.3.6,11.4.1 am Separate Contracts and Contractors .... .4.14.2,6,11.3.6,13.1.2 Waiver of Liens ................ .... ..... ... ... ... . ..9.9.2 Shop Drawings, Definition of ............. ............4.12.1 Warranty and Warranties ....2.2.16, 4.5,9.3.3, 9.8.1,9.9.4, 13.2.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ... 2.2.14,4.2,4.12 Weather Delays ........... ...... .... .................8.3.1 Site, Use of .... ... .......... .. ..................4.13,6.2.1 Work, Definition of .. ... ..... ..... .. ....... . . .. . .....1.1.3 an Site Visits, Architect's . .... .. . .. . ... ..2.2.3, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors ... . ..... . .. ... .6 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9.4.2,9.6.1, 9.9.1 Written Consent ..... .2.2.18,4.14.2,7.2,7.6.2,9.8.1,9.9.3, 9.9.4 Site Inspections .. . .. ..... ...1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.16,7.7,9.8.1,9.9.1 Written Interpretations ......... . . . ...1.1.1,1.2.4,2.2.8,12.3.2 Special Inspection and Testing . ... ... ... ..........2.2.13,7.7 Written Notice .... .2.28,2.2.12,3.4,4.2,4.7.3,4.7.4,4.9,4.12.6, am Specifications ...1.1.1,1.2.4,1.3 4.12.7, 4.17, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, Statutes of Limitations ..7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.26, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.4, Stopping the Work . ...... .......... .....3.3,9.7.1,10.3,14.1 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Stored Materials . . .. ..... ...6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,11.3.1,13.2.5 Written Orders ...................3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1 ow 0W AIA DOCUMENT A201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 4 A201-1976 AIA(1 • 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 4m, fl!�► � Decisions of the Architect ......2.2.9 through 2.2.12, 6.3, 7.7.2, 4.12.6,4.17, 4."18.3,G '_' 7.0 ', 9.4.2, 7.9.1, 8.3.1,9.2, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 14.2.1 9 9.4,9 9.5,1 0.2 �, 11.1 Defective or Non-Contorming Work, Acceptance, Rejection Limitations of Time, General . ....2.2.8, 2.2.14, 3.2.4, 4 ' 4.7.3, and Correction of ....2.2.3, 2.2.13, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 4.12.4,4.15, 5.211, 5 2 3 7.4, 7.7, 8 2, 9 �.?, 9.6, 9.6.1.1,99.4.2,13 9.8,9.9, 11.3.4,12.1.4,12.4,13.2.1,13._',2, 13.".'..5 Definitions . .......1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3, 5.1, Limitations of Time, Specific . ... . .. ... .2 228, 2.2.12, 1_11, 3.4, 6.1.2, 8.1, 9.1.1, 12.1.1, 12.1.4 4.10, 5.3, 6.2.2, 7.9.2, 8.2,8.3.2, 83.3,9 9,11,9.4 1, 9.5.1, Delays and Extensions of Time .... .... .... ... . ..........8.3 9.7, 11.1.4,11.1.1, 1 1.3.8 11.3.9, 12.2, 1 2.3 13 )2, Disputes .................22.9, 2.2.12, 2.219, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1 1 3 2.5. 13.2) 7, 14.1 14.2.1 { Documents and Samples at the Site ...... .... ...........4.11 Limitations, Statutes of .......... . ... ... ..7.9.2, 132.2, 132.7 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Loss of Use Insurance ... ... . ..... . ... ... . .. . .. . ... .. ..11.4 Ownership of ....... . ............ ..1.1.1, 1.3, 3.2.5, 53 Materials, Labor, Equipment and . .. . ..1.1.3, 4.4, 45, 41_', 4.1 1, Emergencies .............. .......... . ................10.3 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 1-1 Employees, Contractor's ... ..4.3.2, 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 Materials Suppliers ... .... .. ... ..... . ... ..4.12.1, 5.2 1, 9.3.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Means, Methods,Techniques, Sequences and Equipment, Labor, Materials and ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Procedures of Construction . '2.4, 4.3.1, 1).4. 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Minor Changes in the Work . ....... . ... .. ..1.1.1, 2 2 I5, 12.4 Execution and Progress of the Work ....1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.2.3, 2.2.4, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . .. . .. . .. .. . .. . . .. . . . . . . .7 2.2.8, 4.2, 4.4.1, 4.5, 6.2.2, 7.9.3, 8.2, Modifications, Definition of .. ... .. . ..... . .... .. ... . . . .1.1.1 8.3, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Modifications to the Contract .. ... . . .1.11, 1.1.2, 2.2.2, 2.2.18, Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 4.7.3, 1).3, 12 Contract Documents . ........................1.2, 4.7.1 Mutual Responsibility .. ... .. .. . .6.2 Extensions of Time .................... ............8.3, 12.1 Non-Conforming Work Acceptance of Defective or . . 133.1 Failure of Payment by Owner .... .... .. . ...........9.7,14.1 Notice, Written ..... . 2.2.8, 2.2.12, 3.4, 42 4.7.3, 4 4, 4.9, Failure of Payment of Subcontractors ..9.5.2,9.6.1.3,9.9.2,14.2.1 4.12.6,4.12.7,417,52 1, 7 3, i 4, 7 i 9.2, 8 1 2, 8.3.2, Final Completion and Final Payment ..22.12, 2.2.16, 9.9, 13.3.1 8.3.3,9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9 9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6,11.1.4 11.3.1, Financial Arrangements, Owner's ......... .............3.2.1 11.3.4,11.15, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2, 12 3,13.2.2,-13.2.5, 14 4W Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance ................11.3.1 Notices, Permits, Fees and ... ........ ...... ...... .4.7,10.2.2 Governing Law ......... ... ....... ....................7.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections . ... . .. . ..... ... ... .. ..7.7 Guarantees (See Warranty Notice to Proceed . ... .... . .8.1.2 and Warranties) ..... ...2.2.16,4.5,9.3.3,9.8.1,9.9.4,13.2.2 Observations, Architect's On-Site .. ... . ..2 2.3,7.7.1,7 7.4,9.42 Indemnification .......... .............4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Observations, Contractor's . ....... .. . .. . .. ..1.2.2,4.2.1,4.7.3 Identification of Contract Documents ..................1.2.1 Occupancy ..................... . .. ......8.1.3,9.5.5,11.3.9 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ...........5.2.1 On-Site Inspections by the Architect ..... ...22.3,2.2.1o,9.4.2, Information and 9.81 9.9.1 Services Required of the Owner ........3.2,6,9,11.2,11.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect ..... ..2.2.3,2.2.6,2.2.17, Inspections ...............2.2.13, 2.2.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4 2,9.6.1,9.9."1 Instructions to Bidders .... ........................1.1.1,7.5 Orders, Written ......... ..........3.3,4.9 12.1.4,"1_1.4.1,"13.1 Instructions to the OWNER ......... . ... ........ . .. . ...... . . .. . . .. . .. . . . .3 Contractor ..........2.2.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 Owner, Definition of . ........... . ...... . . . . . . . .. . . . . ..3.1 INSURANCE ............. .. ........ ...............9.8.1, 11 Owner, Information and Services Required of the . . ..32, 6.1.3, Insurance, Contractor's Liability ............... .........11.1 6.?,9,11 ?,11.3 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.4 Owner's Authority �'16, 4.B.1, 7.2, 1) >,1 9.3.2. Insurance, Owner's Liability .. ......... ................11.2 9.81, "11.3.8, 121._', 12.1.7 Insurance, Property ........ ................... ........11.3 Owner's Financial Capability . ............ . .. .. . .... . . ..3.2.1 Insurance, Stored Materials .....................9.3.2,11.3.1 Owner's Liability Insurance . ... . .. . ..... .. ... . . . ... . . . .11.2 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy ....11.3.9 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors . ... ... . . .1.1.2,9.5.4 Insurance Companies, Settlement With ................11.3.8 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work .... . .. ... ... .3.4, 13.2.4 Intent of Owner's Right to Clean Up ........ ...... .. ... .. . ..1.15 2, 6.3 A the Contract Documents ...1.2.3,2.2.10,2.2.13,2.2.14,12.4 Owner's Right to Perform Work and to Award Interest ..............................................7.8 Separate Contracts ........... ........... ...... . .. ..6.1 Interpretations, Written ..1.1.1, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, 2.2.10, 12.4 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ....... .. .... .. .14.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Owner's Right to Stop the Work ......... . ...... ... . .. . . .3.3 4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3, 11.3,13.2.2,13.2.5, 14 Ownership and Use of Documents ........1.1.1,1.3,3.2.5,523 Labor and Material Payment Bond ................ . .....7.5 Patching of Work, Cutting and ......... ... .. . .. ...4.14,6.2.2 Labor Disputes ...... . ......... ..................8.3.1 Patents, Royalties and .. . .4.17.1 Laws and Regulations . ............ .1.3, 2.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1, Payment Bond, Labor arid Material .......... . .. . ... .. . .. .7 5 7.7, 10.2.2, 14 Payment, Applications for ........ ....2 2.6, 9.2, 9.3. 9.4, 95.3, Liens ... ....... .......... .......... .....9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 9.6.1,9.8.2,99.1, 9.9.3, 1.1-2 2 Limitations of Authority .....2.2.2, 12.17, 2.2.18, 11.3.8, 12.4.1 Payment, Certificates for ............. ..22.6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.51, Limitations of Liability ......2.2.10, 2.2.13, 2.2.14, 3.3, 4.2, 4.7.3, 9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 111.4, 14.12 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 A10 • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201- 976 3 am ..I. INDEX Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Cleaning Up . .. ... ... . . . .... .. . . . . . . . ....... . .. . .4.15, 6.3 Acceptance of Work .. . .. . ... ...5.4.2, 9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 Commencement of the Work, Condition, Relating to..3.2A, 4.2, Access to Work . . .. . . . .. .... .. ......... ... .. . . .22.5, 6.2.1 4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2.1, 62?, 75, 9.2, 11.1,4 11.14 Accident Prevention . . .. . ... .. . .. .... . .. .. ... . . . . .2.2.4,10 Commencement of the Work, Definition of . . .. ..... .. . .8.1.2 Acts and Omissions . .. .....2.2.4, 4.18.3, 74, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.2.5 Communications 2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1, 4.16 Additional Costs, Claims for ..... ... .. .. .. ...... . ... ...12.3 Completion, Administration of the Contract .. ... . . .. ..... . .. . ..2.2, 4.3.3 Conditions Relating to . ..2.2.16, 4.11. 4,15, 11.4.2. 9.9, 13.2.2 All Risk Insurance . . . .... . .. . ..... . . .... . .. . . . . .. ...11.3.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .....9 Allowances .. . .. . .. ... .. ........... .. .... ... ..... .....4.8 Completion, Substantial ....2.2.16, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.t,, 132.2 ww Applications for Payment . . . .. ... . .. .... ...2.2.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, Compliance with Laws . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6. 4 7, 4.13 9.5.3,9.6.1,9.8.2,99.1,9.93,14.2.2 7.1. 77, 10.22, 14 Approvals . .. . . . . .. . ... ..2.2.14, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4 through Concealed Conditions . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .12.2 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.183, 7.7, 9.3.2 Consent, Arbitration . .... .. . . . . . .. . .22.7 through 2.2.13, 22.19, 6.25, Written . ..2.2.18, 4.14 2, 7.2, ,'.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9S).?, 1.3.9 7.9,8 3.1, 11.3.7,11.3.8 Contract, Definition of . .. . .. ... . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . ..1.1.2 ARCHITECT . .. ... . . . . . . ... ....2 Contract Administration . . .. ...... . .. . ... . ..... . . .2.2, 43.1 Architect, Definition of . .. .. . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . ..2.1 Contract Award and Execution, Conditi( n, Architect, Extent of Authority . .. .2 2, 3.4, 412.8, 5.2, 6,3, 7.7.2, Relating to .. .... .. .4].1, 1 10, 5 2, 7.5, 9.2, "11.1.-3, 1 1.3.4 am 8.1.3, 8.5.1,9.2,9 3,1, 9-1, 9.5.3,9.0, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.93, 12.1."l, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . .. .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . . . .1 12 1.4, 12.3-1, 12.4.1, 13.1, 13.2.1 13.2.51 14.2 -ontract Document,, Art hate(t, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility .. . ..22.2 Copies Furnished and Use of . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .1 3, 3,2 5, 5.3 through 2.2-4, 2.2 10 through 22.14, -1 217, 1 2.18, Contract Documents, Definition of . . ... . ... . . .. ... .. . ..1.1.1 oft 4, 3, 4.12.6,5.2.1, 9.4.2,9.5.4,9.5.5, 12.4 Contract Sum, Definition of ... .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . ..9.1.1 Architect's Additional Services . .3.4, 7.7.2, 132.1, 13.2.5, 14.212 Contract Termination . . n of .. . .. . .. . . .. . ... . . .14 Architect's Approvals . ... . .22.14, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Contract 1 ime, Definition . . .. .. . .. . .. .. . ..8.1.1 Architect's Authority to Reject Work .. . .2.2.13, 45, 13.1.2, 132 CONTRACTOR .. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .......4 Architect's Copyright . . .. ..... . .. . .. .._. . 1.3 Contras tor, Definition of . .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . ..4l 6.1.2 oft Architect's Decisions . .. . . .. .. .2.2.7 through 2.2.1 3, fi 3, 7.7.2, Contractor's Employees ... . ..4 3 2, 4.4 4 8.1, 4 9, 4.18 10_.1 91,8 3.1,1)2,9.4,96.1,9.8.1 12.1.4, 1 1.3.1 through 10.2 4, 102.6, 103 11.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . ..11.1 Architect's Inspections .. . . .. ... ....2.2.13, ?.216, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with am Architect's Instruction; . . . . . .2 2.1 3, 2 2.15, 7 7.2, 12.4, 131 Separate Contractors and Owner , I orce, . .- .. . .. . 3.Z.7, 6 Architect's Interpretations . . . ...2.2.7 through 2.2.10, 12.32 Contractor's Relationship with Architect's On-Site Observations ... ...2.2.3, 22.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Subcontractors . . . . . .. .. l '.4, 5 _' 53, 95 2, 11_:3. . 11.3.6 7.7 1, 7 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with th( At(i lest . . . . . . . . I.1 2.2.4, Architect's Project Representative ... .. . .. . .. . 2.2.17, 2.2.18 2.2.5, 22.10, 2,2 13,4 3 3, 4 'i 3.7.3 4.1 2 6,4 (, 11.3.6 "m Architect's Relationship with Contractor ... ..1.1.2, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, Contractor's Representations . .. .. . . . . . . .1.2.2, 2.2.10, 2.21 3, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.7.3, 4.12.6, 4.18, 113.6 Contractor's Responsibility for Architect's Relationship with Those Performing the Work . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3.2, 4.18, In Subcontractors . .. . ... .. .. . ... . .1 1 2 2.2 1 3, 95.3, 9.5.4 (antra(tors Review of Contras t Do(unim,ni, .. . .1,2 2 4? 4 7._3 am Architect's Representations .... . .. . ..9.4.2 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Right to Mop the Work ._ . . . . . . .. . .9.' Artistic Effect . ... ... . . . . . . . .. . .1,2 3,2.2.11,2.2.12,7.9.1 Contra(tor's Right to Terminate Ihv Contra(I . .. .. . . . . .. .14."1 Attorneys' Fees .. . .. .. ... .. . .. ... ... ......4.18.1, 62.5, 9.9.2 Contrac tot"s Submittals . . . . . . . . . . . -..2.2 14, -1.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, Award of Separate Contracts .... ... .. . . .. ... . .. . .... . .6.1.1 52.3,1)2,9.3.1,9.81,9.9.2.9.9.3 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contractor's Superintendent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9, 10.2.6 me Portions of the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . ... . . .5.2 (_ontractor', Supervision and Bonds, Lien .. .. ... . . ... . .. . . .. ... . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . ....9.9.2 Constrw tion Procedures . .. .. . . . . . 1.2.-1, 2 2.4, 4 3 4.4, 10 Bonds, Performance, Labor and Material Payment . . ..7.5, 9.9.3 Contractual Liability Insurance . .. ... . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .. 11.1.3 Building Permit . . . . ... .. . . .. ... . .. ...... .... .. . ... .. ..4.7 Coordiriation and am Certificate of Substantial Completion . . .. . .. ... .. . . .. .. .9.8.1 Correlation . . . .1.2_', 1.2.4, 4 3.1, l.ln.l, 4-1_'.5, 6.1.3, 6."_',1 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval . .. . . .. ... .7.7.3 (opics 1 uinnhWd of Dr,mings and Spe(ifications . .1.3, 325, 5.3 Certificates of Insuranc(. . . . . .. .... . .. . .. . .. . .. . .9.3.2, 11.1.4 Correction of Work ... . .. .. .. . . . . .... . ..3.3, .3.4, 10 2.5, 13.2 Certificates for Payment ... .2.2-6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, Cost, Deiulition of . .. .. .. . ..... . .. . . . . . . .. ... .. . .. . .12.1A 9.7.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.2.2 Costs . .. .. .3.4, 4.8.2, 4.151, 5.2 1, b.l I, 6.2.3, 6.2.5, 1).3, 7.7.1, oft Change Orders . .. .. .. . . .1.1.1, 2.2.15, 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 5.2.3, 7.7.2, 7.7.2,9.7, 11.3.1, 11.3 5,12.1 3,121.4,12 1, 1 3.1.2, 13 2,14 8.3.1, 9.7, 9.9.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, Cutting and Patching of Work .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .4.14,6.2 12.1, 13.1.2, 132.5, 13.3.1 Damage to the Work . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . r,24, r,25, (1 1 5, 9181 Change Orders, Definition of . .. .. . . . .. . .. . .. ...... . .12.1.1 n_2 1 2, P) 3, 11 3, 1 3.2.6 am CHANGES IN THE WORK . .. . . . .. .. . .. ... . . 2.2.15, 4.1.1, 12 Damage,, Claims for . . . .. . . .. . . .1,.1.1, 6 ), 7.4, 8AA, 9 b.1.2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time . .. .8.3.2, 8.3.3, 122.1, 12.3 Damages for Delay . ... . .. .. .. . ... . . . . . .. . . . .6.1.1, 8 3.4, 9.7 Claims for Damages . .. . . . . . . .. . ..6.1.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9.6.1.1 Day, Definition of .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . ... . .. . . . . . .8-1.4 AIA DOCUMENT A201 • CENERAI. (_ONDI11ON5 OF IM, (-(-)NIRACI 1Oh CONSIRU(IION • IHIRII l Vil LDITION ACC USI 7976 2 A201-1976 AIA"° • s) 1976 • III[ AMERI(AN W HIJ1I. OF ARCIIIIEClti I73, 1,t\% YORK AVLNUI. AAl \U\S111%(JON, (7t' 20181, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS !! " AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS 1A1PORTAN7 LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ARCHITECT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11. INSURANCE w. 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 40 This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. ( upyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, Nit,1958, 1961, 1903, 1966, 1907, 1970, 1976 by The American Institute of Architects, 173) New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.G 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or Substantial quotation of its pro- visions Without permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. NO AIA DOCUMENT A201 C ENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRA(I FOR(ON,TRUCHON • THIRTEENTH EDITION - AUGUST 1976 AIA? 1976 • 1HL AMERICAN INStIIUTE OF ARCHITECIS, 176 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 1 S U B C; 0 N T R A C T E Q U A L E M P L O Y M E N T C E R T I F I C A T I O N ON certifies that it 1. intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract: 40 2. will comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 3. will obtain from each of the Subsubcontractors prior to the award any Sub- subcontract under this Subcontract a subsubcontract certification. (Signature of authorized representative of Subcontractor) Date Name and Title 8/81 FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CL�,TIFICATION 1 am Insurance as required by law and evidence of public liability and property Am damage insurance of the type and in limits required to be furnished to the Awarding Authority by the Contractor. Ma 4. The Contractor agrees that no claim for services rendered or materials fur-- nished by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subcontractor during, the ten (10) days of the calendar month following that in which the claim am originated . 5. This agreement is contingent upon the execution of a general contract bet- ween the Contractor and the Awarding Authority for the complete work. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written. •�e SEAL: ATTEST: (Name of Subcontractor) By SEAL: ATTEST: wo (Name of Contractor) By M .m am 8/81 FORM OF SUBC014TRACT 2 .,x �y F O R M OF S U B C O N T R A C T THIS AGREEMENT made this day of , 19 by and between a corporation organized and existing under the laws of _ a partnership consisting of an individual doing business as hereinafter called the "Contractor" and a corporation organized and existing under the laws of _ a parntership consisting of and individual doing business hereinafter called the "Subcontractor% WITNESSETH that the Contractor and the Subcontractor for the considerations hereafter named, agree as follows: 1. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish all labor and materials required for the completion of all work specified in Section No. of the Specifica- tions for (Name of Sub-Trade) and the plans referred to therein and Addenda No(s) . and , for (Project Title) in (city/town) Massachusetts, as prepared by _ (Name of Architect Engineer) for the sum of dollars ($ ) , and the Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractor said sum for said work. This price includes the following alternates (and other items set forth in the subbid): Alternate No(s). and �1M (a) The Subcontractor agrees to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents (including Addenda No. and ), and to assume to the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Contractor by those documents assumes to the Housing Authority, hereinafter call the "Awarding Authority" except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Contractor. (b) The Contractor agrees to be bound to the Subcontractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents and to assume to the Subcontractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Awarding Authority by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents assumes to the Contractor, except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Awarding Authority. 2. The Contractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the entire work spe- cified by the Awarding Authority in an orderly manner so that the Subcontractor will be able to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in the subcon- tract; and, in consideration thereof, upon notice from the Contractor, either oral or in writing, the Subcontractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in this Subcontract in an orderly manner and with due consid- eration to the date or time specified by the Awarding Authority for the comple- tion of the entire work. 3. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish to the Contractor within a reasonable time after the execution of this Subcontract, evidence of workmen's compensation 40 g/gl FORM OF SUBCONTRACT 1 F O R M OF P A Y M E N T B O N D M�1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal and _ a3 Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of dollars ($ ) to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of , 19 , for the construction of (Project Title) in (City Town), Massachusetts, Now the conditions of this obligation is such that if the Principal and all Sub- contractors under said contract shall pay for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions being hereby waived, the foregoing to include any other purposes or items set out in, and to be subject to, provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30, Section 39A, and Chapter 149, Section 29, as amended , then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of 19 PRINCIPAL SURETY NO (Title) (Attorney-in-Fact) Seal: Seal: rW Attest: Attest: w 8/81 FORM OF PAYMENT BOND 1 F 0 R M O F P E R F O R M A N C E B O N D KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, as Principal , and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of dollars ($ ) to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well. and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of 19 , for the construction of (Project Title) in (Town/City) , Massachusetts, 40 Now the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal and all Sub- contractors under said contract shall well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, germs and conditions of said contract on Its part to be kept and performed during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Obligee, with or without notice to the Surety, and during the life an any guarantee required under the contract, and shall also well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the Surety of such modifications, alterations, changes or additions being hereby waived, then this obligation shall become null and void; other wise, it shall remain in full force and virtue. In the event that the contract is abandoned by the Principal, or in the event that the Obligee, under the provisions of Article 14 of the General Conditions of said contract terminates the employment of the Principal or the authority of the Principal to continue the work, said Surety hereby further agrees that said Surety shall, if requested in writing by the Obligee, take such action as is necessary to complete said contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands aad seals this day of 19_ PRINCIPAL SURETY By By 4W (Title) (Attorney-in-Fact) Seal: Seal: Attest: Attest: 8/81 FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND 1 1 C O N T R A C T O R ' S E Q U A L E M P L O Y M E N T C E R T I F I C A T I O N certifies that it 1. intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: 2. will comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 3. will obtain from each of its sub-contractors and submit to the Authority prior to the award of any subcontract under this contract the sub-contractor certification. (signature of authorized representative of contractor) Date Name and title 8/81 FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CT'RTIFICATE 1 no Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract am shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. Article 5. ALTERNATES: The following Alternates have been accepted and their costs are included in the Contract Sum stated in Article 3 of this Agreement: w Alternates No(s) : and Article 6. VALIDATION: This Contract will not be valid until signed by the Secretary, Department of Community Affairs. By signing this contract, the Contractor certifies under the penalties of per- .� jury that he/she has complied with all laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes. •w IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed. CONTRACTOR AWARDING AUTHORITY .m (Name of Contractor) (Name of Housing Authority) By: (Address) (Name and Seal) By: (Name and Seal) (Title) Attest: (Title) DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS Witness In accordance with Chapter 121, General Laws and Revisions thereto. Secretary Date (If a corporation, attach to each signed Contract a notarized copy of the cor- porate vote authorizing the signatory to sign this Contract.) 5/84 FORM OF OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT 2 ,.,, F O R M OF O W N E R C O N T R A C T O R A G R E E M E N T THIS AGREEMENT made this day of , 19 , by and between the Housing Authority, hereinafter called the "Owner" . and hereinafter called the "Contractor", WITNESSETH, that the Owner and the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter named, agree as follows: Article 1. SCOPE OF WORK: The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for (Project Title) (Name of Architect/Engineer) acting as, and referred to in these Contract. po Documents as the "Architect". Article 2. TIME OF COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence work under this Contract on the date specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and shall bring the work to Substantial Completion within calendar days of said date. Damages for delays in the performance of the Work shall be in accor- dance with Article 8 of the Conditions of the Contract. Article 3. THE CONTRACT SUM: The Owner shall pay in current funds the Contractor for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order the Contract Sum of dollars ($ ). The Contract Sum is subdivided as follows: ITEM 1. The Work of the Contractor, being all Work other than that covered by ITEM 2, .. . . . . . .$ ITEM 2. Subcontractors as follows: �wr SECTION 4A - MASONRY (Subcontractor) $ SECTION - (Subcontractor) $ (Each filed Subcontractor shall be listed separately) TOTAL OF ITEM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$ Article 4. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The following, together with this Agreement form the Contract and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if 40 attached to this Agreement or repeated herein: The Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, and Specifications as enumerated in the Table of Contents; the Drawings as enumerated in the List of Contract Drawings; Addenda; and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 8/81 FORM OF OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT i LETTER OF INTENT SOMBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE This form must be completed by each SOMBA certified enterprise (SCE) and submitted by the bidder using that SCE. General bidders or filed sub—bidders that are SCE's may omit this form. RE: State—Aided Project , P" (Number) (City or Town) TO: (Name of Bidder) O FROM: (Name of MBE) _ (Address) RK 1 . My company intends to perform work in connection with the above—captioned project as PW an individual a corporation a partnership a joint venture with other (explain) vp 2. My company has been certified by SOMBA as a (indicate "MBE" or "WBE" ) and has not changed its ownership, control, or management in any way to affect certification. RN 3. My company understands that if your company is awarded the contract, your company intends to enter into an agreement to perform the work described below for the price indicated. My Company also understands that your P-M Company will make substitutions only as allowed by Article 17 of the supplementary conditions for the above—captioned project. op 4. My company intends to (brief description of work) WA for a total amount of ($ ) (date) (authorized signator for SCE) 5/84 AIR SOMBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE .� This form is submitted only by Filed Sub-Bidders listing SCE's Indicate in () whether "MBE" or "WBE" 1. SCE filed sub-bidder Amount ( ) $ 2. SCE firms carried by filed sub-bidders Amount ..s This form is not required to be submitted by all filed sub-bidders. It is only �.. submitted by filed sub-bidders who intend to sub-sub work to a MBE or WBE. A Letter of Intent signed by that MBE or WBE must be submitted with this form. w. 5/84 w. SOMBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE This form must be submitted with all General bids Indicate in O whether "MBE" or "WBE" 1 . SCE General. Bidder AMOUNT ( ) $ 2. SCE firms carried by General Bidder AMOUNT 3. SCE, filed sib-bidders or carried by filed sub-bidders ( ) $ 4 OF op 5/84 BUILDING ARCHITECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR AMOUNT OF CONTRACT 4. Bank Ref erence: I . The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to Section 44F. 4P The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection w the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation, or other business or legal entity. Date: Name of Sub-Bidder By: (Business Address) VP Title: (City and State) ( Zip Code) go Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a 4P partnership, give full names and residential addresses of all partners; and if an individual , give residential address if different from business address. 4W 4a 40 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR SUB-BID 3 40 00 E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to 0M the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof, of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph ( including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications) , the name of each such class of work or part thereof and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof ON are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE .. (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof . , furnished by the undersigned. ) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, and addenda, and that if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the general ,. contractor by terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications ( including all general conditions stated therein) , and addenda, and to assume toward him/her all the obligations and responsibilities that he/she, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner . H . The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of ** his/her qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1 . Have been in business under present business name years. 2 . Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3 . List one or more recent buildings with names of general contractor and architect on which you served as subcontractor for •�• work of similar character as required by the above named building: 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR SUB-BID 2 �„ F 0 R M F O R S U B B I D To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned g proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications, and addenda, all work specified in Section '"" No. of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts, entitled Housing 0" for the Elderly - Project #667-3 in Northampton, Massachusetts for the contract sum of : 40 Dollars ($ ) , For Alternate No. 1: Add $ Subtract $ has For Alternate No . 2: Add $ Subtract $ B . This sub-bid includes addenda numbered and C . This sub-bid: F1May be used by any general bidder except May only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer if no general bidders are excluded. ) D. The undersigned agrees that, if he/she is selected as a 4W sub-bidder, he/she will within five days , Saturdays , Sundays , and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid , and contingent upon the execution of the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums thereof, furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfaction to the awarding authority in the full sum of the subcontract price. 40 4 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR SUB-BID 1 The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. Date: (Name of General Bidder) By: (Title) (Business Address) (City and State) ( Zip Code) � Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a partnership, give full names and residential addresses of all partners; and if an individual , give residential address if different from business address . OF 4W 4" 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR GENERAL BID 3 E . The undersigned agrees that each of the above-named sub-bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein and that all the cost of each premium is included in the amount set forth in Item 1 of this bid . F. The undersigned agrees that if he/she is selected as general contractor , he/she will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub-bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub-bid listed above a sub-bid duly filed with the �. awarding authority by another sub-bidder for the sub-bid trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub-bidders at the amounts stated in their respective sub-bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been originally named in this general bid , the total Contract sum being adjusted to conform thereto. G . The undersigned agrees that, if he/she is selected as general contractor, he/she will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays , and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of one ,. hundred percent of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included in the contract price. The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the Work and that he will comply fully with all • laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to Section 44A. The undersigned agrees that he/she will comply with the minority manpower ratio and steps prescribed in Article 16 of the Supplementary Conditions, including compliance with the minority Subcontractor' s requirements specified herein. 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR GENERAL BID 2 ' " F 0 R M F O R G E N E R A L B I D TO THE AWARDING AUTHORITY A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for Housing for the Elderly - Project #667-3 in Northampton, Massachusetts in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, for the Contract Price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B . This bid includes addenda number , and C. The proposed contract price is Dollars ($ ) , For Alternate No. 1: Add $ Subtract $ For Alternate No. 2: Add $ Subtract $ D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows : ITEM 1 . The work of the general contractor, being all work other than that covered by ITEM 2. ITEM 2. Sub-bids as follows : BONDS REQUIRED SECTION AMOUNT INDICATE YES OR NO SECTION 9B - CERAMIC TILE SECTION 9C - RESILIENT FLOORING SECTION 9E - PAINTING SECTION 14A - ELEVATORS SECTION 15A - PLUMBING SECTION 15B - HEATING AND VENTILATING SECTION 16A - ELECTRICAL OR TOTAL OF ITEM 2 $ 40 1576(NHA)/dmd FORM FOR GENERAL BID 1 ARTICLE 10 - AWARD 10.1 The Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities in or to reject any or all general bids if it be in the public interest to do so. 10.2 The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to reject any sub-bid if determines that such sub-bid does not represent the bid of a person competenL to perform the work as specified or if less than three sub-bids are received for a sub-trade or if bid prices are not acceptable without further competition. 10.3 The Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and eligible bidder, except in the event of substitution as provided under M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44E and 44F, in which case the procedure as required by said Section shall govern the award of the Contract. 10.4 As used herein, the term "lowest responsible and eligible Bidder" shall mean the General Bidder whose bid is the lowest of those Bidders demonstrably possessing the skill, ability, and integrity necessary for the faithful perfor- mance of the Work and who shall certify that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other labor employed on the Work. 10.5 The award of the Contract is subject to the approval of and not valid until .. signed by the Secretary, Department of Community Affairs. END OF SECTION 5/84 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 .e. 7.3 Sub-Bidders shall enter on the Form for Sub-Bid only the amount of addition or subtraction necessitated by the alternate which pertains to the work of that trade. 7.4 General Bidders shall enter on the Form for General Bid a single amount for each alternate which shall consist of the Sub-Bidders' amounts and the amoilnt for work performed by the Contractor. on 7.5 The low bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the alternates accepted. ARTICLE 8 - SUBMISSION OF BIDS 8.1 The Sub-bid, including the bid deposit, shall be enclosed in a sealed enve- lope with the following plainly marked on the outside: SUBBID FOR SECTION NO. , (Trade) (City or Town) (Project Title) (Sub-Bidder's Name and Business Address) 8.2 The General Bid, including the bid deposit, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope with the following plainly marked on the outside: ! GENERAL BID FOR (City or Town) , (Project Title) (Bidder's Name and Business Address) 8.3 The sealed envelope shall be enclosed in an outer sealed envelope and de- livered as set forth in the Advertisement. 8.4 Bid deposits, payable to the Awarding Authority, shall be either cash, cer- tified check, bid bond , or treasurer's or cashier's check issued by a respon- sible bank or trust company. 8.5 Date and time for receipt of bids is set forth in the Advertisement. 8.6 Timely delivery of a bid at the location designated shall be the full responsibility of the Bidders. ARTICLE 9 - WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 9.1 Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the time designated for receipt of bids on written or telegraphic request. Telegraphic withdrawal of bids must be con- firmed over the signature of the Bidders by written notice post-marked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids. 9.2 Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids. 9.3 No bid of the three lowest General Bidders and the Sub-Bidders they name in their general bids, and of the three lowest Sub-Bidders for each sub-trade shall be withdrawn within thirty days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the general bids. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 5/84 ■. ARTICLE 4 - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION MA 4 . 1 Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error which they may discover upon examination of the Contract Documents, the site, and local conditions. as 4 .2 Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Contract Do-,.m, _s shall make a written request to the Architect. The Architect will answer such requests if received seven calendar days before the date for receipt of the bids. 4.3 Interpretation, correction, or change in the Contract Documents will be go made by Addendum which will become part of the Contract Documents. Neither the Awarding Authority nor the Architect will be held accountable for any oral instructions. 4.4 Addenda will be mailed by the Architect by certified mail, return receipt requested, to every individual or firm on record as having taken a set of Contract Documents. 4.5 Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection at the locations listed in the Advertisement where Contract Documents are on file. ARTICLE 5 - PREPARATION OF BIDS 5.1 Bids shall be submitted on the "Form for General Bid" or the "Form for Sub- ■w Bid", as appropriate, furnished at no cost by the Awarding Authority. The forms enclosed in the Project Manual shall not be extracted or used. There shall be no mailing of additional forms by the Architect. 5.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or ink. 5.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed . � in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy between the two, the written amount shall govern. 5.4 No interlineations, alterations, or erasures shall be made in the forms. No 5.5 If a bid bond is used for deposit, it shall be in a form similar to AIA Document A310, "Bid Bond"; shall be with a surety company satisfactory to the wo Awarding Authority and qualified to do business in Massachusetts; and shall be conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the bid. No ARTICLE 6 - TAXES 6.1 The Awarding Authority is exempt from payment of the Massachusetts Sales am Tax. The Contractor will be provided a Certificate of Exemption number at the preconstruction conference. ARTICLE 7 - ALTERNATES am 7.1 Each Bidder shall bid on all alternates listed. 7.2 In the event an alternate does not involve a change in the amount of the base bid, the Bidder shall so indicate by using the words "No Change" in the space provided for that alternate. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 5/84 on I N S T R U C T I O N S TO B I D D E R S ARTICLE 1 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION 1.1 Each General Bidder or Sub-Bidder (hereinafter called "Bidder") by ,Ps bid or sub-bid (hereinafter called "bid") represents that: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Contract Documents and the bid is made in accordance therewith. 2. The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with the local con- ditions under which the Work has to be performed. 1.2 Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site will not relieve any u Bidder from any obligation under the bid as submitted . ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL BIDDER'S PREQUALIFICATION 2.1 No individual or firm may submit a general bid unless an Application to Bid and a Contract or Qualification Statement have been submitted to the Awarding Authority prior to the time and date stipulated in the Advertisement in accor- dance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 44D. 2.2 The Application to Bid and Contractor Qualification Statement shall be sub- mitted on forms provided by the Awarding Authority, Department or Division of Capital Planning and Operations. It: shall be the Bidder's responsibility to secure the forms in ample time to submit to the Awarding Authority. 2.3 The Contractor Qualification Statement shall be submitted in triplicate. One copy will be dated , numbered , and returned to the Bidder. If a general bidder has submitted a Contractor Qualification Statement under the same name to another Awarding Authority within the past twelve months, he/she need only send a copy of the dated, numbered statement to the Awarding Authority. 2.4 The Contractor Qualification Statements are not public records as defined w in M.G.L. Chapter 4, Section 7 and shall not be open to public inspection. ARTICLE 3 - MBE AND WBE SET-ASIDE 3.1 The dollar amount of the total minority-owned and women-owned business set- aside is stated in the Advertisement. The amount that must be minority-owned businesses is also stated in the Advertisement. The balance may be either !wl minority or women-owned businesses. ' 3.2 General Bidders must submit the SOMBA Certified Enterprise Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent from all of the firms listed on the schedule with their bid. 3.3 Filed sub-bidders are not required to submit the Participation Schedule. They may, at their option, submit a Participation Schedule with their bid if they are a SOMBA certified business or if they intend to sub-sub work to a SOMBA certified MBE or WBE. Letters of Intent must be submitted when the Participation Schedule is submitted . �w INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 5/84 .. Wages are subject to minimum wage rates as per M.G. L. , Chapter 149, Section 26 through 27D inclusive. Bidders must agree to contract with minority or women-owned #* businesses as defined by the State Office of Minority Business Assistance . The amount of participation reserved for such enterprises shall be not less than $100,000 .00 of which at least $60, 000. 00 must be minority businesses . The balance may be either minority or women-owned businesses . Contract Documents may be obtained at the Architect' s office upon deposit of a certified treasurer' s or cashier' s check for $100.00 per set, payable to the Awarding Authority. This deposit will be refunded for up to two sets for each general bidder and for one .. set for each sub-bidder upon return of the sets in good condition within thirty calendar days after the opening of the general bids . Otherwise the deposit shall be the property of the Awarding Authority. Additional sets may be purchased at the same office " for $100.00 . Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall include a separate treasurer' s or cashier' s check in the amount of $20 .00 for each set, payable to the Architect-Engineer, to cover mailing and handling costs. The Contract Documents may be seen, but not removed at: F.W. Dodge, 858 Park Square Building, Boston, MA 02116 .. F.W. Dodge Co. , 181 Park Avenue, West Springfield, MA 01089 Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield, MA 01089 The Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities in or to reject any or all general bids if it be in the public interest to do so. The Awarding Authority also reserves the right to reject any sub-bid if it determines that such sub-bid does not represent the bid of a person competent to perform the work as specified or if less than three sub-bids are received for a sub-trade or if bid prices are not acceptable without further competition. Northampton Housing Authority January 2 , 1985 MW .. Im 1576(NHA)/dmd ADVERTISEMENT-2 Im A D V E R T I S E M E N T 40 The Northampton Housing Authority, the Awarding Authority, invites sealed bids for the construction of Housing for the Elderly 667-3 in Northampton, Massachusetts, in accordance with documents prepared by Alderman & MacNeish, Architects and Engineers, 594 Riverdale Road, West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089. The project consists of one, two, and three story wood framed with wood exterior building, gas fired hydronic heat , 49 units, community space, approximately 36, 650 SF, site improvements, and landscaping. 4r Bids will be received and publicly opened and read aloud at Northampton Housing Authority, 49 Old South Street, Northampton, Massachusetts immediately following the times specified below. Bids must be received before these times to be considered. General bids will only be considered from bidders who have filed an Application to Bid and a Contractor Qualification Statement with the Awarding Authority at the above address no later than 4: 00 P.M. , Tuesday, JANUARY 15, 1985 . General bids, will be received until 2: 00 P.M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 21 , 1985. Filed sub-bids for the trades listed below will be received until 2:00 P .M. , Thursday, FEBRUARY 14, 1985. General bids and sub-bids shall be accompanied by a bid deposit in an amount that is no less than five percent of the bid amount. Forms for the Application to Bid and Contractors Qualification Statement may be obtained, without charge, from the Awarding Authority, Architect, or Division of Capital Planning and Operations . Bid Documents will be available for pick up at the Architect-Engineer' s office after 10:00 A.M. , Wednesday, January 30 , 1985. 4 SUBTRADE Section 9B - Ceramic Tile Section 15A - Plumbing Section 9C - Resilient Flooring Section 15B - Heating Section 9E - Painting and Ventilating Section 14A - Elevators Section 16A - Electrical Bids are subject to the provisions of M.G.L. , Chapter 30 , Section 39M and Chapter 149, Section 44A through H. w 1576(NHA)/dmd ADVERTISEMENT-1 W on Number of Pages DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 9A - Gypsum Drywall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 *9B - Ceramic Tile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 *9C - Resilient Flooring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9D - Carpets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 *9E - Painting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ 13 9F - Acoustical Tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10A - Miscellaneous Specialties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11A - Appliances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 11B - (Not Used) 11C - Trash Compactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEM *14A - Elevators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Ro *15A - Plumbing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 *15B - Heating and Ventilating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL *16A - Electrical. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 * Indicates Filed Sub-Bid Required. +fir W 1576(NHA)/dmd TABLE OF CONTENTS 3 Number of Pages DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 2A - Demolition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2B - Earthwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 2C - Site Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2D - (Not Used) 2E - Site Improvements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 2F - Pavements and Walks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2G - Lawns and Planting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 3A - Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 .,• DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 4A - Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DIVISION 5 - METALS 5A - Structural Steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5B - (Not Used) 5C - (Not Used) •. 5D - Miscellaneous Metals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS am 6A - Rough Carpentry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 6B - Finish Carpentry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 6C - Kitchen Cabinets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 40 DIVISION 7 - MOISTURE PROTECTION am 7A - Waterproofing, Dampproofing, and Caulking. . . . . . . 4 7B - Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7C - Asphalt Shingles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7D - Roofing and Flashing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7E - (Not Used) 7F - Prefinished Siding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7G - Vinyl Siding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 *.. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 8A - Metal Doors and Frames. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8B - Wood Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8C - Special Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8D - (Not Used) 8E - Wood Windows (Clad ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 8F - Finish Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 8G - Glass and Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 .� 1576(NHA)/dmd TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Number of Pages TitleSheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ADVERTISEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 BIDDING DOCUMENTS Instructions to Bidders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Form for General Bid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Formfor Sub-Bid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SOMBA Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Letter of Intent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 CONTRACT FORMS Form of Owner-Contractor Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Form of Contractor' s Equal Employment Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Form of Performance Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Form of Payment Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Form of Subcontract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Form of Subcontractor' s Equal Employment Certification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -- CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT General Conditions of the Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 (A.I .A. Doc. A201, 1976 Edition) Supplementary Conditions Part 1 - Amendments to A. I .A. General Conditions. . . . . 21 Part 2 - Additional Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Amendments to the General and Supplementary Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS lA Section - Summary of Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1B Section - Existing Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1C Section - Temporary Facilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 1D Section - Submittals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 lE Section - Labor Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1F Section - Cleaning Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1G Section - Unit Prices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1H Section - Alternates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4" 1576(NHA)/dmd TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 P R O J E C T M A N U A L HOUSING FOR THE ELDERLY STATE-AIDED PROJECT 667-3 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF COMMUNITIES AND DEVELOPMENT NORTHAMPTON HOUSING AUTHORITY Joan Tobin, Chairman Mary Berniche Susan Kohler Gray, Vice Chairman Joseph Dart James Brennan, Treasurer George J. O' Brien Executive Director Architect Mechanical Engineer Alderman & MacNeish Alderman & MacNeish 594 Riverdale Road 594 Riverdale Road West Springfield, MA 01089 West Springfield, MA 01089 ( 413) 739-4758 ( 413) 739-4758 Structural Engineer Electrical Engineer Alderman & MacNeish Alderman & MacNeish 594 Riverdale Road 594 Riverdale Road West Springfield, MA 01089 West Springfield, MA 01089 ( 413) 739-4758 (413) 739-4758 Specifications Landscape Architect Alderman & MacNeish Alderman & MacNeish 594 Riverdale Road 594 Riverdale Road West Springfield, MA 01089 West Springfield, MA 01089 ( 413) 739-4758 ( 413) 739-4758 ()V,11 Ar U "-SSq roe a.t,A4 a -7 ..- �,, CHARLES yG rM ASS. 4 I ,_' op 'L. January 2, 1985 E. RE : Item 3-08 A. : Change paragraph 2 . to read as follows : "The Plumbing Subcontractor shall- install a now 3 in . water service from the existing 10 in . z•-7ater main in Maple Street up to and including the in-eter located J'.n the Boiler Room . " 6 . SECTION 15B - HEATING AND VENTILATING: A. RE : Item 2-07: Add the following: "D . DIELECTRIC UNIONS shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to prevent galvanic corrosion . The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for tensile strength of pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specifications WW-U--531 and shall be suitable for temperatures and pressures encountered . The dielectric unions shall have metal connections on both ends of union . The ends shall be threaded , flanged , brazed or soldered to match adjacent piping . The metal parts of the union shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the galvanic current which would existing with metal to metal contact . " B . RE : Item 2-34 A. : Change to read as follows : "Furnish and instalL 6 prepiped , packaged boiler burner units equal to Weil-McLain Series VHE modular boilers Model No. P-Vf]E-6 . " C . RE : Item 2-35 A. : Change to read : "All ( 6 ) boiler burner units shall be used for comfort heating and domestic hot water heating and shall be controlled as previously specified . " 7 . GENERAL: The Electrical Subcontractor or any telephone company subcontractors shall wire up indicated telephone outlets in units and in the Community Building with approved telephone cable installed in a 3/4 i.n . conduit from the interface telephone box installed by New England Telephone Company. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 1576(NHA-ADD.#1)/'dmd Page 4 of 4 C. RE : Item 2-16 : Change Lavatory P-2 to read as follows : "Lavatory (P-2 ) : (BASE BID) a . Lavatory: Kohler #2250 Royale 25 in . by 22 in . vitreous china unit from overflow, self rimming. (To be mounted to vanity unit supplied by the General Contractor . ) b. Supply Fitting : Delta #520 lever handle faucet assembly vjith left rod and pop-up drain , and 2 gpm water saving flow restrictor . C . Trap: A.S . 4402 .012 - 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C.P . "P" trap with cleanout plug escutcheon. d. Supplies : Brasscraft #R-1512-A and 3/8 in . C.P , supply assembly with wheel handle stop, flexible tube riser . NOTE: TO be mounted as indicated on plans . "Lavatory (P-2) : (ALTERNATE NO. 2 ) a . Lavatory: A.S . #0321 .026 "Declyn" 19 in . by 17 in . wall hung vitreous china unit with front overflow, soap depression, wall hanger . b . Supply Fitting : Wolverine Brass #52441 lever handle faucet assembly with lift rod and pop-up drain and 2 gpm water saving flow restrictor . C . Trap: A.S . 4402 .012 - 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C .P . "P" trap with cleanout plug escutcheon. d . Supplies : Brasscraft #R-1512-A and 3/8 in . C .P . supply assembly with wheel handle stop , flexible tube riser . " D . RE : Item 2-16 : Change Lavatory P-4 to read as follows : "Lavatory (P-4) : a . Lavatory: A.S . #0195 . 913 Roxyiyn 20 in . by 18 in . wall hung vitreous china unit front overflow, soap depression, wall hanger, and 4 in . cast brass C.P . escutcheon plates . b . Supply Fitting : Delta #520 lever handle faucet assembly with lift rod and pop-up drain , and flow restrictor . c . Trap: A.S . 4402 .012 - 1-1/2 in . by 1-1/4 in . cast brass C.P . "P" trap with cleanout plug escutcheon . d . Supplies : Brasscraft #R-1512-A and 3/8 in . C.P . supply assembly with wheel handle stop, flexible tube riser . NOTE: To be mounted as indicated on plans . " 15 76 Q,,HA-ADD .#1)/dmd Page 3 of 4 SPECIFICATIONS 1 . SECTION 1H - ALTERNATES : A. RE: Item 1H-02 A. : Delete paragraph and substitute the following : "Delete the angle bay windows and contiguous projecting wall construction, spandrel panel and individual dormer roof projections; and install in lieu thereof , casement windows in a flat wall with a continuous roof eave above , all as indicated on the drawings and specified herein . " 2 . SECTION 6A - ROUGH CARPENTRY : A. RE: Item 1-02 B . : Add: "6 . Metal flue chase liner . " B. RE: Item 2-01 B . : Add: 1112 . Metal flue chase liner shall be 22 gauge galvanized sheet of bend forming quality. Liner shall be furred 1 in . from shaft wall with :metal "Z" furring at 16 in . o .c . The furring space shall be insulated with 1 in . thick 8 lb . density continuous unfaced mineral fiber batts wired in place to furring or metal liner . Metal liner shall meet all the requirements of NFPA 211, Standards for Chimneys , Fireplaces , and Vents . " 3 . SECTION 6C - KITCHEN CABINETS : A. RE: Item_ 2-01 A. : Add: '111 . Vanity sink base cabinets shall be 27, in . wide , 21 in . deep, and 30 in . high . " B . RE : Item 3-01 G. : Add: "Provi-de access panels in floor of base cabinets for access to control vaJ_ves as shown on the Mechanical Drawings . 4 . SECTION 9C - RESILIENT FLOORING: A. RE : Itew 2-01 B. : Change the fourth sentence to read : "Floor covering to be Vinyl Corlon in Seagate , Palestra or Brigantine patterns by Armstrong or equal by GAF or Congoleum. " 5 . SECTION 15A - PLUMBING: A. RE : Item 2-01 A. : Add: "In lieu of lead and oakum joints specified for concealed piping rubber ring seals may be used. " Delete reference to 300 series no hub clamps and replace with "MG coupling" or "clamp all" . B . RE : Item 2-02 B. : Delete in its entirety. 1576(NHA-ADD.#1)/dr«d Page 2 of 4 A ALDERMAN & MAC NEISH FEBRUARY 7 , 1985 ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS 594 RIVERDALE ROAD WEST SPRINGFIELD, MA 01089 HOUSING FOR THE ELDERLY STATE-AIDED PROJECT 667-3 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ADDENDUM NO . 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS : DRAWINGS 1 . RE: DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-A-2:L: At "B" Congregate Unit Room Finish Schedule : Change floor material at Dining Area to carpet . Change base to plastic straight base . 2 . RE: DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-A-22: At Details A, B, and C; Delete storm sash . 3 . RE : DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-P-1: A. Furnish and install a full size back flow preventor , as specified, on the 1-1/4 in . sprinkler line in the compactor room. Back flow preventor shall be located in the compactor room in an accessible location complete with two full size gate valves on either side of back flow preventor . B . Furnish and install a full size back flow preventor on the 3/4 in . water line supplying the Maintenance Building . Valve to be located in the Compactor Room in an accessible location . 4 . RE : DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-P-3: Water Service Entrance Detail : Furnish and install a full size back flow preventor on the water service entrance , ahead of the water meter , complete with gate valves on the inlet and outlet side of the valve . 5 . RE: DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-HV-1: Furnish and install manual air vents, as specified, on the HWS and HWR mains in the following locations : above ceiling in Apartment #135 , above ceiling in Stair # 3 , above ceiling in Apartment #11.1 , above ceiling in Apartment #106 , and above ceiling in Apartment #101. Run drains to all air vents down in exterior wall and stud outside with a 45 degree elbow and furnish and install 12 in . by 12 in . access panel at each set of vents . 6 . RE: DRAWING NUMBER 1576-667-3-HV-4: Enlarged Plan of Boiler Room: The HWS and HWR line from the 3 in . mains to the hot water tank shall be 2 in . and all valve and strainers shall be full size . 1576(NHA-ADD .#1)/dmd Page 1 of 4 S P E C I F I C A T 1 0 N S L HOUSING FOR THE ELDERLY STATE-AIDED PROJECT 667-3 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS IW i6n A R C H I T E C T S A N D E N G I N E E R S